Table of Contents

As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on April 18, 2014

Registration No. 333-            

 

 

 

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

 

 

FORM S-1

REGISTRATION STATEMENT

UNDER

THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933

 

 

ContraFect Corporation

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

 

 

 

Delaware   2834   39-2072586

(State or other jurisdiction of

incorporation or organization)

 

(Primary Standard Industrial

Classification Code Number)

 

(I.R.S. Employer

Identification Number)

28 Wells Avenue, Third Floor

Yonkers, New York 10701

(914) 207-2300

(Address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of registrant’s principal executive offices)

 

 

Julia P. Gregory, Chief Executive Officer

ContraFect Corporation

28 Wells Avenue, Third Floor

Yonkers, New York 10701

(914) 207-2300

(Name, address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of agent for service)

 

 

With copies to:

 

Jonathan DeSantis, Esq.

Shearman & Sterling LLP

599 Lexington Avenue

New York, New York 10022

Telephone: (212) 848-4000

Fax: (646) 848-5085

 

Barry I. Grossman, Esq.

Lawrence A. Rosenbloom, Esq.

Ellenoff, Grossman & Schole LLP

1345 Avenue of the Americas, 11 th Floor

New York, New York 10105

Telephone: (212) 370-1300

Fax: (646) 370-7889

 

 

Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to the public:

As soon as practicable after the effective date of this Registration Statement.

 

 

If any of the securities being registered on this Form are to be offered on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act, check the following box.   ¨

If this Form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, please check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.   ¨

If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.   ¨

If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.   ¨

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.

 

Large accelerated filer   ¨    Accelerated filer   ¨
Non-accelerated filer   ¨   (Do not check if a smaller reporting company)    Smaller reporting company   x

 

 

CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE

 

 

Title of Each Class of

Securities to be Registered

 

Proposed

Maximum

Aggregate

Offering Price (1) (2)

 

Amount of

Registration Fee (3)

Common Stock, par value $0.0001 per share

  $23,000,000   $2,963

Warrants to purchase common stock

 

 

Shares of common stock underlying warrants

 

 

Underwriter’s Warrants

   

Shares of common stock underlying Underwriter’s Warrants

 

 

Total

  $23,000,000   $2,963

 

 

(1) Estimated solely for the purpose of calculating the registration fee under Rule 457(o) under the Securities Act.
(2) Includes the offering price of shares of common stock and warrants that may be sold if the over-allotment option granted by the registrant to the underwriters is exercised.
(3) Calculated pursuant to Rule 457(a) under the Securities Act based on an estimate of the proposed maximum aggregate offering price.

 

 

The registrant hereby amends this Registration Statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the registrant shall file a further amendment which specifically states that this Registration Statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act or until this Registration Statement shall become effective on such date as the Commission, acting pursuant to said Section 8(a), may determine.

 

 

 


Table of Contents

The information in this preliminary prospectus is not complete and may be changed. We may not sell these securities until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This preliminary prospectus is not an offer to sell these securities and it is not soliciting an offer to buy these securities in any state where the offer or sale is not permitted.

 

Preliminary Prospectus    Subject to Completion, Dated April    , 2014

             Shares of Common Stock

and Warrants to Purchase

             Shares of Common Stock

 

LOGO

ContraFect Corporation

 

This is the initial public offering of shares of our common stock, in combination with warrants to purchase additional shares of our common stock. We are offering             shares of our common stock and warrants to purchase up to              shares of our common stock. Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our common stock or the warrants. The initial public offering price of our common stock is expected to be between $            and $            per share and the initial public offering price of the warrants is expected to be $             per underlying share of our common stock. We refer to the shares of our common stock, the warrants and the shares of our common stock underlying the warrants, collectively, as the “offered securities”. We intend to apply to list our common stock and the warrants on the NASDAQ Capital Market under the symbols “CFRX” and “CFRXW,” respectively.

One share of common stock is being sold together with a warrant, with each warrant being exercisable for one share of common stock at an exercise price of $             per share and expiring        years after the issuance date.

We are an “emerging growth company,” as that term is used in the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act of 2012 (the “JOBS Act”), and have elected to comply with certain reduced public company reporting requirements in this and future filings.

Investing in the offered securities involves a high degree of risk. See “ Risk Factors ” on page 13 of this prospectus for a discussion of information that should be carefully considered in connection with an investment in the offered securities.

 

     Per
Share 1
     Per
Warrant 1
     Total  

Initial public offering price

   $                    $                    $                

Underwriting discounts and commissions 2

   $                    $                    $                

Proceeds, before expenses, to us

   $                    $                    $                

 

(1) One share of common stock is being sold together with a warrant, with each warrant being exercisable for the purchase of one share of common stock.
(2) The underwriters will receive compensation in addition to the underwriting discounts and commissions. See “Underwriting” for a description of compensation payable to the underwriters.

The underwriters may also purchase up to an additional            offered securities from us at the public offering price, less the underwriting discount, within 45 days from the date of this prospectus to cover over-allotments, if any.

Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission nor any state securities commission has approved or disapproved of these securities or determined if this prospectus is truthful or complete. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

The underwriters expect to deliver the offered securities to purchasers in the offering on or about                    , 2014.

Maxim Group LLC

The date of this prospectus is                    , 2014


Table of Contents

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

     Page  

Prospectus Summary

     1   

Risk Factors

     13   

Cautionary Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements

     41   

Use of Proceeds

     43   

Dividend Policy

     44   

Capitalization

     45   

Dilution

     47   

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

     49   

Business

     63   

Management

     95   

Executive Compensation

     103   

Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions

     111   

Principal Stockholders

     114   

Description of Securities

     116   

Shares Eligible for Future Sale

     120   

Underwriting

     122   

Legal Matters

     126   

Experts

     126   

Where You Can Find More Information

     126   

Index to Financial Statements

     F-1   

INDUSTRY AND OTHER DATA

Unless otherwise indicated, information contained in this prospectus concerning our industry and the markets in which we operate, including our general expectations and market position, market opportunity and market share, is based on information from our own management estimates and research, as well as from industry and general publications and research, surveys and studies conducted by third parties. Management estimates are derived from publicly available information, our knowledge of our industry and assumptions based on such information and knowledge, which we believe to be reasonable. Our management estimates have not been verified by any independent source. In addition, assumptions and estimates of our and our industry’s future performance are necessarily subject to a high degree of uncertainty and risk due to a variety of factors, including those described in “Risk Factors.” These and other factors could cause our future performance to differ materially from our assumptions and estimates. See “Cautionary Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements.”

TRADEMARKS AND TRADE NAMES

This prospectus includes our trademark and service mark, CONTRAFECT ® , which is protected under applicable intellectual property laws and is the property of ContraFect Corporation. This prospectus also contains trademarks, service marks, trade names and copyrights of other companies that are the property of their respective owners. Solely for convenience, trademarks and trade names referred to in this prospectus may appear without the ® or TM symbols. We do not intend our use or display of other parties’ trademarks, trade names or service marks to imply, and such use or display should not be construed to imply, a relationship with, or endorsement or sponsorship of us by, these other parties.


Table of Contents

PROSPECTUS SUMMARY

This summary highlights information contained elsewhere in this prospectus and does not contain all of the information that you should consider in making your investment decision. You should read this entire prospectus, including the sections entitled “Risk Factors,” “Cautionary Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements” and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,” before deciding to invest in our offered securities. Except where the context otherwise requires or where otherwise indicated, the terms “ContraFect” “we,” “us,” “our,” “issuer,” the “Company” and “our business” refer to ContraFect Corporation.

Our Company

We are a biotechnology company focused on discovering and developing therapeutic protein and antibody products for life-threatening, drug-resistant infectious diseases, particularly those treated in hospital settings. Due to drug-resistant and newly emerging pathogens, hospital acquired infections are currently the fourth leading cause of death in the United States, following heart disease, cancer and stroke. We intend to address drug-resistant infections using our therapeutic product candidates from our lysin and monoclonal antibody platforms to target conserved regions of either bacteria or viruses (regions that are not prone to mutation). Lysins are enzymes that are produced in the life cycle stage of a bacteriophage, a virus that infects and kills bacteria. Lysins can digest (or “lyse”) bacterial cell walls and are fundamentally different than antibiotics because they kill bacteria immediately upon contact. We believe the properties of our lysins make them suitable for the treatment of antibiotic-resistant organisms that can cause serious infections such as Staphylococcus aureus (“Staph aureus”) bacteremia, pneumonia and osteomyelitis (infection of a bone), and the treatment of biofilm-related indications for infected prosthetic joints, indwelling devices and catheters (biofilms are protective coatings produced by pathogenic bacteria). In addition to our lysins, we are exploring therapies using monoclonal antibodies (“mAbs”) that block and disarm virulence factors of bacteria and viruses, rendering them vulnerable to the body’s natural immune response. Our product candidates have not yet entered clinical trials. Our most advanced product candidates are CF-301, a lysin for the treatment of Staph aureus bacteremia, and CF-404, a combination of mAbs for the treatment of life-threatening seasonal and pandemic varieties of influenza.

Our Market Opportunity

Drug-resistant and newly emerging pathogens have become a significant threat both inside and outside the hospital. While bacteria and viruses are typically treated with antibiotics and antiviral drugs, many of these microbes have developed resistance mechanisms that arise from mutation and cause current treatments to be ineffective. As a result, we believe that individual antibiotics will eventually become less active or inactive as drug-resistant bacteria continue to develop. For example, over 60% of Staph infections are caused by methicillin-resistant Staph aureus (“MRSA”) bacteria that are often resistant to the primary antibiotic initially used in their therapy. Viruses also have become resistant through mutation and the survival of strains that avoid immune attack. Our therapeutic product candidates are intended to treat these antibiotic-resistant infections and viruses through novel methods.

Our Platform

Lysins

We have an in-house lysin discovery platform for the identification of lysins, enabling the production of lysin banks tailored to any particular bacterial pathogen. The ability to rapidly identify lysins specific for any bacteria of interest provides a steady pipeline of novel lysins for consideration as potential antimicrobial therapeutic candidates.

In addition to our in-house lysin discovery program, we have acquired worldwide exclusive license rights to nine lysins from, and have an active relationship with, The Rockefeller University (“Rockefeller”). Furthermore,

 

 

1


Table of Contents

we have enhanced our patent portfolio with additional patent filings covering the use of lysins and antibiotics in combination, and the use of lysins to disrupt and treat biofilms. Each lysin targets specific gram-positive bacteria, including drug-sensitive and drug-resistant forms of Staph aureus, pneumococcus, group B streptococcus, enterococcus and anthrax (see our discussion of gram-positive and gram-negative bacteria in “Business—Lysins—Background”). We also have a sponsored research agreement for the discovery of new lysins with Dr. Vincent Fischetti’s Laboratory of Bacterial Pathogenesis and Immunology at Rockefeller, where we have the first right to negotiate a license to all discoveries concerning lysins through October 2016.

Monoclonal Antibodies

In addition to lysins, we are exploring combination therapies with mAbs that block and disarm virulence factors of bacteria and viruses, rendering them vulnerable to the body’s natural immune response. We intend to develop these combination therapies by identifying mAbs that (1) target conserved regions of the virus or bacteria that are not prone to mutation, or that (2) target multiple proteins expressed from different genes within a bacteria or virus, to prevent therapeutic escape (a form of resistance) and then combining these mAbs to target multiple pathogen strains for superior outcomes.

Our antibodies are generated by genetic engineering using phage display libraries, isolated directly from human blood samples or other available technologies, enabling the screening of billions of human mAbs with different binding sites. When mAbs are generated by genetic engineering, we have the ability to develop antibodies with a common backbone structure, providing for a similar pharmacokinetic profile (half-life, absorption, distribution, metabolism and excretion); alternatively, we can isolate antibodies directly from human blood samples that naturally possess the same common backbone (isotype) structure as well. We believe these properties provide for the ability to create a therapeutic utilizing a combination of mAbs.

Our Competitive Strengths

We believe the following strengths will enable us to progress our product candidates through pre-clinical and clinical development:

 

    Our lysins possess rapid bactericidal activity . Lysins have the ability to kill bacteria immediately upon contact. Traditional antibiotics, and most agents that kill cells (“cytotoxic” agents), require bacterial cell division and metabolism to exert their effect, which can take hours or days to be effective. CF-301 has demonstrated in vitro the ability to kill Staph aureus bacteria seconds after contact. Based upon these data, we believe our lysins, combined with standard-of-care antibiotics (or “SOC”), have the potential to reduce treatment times and therefore improve patient outcomes and shorten hospital stays.

 

    Our mAb platform includes fully human mAbs . We have access to technology that isolates antibodies directly from human blood samples, enabling the screening of billions of human mAbs with different binding sites.

 

    Minimal resistance to date in pre-clinical in vitro study . Our lysins target the conserved regions of bacteria and our mAbs target the conserved regions of viruses. Based on our research and experimentation in pre-clinical in vitro studies to date, bacteria have shown minimal resistance to our lysins. It is our intention to maintain this attribute for all of our product candidates.

 

    Our product candidates are highly specific . A key feature of our lysins that distinguishes them from many standard-of-care antibiotics is their ability to target pathogenic antibiotic-resistant bacteria, as well as those that are antibiotic-sensitive, while sparing healthy bacteria. Our mAbs specifically target conserved regions of principal influenza strains, which in turn allows the mAb to be effective against many different variations of the principal strain.

 

   

Minimal competition. There are limited treatment options for life-threatening infectious diseases, such as bacteremia, pneumonia, osteomyelitis, influenza, meningitis and endocarditis. For example, there are only two FDA approved drugs for the treatment of MRSA bacteremia, vancomycin and daptomycin,

 

 

2


Table of Contents
 

and there are only four approved drugs for the treatment of influenza—Tamiflu, Relenza, Symmetrel and Flumadine—although only Tamiflu is widely used in practice. MRSA have shown resistance to both drugs used to treat MRSA bacteremia. Influenza has demonstrated a strong propensity for developing resistance to Tamiflu, and the clinical benefit of Tamiflu is greatest when antiviral treatment is administered early, especially within 48 hours of influenza illness onset.

 

    Diverse research pipeline behind our lead products. Our lysin discovery platform provides a steady pipeline of novel lysins for research consideration and has recently generated gram-negative lysins of interest. Our mAb platform and strategy have yielded an innovative program for the treatment of influenza.

 

    Deep patent portfolio. We have a deep patent portfolio consisting of 16 families of patents and patent applications in the United States and certain foreign jurisdictions, which include seven issued U.S. patents. This portfolio includes patent applications filed by us and patents and patent applications licensed from Rockefeller and Trellis Bioscience LLC (“Trellis”).

 

    Substantial market opportunity . Our market opportunity has accelerated and expanded as antibiotic resistance has become a major threat to global public health. Hospital-based infections are currently the fourth leading cause of death in the United States, following heart disease, cancer and stroke. Recently, these pathogens have become a significant threat outside the hospital as well.

 

    Experienced leadership team . Our management team and board of directors, together with our founders, have formed nine companies that have gone on to produce multibillion dollar drugs such as Revlimid, Thalomid, Cialis and Tobi.

Our Products

Our most advanced product candidates are CF-301, a lysin for the treatment of Staph aureus bacteremia, and CF-404, a combination of mAbs for the treatment of life-threatening seasonal and pandemic varieties of influenza.

CF-301 for Staph aureus bacteremia . We intend to pursue the development of CF-301 for the treatment of Staph aureus bacteremia, a blood borne infection, which caused approximately 119,000 hospital admittances in 2011 and causes approximately 30,000 deaths per year in the United States. We filed our Investigational New Drug (“IND”) application for CF-301 with the U.S. Food and Drug Administration (“FDA”) on March 7, 2013, and this application is currently on clinical hold. The FDA can place a clinical trial on hold for a variety of reasons. Our IND application was placed on clinical hold because the FDA believes that the results of the pre-clinical studies we submitted do not provide sufficient information to assess the risks to subjects in our proposed clinical trial. We have conducted additional pre-clinical studies aimed at addressing the FDA’s concerns and at collecting the additional information and data needed to release the clinical hold and begin clinical trials. We expect to begin Phase 1 clinical trials in 2015 provided the FDA is satisfied with such information and data and the clinical hold is lifted. CF-301 has already provided important insights into and confirmation of the biology and activity of our lysins. Our pre-clinical studies to date have shown that CF-301 has the following attributes:

 

    Rapid bactericidal activity . CF-301 kills Staph aureus bacteria in vitro seconds after contact. Currently, mortality from Staph bacteremia remains close to 30% with treatment on standard-of-care drugs. The average length of hospitalization due to Staph aureus bacteremia is 21 days and the average total cost of hospitalization is $114,000. We believe our lysins, combined with SOC, have the potential to improve patient outcomes, shorten treatment times and reduce the length of hospital stays.

 

    Highly specific to all forms of Staph aureus bacteria . CF-301 exhibits activity specific to all forms of Staph aureus, including MRSA and vancomysin-resistant staph aureus (“VRSA”). Significantly, our lysins digest only the specific type of target bacteria, which we believe will avoid damaging side effects that often occur when conventional antibiotic treatments kill the body’s healthy, desirable bacteria.

 

 

3


Table of Contents
    Minimal resistance . To date, bacteria show minimal resistance to CF-301’s killing activity in vitro.

 

    Minimal competition. There are only two FDA approved drugs for the treatment of MRSA bacteremia, vancomycin and daptomycin. MRSA bacteremia has shown resistance to both drugs.

 

    Synergy with standard-of-care antibiotics. We have discovered a strong synergistic effect between CF-301 and several standard-of-care antibiotics, including daptomycin, vancomycin and oxacillin. Synergy is defined as the interaction of two or more agents so that their combined effect is greater than the sum of their individual effects. We intend to seek approval for CF-301 in combination with these standard-of-care antibiotics for Staph aureus bacteremia. We believe that the use of CF-301 in combination with, rather than as a replacement for, standard-of-care antibiotics may help speed adoption of our product by physicians.

 

    Eradicates biofilms. CF-301 eradicates biofilms that protect bacterial infections in the body, and on indwelling devices such as prosthetics, from antibiotics. Biofilms render infections up to 1,000-fold more resistant to penetration by antibiotics. Infected human tissues, such as a heart valve in endocarditis or bone in osteomyelitis, or indwelling medical devices, such as central venous catheters, prosthetic joints and pacemakers, are common sites for biofilm formation, providing a hurdle for effective treatment with antibiotics alone.

 

    Patent protection. If issued as we expect, the CF-301 patent would have protection through 2032.

CF-404 for influenza. We are developing a combination of three human mAbs against influenza as a treatment for life-threatening seasonal and pandemic influenza infections, another serious disease that kills as many as 49,000 people annually in the U.S. alone. We expect to complete the required manufacturing and pre-clinical studies to file an IND for CF-404 in late 2015 and enter Phase 1 clinical trials in 2016. Our pre-clinical studies to date have shown that CF-404 has the following attributes:

 

    Highly specific. Through specific targeting of a conserved region on the virus, our mAbs cross-react with all strains of influenza, including the three principal strains (H1, H3 and B).

 

    Minimal resistance . Our mAbs react with the principal protein, hemagglutinin, on the surface of influenza at a region referred to as the hemagglutinin stalk, which is genetically stable and does not vary from one season to another.

 

    Broad influenza coverage in one combination drug. Targeting the hemagglutinin stalk bypasses the effects of seasonal change, which allows (1) our mAbs to neutralize many different influenza strains; (2) for the production of a single therapeutic combination of only three mAbs covering all influenza, including Types A H1 and H3, and Type B; and (3) for an immediate effect that cannot be obtained by vaccination, which typically requires weeks.

 

    Minimal competition. There are only four approved drugs for the treatment of influenza—Tamiflu, Relenza, Symmetrel and Flumadine—although only Tamiflu is widely used in practice. Influenza has demonstrated a strong propensity for developing resistance to Tamiflu, and the clinical benefit of Tamiflu is greatest when antiviral treatment is administered early, especially within 48 hours of influenza illness onset. Based on pre-clinical data, we believe treatment with our mAbs may be effective even when given 96 hours after infection. Additionally, our mAbs have an immediate treatment effect that cannot be obtained by vaccination, which only acts prophylactically.

 

 

4


Table of Contents

Our Strategy

Our strategy is to use our therapeutic products to achieve a leading market position in the treatment of life-threatening infectious diseases, including drug-resistant pathogens. We plan to pursue commercialization of therapeutic products through discovery, acquisition and development of protein and antibody products as follows:

 

    Advance our most advanced (or “leading”) product candidates, CF-301 and CF-404, into clinical trials and demonstrate superiority over standard-of-care drugs;

 

    Advance additional product candidates from our lysin portfolio;

 

    Acquire additional foundation technologies that enable the efficient discovery of mAbs; and

 

    Acquire or discover mAbs that treat infectious diseases by blocking and disarming the virulence factors of bacteria and viruses.

Our Management

Our management team has extensive experience in leading biotechnology companies and the development of innovative therapeutics. Our Chief Executive Officer, Julia P. Gregory, has extensive experience in management, operations, finance and corporate development as President and Chief Executive Officer at Five Prime Therapeutics, Inc. and Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer at Lexicon Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Our Senior Vice President and Chief Medical Officer, David Huang, M.D., Ph.D., led development efforts for Zyvox at Pfizer Inc. and Aptivus and Viramune for HIV infections at Boehringer Ingelheim GmbH. Our Senior Vice President and Chief Scientific Officer, Michael Wittekind, Ph.D., led research efforts for Brodalumab, an antibody currently being tested in Phase 3 clinical trials for psoriasis, and research programs for several other antibodies in clinical development at Amgen Inc. Our founder and former Chief Executive Officer, Robert C. Nowinski, Ph.D., founded seven biotechnology companies, including ICOS Corporation (acquired in 2006 for $2.2 billion by Eli Lilly and Company). Our Chairman Sol Barer, Ph.D. has significant scientific and executive leadership experience in the pharmaceutical industry at Celgene Corporation and our director Roger Pomerantz, M.D. has similar leadership experience at Merck and Johnson & Johnson.

Risks Associated with Our Business

Our business is subject to numerous significant risks, as more fully described in “Risk Factors” immediately following this prospectus summary. You should read and carefully consider the risks below, together with the risks set forth in “Risk Factors” and all of the other information in this prospectus, including the financial statements and the related notes, before deciding whether to invest in the offered securities. If any of the risks discussed in this prospectus actually occur, our business, financial condition or operating results could be materially and adversely affected. In particular, our risks include, but are not limited to, the following:

 

    Our IND application for CF-301 has been placed on clinical hold by the FDA and there are no assurances that we will be permitted to initiate clinical trials on our intended timeline or at all.

 

    We are heavily dependent on the success of our leading product candidates, CF-301 and CF-404. The approval process of the FDA and comparable foreign regulatory authorities is lengthy, time consuming and inherently unpredictable, and if we are ultimately unable to obtain regulatory approval for CF-301, CF-404, or any other product candidate, our business may be substantially harmed.

 

    We have incurred significant losses since our inception and do not expect to generate revenue for at least the next several years.

 

    Our recurring losses from operations have raised substantial doubt regarding our ability to continue as a going concern.

 

 

5


Table of Contents
    We currently have no source of product revenue and have not yet generated any revenues from product sales.

 

    We have a need for substantial additional funding. If we are unable to raise capital when needed, we could be forced to delay, reduce or eliminate our product development programs or commercialization efforts.

 

    If clinical trials of CF-301, CF-404 or any other product candidate that we develop, fail to demonstrate safety and efficacy to the satisfaction of the FDA or similar regulatory authorities outside the United States or do not otherwise produce positive results, we may incur additional costs or experience delays in completing, or ultimately be unable to complete, the development and commercialization of CF-301, CF-404 or any other product candidate.

 

    Our business depends on our ability to attract and retain key employees.

 

    If we are unable to obtain and maintain patent protection for our technology and products, or if the scope of the patent protection is not sufficiently broad, our competitors could develop and commercialize technology and products similar or identical to ours, and our ability to commercialize our technology and products may be adversely affected.

Corporate Information

We were incorporated as a Delaware corporation on March 5, 2008. Our corporate headquarters is located at 28 Wells Avenue, Third Floor, Yonkers, New York 10701. Our telephone number is (914) 207-2300. Our website address is http://www.contrafect.com. The information on our website is not, and you should not consider such information to be, part of this prospectus.

Implications of Being an Emerging Growth Company

We qualify as an “emerging growth company” as defined in the JOBS Act. As a result, we are permitted to, and intend to, rely on exemptions from certain disclosure requirements that are otherwise applicable to public companies. These provisions include, but are not limited to:

 

    being permitted to present only two years of audited financial statements and only two years of related “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” in this prospectus;

 

    not being required to comply with the auditor attestation requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, as amended (the “Sarbanes-Oxley Act”);

 

    reduced disclosure obligations regarding executive compensation in our periodic reports, proxy statements and registration statements; and

 

    exemptions from the requirements of holding a nonbinding advisory vote on executive compensation and stockholder approval of any golden parachute payments not previously approved.

In addition, the JOBS Act provides that an emerging growth company can take advantage of an extended transition period for complying with new or revised accounting standards. This provision allows an emerging growth company to delay the adoption of some accounting standards until those standards would otherwise apply to private companies. We have irrevocably elected not to avail ourselves of delayed adoption of new or revised accounting standards and, therefore, we will be subject to the same requirements to adopt new or revised accounting standards as other public companies that are not emerging growth companies.

 

 

6


Table of Contents

We will remain an emerging growth company until the earliest to occur of: (i) our reporting $1 billion or more in annual gross revenues; (ii) the end of fiscal year 2018; (iii) our issuance, in a three-year period, of more than $1 billion in non-convertible debt; and (iv) the end of the fiscal year in which the market value of our common stock held by non-affiliates exceeded $700 million on the last business day of our second fiscal quarter.

 

 

7


Table of Contents

THE OFFERING

 

Offered securities

             shares of our common stock together with warrants to purchase              shares of our common stock at an exercise price of $         per share.

 

Common stock to be outstanding before this offering

             shares of our common stock

 

Common stock to be outstanding after this offering

            shares of our common stock (or             shares if the underwriters exercise their overallotment option in full)

 

Terms of the warrants

The exercise price of the warrants is $            , or         % of the initial public offering price per share of the underlying shares of our common stock. We may, in our sole discretion, by notice to registered holders, lower the exercise price of the warrants at any time prior to their expiration date for a specified period of not less than 20 business days. If, and only if, at the time of exercise of the warrants there is no effective registration statement covering the issuance of the shares of common stock underlying the warrants, then the holders of the warrants may elect to exercise the warrants, in whole or in part, by means of a “cashless exercise” provision as described therein.

 

  Each warrant is exercisable for one share of common stock, subject to adjustment as described therein. A holder may not exercise any portion of a warrant to the extent that the holder, together with its affiliates and any other person or entity acting as a group, would own more than         % of the outstanding common stock after exercise, as such percentage ownership is determined in accordance with the terms of the warrants, except that upon at least 61 days notice from the holder to us, the holder may waive such limitation.

 

  Each warrant will be exercisable on                  and will expire on                 , or earlier upon redemption. We may, in our sole discretion, extend the duration of the warrants by delaying the expiration date upon not less than 20 days’ notice to registered holders of the warrants.

 

  The shares of common stock and warrants are immediately separable and will be issued separately, but will be purchased together in this offering. See “Description of Securities—Warrants.”

 

Redemption of the warrants

From and after              following their issuance, we may call the outstanding warrants, in whole and not in part, for redemption (i) at a price of $             per warrant, so long as a registration statement relating to the common stock issuable upon exercise of the warrants is effective and current; (ii) upon not less than 30 days prior written notice of redemption; and (iii) if, and only if, the last reported sale price of a share of our common stock equals or exceeds $             per share (subject to adjustment for splits, dividends, recapitalizations and

 

 

8


Table of Contents
 

other similar events) for any 20 trading days within a 30 consecutive trading day period ending three business days before we send the notice of redemption to warrantholders.

 

  If the foregoing conditions are satisfied and we call the warrants for redemption, each warrantholder will then be entitled to exercise his, her or its warrant prior to the date scheduled for redemption. However, there can be no assurance that the price of the common stock will exceed the warrant exercise price after the redemption call is made.

 

Overallotment option

We have granted the underwriters a 45-day option to purchase up to an additional             offered securities at the initial public offering price to cover over-allotments, if any.

 

Use of proceeds

We currently intend to use the net proceeds from this offering, together with our existing cash and cash equivalents, to fund approximately $             million for the costs of pre-clinical and early stage clinical development of CF-301 and CF-404, approximately $             million for the costs of research and development to build our product platform and advance other research programs from our lysin portfolio, and the remainder for working capital and other general corporate purposes, including the additional costs associated with being a public company. See “Use of Proceeds”.

 

Proposed NASDAQ Capital Market symbols

CFRX and CFRXW

 

Risk Factors

See “Risk Factors” beginning on page 13 and other information included in this prospectus for a discussion of factors that you should consider carefully before deciding to invest in the offered securities.

The number of shares of our common stock to be outstanding after this offering is based on 7,084,240 shares of our common stock outstanding as of December 31, 2013, and includes 32,187,174 shares of our common stock issuable upon the automatic conversion of all outstanding shares of our preferred stock upon the closing of this offering.

The number of shares of our common stock to be outstanding after this offering excludes:

 

    15,552,003 shares of our common stock issuable upon the exercise of stock options outstanding as of December 31, 2013 at a weighted average exercise price of $0.76 per share;

 

    5,028,398 shares of our common stock issuable upon the exercise of warrants outstanding as of December 31, 2013 at a weighted average exercise price of $0.92 per share (excluding shares of our common stock issuable upon the exercise of warrants issued in conjunction with the sale of the Convertible Notes due 2015 (as defined under “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Liquidity and Capital Resources—Convertible Notes due 2015”));

 

    223,136 shares of our common stock available for future issuance under our equity compensation plans as of December 31, 2013;

 

    an additional             shares of our common stock that will be made available for future issuance under our 2014 equity compensation plan upon the closing of this offering;

 

 

9


Table of Contents
    the automatic conversion of all outstanding Convertible Notes due 2015, together with any accrued and unpaid interest thereon, into an aggregate of             shares of our common stock upon the closing of this offering;

 

    the             shares of our common stock issuable upon the exercise of warrants issued in conjunction with the sale of the Convertible Notes due 2015 and outstanding as of December 31, 2013 at a weighted average exercise price of             per share;

 

    the              shares of our common stock issuable upon exercise of the warrants sold in this offering; and

 

    assuming the over-allotment option is fully exercised,              shares of our common stock issuable upon exercise of the warrants to be received by the underwriters in connection with this offering.

Unless otherwise indicated, all information in this prospectus assumes:

 

    no exercise of the outstanding options or warrants described above;

 

    no exercise by the underwriters of their option to purchase up to              offered securities to cover over-allotments, if any;

 

    the automatic conversion of all outstanding shares of our Series A preferred stock, Series B preferred stock, Series C preferred stock and Series C-1 preferred stock into an aggregate of 32,187,174 shares of our common stock upon the closing of this offering;

 

    the amendment and restatement of our certificate of incorporation and by-laws upon the closing of this offering; and

 

    a one-for-     reverse stock split of our common stock to be effected on                 , 2014.

 

 

10


Table of Contents

SUMMARY FINANCIAL DATA

The summary historical data presented below should be read in conjunction with the sections entitled “Risk Factors,” “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and the financial statements and the related notes and other financial data included in this prospectus. We have derived the statements of operations data for the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2013 from our audited financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. Our historical results are not necessarily indicative of the results that may be expected in the future.

Statement of Operations Data:

 

    

 

Year Ended December 31,

    Period From
March 17, 2008
(Inception) to
December 31, 2013
 
     2012     2013    
                 (unaudited)  

Operating expenses:

      

Research and development

   $ 13,211,111      $ 9,133,175      $ 30,120,064   

General and administrative

     5,943,062        10,163,259        23,028,491   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

     19,154,173        19,296,434        53,148,555   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss from operations

     (19,154,173     (19,296,434     (53,148,555

Other income (expense):

      

Interest expense, net

     (129,281     (1,712,178     (2,080,266

Change in fair value of warrant and embedded derivative liabilities

     —          (2,612,090     (2,612,090
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total other income (expense)

     (129,281     (4,324,268     (4,692,356
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss

   $ (19,283,454   $ (23,620,702   $ (57,840,911
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss per share, basic and diluted

   $ (2.74   $ (3.34  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

Shares used to compute basic and diluted net loss per share

     7,045,177        7,082,528     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

Balance Sheet Data:

 

     As of December 31, 2013  
     Actual     Pro
Forma (1)
     Pro Forma As
Adjusted (2)
 

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 4,145,270      $                    $                

Working capital

     (2,773,166     

Total assets

     9,683,835        

Total debt (3)

     9,816,365        

Convertible preferred stock

     39,892,327        

Accumulated deficit

     (57,840,911     

Total stockholders’ (deficit) equity

     (52,910,500     

 

(1) Amounts calculated on a pro forma basis to give effect to:

 

    the automatic conversion of all outstanding shares of our Series A preferred stock, Series B preferred stock, Series C preferred stock and Series C-1 preferred stock into an aggregate of 32,187,174 shares of our common stock upon the closing of this offering, including the issuance of 151,515 shares of Series C-1 preferred stock on March 12, 2014; and

 

 

11


Table of Contents
    the automatic conversion of all outstanding Convertible Notes due 2015, together with any accrued and unpaid interest thereon, into an aggregate of             shares of our common stock upon the closing of this offering.

 

(2) Amounts calculated on a pro forma as adjusted basis to give further effect to our issuance and sale of shares of our common stock in this offering at an assumed initial public offering price of $         per share, which is the midpoint of the price range listed on the cover page of this prospectus, after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.
(3) Total debt represents the carrying amount of our Convertible Notes due 2015.

 

 

12


Table of Contents

RISK FACTORS

Investing in the offered securities involves a high degree of risk. You should carefully consider the risks described below, as well as the other information in this prospectus, including our financial statements and the related notes and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,” before deciding whether to invest in the offered securities. The occurrence of any of the events or developments described below could harm our business, financial condition, results of operations and growth prospects. In such an event, the market price of the offered securities could decline and you may lose all or part of your investment. Additional risks and uncertainties not presently known to us or that we currently deem immaterial also may impair our business operations.

Risks Related to Our Financial Position and Need for Additional Capital

We have incurred significant losses since our inception and do not expect to generate revenue for at least the next several years. We expect to incur losses for at least the next several years and may never achieve or maintain profitability.

We are a pre-clinical-stage biopharmaceutical company with no approved products, and we have not generated any revenue from product sales to date. Although we commenced active research operations in 2010, we have yet to commence clinical trials of our product candidates in humans, and our lead product candidate, CF-301, is on clinical hold by the FDA, meaning we can not presently progress the opportunity. To date, we have focused exclusively on developing our product candidates and have funded our operations primarily through proceeds from private placements. We have not yet demonstrated an ability to overcome many of the risks and uncertainties frequently encountered by companies in the pharmaceutical industry, and you should analyze our company in light of such risks and uncertainties.

Since inception, we have incurred significant operating losses. Our net loss was $23.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2013. As of December 31, 2013, we had a deficit accumulated during the development stage of $57.8 million. We have financed our operations primarily through private placements of our outstanding securities. We have devoted substantially all of our efforts to research and development. We expect to continue to incur significant expenses and increasing operating losses for at least the next several years. The net losses we incur may fluctuate significantly from quarter to quarter.

We anticipate that our expenses will increase substantially in connection with commencing clinical trials for any of our product candidates. Our expenses will increase if and as we:

 

    seek to discover or develop additional product candidates;

 

    seek marketing approvals for any of our product candidates that successfully complete clinical trials;

 

    in-license or acquire other products and technologies;

 

    maintain, expand and protect our intellectual property portfolio;

 

    hire additional clinical, quality control and scientific personnel; and

 

    add operational, financial and management information systems and personnel, including personnel to support our product development and planned future commercialization efforts.

Our recurring losses from operations have raised substantial doubt regarding our ability to continue as a going concern.

As shown in the financial statements included in this prospectus, we have had recurring losses from operations and, as a result, our independent registered public accounting firm has expressed substantial doubt concerning our ability to continue as a going concern and has included an explanatory paragraph in its report on our financial statement as of and for the year ended December 31, 2013 with respect to this uncertainty. This

 

13


Table of Contents

going concern opinion could materially limit our ability to raise additional funds through the issuance of new debt or equity securities or otherwise. Future reports on our financial statements may include an explanatory paragraph with respect to our ability to continue as a going concern. We have incurred significant losses since our inception and have never generated revenue or profit, and it is possible we will never generate revenue or profit. Meaningful revenues will likely not be available until and unless any future product candidates are approved by the FDA or comparable regulatory agencies in other countries and successfully marketed, either by us or a partner, an outcome which may not occur. There is no assurance that other financing will be available when needed to allow us to continue as a going concern. The perception that we may not be able to continue as a going concern may cause others to choose not to deal with us due to concerns about our ability to meet our contractual obligations. If we are unable to continue as a going concern, you could lose all or part of your investment in our Company.

We currently have no source of product revenue and have not yet generated any revenues from product sales.

To date, we have not completed the development of any products and have not generated any revenues from product sales. Our ability to generate revenue from product sales and achieve profitability will depend upon our ability to successfully commercialize products, including any of our current product candidates, or other product candidates that we may in-license or acquire in the future. Even if we are able to successfully achieve regulatory approval for these product candidates, we may never generate revenues that are significant enough to achieve profitability. Our ability to generate revenue from product sales from our current or future product candidates also depend on a number of additional factors, including our ability to:

 

    successfully complete development activities, including the necessary clinical trials;

 

    complete and submit biologics license applications (“BLAs”) to the FDA, and obtain regulatory approval for indications for which there is a commercial market;

 

    complete and submit applications to, and obtain approval from, foreign regulatory authorities;

 

    set a commercially viable price for our products;

 

    develop a commercial organization capable of sales, marketing and distribution for any products we intend to sell ourselves in the markets which we choose to commercialize on our own;

 

    find suitable distribution partners to help us market, sell and distribute our products in other markets; and

 

    obtain coverage and adequate reimbursement from third parties, including government and private payors.

In addition, because of the numerous risks and uncertainties associated with product development, including that any of our product candidates may not advance through development or achieve the desired endpoints of applicable clinical trials, we are unable to predict the timing or amount of increased expenses, or when or if we will be able to achieve or maintain profitability. Even if we are able to complete development and regulatory process for any product candidates, we anticipate incurring significant costs associated with commercializing these products.

Even if we are able to generate revenues from the sale of our products, we may not become profitable. If we do achieve profitability, we may not be able to sustain or increase profitability on a quarterly or annual basis. Our failure to become and remain profitable would decrease the value of our company and could impair our ability to raise capital to expand our business or continue our operations. A decline in the value of our company could also cause you to lose all or part of your investment.

 

14


Table of Contents

We have a need for substantial additional funding. If we are unable to raise capital when needed, we could be forced to delay, reduce or eliminate our product development programs or commercialization efforts.

We expect our expenses to increase in connection with our ongoing activities, particularly as we commence the clinical development of CF-301 and CF-404, make acquisitions of new products and technologies and, possibly, acquire and develop other product candidates. Accordingly, we will need to obtain substantial additional funding in connection with our continuing operations. If we are unable to raise capital when needed or on attractive terms, we could be forced to delay, reduce or eliminate our research and development programs or any future commercialization efforts.

Our future capital requirements will depend on many factors, including:

 

    the complexity, timing and results of our clinical trials of our product candidates;

 

    the costs, timing and outcome of regulatory review of our product candidates;

 

    the costs of developing our product candidates for additional indications;

 

    our ability to establish scientific or business collaborations on favorable terms, if at all;

 

    the costs of preparing, filing and prosecuting patent or other intellectual property applications, maintaining and protecting our intellectual property rights and defending against intellectual property-related claims;

 

    the extent to which we in-license or acquire other products and technologies; and

 

    the scope, progress, results and costs of product development for our product candidates.

Conducting clinical trials is a time-consuming, expensive and uncertain process that takes years to complete, and we may never generate the necessary data or results to obtain marketing approval and achieve product sales. In addition, if approved, CF-301, CF-404 or any other product candidate that we develop may not achieve commercial success. Accordingly, we may need to continue to rely on additional financing to achieve our business objectives. In addition, we may seek additional capital due to favorable market conditions or strategic considerations, even if we believe that we have sufficient funds for our current or future operating plans. Adequate additional financing may not be available to us on acceptable terms, or at all.

Raising additional capital may cause dilution to our stockholders, restrict our operations or require us to relinquish rights to our technologies or product candidates.

Until such time, if ever, as we can generate substantial product revenues, we expect to finance our cash needs through a combination of equity offerings, debt financings, collaborations, strategic alliances and marketing, distribution or licensing arrangements. We do not have any committed external source of funds. To the extent that we raise additional capital through the sale of equity or convertible debt securities, your ownership interest will be diluted, and the terms of these securities may include liquidation or other preferences that adversely affect your rights as a stockholder. Debt financing, if available, may involve agreements that include covenants limiting or restricting our ability to take specific actions, such as incurring additional debt, making capital expenditures or declaring dividends.

If we raise additional funds through collaborations, strategic alliances or marketing, distribution or licensing arrangements with third parties, we may have to relinquish valuable rights to our technologies, future revenue streams or product candidates or grant licenses on terms that may not be favorable to us. If we are unable to raise additional funds through equity or debt financings when needed, we may be required to delay, limit, reduce or terminate our product development or future commercialization efforts or grant rights to develop and market product candidates that we would otherwise prefer to develop and market ourselves.

 

15


Table of Contents

Our short operating history may make it difficult for you to evaluate the success of our business to date and to assess our future viability.

We were incorporated in 2008 and commenced active research operations in 2010. Our operations to date have been limited to organizing and staffing our company, business planning, raising capital and acquiring and developing CF-301, CF-404 and other potential products. We have not yet demonstrated our ability to successfully complete Phase 1, Phase 2 or Phase 3 clinical trials, obtain marketing approval, manufacture a commercial scale product, or arrange for a third-party to do so on our behalf, or conduct sales and marketing activities necessary for successful product commercialization. Consequently, any predictions you make about our future success or viability may not be as accurate as they could be if we had a longer operating history.

In addition, we may encounter unforeseen expenses, difficulties, complications, delays and other known and unknown factors. We will need to transition from a company with a product development focus to a company capable of supporting commercial activities. We may not be successful in such a transition.

The timing of the milestone and royalty payments we are required to make under our licenses and sponsored research agreements, including to Rockefeller and Trellis, is uncertain and could adversely affect our cash flows and results of operations.

As described under “Business—Intellectual Property,” we are party to certain licenses and sponsored research agreements, including with Rockefeller and Trellis, pursuant to which we have acquired licenses to certain patents and patent applications and other intellectual property related to a series of compounds, including CF-301 and CF-404, to develop and commercialize licensed therapeutics. Under our license and sponsored research agreements with Rockefeller and Trellis, we have obligations to make payments upon achievement of specified development and regulatory milestones of up to $10.1 million. We will also make additional payments upon the achievement of future sales milestones and for royalties on future net sales.

The timing of milestone payments under our licenses and sponsored research agreements is subject to factors relating to the clinical and regulatory development and commercialization of products, many of which are beyond our control. We may become obligated to make a milestone payment when we do not have the cash on hand to make such payment, which could require us to delay our clinical trials, curtail our operations, scale back our commercialization and marketing efforts or seek funds to meet these obligations on terms unfavorable to us.

Our ability to utilize our net operating loss carryforwards and certain other tax attributes may be limited.

Under Section 382 and related provisions of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”), if a corporation undergoes an “ownership change” (generally defined as a greater than 50% change (by value) in its equity ownership over a three year period), the corporation’s ability to use its pre-change net operating loss carryforwards and other pre-change tax attributes to offset its post-change income may be limited. As a result of our past transactions, we may have experienced, and, upon completion of this offering, may experience, an “ownership change.” At this time, we have not completed a study to assess whether an ownership change under Section 382 of the Code has occurred, or whether there have been multiple ownership changes since our formation, due to the costs and complexities associated with such a study. We may also experience ownership changes in the future as a result of subsequent shifts in our stock ownership. Thus, our ability to utilize carryforwards of our net operating losses and other tax attributes to reduce future tax liabilities may be substantially restricted. Further, U.S. tax laws limit the time during which these carryforwards may be applied against future taxes. Therefore, we may not be able to take full advantage of these carryforwards for federal or state tax purposes. As of December 31, 2013, we had federal and state net operating loss carryforwards of approximately $50.7 million and $47.7 million, respectively, and federal research and development credits of approximately $0.9 million, the use of which could be limited or eliminated by virtue of one or more “ownership changes.”

 

16


Table of Contents

Risks Related to the Discovery, Development and Commercialization of Our Product Candidates

Our IND application for CF-301 has been placed on clinical hold by the FDA and there are no assurances that we will be permitted to initiate clinical trials on our intended timeline or at all.

Our IND for our lead product candidate CF-301 has been placed on clinical hold by the FDA. Our IND was placed on clinical hold because the FDA believes that the results of our submitted pre-clinical studies did not provide sufficient information to assess the risks to subjects in our proposed clinical trial, including the risk of serious hypersensitivity reactions. In connection with this risk, the FDA requested additional studies to characterize the potential for hypersensitivity after exposure to CF-301. We have since conducted additional studies in rodents which confirmed that hypersensitivity occurs on a second course of CF-301 therapy. If we are unable to satisfy the FDA’s requests, we may not be able to obtain regulatory approval for commencing clinical trials of CF-301. If this were to occur, our financial results and the commercial prospects for CF-301 would be substantially harmed and our ability to generate revenues could be delayed or ended.

We are heavily dependent on the success of our leading product candidates, CF-301 and CF-404. The approval process of the FDA and comparable foreign regulatory authorities is lengthy, time consuming and inherently unpredictable, and if we are ultimately unable to obtain regulatory approval for CF-301, CF-404 or any other product candidate our business will be substantially harmed.

We have no products that have been approved for testing in clinical trials or for sale. Our near-term business prospects are substantially dependent on our ability to develop and commercialize CF-301 and CF-404. We cannot market or sell CF-301, CF-404 or any other product candidate in the United States without FDA approval, but this approval, if ever issued, is at least several years away. To commercialize CF-301, CF-404 or any other product candidate outside of the United States, we will need applicable foreign regulatory approvals. The clinical development of CF-301, CF-404 or any other product candidate is susceptible to the inherent risks of any drug development program, including a failure to achieve efficacy across a broad population of patients, the potential occurrence of severe adverse events and the risks that the FDA or any applicable foreign regulatory authority will determine that a drug product is not approvable.

The process required to obtain approval for commercialization from the FDA and similar foreign authorities is unpredictable, and typically takes many years even after the commencement of clinical trials, depending on numerous factors. In addition, approval policies, regulations, or the type and amount of clinical data necessary to obtain regulatory approval may change during the course of a product’s clinical development. We may fail to obtain regulatory approval for CF-301, CF-404 or any other product candidate for many reasons, including the following:

 

    we may not be able to demonstrate to the satisfaction of the FDA or comparable foreign regulatory authorities that CF-301, CF-404 or any other product candidate is safe and effective for any indication;

 

    the results of clinical trials may not meet the level of clinical or statistical significance required for approval by the FDA or comparable foreign regulatory authorities;

 

    the FDA or comparable foreign regulatory authorities may disagree with the design or implementation of our clinical trials;

 

    we may not be able to demonstrate that CF-301, CF-404 or any other product candidate’s clinical and other benefits outweigh its safety risks;

 

    the approval policies or regulations of the FDA or comparable foreign regulatory authorities may significantly change in a manner rendering our clinical data insufficient for approval;

 

    the FDA or comparable foreign regulatory authorities may disagree with our interpretation of data from pre-clinical studies or clinical trials;

 

    the FDA or comparable foreign regulatory authorities may identify deficiencies in data generated at our clinical trial sites;

 

17


Table of Contents
    the FDA or comparable foreign regulatory authorities may identify deficiencies in the clinical practices of the third-party contract research organizations (“CROs”), we use for clinical trials; and

 

    the FDA or comparable foreign regulatory authorities may identify deficiencies in the manufacturing processes or facilities of third-party manufacturers with which we or our collaborators enter into agreements for clinical and commercial supplies.

This lengthy approval process as well as the unpredictability of future clinical trial results may prevent us from obtaining regulatory approval to market CF-301, CF-404 or any other product candidate, which would significantly harm our business.

If clinical trials of CF-301, CF-404 or any other product candidate that we develop, fail to demonstrate safety and efficacy to the satisfaction of the FDA or similar regulatory authorities outside the United States or do not otherwise produce positive results, we may incur additional costs or experience delays in completing, or ultimately be unable to complete, the development and commercialization of CF-301, CF-404 or any other product candidate.

Before obtaining marketing approval from regulatory authorities for the sale of CF-301, CF-404 or any other product candidate, we must complete pre-clinical development and conduct extensive clinical trials to demonstrate the safety and efficacy of our product candidates in humans. We have not commenced such studies in humans to date. Clinical testing is expensive, difficult to design and implement, can take many years to complete and is uncertain as to outcome. A failure of one or more clinical trials can occur at any stage of testing. The outcome of pre-clinical testing and early clinical trials may not be predictive of the success of later clinical trials, and interim results of a clinical trial do not necessarily predict final results. Moreover, pre-clinical and clinical data are often susceptible to varying interpretations and analyses, and many companies that have believed their product candidates performed satisfactorily in pre-clinical studies and clinical trials have nonetheless failed to obtain marketing approval of their products.

We may experience numerous unforeseen events during, or as a result of, clinical trials that could delay or prevent our ability to receive marketing approval or commercialize our product candidates, including:

 

    clinical trials of our product candidates may produce negative or inconclusive results, or significant adverse side effects, and we may decide, or regulators may require us, to conduct additional clinical trials or abandon product development programs;

 

    the number of patients required for clinical trials of our product candidates may be larger than we anticipate, enrollment in these clinical trials may be slower than we anticipate or participants may drop out of these clinical trials at a higher rate than we anticipate;

 

    our third-party contractors may fail to comply with regulatory requirements or meet their contractual obligations to us in a timely manner, or at all;

 

    regulators or institutional review boards (“IRBs”) may not authorize us or our investigators to commence a clinical trial or conduct a clinical trial at a prospective trial site;

 

    we may have delays in reaching or fail to reach agreement on acceptable clinical trial contracts or clinical trial protocols with prospective trial sites;

 

    we may voluntarily suspend or terminate clinical trials of our product candidates for various reasons, including a finding that the participants are being exposed to unacceptable health risks;

 

    regulators or IRBs may require that we or our investigators suspend or terminate clinical research for various reasons, including noncompliance with regulatory requirements or a finding that the participants are being exposed to unacceptable health risks;

 

    the cost of clinical trials of our product candidates may be greater than we anticipate;

 

18


Table of Contents
    the supply or quality of our product candidates or other materials necessary to conduct clinical trials of our product candidates may be insufficient or inadequate; and

 

    our product candidates may have undesirable side effects or other unexpected characteristics, causing us or our investigators, regulators or IRBs to suspend or terminate the trials.

If we are required to conduct additional clinical trials or other testing of CF-301, CF-404 or any other product candidate that we develop beyond those that we contemplate, if we are unable to successfully complete clinical trials of our product candidates or other testing, if the results of these trials or tests are not positive or are only modestly positive or if there are safety concerns, we may:

 

    be delayed in obtaining marketing approval or sales revenues for our product candidates;

 

    not obtain marketing approval at all;

 

    obtain approval for indications or patient populations that are not as broad as intended or desired;

 

    obtain approval with labeling that includes significant use or distribution restrictions or safety warnings, including boxed warnings;

 

    be subject to additional post-marketing testing requirements; or

 

    have the product removed from the market after obtaining marketing approval.

Our product development costs will also increase if we experience delays in testing or marketing approvals. We do not know whether any clinical trials will begin as planned, will need to be restructured or will be completed on schedule, or at all. Significant clinical trial delays also could shorten any periods during which we may have the exclusive right to commercialize our product candidates or allow our competitors to bring products to market before we do and impair our ability to successfully commercialize our product candidates and may harm our business and results of operations.

We may be required to suspend or discontinue clinical trials due to adverse side effects or other safety risks that could preclude approval of CF-301, CF-404 or any other product candidates.

Our clinical trials may be suspended at any time for a number of reasons. For example, it is possible that exposure to CF-301 could result in adverse clinical events such as the formation of vascular lesions, or having a hypersensitivity reaction, such as serum sickness or anaphylaxis. A clinical trial may be prevented from commencing or may be suspended or terminated by us, our collaborators, IRBs, the FDA or other regulatory authorities due to the risks of or occurrence of such adverse events, an unacceptable safety risk to participants, a failure to conduct the clinical trial in accordance with regulatory requirements or our clinical protocols, presentation of unforeseen safety issues or adverse side effects, failure to demonstrate a benefit from using the investigational drug, changes in governmental regulations or administrative actions, lack of adequate funding to continue the clinical trial, or negative or equivocal findings of the data safety monitoring board or IRBs for a clinical trial. We may voluntarily suspend or terminate our clinical trials if at any time we believe that they present an unacceptable risk to participants. If we elect or are forced to suspend or terminate any clinical trial of any product candidates that we develop, the commercial prospects of such product candidates will be harmed and our ability to generate product revenues, if at all, from any of these product candidates will be delayed or eliminated. Any of these occurrences may significantly harm our business.

Delays in clinical trials are common and have many causes, and any such delays could result in increased costs to us and jeopardize, delay or prevent our ability to obtain regulatory approval and commence product sales as currently contemplated.

We may experience delays in clinical trials of our product candidates. Our planned clinical trials might not begin on time, might need to be redesigned, might not enroll a sufficient number of patients or might not be completed on schedule, if at all. Clinical trials can be delayed for a variety of reasons, including the following:

 

    imposition of a clinical hold by the FDA or other regulatory authorities;

 

19


Table of Contents
    delays in reaching agreement on acceptable terms with prospective CROs and clinical trial sites;

 

    delays in recruiting suitable patients to participate in a trial;

 

    delays in having patients complete participation in a trial or return for post-treatment follow-up;

 

    clinical sites dropping out of a trial to the detriment of enrollment;

 

    adverse side effects in patient populations;

 

    time required to add new sites;

 

    delays in obtaining sufficient supplies of clinical trial materials; or

 

    delays resulting from negative or equivocal findings of the data safety monitoring board for a trial.

For example, our IND application for CF-301 has been placed on clinical hold by the FDA because the FDA believes that the results of the pre-clinical studies we submitted do not provide sufficient information to assess the risks to subjects in our proposed clinical trial. We are currently in discussions with the FDA regarding additional information and data needed to enter Phase 1 clinical trials.

Patient enrollment, a significant factor in the timing of clinical trials, is affected by many factors, including the size and nature of the patient population, the proximity of patients to clinical sites, the eligibility criteria for the trial, the design of the clinical trial, competing clinical trials and clinicians’ and patients’ perceptions as to the potential advantages of the drug being studied in relation to other available therapies, including any new drugs that may be approved for the indications we are investigating. Any of these delays in completing our clinical trials could increase our costs, slow down our product development and approval process and jeopardize our ability to commence product sales and generate revenues.

We are significantly dependent on our license agreements with Rockefeller that relate to CF-301.

Under our various license agreements with Rockefeller, we are obligated to use our diligent efforts to develop and commercialize licensed products, including CF-301. Rockefeller may terminate the agreement in the event of our breach of the terms of the license agreements. In the event of such termination, Rockefeller has the right to retain its license and other rights under the agreement, subject to continuing royalties and other obligations. Our breach of the agreement, including non-payment of any milestone payment, and Rockefeller subsequent termination of the agreement, could result in the loss of our rights to develop and commercialize CF-301, which would seriously harm our ability to generate revenues or achieve profitability.

We rely on CROs to conduct our pre-clinical studies and will rely on CROs to conduct our clinical trials. If these third parties do not successfully carry out their contractual duties or meet expected deadlines, we may be delayed in obtaining, or may ultimately not be able to obtain, regulatory approval for or commercialize CF-301, CF-404 or any other product candidates.

We have relied and will continue to rely on CROs for the execution of our pre-clinical studies and to recruit patients and monitor and manage data for our clinical programs for CF-301, CF-404 or any other product candidate. We control only certain aspects of our CROs’ activities, but we are responsible for ensuring that each of our studies is conducted in accordance with the applicable protocol and legal, regulatory and scientific standards. Our reliance on the CROs does not relieve us of these regulatory responsibilities. We and our CROs are required to comply with the FDA’s regulations and current good clinical practices (“GCPs”), which is an international guideline meant to protect the rights and health of clinical trial subjects. The FDA enforces its regulations and GCPs through periodic inspections of trial sponsors, principal investigators and clinical trial sites. If we or our CROs fail to comply with applicable GCPs, the clinical data generated in our clinical trials may be deemed unreliable, and the FDA may require us to perform additional clinical trials before approving our product candidates. We cannot assure you that, upon inspection, the FDA will determine that any of our clinical trials comply with GCPs. In addition, to evaluate the safety and effectiveness of CF-301, CF-404 or any other product

 

20


Table of Contents

candidate to a statistically significant degree, our clinical trials will require an adequately large number of test subjects. Any clinical trial that a CRO conducts abroad on our behalf is subject to similar regulation. Accordingly, if our CROs fail to comply with these regulations or recruit a sufficient number of patients, we may have to repeat clinical trials, which would delay the regulatory approval process.

In addition, our CROs are not our employees and we cannot control whether or not they devote sufficient time and resources to our non-clinical, pre-clinical or clinical programs. Our CROs may also have relationships with other commercial entities, including our competitors, for whom they may also be conducting clinical studies or other drug development activities, which could impede their ability to devote appropriate time to our clinical programs. If our CROs do not successfully carry out their contractual duties or obligations or meet expected deadlines, if they need to be replaced, or if the quality or accuracy of the clinical data they obtain is compromised due to the failure to adhere to our clinical protocols or regulatory requirements, or for other reasons, our clinical trials may be extended, delayed or terminated, and we may not be able to obtain regulatory approval for or successfully commercialize CF-301, CF-404 or any other product candidate that we seek to develop. As a result, our financial results and the commercial prospects for CF-301, CF-404 or any other product candidate that we seek to develop would be harmed, our costs could increase and our ability to generate revenues could be delayed or ended.

We have no experience as a company in bringing a drug to regulatory approval.

As a company, we have never obtained regulatory approval for, or commercialized, a drug or biologic. It is possible that the FDA may refuse to accept any or all of our planned BLAs for substantive review or may conclude after review of our data that our application is insufficient to obtain regulatory approval of CF-301, CF-404 or any other product candidate . If the FDA does not accept or approve any or all of our planned BLAs, it may require that we conduct additional pre-clinical, clinical or manufacturing validation studies, which may be costly, and submit that data before it will reconsider our applications. Depending on the extent of these or any other FDA required studies, approval of any BLA or application that we submit may be significantly delayed, possibly for several years, or may require us to expend more resources than we have available. Any delay in obtaining, or an inability to obtain, regulatory approvals would prevent us from meeting our timelines for commercializing CF-301, CF-404 or any other product candidate, generating revenues and achieving and sustaining profitability.

Even if the FDA approves CF-301, CF-404 or any other product candidate, adverse effects discovered after approval could adversely affect our markets.

If we obtain regulatory approval for CF-301, CF-404 or any other product candidate that we develop, and we or others later discover that our products cause adverse effects, a number of potentially significant negative consequences could result, including:

 

    regulatory authorities may withdraw their approval of the product;

 

    regulatory authorities may require the addition of labeling statements, such as warnings or contraindications or imposition of a risk management strategy;

 

    we may be required to change the way the product is administered, conduct additional clinical studies or restrict the distribution of the product;

 

    we could be sued and held liable for harm caused to patients and our liability insurance may not adequately cover those claims; and

 

    our reputation may suffer.

Any of these events could prevent us from maintaining market acceptance of the affected product candidate and could substantially increase the costs of, or prevent altogether, the commercialization of our product candidates.

 

21


Table of Contents

There are underlying risks associated with the manufacture of our product candidates, which could include cost overruns, new impurities, difficulties in scaling up or reproducing manufacturing processes and lack of timely availability of raw materials.

Although clinical materials for our contemplated Phase 1 human clinical trials of CF-301 have been produced, we have not yet manufactured all supplies for our contemplated Phase 2 or 3 human clinical trials, scaled up the process for manufacture, validated the process, or contractually secured third parties for manufacture and commercial supply.

We do not currently have nor do we plan to build the infrastructure or capability internally to manufacture CF-301. We employ the services of Fujifilm Diosynth Biotechnologies UK LTD (“Fujifilm UK”) to supply the active pharmaceutical ingredient for CF-301. We do not yet have contracts to produce a commercial supply of the active pharmaceutical ingredient of CF-301; however, we intend to pursue agreements with Fujifilm UK to do so.

We employ the services of CanGene bioPharma (“CanGene”) to produce CF-301 in its final vialed drug product form. We do not have contracts for the commercial supply of CF-301 drug product. We intend to pursue agreements with third-party manufacturers regarding commercial supply at an appropriate future time. We intend to locate second fill finish third-party manufacturers to supply other world regions such as the European Union or Asia.

Late stage process development activities, including manufacturing process scale up and validation of the bulk drug substance, pose inherent risks that may be greater for biological products than for small molecules. The process will undergo a 35-fold scale up from the current clinical process and then be repeated under protocol successfully three times for validation.

In addition, regulatory requirements could pose barriers to the manufacture of our active pharmaceutical ingredient and finished drug product for our product candidates. Our third-party manufacturers are required to comply with current good manufacturing practices (“cGMPs”). As a result, the manufacturing facilities and processes used by Fujifilm UK and any of our future manufacturers must pass inspection by the FDA as part of our BLA review and before approval of the applicable product candidate. Similar regulations apply to manufacturers of our products for use or sale in foreign countries. If our manufacturers cannot successfully manufacture material that conforms to our specifications and the strict regulatory requirements of the FDA and any applicable foreign regulatory authority, we will not be able to secure the applicable approval for our product candidates. If these facilities are not deemed compliant with cGMPs for the commercial manufacture of our product candidates, we may need to find alternative manufacturing facilities, which would result in significant delays of up to several years in obtaining approval. In addition, our manufacturers will be subject to ongoing periodic unannounced inspections by the FDA and corresponding state and foreign agencies for compliance with cGMPs and similar regulatory requirements.

If Fujifilm UK or any alternate supplier of active pharmaceutical ingredient or finished drug product for our product candidates experiences any significant difficulties in its respective manufacturing processes, does not comply with the terms of its agreement with us or does not devote sufficient time, energy and care to providing our manufacturing needs, we could experience significant interruptions in the supply of our product candidates, which could impair our ability to supply our product candidates at the levels required for our clinical trials and commercialization and prevent or delay its successful development and commercialization.

Developments by competitors, many of which have greater financial and other resources than we do, may render our products or technologies obsolete or non-competitive.

As described under “Business—Competition,” the pharmaceutical and biotechnology industries are intensely competitive. We compete directly and indirectly with other pharmaceutical companies, biotechnology companies and academic and research organizations in developing therapies to treat diseases. Smaller or early-stage companies may also prove to be significant competitors, particularly through collaborative arrangements with large, established companies. Many of our competitors have substantially greater financial, technical and other resources, such as larger research and development staff and experienced marketing and manufacturing

 

22


Table of Contents

organizations and well-established sales forces. We compete with companies that have products on the market or in development for the same indications as our product candidates. We may also compete with organizations that are developing similar technology platforms. Competitors may develop more effective, more affordable or more convenient products or may achieve earlier patent protection or commercialization of their products. These competing products may render our product candidates obsolete or limit our ability to generate revenue from our product candidates. Mergers and acquisitions in the biotechnology and pharmaceutical industries may result in even more resources being concentrated in our competitors. Competition may increase further as a result of advances in the commercial applicability of technologies and greater availability of capital for investment in these industries. Our competitors may succeed in developing, acquiring or licensing, on an exclusive basis, drug products that are more effective or less costly than CF-301, CF-404 and our other product candidates.

The level of commercial success of CF-301, CF-404 and any other product candidates that we develop will depend upon attaining significant market acceptance of these products among physicians and payors.

Even if CF-301, CF-404 or any other product candidates that we develop is approved by the appropriate regulatory authorities for marketing and sale, physicians may not prescribe the approved product. Market acceptance of CF-301, CF-404 and any other product candidate that we develop by physicians, patients and payors will depend on a number of factors, many of which are beyond our control, including:

 

    the indications for which the product is approved;

 

    acceptance by physicians and payors of each product as a safe and effective treatment;

 

    the availability, efficacy and cost of competitive drugs;

 

    the effectiveness of our or any third-party partner’s sales force and marketing efforts;

 

    the extent to which the product is approved for inclusion on formularies of hospitals and managed care organizations;

 

    whether the product is designated under physician treatment guidelines as a first-line therapy or as a second- or third-line therapy for particular infections;

 

    the availability of adequate reimbursement by third parties, such as insurance companies and other health care payors, and/or by government health care programs, including Medicare and Medicaid;

 

    limitations or warnings contained in a product’s FDA-approved labeling; and

 

    prevalence and severity of adverse side effects.

Even if the medical community accepts that our product candidates are safe and efficacious for their approved indications, physicians may not immediately be receptive to the use or may be slow to adopt our product candidates as accepted treatments for their approved indications. While we believe our product candidates have significant advantages, we cannot assure you that any labeling approved by the FDA will permit us to promote our product candidates as being superior to competing products. In addition, our efforts to educate the medical community and third-party payors on the benefits of any product candidates that we develop may require significant resources and may never be successful.

Reimbursement may not be available for CF-301, CF-404 or any other product candidates that we develop, which could make it difficult for us to sell our products profitably.

Market acceptance and sales of CF-301, CF-404 or any other product candidate that we develop will depend on reimbursement policies and may be affected by health care reform measures. Government authorities and third-party payors, such as private health insurers and health maintenance organizations, decide which drugs they will pay for and establish reimbursement levels. We cannot be sure that reimbursement will be available for CF-301, CF-404 or any other product candidate that we develop. Also, we cannot be sure that the amount of

 

23


Table of Contents

reimbursement available, if any, will not reduce the demand for, or the price of, our products. If reimbursement is not available or is available only at limited levels, we may not be able to successfully commercialize CF-301, CF-404 or any other product candidate that we develop.

In both the United States and some foreign jurisdictions, there have been a number of legislative and regulatory proposals to change the health care system in ways that could affect our ability to sell our products profitably. In the United States, the Medicare Prescription Drug, Improvement, and Modernization Act of 2003, also called the Medicare Modernization Act (“MMA”), changed the way Medicare covers and pays for pharmaceutical products. The legislation expanded Medicare coverage for drug purchases by the elderly and introduced a new reimbursement methodology based on average sales prices for physician-administered drugs. In addition, this legislation provided authority for limiting the number of drugs that will be covered in any therapeutic class. As a result of this legislation and the expansion of federal coverage of drug products, we expect that there will be additional pressure to contain and reduce costs. These cost reduction initiatives and other provisions of this legislation could decrease the coverage and price that we receive for any approved products and could seriously harm our business. While the MMA applies only to drug benefits for Medicare beneficiaries, private payors often follow Medicare coverage policies and payment limitations in setting their own reimbursement rates, and therefore any reduction in reimbursement that results from the MMA may result in a similar reduction in payments from private payors.

In March 2010, the Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act, as amended by the Health Care and Education Affordability Reconciliation Act (collectively, the “PPACA”), became law in the United States. The goal of PPACA is to reduce the cost of health care and substantially change the way health care is financed by both governmental and private insurers. While we cannot predict what impact on federal reimbursement policies this legislation will have in general or on our business specifically, the PPACA may result in downward pressure on pharmaceutical reimbursement, which could negatively affect market acceptance of CF-301 or any future products.

We expect to experience pricing pressures in connection with the sale of CF-301, CF-404 and any other product candidate that we develop, due to the trend toward managed health care, the increasing influence of health maintenance organizations and additional legislative proposals. If we fail to successfully secure and maintain reimbursement coverage for our products or are significantly delayed in doing so, we will have difficulty achieving market acceptance of our products and our business will be harmed.

Even if we obtain FDA approval of CF-301, CF-404 or any other product candidate, we may never obtain approval or commercialize our products outside of the United States, which would limit our ability to realize their full market potential.

In order to market CF-301, CF-404 or any other products outside of the United States, we must comply with numerous and varying regulatory requirements of other countries regarding safety and efficacy. Clinical trials conducted in one country may not be accepted by regulatory authorities in other countries, and regulatory approval in one country does not mean that regulatory approval will be obtained in any other country. Approval procedures vary among countries and can involve additional product testing and validation and additional administrative review periods. Seeking foreign regulatory approvals could result in significant delays, difficulties and costs for us and require additional pre-clinical studies or clinical trials which would be costly and time consuming. Regulatory requirements can vary widely from country to country and satisfying these and other regulatory requirements is costly, time consuming, uncertain and subject to unanticipated delays. In addition, our failure to obtain regulatory approval in the United States or any foreign country may delay or have negative effects on the process for regulatory approval in other countries. We do not have any product candidates approved for sale in the United States or any foreign country and we do not have experience as a company in obtaining regulatory approval in international markets.

 

24


Table of Contents

We currently have no marketing and sales organization and have no experience in marketing drug products. If we are unable to establish our own marketing and sales capabilities, or enter into agreements with third parties, to market and sell our products after they are approved, we may not be able to generate revenues.

We do not have the capabilities to market, sell and distribute any of our drug products. In order to commercialize any products, we must develop these capabilities on our own or make arrangements with third parties for the marketing, sales and distribution of our products. The establishment and development of our own sales force would be expensive and time consuming and could delay any product launch, and we cannot be certain that we would be able to successfully develop this capability. As a result, we may seek one or more licensing partners to handle some or all of the sales, marketing or distribution for CF-301, CF-404 or any other product candidate in the United States or elsewhere. However, we may not be able to enter into arrangements with third parties to sell CF-301, CF-404 or any other product candidate on favorable terms or at all. In the event we are unable to develop our own marketing and sales force or collaborate with a third-party marketing and sales organization, we would not be able to commercialize CF-301, CF-404 or any other product candidate that we develop, which would negatively impact our ability to generate product revenues. Further, whether we commercialize products on our own or rely on a third party to do so, our ability to generate revenue will be dependent on the effectiveness of the sales force. In addition, to the extent we rely on third parties to commercialize our approved products, we will likely receive less revenues or profits than if we commercialized these products ourselves.

We may form or seek strategic alliances in the future, and we may not realize the benefits of such alliances.

We may form or seek strategic alliances, create joint ventures or collaborations or enter into licensing arrangements with third parties that we believe will complement or augment our development and commercialization efforts with respect to CF-301, CF-404 and any future product candidate that we may develop. Any of these relationships may require us to incur non-recurring and other charges, increase our near-and long-term expenditures, issue securities that dilute our existing stockholders or disrupt our management and business. In addition, we face significant competition in seeking appropriate strategic partners and the negotiation process is time-consuming and complex. Moreover, we may not be successful in our efforts to establish a strategic partnership or other alternative arrangements for CF-301, CF-404 and any future product candidate because it may be deemed to be at too early of a stage of development for collaborative effort and third parties may not view CF-301, CF-404 and any future product candidate as having the requisite potential to demonstrate safety and efficacy. Any delays in entering into new strategic partnership agreements could delay the development and commercialization of CF-301, CF-404 and any other product candidate that we develop, which would harm our business prospects, financial condition and results of operations.

Risks Related to Regulatory Approval of Our Product Candidates and Other Legal Compliance Matters

If we are not able to obtain, or if there are delays in obtaining, required regulatory approvals, we will not be able to commercialize, or will be delayed in commercializing, CF-301, CF-404 and any future product candidate, and our ability to generate revenue will be materially impaired.

CF-301, CF-404 and any other product candidate that we develop and the activities associated with their development and commercialization, including their design, testing, manufacture, recordkeeping, labeling, storage, approval, advertising, promotion, sale, distribution, importation and exportation are subject to comprehensive regulation by the FDA and other regulatory agencies in the United States and by comparable authorities in other countries. Failure to obtain marketing approval for a product candidate will prevent us from commercializing the product candidate. We have not received approval to market any product from regulatory authorities in any jurisdiction. Securing regulatory approval requires the submission of extensive pre-clinical and clinical data and supporting information to the various regulatory authorities for each therapeutic indication to establish the product candidate’s safety and efficacy. Securing regulatory approval also requires the submission of information about the product manufacturing process to, and inspection of manufacturing facilities by, the relevant regulatory authority. CF-301, CF-404 and any other product candidate that we develop may not be

 

25


Table of Contents

effective, may be only moderately effective or may prove to have undesirable or unintended side effects or other characteristics that may preclude our obtaining marketing approval or prevent or limit commercial use.

The process of obtaining marketing approvals, both in the United States and abroad, is expensive, may take many years, if approval is obtained at all, and can vary substantially based upon a variety of factors, including the type, complexity and novelty of the product candidates involved. Changes in marketing approval policies during the development period, changes in or the enactment of additional statutes or regulations, or changes in regulatory review for each submitted product application, may cause delays in the approval or rejection of an application. The FDA and comparable authorities in other countries have substantial discretion in the approval process and may refuse to accept any application or may decide that our data is insufficient for approval and require additional pre-clinical, clinical or other studies. If we experience delays in obtaining approvals or if we fail to obtain approval of our product candidates that we develop, our ability to generate revenues will be materially impaired.

Even if we obtain regulatory approval for a product candidate, we will still face extensive regulatory requirements and our products may face future development and regulatory difficulties.

Even if we obtain regulatory approval in the United States, the FDA may still impose significant restrictions on the indicated uses or marketing of the approved product, or impose ongoing requirements for potentially costly post-approval studies or post-market surveillance. The holder of an approved BLA is obligated to monitor and report Adverse Events (“AEs”) and any failure of a product to meet the specifications in the BLA. The holder of an approved BLA must also submit new or supplemental applications and obtain FDA approval for certain changes to the approved product, product labeling or manufacturing process. Advertising and promotional materials must comply with FDA rules and are subject to FDA review, in addition to other potentially applicable federal and state laws.

In addition, drug product manufacturers and their facilities are subject to payment of user fees and continual review and periodic inspections by the FDA and other regulatory authorities for compliance with cGMPs and adherence to commitments made in the BLA. If we or a regulatory agency discovers previously unknown problems with a product such as AEs of unanticipated severity or frequency, or problems with the facility where the product is manufactured, a regulatory agency may impose restrictions relative to that product or the manufacturing facility, including requiring recall or withdrawal of the product from the market or suspension of manufacturing.

If the FDA or a comparable foreign regulatory authority approves any of our product candidates, the manufacturing processes, labeling, packaging, distribution, adverse event reporting, storage, advertising, promotion and recordkeeping for the product will be subject to extensive and ongoing regulatory requirements. These requirements include submissions of safety and other post-marketing information and reports, registration requirements and continued compliance with cGMPs and GCPs for any clinical trials that we conduct post-approval.

If we or our partners fail to comply with applicable regulatory requirements following approval of any of our future product candidates, a regulatory agency may:

 

    issue a warning or untitled letter asserting that we are in violation of the law;

 

    seek an injunction or impose civil or criminal penalties or monetary fines;

 

    suspend or withdraw regulatory approval;

 

    suspend any ongoing clinical trials;

 

    refuse to approve a pending BLA or supplements to a BLA submitted by us;

 

    seize product; or

 

    refuse to allow us to enter into supply contracts, including government contracts.

 

26


Table of Contents

Any government investigation of alleged violations of law could require us to expend significant time and resources in response and could generate negative publicity. The occurrence of any event or penalty described above may inhibit our ability to commercialize our future products and generate revenues.

If foreign approval for CF-301, CF-404 or any other product candidate is obtained, there are inherent risks in conducting business in international markets.

Commercialization of our product candidates in international markets is an element of our long-term strategy. If approved for commercialization in a foreign country, we intend to enter into agreements with third parties to market CF-301, CF-404 or any other product candidate whenever it may be approved and wherever we have the right to market it. Consequently, we expect that we will be subject to additional risks related to entering into international business relationships, including:

 

    potentially reduced protection for intellectual property rights;

 

    the potential for so-called parallel importing, which is what happens when a local seller, faced with high or higher local prices, opts to import goods from a foreign market (with low or lower prices) rather than buying them locally;

 

    unexpected changes in tariffs, trade barriers and regulatory requirements;

 

    economic weakness, including inflation, or political instability in particular foreign economies and markets;

 

    compliance with laws for employees working and traveling abroad;

 

    foreign taxes, including withholding of payroll taxes;

 

    foreign currency fluctuations, which could result in increased operating expenses and reduced revenues;

 

    workforce uncertainty in countries where labor unrest is more common than in the United States;

 

    production shortages resulting from any events affecting active pharmaceutical ingredient and/or finished drug product supply or manufacturing capabilities abroad;

 

    business interruptions resulting from geo-political actions, including war and terrorism, or natural disasters including earthquakes, typhoons, floods and fires; and

 

    failure to comply with the rules and regulations of the Office of Foreign Asset Control, the Foreign Corrupt Practices Act and other applicable anti-bribery rules and regulations in other jurisdictions.

These and other risks may materially adversely affect our ability to attain or sustain revenue from international markets and therefore materially adversely affect our business.

Product liability lawsuits against us could divert our resources, cause us to incur substantial liabilities and limit commercialization of any products that we may develop.

We face an inherent risk of product liability exposure related to the testing of CF-301, CF-404 and any other product candidate that we develop in human clinical trials and we will face higher degrees of this risk if we commercially sell any products that we develop. If we cannot successfully defend ourselves against claims that our product candidates or products caused injuries, we will incur substantial liabilities. Regardless of merit or eventual outcome, liability claims may result in:

 

    distraction of our management or other internal resources from pursuing our business strategies;

 

    decreased demand for any product candidates or products that we may develop;

 

    injury to our reputation and significant negative media attention;

 

27


Table of Contents
    withdrawal of clinical trial participants;

 

    significant costs to defend the related litigation;

 

    substantial monetary awards to trial participants or patients;

 

    loss of revenue; and

 

    the inability to commercialize any products that we may develop.

We currently hold $5.0 million in product liability insurance coverage, which may not be adequate to cover all liabilities that we may incur. Insurance coverage is increasingly expensive. We may not be able to maintain insurance coverage at a reasonable cost or in an amount adequate to satisfy any liability that may arise.

If we fail to comply with environmental, health and safety laws and regulations, we could become subject to fines or penalties or incur costs that could have a material adverse effect on our business.

We are subject to numerous environmental, health and safety laws and regulations, including those governing laboratory procedures and the handling, use, storage, treatment and disposal of hazardous materials and wastes. From time to time and in the future, our operations may involve the use of hazardous and flammable materials, including chemicals and biological materials, and may also produce hazardous waste products. Even if we contract with third parties for the disposal of these materials and wastes, we cannot eliminate the risk of contamination or injury from these materials. In the event of contamination or injury resulting from our use of hazardous materials, we could be held liable for any resulting damages, and any liability could exceed our resources. We also could incur significant costs associated with civil or criminal fines and penalties for failure to comply with such laws and regulations.

Although we maintain workers’ compensation insurance to cover us for costs and expenses we may incur due to injuries to our employees resulting from the use of hazardous materials, this insurance may not provide adequate coverage against potential liabilities. We do not maintain insurance for environmental liability or toxic tort claims.

In addition, we may incur substantial costs in order to comply with current or future environmental, health and safety laws and regulations. These current or future laws and regulations may impair our research, development or production efforts. Failure to comply with these laws and regulations also may result in substantial fines, penalties or other sanctions.

Our relationships with customers and third-party payors will be subject to applicable anti-kickback, fraud and abuse and other healthcare laws and regulations, which could expose us to criminal sanctions, civil penalties, contractual damages, reputational harm and diminished profits and future earnings.

Healthcare providers, physicians and third-party payors play a primary role in the recommendation and prescription of any product candidates for which we obtain marketing approval. Our future arrangements with third-party payors and customers may expose us to broadly applicable fraud and abuse and other healthcare laws and regulations that may constrain the business or financial arrangements and relationships through which we market, sell and distribute our products for which we obtain marketing approval. Restrictions under applicable federal and state healthcare laws and regulations, include the following:

 

    the federal healthcare anti-kickback statute prohibits, among other things, persons from knowingly and willfully soliciting, offering, receiving or providing remuneration, directly or indirectly, in cash or in kind, to induce or reward either the referral of an individual for, or the purchase, order or recommendation of, any good or service, for which payment may be made under federal and state healthcare programs such as Medicare and Medicaid;

 

    the federal False Claims Act imposes criminal and civil penalties, including through civil whistleblower or qui tam actions, against individuals or entities for knowingly presenting, or causing to be presented, to the federal government, claims for payment that are false or fraudulent or making a false statement to avoid, decrease or conceal an obligation to pay money to the federal government;

 

28


Table of Contents
    the federal Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act of 1996, as amended by the Health Information Technology for Economic and Clinical Health Act, imposes criminal and civil liability for executing a scheme to defraud any healthcare benefit program and also imposes obligations, including mandatory contractual terms, with respect to safeguarding the privacy, security and transmission of individually identifiable health information;

 

    the federal false statements statute prohibits knowingly and willfully falsifying, concealing or covering up a material fact or making any materially false statement in connection with the delivery of or payment for healthcare benefits, items or services;

 

    the federal transparency requirements under the Affordable Care Act requires manufacturers of drugs, devices, biologics and medical supplies to report to the Department of Health and Human Services information related to physician payments and other transfers of value and physician ownership and investment interests; and

 

    analogous state laws and regulations, such as state anti-kickback and false claims laws, may apply to sales or marketing arrangements and claims involving healthcare items or services reimbursed by non-governmental third-party payors, including private insurers, and some state laws require pharmaceutical companies to comply with the pharmaceutical industry’s voluntary compliance guidelines and the relevant compliance guidance promulgated by the federal government in addition to requiring drug manufacturers to report information related to payments to physicians and other health care providers or marketing expenditures.

Efforts to ensure that our business arrangements with third parties will comply with applicable healthcare laws and regulations will involve substantial costs. It is possible that governmental authorities will conclude that our business practices may not comply with current or future statutes, regulations or case law involving applicable fraud and abuse or other healthcare laws and regulations. If our operations are found to be in violation of any of these laws or any other governmental regulations that may apply to us, we may be subject to significant civil, criminal and administrative penalties, damages, fines, exclusion from government funded healthcare programs, such as Medicare and Medicaid, and the curtailment or restructuring of our operations. If any of the physicians or other providers or entities with whom we expect to do business are found to be not in compliance with applicable laws, they may be subject to criminal, civil or administrative sanctions, including exclusions from government funded healthcare programs.

The adverse outcome of litigation or arbitration proceedings commenced by or against us could materially harm our business.

The adverse outcome of litigation or arbitration proceedings commenced by or against us could have a material adverse effect on our business and impede the achievement of our development and commercialization objectives.

In the ordinary course of our operations, claims involving our actions, actions of third parties or agreements to which we are a party may be brought by and against us. The claims and charges can involve actual damages, as well as contractually agreed upon liquidated sums. These claims, if not resolved through negotiation, are often subject to lengthy and expensive litigation or arbitration proceedings.

We are currently arbitrating a dispute relating to an agreement entered into with MorphoSys. See “Business—Legal Proceedings”. An adverse outcome to these proceedings could have an adverse effect on our business and the value of the shares of our common stock.

Risks Related to Employee Matters and Managing Growth

Our future success depends on our ability to attract and retain qualified personnel.

We are dependent on Julia P. Gregory, who previously served as our Chief Financial Officer and is now our Chief Executive Officer, David Huang, M.D., Ph.D., our Senior Vice President and Chief Medical Officer, and

 

29


Table of Contents

Michael Wittekind, Ph.D., our Senior Vice President and Chief Scientific Officer, as well as the other principal members of our management and scientific teams. Although we have formal employment agreements with our executive officers, these agreements do not prevent them from terminating their employment with us at any time. The loss of the services of any of these persons could impede the achievement of our development and commercialization objectives. We do not maintain “key person” insurance for any of our executives or other employees.

Recruiting and retaining qualified scientific, clinical, and sales and marketing personnel will be critical to our success. We may not be able to attract and retain these personnel on acceptable terms given the competition among numerous pharmaceutical and biotechnology companies for similar personnel. We also compete for the hiring of scientific and clinical personnel from universities and research institutions. In addition, we rely on consultants and advisors, including scientific and clinical advisors, to assist us in formulating our development and commercialization strategy. Our consultants and advisors may be employed by employers other than us and may have commitments under consulting or advisory contracts with other entities that may limit their availability to us.

Changes in our management may negatively affect our business.

Our success and the execution of our growth strategy depend largely on the continued service of our senior executive management team. In December 2013, Robert Nowinski, Ph.D., our founder and former Chief Executive Officer and a former member of our board of directors, ceased to be an officer or employee of the Company due to medical reasons. Our board of directors then appointed Julia P. Gregory as our Chief Executive Officer. We cannot be certain that the changes in management or our board of directors will not lead to additional management departures or changes, affect our ability to hire or retain key personnel, or otherwise negatively affect our business. Additionally, we cannot be assured of the continued service of our senior management team or our board of directors. The unexpected loss of any additional members of our senior management team could be disruptive to our operations and have an adverse effect on our business.

We expect to expand our development, regulatory and sales, marketing and distribution capabilities, and as a result, we may encounter difficulties in managing our growth, which could disrupt our operations.

We expect to experience growth in the number of our employees and the scope of our operations, particularly in the areas of drug discovery, drug development, regulatory affairs and commercialization. To manage our anticipated future growth, we must continue to implement and improve our managerial, operational and financial systems, expand our facilities and continue to recruit and train additional qualified personnel. Due to our limited financial resources and the limited experience of our management team in managing a company with significant anticipated growth, we may not be able to effectively manage the expansion of our operations or recruit and train additional qualified personnel. The physical expansion of our operations may lead to significant costs and may divert our management and business development resources. Any inability to manage growth could delay the execution of our business plans or disrupt our operations.

Risks Related to Our Intellectual Property

If we or our licensors are unable to obtain and maintain patent protection for our owned or licensed technology and products, or if the scope of the patent protection is not sufficiently broad, our competitors could develop and commercialize technology and products similar or identical to ours, and our ability to successfully commercialize our technology and products may be adversely affected.

Our success depends in large part on our and our licensors’ ability to obtain and maintain patent protection in the United States and other countries with respect to our proprietary technology and products or technology or products that may have been licensed to us. Similar to our licensors, we seek to protect our proprietary position by filing patent applications in the United States and abroad related to our novel technologies and product candidates that are important to our business. This process is expensive and time-consuming, and we or our licensors may not be able to file and prosecute all necessary or desirable patent applications at a reasonable cost or in a timely manner. It is also possible that we or our licensors will fail to identify patentable aspects of either

 

30


Table of Contents

our or their research and development output before it is too late to obtain patent protection. Moreover, if we license technology or product candidates from third parties in the future, these license agreements may not permit us to control the preparation, filing and prosecution of patent applications, or to maintain the patents, covering this intellectual property. These agreements could also give our licensors the right to enforce the licensed patents without our involvement, or to decide not to enforce the patents without our consent. Therefore, in these circumstances, we could not be certain that these patents and applications would be prosecuted and enforced in a manner consistent with the best interests of our business.

The patent position of biotechnology and pharmaceutical companies generally is highly uncertain, involves complex legal and factual questions and has in recent years been the subject of much litigation. As a result, the issuance, scope, validity, enforceability and commercial value of our patent rights and any patent rights we may license from a third party are highly uncertain. Our or our licensors’ pending and future patent applications may not result in issued patents that protect our technology or products, in whole or in part, or which effectively prevent others from commercializing competitive technologies and products. Changes in either the patent laws or interpretation of the patent laws in the United States and other countries may diminish the value of our or our licensors’ patents or narrow the scope of such patent protection.

The laws of foreign countries may not protect our rights to the same extent as the laws of the United States. For example, European patent law restricts the patentability of methods of treatment of the human body more than United States law does. Assuming the other requirements for patentability are met, historically, in the United States, the first to make the claimed invention was entitled to the patent, while outside the United States, the first to file a patent application is entitled to the patent. The United States currently uses a first-inventor-to-file system in which, assuming the other requirements for patentability are met, the first inventor to file a patent application will be entitled to the patent. Publications of discoveries in the scientific literature often lag behind the actual discoveries, and patent applications in the United States and other jurisdictions are typically not published until 18 months after filing, or in some cases not at all. Therefore, we cannot be certain that we were the first to make the inventions claimed in our patents or pending patent applications, or that we were the first to file for patent protection of such inventions. Moreover, we may be subject to a third party preissuance submission of prior art to the U.S. Patent and Trademark Office, or become involved in opposition, derivation, reexamination, litigation, inter partes review or interference proceedings, in the United States or elsewhere, challenging our patent rights or the patent rights of others. An adverse determination in any such submission, proceeding or litigation could reduce the scope of, or invalidate, our patent rights, allow third parties to commercialize our technology or products and compete directly with us, without payment to us, or result in our inability to manufacture or commercialize products without infringing third-party patent rights. In addition, if the breadth or strength of protection provided by our patents and patent applications is threatened, it could dissuade companies from collaborating with us to license, develop or commercialize current or future product candidates.

Even if our or our licensors’ patent applications issue as patents, they may not issue in a form that will provide us with any meaningful protection, prevent competitors from competing with us or otherwise provide us with any competitive advantage. Our competitors may be able to circumvent our owned or licensed patents by developing similar or alternative technologies or products in a non-infringing manner.

The issuance of a patent is not conclusive as to its inventorship, scope, validity or enforceability, and our owned and licensed patents may be challenged in the courts or patent offices in the United States and abroad. Such challenges may result in loss of exclusivity or freedom to operate or in patent claims being narrowed, invalidated or held unenforceable, in whole or in part, which could limit our ability to stop others from using or commercializing similar or identical technology and products, or limit the duration of the patent protection of our technology and products. Given the amount of time required for the development, testing and regulatory review of new product candidates, patents protecting such candidates might expire before or shortly after such candidates are commercialized and such patents may not be able to claim the benefits of any patent term extension laws or regulations. As a result, our patent portfolio may not provide us with sufficient rights to exclude others from commercializing products similar or identical to ours.

 

31


Table of Contents

We may become involved in lawsuits to protect or enforce our patents or other intellectual property, which could be expensive, time consuming and unsuccessful, and which could result in our patents or other intellectual property rights becoming invalidated.

Competitors may infringe our or our licensors’ patents, trademarks, copyrights or other intellectual property. To stop counter infringement or unauthorized use, we or our licensors may be required to file infringement claims, which can be expensive and time consuming. Any claims we or our licensors assert against perceived infringers could provoke these parties to assert counterclaims against us alleging that some or all of our patents or other intellectual property rights are not valid or that we or our licensors infringe their patents or other intellectual property rights. In addition, in a patent infringement proceeding, a court may decide that a patent of ours or our licensors is invalid or unenforceable, in whole or in part, construe the patent’s claims narrowly, or may refuse to stop the other party from using the technology at issue on the grounds that such patents do not cover the technology in question and therefore cannot be infringed. Similarly, if we assert trademark infringement claims, a court may determine that the marks we have asserted are invalid, unenforceable, or not infringed, or that the party against whom we have asserted trademark infringement claims has superior rights to the marks in question. In this case, we could ultimately be forced to cease use of such marks. In any infringement litigation, any award of monetary damages may be unlikely or very difficult to obtain, and any such award we may receive may not be commercially valuable. Furthermore, because of the substantial amount of discovery required in connection with intellectual property litigation, there is a risk that we could incur substantial litigation costs or that some of our confidential information could be compromised by disclosure during this type of litigation.

Third parties may initiate legal proceedings alleging that we or our licensors are infringing their intellectual property rights, the outcome of which would be uncertain and could have a material adverse effect on the success of our business.

Our commercial success depends upon our ability and the ability of our licensors and collaborators to develop, manufacture, market, and sell our or our licensors’ product candidates and use our proprietary technologies without infringing the intellectual property and other proprietary rights of third parties. There is considerable intellectual property litigation in the biotechnology and pharmaceutical industries, and we may become party to, or threatened with, future adversarial proceedings or litigation regarding intellectual property rights with respect to our products and technology, including reexamination or interference proceedings before the U.S. Patent and Trademark Office. Third parties may assert infringement claims against us based on existing or future intellectual property rights.

If we or our licensors are found to infringe a third party’s intellectual property rights, we or our licensors could be enjoined from further using certain products and technology or may be required to obtain a license from such third party to continue developing and marketing such products and technology. However, we may not be able to obtain any required license on commercially reasonable terms or at all. Even if we were able to obtain a license, it could be non-exclusive, thereby giving our competitors access to the same technologies licensed to us. We could be forced, including by court order, to cease commercializing the infringing technology or product. In addition, we could be found liable for monetary damages, including treble damages and attorneys’ fees if we are found to have willfully infringed a patent or other intellectual property rights of a third party. A finding of infringement could prevent us from commercializing our product candidates or force us to cease some of our business operations, which could materially harm our business. Claims that we have misappropriated the confidential information or trade secrets of third parties could have a similar negative impact on our business.

We may be subject to claims by third parties asserting that we or our employees have misappropriated their intellectual property, or claiming ownership of what we regard as our own intellectual property.

Many of our employees were previously employed at universities or other biotechnology or pharmaceutical companies, including our competitors or potential competitors. Although we use customary non-disclosure agreements and try to ensure that our employees do not use the proprietary information or know-how of others in their work for us, we may be subject to claims that we or these employees have used or disclosed intellectual

 

32


Table of Contents

property, including trade secrets or other proprietary information, of any such employee’s former employer. Litigation may be necessary to defend against these claims.

In addition, while we typically require our employees and contractors who may be involved in the development of intellectual property to execute agreements assigning such intellectual property to us, we may be unsuccessful in executing such an agreement with each party who in fact develops intellectual property that we regard as our own, or such agreements may be inadequately drafted at times thereby not ensuring assignment to us of all potential intellectual property rights. If we fail in prosecuting or defending any such claims, in addition to paying monetary damages, we may lose valuable intellectual property rights or personnel. Even if we are successful in prosecuting or defending against such claims, litigation could result in substantial costs and be a distraction to management.

Intellectual property litigation could cause us to spend substantial resources and could distract our personnel from their normal responsibilities.

Even if resolved in our favor, litigation or other legal proceedings relating to intellectual property claims may cause us to incur significant expenses, and could distract our technical and management personnel from their normal responsibilities. In addition, there could be public announcements of the results of hearings, motions or other interim proceedings or developments and if securities analysts or investors perceive these results to be negative, it could have a substantial adverse effect on the price of our common stock. Such litigation or proceedings could substantially increase our operating losses and reduce the resources available for development, sales, marketing or distribution activities. We may not have sufficient financial or other resources to adequately conduct or defend such litigation or proceedings. Some of our competitors may be able to sustain the costs of such litigation or proceedings more effectively than we can because of their greater financial resources. Uncertainties resulting from the initiation and continuation of patent litigation or other proceedings could have a material adverse effect on our ability to compete in the marketplace. If we are unable to protect the confidentiality of our trade secrets, our business and competitive position would be harmed.

In addition to seeking patents for some of our technology and products, we also rely on trade secrets, including unpatented know-how, technology and other proprietary information, to maintain our competitive position. We seek to protect these trade secrets, in part, by entering into non-disclosure and confidentiality agreements with parties who have access to them, such as our employees, corporate collaborators, outside scientific collaborators, contract manufacturers, consultants, advisors and other third parties. We also enter into confidentiality and invention or patent assignment agreements with our employees and consultants. However, we cannot guarantee that we have executed these agreements with each party that may have or have had access to our trade secrets, nor can we guarantee that such agreements will always be adequately drafted so as to be enforceable.

Enforcing a claim that a party illegally disclosed or misappropriated a trade secret is difficult, expensive and time-consuming, and the outcome is unpredictable. In addition, because of potential differences in laws in different jurisdictions, some courts inside and outside the United States are less willing or unwilling to protect trade secrets. If any of our trade secrets were to be lawfully obtained or independently developed by a competitor, we would have no right to prevent them, or those to whom they communicate it, from using that technology or information to compete with us. If any of our trade secrets were to be disclosed to or independently developed by a competitor, our competitive position would be harmed.

We have not yet registered our trademarks in all of our potential markets, and failure to secure those registrations could adversely affect our business.

Our trademark applications may not be allowed for registration, and our registered trademarks may not be maintained or enforced. During trademark registration proceedings, we may receive rejections from the U.S. Patent and Trademark Office or other applicable foreign intellectual property offices. Although we are given an opportunity to respond to those rejections, we may be unable to overcome such rejections, or have to expend additional resources to secure registrations, such as commencing cancellation proceedings against third-party

 

33


Table of Contents

trademark registrations to remove them as obstacles to our trademark applications. In addition, in the U.S. Patent and Trademark Office and in comparable agencies in many foreign jurisdictions, third parties are given an opportunity to oppose pending trademark applications and to seek to cancel registered trademarks. Opposition or cancellation proceedings may be filed against our trademarks, and our trademarks may not survive such proceedings. If we do not secure registrations for our trademarks, we may encounter more difficulty in enforcing them against third parties than we otherwise would.

In addition, we have not yet proposed a proprietary name for CF-301 in any jurisdiction. Any proprietary name we propose to use with CF-301 in the United States must be approved by the FDA, regardless of whether we have registered it, or applied to register it, as a trademark. The FDA typically conducts a review of proposed product names, including an evaluation of potential for confusion with other product names. If the FDA objects to any of our proposed proprietary product names, we may be required to expend significant additional resources in an effort to identify a suitable proprietary product name that would qualify under applicable trademark laws, not infringe the existing rights of third parties and be acceptable to the FDA.

Risks Relating to the Offered Securities and this Offering

The price of our common stock and warrants may be volatile, and you may not be able to sell your shares at or above the public offering price.

There has been significant volatility in the market price and trading volume of equity securities, which is unrelated to the financial performance of the companies issuing the securities. In addition, equity markets have experienced significant price and volume fluctuations that have affected the market prices for the securities of biotechnology and also newly public companies for a number of reasons, including reasons that may be unrelated to the business or operating performance of the companies. These broad market fluctuations may negatively affect the market price of our common stock. The public offering price for the shares of our common stock and warrants being sold in this offering will be determined by negotiations between the representatives of the underwriters and us and may not be indicative of prices that will prevail in the open market following this offering. You may not be able to resell your shares and warrants at or above the public offering price due to fluctuations in the market price of our common stock and warrants caused by changes in our operating performance or prospects and other factors.

The price at which our common stock and warrants will trade after this offering may be volatile due to a number of factors, including:

 

    actual or anticipated fluctuations in our financial condition or annual or quarterly results of operations;

 

    public reaction to our press releases, other public announcements and filings with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”);

 

    changes in investor and financial analyst perceptions of the risks and condition of our business;

 

    changes in, or our failure to meet, performance expectations of investors or financial analysts (including, without limitation, with respect to the status of development of our lead product candidates);

 

    our ability to implement our pre-clinical, clinical and other development or operational plans;

 

    changes in market valuations of biotechnology companies;

 

    strategic actions by us or our competitors, such as acquisitions or restructurings;

 

    new laws or regulations, or new interpretations of existing laws or regulations, applicable to our business;

 

    changes in accounting standards, policies, guidance, interpretations or principles;

 

    changes in key personnel;

 

34


Table of Contents
    increased competition;

 

    termination of the lock-up agreement or other restrictions on the ability of our shareholders and warrantholders to sell shares after this offering;

 

    sales of common stock by us or members of our management team;

 

    the granting or exercise of employee stock options or other equity awards;

 

    actions by institutional or other large shareholders;

 

    realization of any of the risks described under “Risk Factors” in this prospectus; and

 

    general market and economic conditions.

In the past, following periods of volatility in the equity markets, securities class action lawsuits have been instituted against public companies. Such litigation, if instituted against us, could result in substantial costs and the diversion of management attention.

The offered securities have no prior public market, and our stock and warrant prices could be volatile and could decline after this offering.

Prior to this offering, the offered securities had no public market. We have negotiated the initial public offering price per share and per warrant with the representative of the underwriters and, therefore, those prices may not be indicative of the market prices of our common stock or our warrants after the offering. We plan to file applications to list our common stock and our warrants on the NASDAQ Capital Market. However, we cannot ensure that an active public market for either our common stock or our warrants will develop after this offering, or that if it does develop, it will be sustained. In the absence of a public trading market:

 

    you may not be able to liquidate your investment in our common stock or our warrants;

 

    you may not be able to resell your shares or our warrants at or above the initial public offering prices;

 

    the market price of our common stock or our warrants may experience more price volatility; and

 

    there may be less efficiency in carrying out your purchase and sale orders.

We intend to apply for listing of our common stock and our warrants on the NASDAQ Capital Market. If approved for listing, we will be required to meet the NASDAQ Capital Market’s continued listing requirements and other NASDAQ rules, or we may risk delisting. Delisting could negatively affect the price of our common stock and our warrants, which could make it more difficult for us to sell securities in a future financing or for you to sell your common stock or our warrants.

If we are approved for the listing of our common stock or our warrants on the NASDAQ Capital Market, we will be required to meet the continued listing requirements of the NASDAQ Capital Market and other NASDAQ rules, including those regarding director independence and independent committee requirements, minimum stockholders’ equity, minimum share price and certain other corporate governance requirements. In particular, we are required to maintain a minimum bid price for our listed common stock of $1.00 per share. If we do not meet these continued listing requirements, our common stock and our warrants could be delisted. Delisting from the NASDAQ Capital Market would cause us to pursue eligibility for trading of these securities on other markets or exchanges, or on the “pink sheets”. In such case, our stockholders’ ability to trade, or obtain quotations of the market value of, our common stock and our warrants would be severely limited because of lower trading volumes and transaction delays. These factors could contribute to lower prices and larger spreads in the bid and ask prices of these securities. There can be no assurance that the offered securities, if delisted from the NASDAQ Capital Market in the future, would be listed on a national securities exchange, a national quotation service, the over-the-counter Markets or the pink sheets. Delisting from the NASDAQ Capital Market, or even the issuance of a notice of potential delisting, would also result in negative publicity, make it more difficult for us to raise additional capital, adversely affect the market liquidity of the offered securities, decrease securities analysts’ coverage of us or diminish investor, supplier and employee confidence.

 

35


Table of Contents

You will incur immediate and substantial dilution as a result of this offering.

Investors purchasing the offered securities in this offering will incur immediate and substantial dilution in net tangible book value per share. Assuming an initial public offering price of $         per share of common stock, and $         per warrant, purchasers of the offered securities will effectively incur dilution of $         per share in the net tangible book value of their purchased shares, assuming no exercise of the warrants. In addition, purchasers of the offered securities in this offering will have contributed approximately     % of the aggregate price paid by all purchasers of our common stock but will own only approximately     % of our common stock outstanding after this offering, assuming no exercise of the warrants. In addition, you may experience further dilution to the extent that shares of our common stock are issued upon the exercise of the warrants sold in this offering and outstanding stock options and warrants.

We may issue additional common shares, warrants or other securities to finance our growth.

We may finance the development of our product pipeline or generate additional working capital through additional equity financing. Therefore, subject to the rules of the NASDAQ, we may issue additional shares of our common stock, warrants and other equity securities of equal or senior rank, with or without shareholder approval, in a number of circumstances from time to time. The issuance by us of shares of our common stock, warrants or other equity securities of equal or senior rank will have the following effects:

 

    the proportionate ownership interest in us held by our existing shareholders will decrease;

 

    the relative voting strength of each previously outstanding share of common stock may be diminished; and

 

    the market price of our common stock or the warrants may decline.

In addition, if we issue our common shares and/or the warrants in a future offering at a price lower than the price in this offering, it will be dilutive to purchasers of the offered securities in this offering.

Future sales of shares or warrants may cause the market price of our common stock to decline.

Sales of substantial amounts of our common stock or warrants in the public market after this offering, or the perception that these sales may occur, could adversely affect the price of our common stock or warrants and impair our ability to raise capital through the sale of additional equity securities. Upon completion of this offering, we will have                  shares of common stock outstanding. Of these outstanding shares, the shares of common stock sold in this offering will be freely tradable, without restriction, in the public market unless purchased by our “affiliates,” as defined under Rule 144 of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”). The remaining shares of common stock will be “restricted securities,” as that term is defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act, and will be freely tradable subject to the applicable holding period, volume, manner of sale and other limitations under Rule 144 or Rule 701 of the Securities Act.

Upon completion of this offering, most of the restricted securities will be subject to lock-up agreements with the underwriters, restricting the sale of such shares for nine months after the date of this offering. This lock-up agreement is subject to a number of exceptions, however, and holders may be released from this agreement with the prior written consent of the representative of the underwriters.

Additionally, we intend to register all shares of our common stock that we may issue under our employee benefit plans. Once we register these shares, they can be freely sold in the public market upon issuance, unless pursuant to their terms these stock awards have transfer restrictions attached to them.

Our executive officers and directors will hold a significant concentration of our common stock following this offering, which could limit the ability of our other stockholders to influence the direction of our Company.

As calculated by the SEC rules of beneficial ownership, our executive officers and directors of our Company will own     % of our outstanding common stock after giving effect to this offering (but not the

 

36


Table of Contents

underwriters’ over-allotment option) assuming no exercise of the warrants. Accordingly, they collectively may have the ability to significantly influence or determine the election of all of our directors or the outcome of most corporate actions requiring stockholder approval such as: (i) a merger or a sale of our Company, (ii) a sale of all or substantially all of our assets and (iii) amendments to our articles of incorporation or bylaws. This concentration of voting power and control could have a significant effect in delaying, deferring or preventing an action that might otherwise be beneficial to our other stockholders and be disadvantageous to our stockholders with interests different from those individuals. These individuals also have significant control over our business as officers and directors of our Company. There is a risk that they may exercise this ability in a manner that advances their best interests and not necessarily those of our other stockholders.

If our shares become subject to the penny stock rules, it would become more difficult to trade our shares.

The SEC has adopted rules that regulate broker-dealer practices in connection with transactions in penny stocks. Penny stocks are generally equity securities with a price of less than $5.00, other than securities registered on certain national securities exchanges or authorized for quotation on certain automated quotation systems, provided that current price and volume information with respect to transactions in such securities is provided by the exchange or system. If we do not retain a listing on The NASDAQ Capital Market and if the price of our shares of common stock is less than $5.00, our common stock will be deemed a penny stock. The penny stock rules require a broker-dealer, before a transaction in a penny stock not otherwise exempt from those rules, to deliver a standardized risk disclosure document containing specified information. In addition, the penny stock rules require that before effecting any transaction in a penny stock not otherwise exempt from those rules, a broker-dealer must make a special written determination that the penny stock is a suitable investment for the purchaser and receive (i) the purchaser’s written acknowledgment of the receipt of a risk disclosure statement; (ii) a written agreement to transactions involving penny stocks; and (iii) a signed and dated copy of a written suitability statement. These disclosure requirements may have the effect of reducing the trading activity in the secondary market for our common stock, and therefore stockholders may have difficulty selling their shares.

The warrants are a risky investment. You may be unable to exercise your warrants for a profit.

The amount paid for the offered securities in this offering in excess of the value of our shares of common stock represents the value of your investment in the warrants. The value of the warrants will depend on the value of our common stock, which will depend on factors related and unrelated to the success of our clinical development program and cannot be predicted at this time. The warrants will have an exercise period of      years.

If the price of our shares of common stock does not increase to an amount sufficiently above the exercise price of the warrants during the exercise period of the warrants, you may be unable to recover any of your investment in the warrants. There can be no assurance that any of the factors that could impact the trading price of our common stock will result in the trading price increasing to an amount that will exceed the exercise price or the price required for you to achieve a positive return on your investment in the warrants.

Holders of the warrants will have no rights as common stockholders until they acquire our common stock.

Until you acquire shares of our common stock upon exercise of the warrants, you will have no rights with respect to our common stock issuable upon exercise of the warrants, including the right to receive dividend payments, vote or respond to tender offers. Upon exercise of your warrants, you will be entitled to exercise the rights of a common stockholder only as to matters for which the record date occurs after the exercise date.

There can be no assurance that we will ever provide liquidity to our investors through a sale of our company .

While acquisitions of pharmaceutical companies like ours are not uncommon, potential investors are cautioned that no assurances can be given that any form of merger, combination, or sale of our company will take place following this offering, or that any merger, combination, or sale, even if consummated, would provide

 

37


Table of Contents

liquidity or a profit for our investors following this offering. You should not invest in our company with the expectation that we will be able to sell the business in order to provide liquidity or a profit for our investors.

Reports published by analysts, including projections in those reports that exceed our actual results, could adversely affect our common stock price and trading volume.

We currently expect that securities research analysts, including those affiliated with our underwriters, will establish and publish their own periodic projections for our business. These projections may vary widely and may not accurately predict the results we actually achieve. Our stock price may decline if our actual results do not match the projections of these securities research analysts. Similarly, if one or more of the analysts who write reports on us downgrades our stock or publishes inaccurate or unfavorable research about our business, our stock price could decline. If one or more of these analysts ceases coverage of us or fails to publish reports on us regularly, our stock price or trading volume could decline. While we expect research analyst coverage, if no analysts commence coverage of us, the trading price for our stock and the trading volume could be adversely affected.

Our operating costs as a public company will be significant and our management will be required to devote substantial time to complying with public company regulations.

As a public company, we expect to incur significant legal, accounting and other expenses, including costs associated with our public company reporting requirements under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”). We must also follow the rules, regulations and requirements subsequently adopted by the SEC and the NASDAQ and any failure by us to comply with such rules and requirements could negatively affect investor confidence in us and cause the market price of our common stock to decline. Our executive officers and other personnel will also need to devote substantial time and financial resources to comply with these rules, regulations and requirements.

If we do not develop and implement all required accounting practices and policies, we may be unable to provide the financial information required of a U.S. publicly traded company in a timely and reliable manner.

Prior to this offering, we did not adopt all of the financial reporting and disclosure procedures and controls required of a U.S. publicly traded company because we were a privately held company. We expect that the implementation of all required accounting practices and policies and the hiring of additional financial staff will increase our operating costs and could require significant time and resources from our management and employees. If we fail to develop and maintain effective internal controls and procedures and disclosure procedures and controls, we may be unable to provide financial information and required SEC reports that a U.S. publicly traded company is required to provide in a timely and reliable fashion. Any such delays or deficiencies could penalize us, including by limiting our ability to obtain financing, either in the public capital markets or from private sources and hurt our reputation and could thereby impede our ability to implement our strategy.

We have broad discretion in the use of the net proceeds from this offering and may not use them effectively.

Our management will have broad discretion in the application of the net proceeds from this offering and could spend the proceeds in ways that do not enhance the value of our common stock. The failure by our management to apply these funds effectively could delay the development of our product candidates, have a material adverse effect on our business or cause the price of our common stock to decline. Pending their use, we may invest the net proceeds from this offering in a manner that does not produce income or that loses value. See “Use of Proceeds”.

We are an “emerging growth company,” and the reduced disclosure requirements applicable to emerging growth companies may make our common stock less attractive to investors.

We are an “emerging growth company,” as defined in the JOBS Act, and may remain an emerging growth company for up to five years. For so long as we remain an emerging growth company, we are permitted and

 

38


Table of Contents

intend to rely on exemptions from certain disclosure requirements that are applicable to other public companies that are not emerging growth companies. These exemptions include:

 

    being permitted to provide only two years of audited financial statements, in addition to any required unaudited interim financial statements, with correspondingly reduced “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” disclosure;

 

    not being required to comply with the auditor attestation requirements in the assessment of our internal control over financial reporting;

 

    not being required to comply with any requirement that may be adopted by the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board regarding mandatory audit firm rotation or a supplement to the auditor’s report providing additional information about the audit and the financial statements;

 

    reduced disclosure obligations regarding executive compensation; and

 

    exemptions from the requirements of holding a nonbinding advisory vote on executive compensation and shareholder approval of any golden parachute payments not previously approved.

We have taken advantage of reduced reporting burdens in this prospectus. We cannot predict whether investors will find the offered securities less attractive if we rely on these exemptions. If some investors find the offered securities less attractive as a result, there may be a less active trading market for our common stock or the warrants, and the prices for the offered securities may be more volatile.

We have no present intention to pay dividends and, even if we change that policy, we may be restricted from paying dividends on our common stock.

We do not intend to pay dividends for the foreseeable future. We currently expect to retain all future earnings, if any, for use in the development, operation and expansion of our business. Any determination to pay dividends in the future will depend upon, among other things, our results of operations, plans for expansion, tax considerations, available net profits and reserves, limitations under law, financial condition, capital requirements and other factors that our board of directors considers to be relevant.

Provisions in our corporate charter documents and under Delaware law could make an acquisition of us, which may be beneficial to our stockholders, more difficult and may prevent attempts by our stockholders to replace or remove our current management.

Provisions in our corporate charter and our bylaws that will become effective upon the closing of this offering may discourage, delay or prevent a merger, acquisition or other change in control of us that stockholders may consider favorable, including transactions in which you might otherwise receive a premium for your shares. These provisions could also limit the price that investors might be willing to pay in the future for the offered securities, thereby depressing the market prices of the offered securities. In addition, because our board of directors is responsible for appointing the members of our management team, these provisions may frustrate or prevent any attempts by our stockholders to replace or remove our current management by making it more difficult for stockholders to replace members of our board of directors. Among other things, these provisions:

 

    establish a classified board of directors such that not all members of the board are elected at one time;

 

    allow the authorized number of our directors to be changed only by resolution of our board of directors;

 

    limit the manner in which stockholders can remove directors from the board of directors;

 

    establish advance notice requirements for stockholder proposals that can be acted on at stockholder meetings and nominations to our board of directors;

 

    require that stockholder actions must be effected at a duly called stockholder meeting and prohibit actions by our stockholders by written consent;

 

39


Table of Contents
    limit who may call stockholder meetings;

 

    authorize our board of directors to issue preferred stock without stockholder approval, which could be used to institute a shareholder rights plan, or so-called “poison pill,” that would work to dilute the stock ownership of a potential hostile acquirer, effectively preventing acquisitions that have not been approved by our board of directors; and

 

    require the approval of the holders of at least 75% of the votes that all our stockholders would be entitled to cast to amend or repeal certain provisions of our charter or bylaws.

Moreover, because we are incorporated in Delaware, we are governed by the provisions of Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law, which prohibits a person who owns in excess of 15% of our outstanding voting stock from merging or combining with us for a period of three years after the date of the transaction in which the person acquired in excess of 15% of our outstanding voting stock, unless the merger or combination is approved in a prescribed manner.

 

40


Table of Contents

CAUTIONARY NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

Certain of the statements set forth under the captions “Prospectus Summary” and “Use of Proceeds” and elsewhere in this prospectus and the appendices attached hereto constitute forward-looking statements. All statements other than statements of historical facts contained in this prospectus, including statements regarding our future results of operations and financial position, business strategy, plans and prospects, timing of the commencement or completion of clinical trials, projected revenue or costs and objectives of management for future research, development or operations, are forward-looking statements. Forward-looking statements include, without limitation, any statement that may predict, forecast, indicate, or imply future results, performance or achievements, and may contain the words “estimate,” “project,” “intend,” “forecast,” “potential,” “anticipate,” “plan,” “planning,” “expect,” “believe,” “will,” “will likely,” “should,” “could,” “would,” “may” or words or expressions of similar meaning. All such forward-looking statements involve significant risks and uncertainties, including, but not limited to, statements regarding:

 

    our research and development, marketing and sales programs (including statements about the regulatory status of our lead product candidate CF-301, which is currently on clinical hold by the FDA);

 

    our ability to advance into and through clinical development and ultimately obtain FDA approval for our product candidates;

 

    our expectations regarding the commercial market for our product candidates;

 

    the effect of competition and proprietary rights of third parties;

 

    the availability of additional financing;

 

    the effects of existing and future federal, state and foreign regulations;

 

    the seeking of joint development, licensing or distribution and collaboration and marketing arrangements with third parties; and

 

    the period of time for which the proceeds of this offering will enable us to fund our operations.

As more fully described in this prospectus under the heading “Risk Factors,” many important factors affect our ability to achieve our stated objectives and to develop and commercialize any product candidates, including, among other things, our ability to:

 

    obtain substantial additional funds;

 

    obtain and maintain all necessary patents or licenses;

 

    demonstrate the safety and efficacy of product candidates at each stage of development;

 

    meet applicable regulatory standards and receive required regulatory approvals;

 

    meet obligations and required milestones under agreements;

 

    retain key executives and to attract, retain and motivate qualified personnel;

 

    be capable of manufacturing and distributing products in commercial quantities at reasonable costs; and

 

    compete against other products and to market our products in a profitable manner.

Therefore, prospective investors are cautioned that there can be no assurance that the forward-looking statements included in this prospectus will prove to be accurate. In light of the significant uncertainties inherent in the forward-looking statements included herein, the inclusion of such information should not be regarded as a representation or warranty by the Company or any other person that the objectives and plans of the Company will be achieved in any specified time frame, if at all. Except to the extent required by applicable laws or rules, the Company does not undertake any obligation to update any forward-looking statements or to announce revisions to any of the forward-looking statements.

 

41


Table of Contents

We caution you that the important factors described in the sections in this prospectus entitled “Risk Factors” and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” may not be all of the factors that are important to you. In addition, we cannot assure you that we will realize the results or developments we expect or anticipate or, even if substantially realized, that they will result in the consequences or affect us or our operations in the way we expect. Moreover, we operate in a very competitive and rapidly changing environment. New risks emerge from time to time. It is not possible for our management to predict all risks, nor can we assess the impact of all factors on our business or the extent to which any factor, or combination of factors, may cause actual results to differ materially and adversely from those contained in any forward-looking statements we may make. The forward-looking statements included in this prospectus are made only as of the date hereof. We undertake no obligation to publicly update or revise any forward-looking statement as a result of new information, future events or otherwise, except as otherwise required by law.

 

42


Table of Contents

USE OF PROCEEDS

We estimate that the net proceeds to us from our issuance and sale of              shares of common stock and warrants to purchase              shares of common stock in this offering will be approximately $         million, assuming an initial public offering price of $         per share, which is the midpoint of the price range listed on the cover page of this prospectus, and after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. We cannot predict when the warrants will be exercised. If all of the warrants issued in this offering are exercised for cash, then we will receive an additional $         million of proceeds. It is possible that the warrants may be exercised on a cashless basis or expire prior to being exercised, in which case we will not receive any additional proceeds.

A $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $         per share, which is the midpoint of the price range listed on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase (decrease) our net proceeds from this offering by approximately $         million, assuming that the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same, and after deducting the underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

We currently estimate that we will use the net proceeds from this offering, together with our existing cash and cash equivalents, as follows:

 

    approximately $         million to fund the costs of pre-clinical and early stage clinical development of CF-301 for the treatment of Staph aureus bacteremia and CF-404, our antibody combination for the treatment of influenza;

 

    approximately $         million to fund research and development, to build our product platform and advance other research programs from our lysin portfolio; and

 

    the remainder for working capital and other general corporate purposes, including the additional costs associated with being a public company.

This expected use of net proceeds from this offering represents our intentions based upon our current plans and business conditions, which could change in the future as our plans and business conditions evolve. The amounts and timing of our actual expenditures may vary significantly depending on numerous factors, including the progress of our development, the status of and results from clinical trials, as well as any collaborations that we may enter into with third parties for our product candidates, and any unforeseen cash needs. As a result, our management will retain broad discretion over the allocation of the net proceeds from this offering.

We believe that the net proceeds from this offering and our existing cash and cash equivalents, together with interest thereon, will be sufficient to fund our operations for at least the next 12 months.

Pending our use of the net proceeds from this offering, we intend to invest the net proceeds in a variety of capital preservation investments, including short-term, investment-grade, interest-bearing instruments and U.S. government securities.

 

43


Table of Contents

DIVIDEND POLICY

We have never declared or paid cash dividends on our capital stock. We currently intend to retain any future earnings for use in the operation of our business and do not intend to declare or pay any cash dividends in the foreseeable future. Any further determination to pay dividends on our capital stock will be at the discretion of our board of directors, subject to applicable laws, and will depend on our financial condition, results of operations, capital requirements, general business conditions, and other factors that our board of directors considers relevant.

 

44


Table of Contents

CAPITALIZATION

The following table sets forth our cash and cash equivalents and capitalization as of December 31, 2013:

 

    on an actual basis;

 

    on a pro forma basis to give effect to:

 

  (1) our issuance of 151,515 shares of our Series C-1 preferred stock in March 2014 and the automatic conversion of all outstanding shares of our preferred stock, including these Series C-1 shares, into an aggregate of 32,187,174 shares of our common stock upon the closing of this offering;

 

  (2) the automatic conversion of all outstanding Convertible Notes due 2015, together with any accrued and unpaid interest thereon, into an aggregate of                 shares of our common stock upon the closing of this offering; and

 

  (3) a one-for-     reverse stock split of our common stock to be effected on                 , 2014.

 

    on a pro forma as adjusted basis to give further effect to our issuance and sale of                offered securities in this offering at an assumed initial public offering price of $        per share, which is the midpoint of the price range listed on the cover page of this prospectus, and $        per warrant, after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

Our capitalization following the closing of this offering will be adjusted based on the actual initial public offering price and other terms of this offering determined at pricing. You should read this table together with our financial statements and the related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.”

 

     As of December 31, 2013  
     Actual     Pro Forma      Pro Forma
As
Adjusted (1)
 

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 4,145,270      $         $     
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total debt (2)

     9,816,365        

Series A preferred stock, par value $0.0002 per share; 2,200,000 shares authorized, issued and outstanding, actual; no shares authorized, issued or outstanding, pro forma and pro forma as adjusted

     1,964,283        

Series B preferred stock, par value $0.0002 per share; 5,600,000 shares authorized, 4,651,163 shares issued and outstanding, actual; no shares authorized, issued or outstanding, pro forma and pro forma as adjusted

     10,175,750        

Series C preferred stock, par value $0.0002 per share; 9,090,909 shares authorized, issued and outstanding, actual; no shares authorized, issued or outstanding, pro forma and pro forma as adjusted

     27,752,294        

Series C-1 preferred stock, par value $0.0002 per share; 6,060,607 shares authorized, no shares outstanding, actual; no shares authorized, issued or outstanding, pro forma and pro forma as adjusted

     —          

Stockholders’ equity:

       

Common stock, par value $0.0001 per share; 200,000,000 shares authorized, 7,084,240 shares issued and outstanding, actual;                  shares authorized, pro forma and pro forma as adjusted;                 shares issued and outstanding, pro forma;                 shares issued and outstanding, pro forma as adjusted

     708        

Additional paid-in capital

     4,929,703        

Accumulated deficit during the development stage

     (57,840,911     
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total stockholders’ (deficit) equity

     (52,910,500     
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total capitalization

   $ (3,201,808   $                    $                
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

45


Table of Contents

 

(1) A $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $        per share, which is the midpoint of the price range listed on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase (decrease) each of cash and cash equivalents, additional paid-in capital, total stockholders’ equity and total capitalization on a pro forma as adjusted basis by approximately $        million, assuming that the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.
(2) Total debt as of December 31, 2013 includes the carrying amount of our Convertible Notes due 2015.

The table above does not include:

 

    15,552,003 shares of our common stock issuable upon exercise of stock options outstanding as of December 31, 2013 at a weighted average exercise price of $0.76 per share;

 

    5,028,398 shares of our common stock issuable upon the exercise of warrants outstanding as of December 31, 2013 at a weighted average exercise price of $0.92 per share (excluding shares of our common stock issuable upon the exercise of warrants issued in conjunction with the sale of the Convertible Notes due 2015);

 

    223,136 additional shares of our common stock available for issuance as of December 31, 2013 under our existing equity incentive plan;

 

                    additional shares of our common stock available for future issuance under our 2014 equity incentive plan, which will become effective immediately prior to the closing of this offering;

 

    the                shares of our common stock issuable upon the exercise of warrants issued in conjunction with the sale of the Convertible Notes due 2015 and outstanding as of December 31, 2013 at a weighted average exercise price of $        per share;

 

    the                shares of our common stock issuable upon exercise of the warrants sold in this offering; and

 

    assuming the over-allotment option is fully exercised,                  shares of our common stock issuable upon exercise of the warrants to be received by the underwriters in connection with this offering.

 

46


Table of Contents

DILUTION

If you invest in the offered securities in this offering, your ownership interest will be diluted immediately to the extent of the difference between the public offering price per share of our common stock and the pro forma net tangible book value per share of our common stock after this offering.

Our historical net tangible book value as of December 31, 2013 was $(55.3) million, or $(7.81) per share of our common stock. Historical net tangible book value per share represents the amount of our total tangible assets less total liabilities, divided by the number of shares of our common stock outstanding.

Our pro forma net tangible book value as of December 31, 2013 was $        , or $        per share of our common stock. Pro forma net tangible book value per share represents the amount of our total tangible assets less our total liabilities, divided by the pro forma number of shares of our common stock outstanding after giving effect to our issuance of 151,515 shares of our Series C-1 preferred stock in March 2014 and the automatic conversion of all outstanding shares of our preferred stock into an aggregate of 32,187,174 shares of our common stock upon the closing of this offering, the automatic conversion of all outstanding Convertible Notes due 2015, together with any accrued and unpaid interest thereon, into an aggregate                of shares of our common stock upon the closing of this offering, and a one-for-     reverse stock split of our common stock to be effected on                 , 2014.

After giving effect to our issuance and sale of                shares of our common stock in this offering at an assumed initial public offering price of $        per share, which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and offering expenses payable by us, our pro forma net tangible book value as of December 31, 2013 would have been $        million, or $        per share. This represents an immediate increase in pro forma net tangible book value per share of $        to existing stockholders and immediate dilution of $        in pro forma net tangible book value per share to new investors purchasing common stock in this offering. Dilution per share to new investors is determined by subtracting pro forma net tangible book value per share after this offering from the initial public offering price per share paid by new investors. The following table illustrates this dilution on a per share basis:

 

Assumed initial public offering price per share

   $     

Historical net tangible book value per share as of December 31, 2013

   $ (7.81

Increase attributable to the pro forma transactions described in preceding paragraphs

   $     

Pro forma net tangible book value per share as of December 31, 2013

   $     

Increase in net tangible book value per share attributable to new investors

   $     

Pro forma net tangible book value per share after this offering

   $     
  

 

 

 

Dilution per share to new investors

   $                
  

 

 

 

A $1.00 increase or decrease in the assumed initial public offering price of $        per share would increase or decrease our pro forma net tangible book value by approximately $        , our pro forma net tangible book value per share by approximately $        and dilution per share to new investors by approximately $        , assuming that the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same.

You will experience further dilution if the underwriters exercise their over-allotment option, if any additional shares are issued in connection with the exercise of options and when the warrants are exercised.

The following table summarizes, on a pro forma basis as of December 31, 2013, the total number of shares purchased from us, the total consideration paid, or to be paid, and the average price per share paid, or to be paid, by existing stockholders and by new investors in this offering at an assumed initial public offering price of $        per share, which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, before deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and offering expenses payable by us. As the table

 

47


Table of Contents

shows, new investors purchasing the offered securities will pay an average price per share substantially higher than our existing stockholders paid.

 

     Shares Purchased     Total Consideration     Average Price
Per Share
 
     Number    Percentage     Amount      Percentage    

Existing stockholders

               $                             $                

New investors

                          
  

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

Total

               $                 
  

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

A $1.00 increase or decrease in the assumed initial public offering price of $        per share would increase or decrease the total consideration paid by new investors by $        million and increase or decrease the percentage of total consideration paid by new investors by approximately    %, assuming that the number of offered securities, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same.

The table above is based on shares outstanding as of December 31, 2013 and includes                additional shares of our common stock issuable upon the automatic conversion of all outstanding shares of our preferred stock into shares of common stock upon the closing of this offering as well as the automatic conversion of all outstanding Convertible Notes due 2015, together with any accrued and unpaid interest thereon, into an aggregate of                shares of our common stock upon the closing of this offering.

The table above excludes:

 

    15,552,003 shares of our common stock issuable upon the exercise of stock options outstanding as of December 31, 2013 at a weighted average exercise price of $0.76 per share;

 

    5,028,398 shares of our common stock issuable upon the exercise of warrants outstanding as of December 31, 2013 at a weighted average exercise price of $0.92 per share (excluding shares of our common stock issuable upon the exercise of warrants issued in conjunction with the sale of the Convertible Notes due 2015);

 

    223,136 additional shares of our common stock available for future issuance under our equity compensation plans as of December 31, 2013;

 

    an additional                shares of our common stock that will be made available for future issuance under our 2014 equity compensation plan upon the closing of this offering;

 

    the                shares of our common stock issuable upon the exercise of warrants issued in conjunction with the sale of the Convertible Notes due 2015 and outstanding as of December 31, 2013 at a weighted average exercise price of $        per share;

 

    the                shares of our common stock issuable upon exercise of the warrants sold in this offering; and

 

    assuming the over-allotment option is fully exercised,                  shares of our common stock issuable upon exercise of the warrants to be received by the underwriters in connection with this offering.

To the extent that outstanding stock options are subsequently exercised, there will be further dilution to new investors. If all outstanding options as of December 31, 2013 had been exercised, the pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share after this offering would be $        , and total dilution per share to new investors would be $        .

If the underwriters exercise their over-allotment option in full, the following will occur:

 

    the percentage of shares of our common stock held by existing stockholders will decrease to approximately    % of the total number of shares of our common stock outstanding after this offering; and

 

    the number of shares of our common stock held by new investors will increase to approximately    % of the total number of shares of our common stock outstanding after this offering.

 

48


Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF

FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

You should read the following discussion and analysis in conjunction with the information set forth in our financial statements and the notes to those statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. The statements in this discussion regarding our expectations of future performance, liquidity and capital resources and other non-historical statements in this discussion are forward-looking statements. These forward-looking statements are subject to numerous risks and uncertainties, including, but not limited to, the risks and uncertainties described under “Risk Factors” and “Special Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements.” Our actual results may differ materially from those contained in or implied by any forward-looking statements.

Overview

We are a biotechnology company focused on discovering and developing therapeutic protein and antibody products for life-threatening, drug-resistant infectious diseases, particularly those treated in hospital settings. Due to drug-resistant and newly emerging pathogens, hospital acquired infections are currently the fourth leading cause of death in the United States, following heart disease, cancer and stroke. We intend to address drug-resistant infections using our therapeutic product candidates from our lysin and monoclonal antibody platforms to target conserved regions of either bacteria or viruses. Lysins are enzymes that are produced in the life cycle stage of a bacteriophage, a virus that infects and kills bacteria. Lysins can digest bacterial cell walls and are fundamentally different than antibiotics because they kill bacteria immediately upon contact. We believe the properties of our lysins make them suitable for the treatment of antibiotic-resistant organisms that can cause serious infections such as Staph aureus bacteremia, pneumonia and osteomyelitis, and the treatment of biofilm-related indications for infected prosthetic joints, indwelling devices and catheters. In addition to our lysins, we are exploring therapies using mAbs that block and disarm virulence factors of bacteria and viruses, rendering them vulnerable to the body’s natural immune response. Our product candidates have not yet entered clinical trials. Our most advanced product candidates are CF-301, a lysin for the treatment of Staph aureus bacteremia, and CF-404, a combination of mAbs for the treatment of life-threatening seasonal and pandemic varieties of influenza.

We are a development stage company. Since our inception we have devoted substantially all of our resources to developing our product candidates and our platform technology, building our intellectual property portfolio, business planning, raising capital, and providing general and administrative support for these operations. We have not generated any revenues and, to date, have funded our operations primarily through sales of common stock and convertible preferred stock and issuances of convertible debt to our investors. From inception through December 31, 2013, we have received proceeds of $0.2 million from the sale of common stock, $44.2 million from the sale of convertible preferred stock and $12.0 million from the issuance of our Convertible Notes due 2015.

We have never generated revenue or have been profitable and, from inception through December 31, 2013, our net losses from operations have been $57.8 million. Our net loss from operations was $23.6 million and $19.3 million for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively, and excluding non-cash share-based compensation was $21.3 million and $19.1 million for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively. We expect to incur significant expenses and increasing operating losses for the foreseeable future. We expect our expenses to increase in connection with our ongoing activities, particularly as we advance our product candidates through pre-clinical activities and clinical trials to seek regulatory approval and, if approved, commercialize such product candidates. Furthermore, upon the closing of this offering, we will record non-cash expense associated with the effect of the beneficial conversion charge of approximately $        million that will be recorded upon the conversion of our Convertible Notes due 2015. Additionally, we expect to incur additional costs associated with operating as a public company. Accordingly, we will need additional financing to support our continuing operations. We will seek to fund our operations through public or private equity, equity-linked or debt financings, research grants or other sources. Adequate additional financing may not be available to us on acceptable terms, or at all. Our failure to raise capital as and when needed would have a negative impact on our financial condition and our ability to pursue our business strategy. We will need to generate significant revenues to achieve profitability, and we may never do so.

 

49


Table of Contents

Financial Operations Overview

Revenue

We have not generated any revenue to date. In the future, we may generate revenue from product sales. In addition, to the extent we enter into licensing or collaboration arrangements, we may have additional sources of revenue. We expect that any revenue we generate will fluctuate from quarter to quarter as a result of the amount and timing of payments that we may recognize upon the sale of our products, to the extent that any products are successfully commercialized, and the amount and timing of fees, reimbursements, milestone and other payments received under any future licensing or collaboration arrangements. If we fail to complete the development of our product candidates in a timely manner or obtain regulatory approval for them, our ability to generate future revenue, and our results of operations and financial position, would be materially adversely affected.

Research and Development Expenses

Research and development expenses consist of costs associated with our research activities and the development of CF-301 and CF-404. Our research and development expenses consist of:

 

    employee-related expenses, including salaries, benefits, travel and share-based compensation expense;

 

    external research and development expenses incurred under arrangements with third parties such as contract research organizations, or CROs, contract manufacturers, consultants and academic institutions; and

 

    facilities and laboratory and other supplies.

We expense research and development costs to operations as incurred. We account for non-refundable advance payments for goods and services that will be used in future research and development activities as expenses when the service has been performed or when the goods have been received, rather than when the payment is made.

To date, a large portion of our research and development work has related to the establishment of both our lysin and antibody platform technologies, the advancement of our research projects to discovery of clinical candidates and testing to support our IND application for CF-301. In the future, we intend to continue using our employee and infrastructure resources across multiple development as well as research projects. In the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2013, we recorded approximately $13.2 million and $9.1 million, respectively, of research and development expenses. A breakdown of our research and development expenses by category is shown below. We do not currently utilize a formal time or laboratory project expense allocation system to allocate employee-related expenses, laboratory costs or depreciation to any particular project. Accordingly, we do not allocate these expenses to individual projects or product candidates. However, we do allocate some portions of our research and development expenses in the product development, external research and licensing and professional fees, by project, including CF-301, as shown below.

The following table summarizes our research and development expenses by category for the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2013:

 

     Year Ended
December 31,
 
     2012      2013  

Personnel related

   $ 2,978,817       $ 3,182,153   

Product development

     4,913,864         2,044,774   

Laboratory costs

     2,586,655         1,908,789   

External research and licensing costs

     2,209,690         1,175,221   

Professional fees

     475,511         591,609   

Share-based compensation

     46,574         230,629   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 13,211,111       $ 9,133,175   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

50


Table of Contents

The following table summarizes our research and development expenses by program for the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2013:

 

     Year Ended
December 31,
 
     2012      2013  

CF-301

   $ 5,136,801       $ 2,567,138   

Other research and development

     5,048,919         3,153,255   

Personnel related and share-based compensation

     3,025,391         3,412,782   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 13,211,111       $ 9,133,175   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

We anticipate that our research and development expenses will increase substantially in connection with the commencement of clinical trials for our product candidates. However, the successful development of future product candidates is highly uncertain. This is due to the numerous risks and uncertainties associated with developing drugs, including the uncertainty of:

 

    the scope, rate of progress and expense of our research and development activities;

 

    clinical trial results;

 

    the terms and timing of regulatory approvals;

 

    our ability to market, commercialize and achieve market acceptance for our product candidates in the future; and

 

    the expense, filing, prosecuting, defending and enforcing of patent claims and other intellectual property rights.

A change in the outcome of any of these variables with respect to the development of CF-301 or any other product candidate that we may develop could mean a significant change in the costs and timing associated with the development of CF-301 or such product candidate. For example, if the FDA or other regulatory authority were to require us to conduct clinical trials beyond those which we currently anticipate will be required for the completion of clinical development of CF-301 or if we experience significant delays in enrollment in any clinical trials of CF-301, we could be required to expend significant additional financial resources and time on the completion of the clinical development of CF-301.

General and Administrative Expenses

General and administrative expenses consist primarily of salaries and related costs for personnel, including share-based compensation expense, in our executive, finance and business development functions. Other general and administrative expenses include facility costs, insurance expenses and professional fees for legal, consulting and accounting services.

We anticipate that our general and administrative expenses will increase in future periods to support increases in our research and development activities and as a result of increased headcount, expanded infrastructure, increased legal, compliance, accounting and investor and public relations expenses associated with being a public company and increased insurance premiums, among other factors.

Interest Income

Interest income consists of interest earned on our cash and cash equivalents.

 

51


Table of Contents

Interest Expense

Interest expense consists primarily of cash and non-cash interest costs, including the accretion of the carrying value of our Convertible Notes due 2015 to face value and the estimated value of equity linked securities issued in conjunction with the issuance of these notes, related to our outstanding debt. We capitalize costs incurred in connection with the issuance of debt. We amortize these costs over the life of our debt agreements as interest expense in our statement of operations.

Critical Accounting Policies and Significant Judgments and Estimates

Our management’s discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations is based on our financial statements, which we have prepared in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles. The preparation of these financial statements requires us to make estimates and judgments that affect the reported amounts of assets, liabilities and expenses and the disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities in our financial statements. On an ongoing basis, we evaluate our estimates and judgments, including those related to accrued expenses and share-based compensation described in greater detail below. We base our estimates on our limited historical experience, known trends and events and various other factors that we believe are reasonable under the circumstances, the results of which form the basis for making judgments about the carrying values of assets and liabilities that are not readily apparent from other sources. Actual results may differ from these estimates under different assumptions or conditions.

Our significant accounting policies are described in more detail in the notes to our financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. However, we believe that the following accounting policies are the most critical to aid you in fully understanding and evaluating our financial condition and results of operations:

 

    accrual of research and development expenses; and

 

    share-based compensation.

Accrued Research and Development Expenses

As part of the process of preparing our financial statements, we are required to estimate our accrued expenses. This process involves reviewing quotations and contracts, identifying services that have been performed on our behalf and estimating the level of service performed and the associated cost incurred for the service when we have not yet been invoiced or otherwise notified of the actual cost. The majority of our service providers invoice us monthly in arrears for services performed or when contractual milestones are met. We make estimates of our accrued expenses as of each balance sheet date in our financial statements based on facts and circumstances known to us at that time. We periodically confirm the accuracy of our estimates with the service providers and make adjustments if necessary. The significant estimates in our accrued research and development expenses are related to fees paid to CROs in connection with research and development activities for which we have not yet been invoiced.

We base our expenses related to CROs on our estimates of the services received and efforts expended pursuant to quotes and contracts with CROs that conduct research and development on our behalf. The financial terms of these agreements are subject to negotiation, vary from contract to contract and may result in uneven payment flows. There may be instances in which payments made to our vendors will exceed the level of services provided and result in a prepayment of the research and development expense. In accruing service fees, we estimate the time period over which services will be performed and the level of effort to be expended in each period. If the actual timing of the performance of services or the level of effort varies from our estimate, we adjust the accrual or prepayment expense accordingly. Although we do not expect our estimates to be materially different from amounts actually incurred, our understanding of the status and timing of services performed relative to the actual status and timing of services performed may vary and could result in us reporting amounts that are too high or too low in any particular period. Differences between our estimates and amounts actually incurred to date, and any resulting adjustments, have not been material.

 

52


Table of Contents

Share-Based Compensation

As we continue to expand our headcount, we expect to make additional stock option grants, which will result in additional share-based compensation expense. Accordingly, we describe below the methodology we have employed to date in measuring such expenses. Following the closing of this offering, stock option values will be determined based on the market price of our common stock.

We apply the fair value recognition provisions of Financial Accounting Standards Board Accounting Standards Codification Topic 718, Stock Compensation (“ASC 718”). Determining the amount of share-based compensation to be recorded requires us to develop estimates of the fair value of stock options as of their grant date. Share-based compensation expense is recognized ratably over the requisite service period, which in most cases is the vesting period of the award. Calculating the fair value of share-based awards requires that we make highly subjective assumptions. We use the Black-Scholes option pricing model to value our stock option awards. Use of this valuation methodology requires that we make assumptions as to the volatility of our common stock, the expected term of our stock options, the risk free interest rate for a period that approximates the expected term of our stock options and our expected dividend yield. Because we are a privately-held company with a limited operating history, we utilize data from a representative group of companies to estimate expected stock price volatility. We selected companies from the biopharmaceutical industry with similar characteristics to us, including those in the early stage of product development and with a therapeutic focus. We use the simplified method as prescribed by SEC Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 107, Share-Based Payment , to calculate the expected term of stock option grants to employees as we do not have sufficient historical exercise data to provide a reasonable basis upon which to estimate the expected term of stock options granted to employees. We utilize a dividend yield of zero based on the fact that we have never paid cash dividends and have no current intention to pay cash dividends. The risk-free interest rate used for each grant is based on the U.S. Treasury yield curve in effect at the time of grant for instruments with a similar expected life. We estimated the fair value of options as of their grant date using a Black-Scholes option pricing model with the following weighted average assumptions:

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
     2012     2013  

Risk-free interest rate

     1.03     1.21

Expected volatility

     76.0     73.2

Expected term

     6.19 years        6.22 years   

The following table sets forth information regarding equity based awards during the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2013 and through March 31, 2014:

 

     Number of
Shares
Underlying
Options
Granted
     Exercise Price
Per Share
     Estimated
Fair Value
Per Common
Share at
Grant Date
 

January 2012

     1,000,000       $ 1.65       $ 0.28   

March 2012

     125,000         1.65         0.28   

April 2012

     219,000         1.65         0.28   

May 2012

     500,000         1.65         0.28   

June 2012

     410,000         1.65         0.28   

August 2012

     658,000         1.65         0.28   

September 2012

     20,000         0.50         0.32   

November 2012

     150,000         0.50         0.32   

December 2012

     300,000         0.50         0.32   

February 2013

     4,530,875         0.50         0.50   

March 2013

     10,000         0.50         0.50   

May 2013

     135,000         0.50         0.50   

December 2013 .

     250,000         0.86         0.61   

March 2014

     800,000         0.61         0.61   

 

53


Table of Contents

At March 31, 2014, options to purchase 16,073,503 shares of our common stock were outstanding. The aggregate intrinsic value of these options was              based on the initial public offering price of              per share.

Determination of the Fair Value of Common Stock

As there was no public market for our common stock, our board of directors determined the estimated fair value of our common stock for purposes of determining an appropriate exercise price for option grants, taking into consideration various objective and subjective factors, including:

 

    estimates and analysis provided by contemporaneous independent valuations performed by an unrelated valuation specialist as of September 30, 2011, September 30, 2012, June 30, 2013 and December 31, 2013;

 

    prices at which we sold shares of preferred stock to third-party investors;

 

    comparative rights and preferences of the security being granted compared to the rights and preferences of our other outstanding equity;

 

    comparative values of public companies discounted for the risk and limited liquidity provided for in the shares we are issuing;

 

    our historical operating and financial performance;

 

    the status of our research and development efforts;

 

    the likelihood of achieving a liquidity event, such as an initial public offering, or initial public offering, or sale of our company;

 

    estimates and analysis provided by management;

 

    external market conditions affecting the biopharmaceutical industry; and

 

    the state of the IPO market for similarly situated privately held biotechnology companies.

Our assessment analyses were based on methodologies that first estimated the fair value of our business as a whole, or our enterprise value. Once we determined the expected enterprise value we then adjusted for expected cash and debt balances, allocated value to the various stockholders, adjusted to present value and discounted for lack of marketability.

There are significant judgments and estimates inherent in the determination of the fair value of our common stock. These judgments and estimates include assumptions regarding our future operating performance, the time to completing an IPO or other liquidity event and the determination of the appropriate valuation methods. If we had made different assumptions, our share-based compensation expense, net loss and net loss per common share could have been significantly different.

Valuation Methodologies

We utilized various valuation methodologies in accordance with the framework of the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants Technical Practice Aid, Valuation of Privately-Held Company Equity Securities Issued as Compensation , to estimate the fair value of our common stock as of each date an independent valuation was performed. The methodologies included (1) for options granted during the period from January 1, 2012 to May 6, 2013, an option pricing method to estimate our common stock and other equity values and (2) for options granted from June 30, 2013 to March 31, 2014, a probability-weighted expected return methodology (“PWERM”) that determined estimated values under IPO and sale scenarios based upon an assessment of the probability of occurrence of each scenario. Each valuation methodology includes estimates and assumptions that require the Company’s judgment. These estimates include assumptions regarding future performance, including the successful completion of pre-clinical studies and clinical trials and the time to completing an IPO or sale. Significant changes to the key assumptions used in the valuations could result in different fair values of common stock at each valuation date.

 

54


Table of Contents

Key variables in the methodologies were as follows:

 

    Underlying equity value—to estimate the value of our total equity, including both common and preferred equity, we utilized the marketable equity value based on the most recent round of preferred stock financing, our series B and C preferred stock financings, with a price of $2.58 per share and $3.30 per share, respectively, which we believed to be the most indicative of our value.

 

    Volatility—volatility was estimated based on comparable publicly-traded companies over the period that matches the estimated time to liquidity.

 

    Time to liquidity—we estimated time to a liquidity event based on the projected time to significant clinical or business development events that we believed could lead to an initial public offering or a company sale. Our estimates were based on our expectations of when we would have completed development or licensing milestones of CF-301 or our antibody combination for influenza. At that time, we believed that an initial public offering or other liquidity event could occur.

 

    Risk-free interest rate—we determined the risk-free interest rate based on the yield of a U.S. Treasury bill with a maturity date closest to the estimated time to a liquidity event for our stockholders.

 

    Discounts for lack of marketability—because we are a privately-held company, shares of our common stock are highly illiquid and, as such, warrant a discount in value from their estimated “marketable” price. We estimated the discount factor to be 35% in connection with the preparation of the audited financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus for illiquidity using legal guidelines from U.S. Tax Court cases regarding privately-held business valuations, fundamental business factors and empirical studies on the discount for lack of marketability. We corroborated the discount factor based on the value of a put option compared to the value of common stock using a Black-Scholes option pricing model. We also considered that our preferred stock has rights that our common stock does not have, including anti-dilution protection, redemption rights and protective provisions in our certificate of incorporation. Our preferred stockholders have control and influence over the enterprise, which provides them with the optionality over future liquidity, financing and other decisions that the common stock option holders do not control.

At each valuation date, we used our historical financial performance and the then current budget or forecast as approved by our board of directors, to determine our estimated financing needs and forecasted cash balances for each exit scenario and exit date. We then estimated the probability and timing of each potential liquidity event based on management’s best estimate taking into consideration all available information as of the valuation date, including the stage of development of our product candidates, industry clinical success rates, our expected near-term and long-term funding requirements, and an assessment of the current financing and biopharmaceutical industry environments at the time of the valuation.

Discussion of Specific Valuation Inputs

The discussion below highlights the methodology and significant assumptions utilized to value our common stock for share-based compensation during the period January 2011 to March 2014.

September 30, 2011 valuation . The common stock fair value as of September 30, 2011 was estimated to be $0.28 per share. During the period between January 1, 2011 and August 31, 2011, the following developments affected our business and the value of our shares: we hired our Chief Medical Officer and Vice President of product development, completed two additional licensing agreements with The Rockefeller University, including the license to CF-301, and established our license agreement with MorphoSys AG, enabling an antibody discovery platform. In August and September 2011, we issued 4,429,707 shares of our Series C preferred stock at $3.30 per share to investors for proceeds of approximately $14.6 million.

The option pricing method was utilized to calculate an implied enterprise value using a Black-Scholes model, which was then allocated across the various classes of investors, ultimately resulting in a per share price

 

55


Table of Contents

for our common stock. In selecting the option pricing method, it was determined to be the most reliable given the expectation of various potential liquidity outcomes and the difficulty of supporting estimated exit values given our stage of development and financial position. The potential liquidity events used in the September 30, 2011 valuation had an estimated average time to occurrence of the event of 3 years. Other inputs into the model were a risk-free rate of 0.42%, volatility of 82% based on a group of comparable publicly traded companies, and a dividend yield of 0%. We applied a discount for lack of marketability, or DLOM, of 35% in determining the value of our common stock based on multiple mathematical models for calculating illiquidity discounts. We used the estimated fair value of a share of our common stock of $0.28 for purposes of determining our share-based compensation for all awards granted from September 1, 2011 through August 31, 2012.

September 30, 2012 valuation . The common stock fair value as of September 30, 2012 was estimated to be $0.32 per share. During the period between October 1, 2011 and September 30, 2012, the following developments affected our business and the value of our shares: we hired our Chief Financial Officer, opened our new headquarters and research laboratory in Yonkers, New York, and selected our first clinical candidate, CF-301, for advancement into IND enabling studies and manufacturing. We also completed the $30 million of Series C preferred stock financing, issuing 4,630,899 shares of our Series C preferred stock at $3.30 per share to investors for proceeds of approximately $15.3 million.

We continued to utilize the option pricing method to calculate an implied enterprise value and then allocated that value across the various classes of investors, ultimately resulting in a per share price for our common stock. The potential liquidity events used in the September 30, 2012 valuation had an estimated average time to occurrence of the event of 2.5 years. Other inputs into the model were a risk-free rate of 0.27%, volatility of 98% based on a group of comparable publicly traded companies, a dividend yield of 0% and a DLOM of 35%, in determining the value of our common stock. We used an estimated fair value of a share of our common stock of $0.32 for purposes of determining our share-based compensation for all awards granted from September 1, 2012 through February 26, 2013.

By February 27, 2013, we had completed our planned IND enabling studies of CF-301, manufactured clinical trial materials of CF-301 for use in early stage clinical trials and prepared our initial IND submission for CF-301. On February 27, 2013, we awarded options to purchase 4,530,875 shares of our common stock to our employees and directors under the amended and restated 2008 equity incentive plan (the “Amended 2008 Plan”). Our board of directors also approved an option exchange offer (the “Exchange Offer”) for eligible option holders with outstanding options with an exercise price in excess of $0.50 per share. The offering period for the Exchange Offer commenced on March 11, 2013 and expired on April 9, 2013. Participation in the Exchange Offer was voluntary. Options to purchase 4,532,823 shares of our common stock were exchanged under the tender offer. Both the new options grants and the exchange option grants were granted at an exercise price of $0.50 per share. We used an estimated fair value of a share of our common stock of $0.50 for purposes of determining our share-based compensation for all of the new and exchanged awards.

June 30, 2013 valuation . The common stock fair value as of June 30, 2013 was estimated to be $0.86 per share. During the period between February 28, 2013 and June 30, 2013, the following developments affected our business and the value of our shares: we filed our first IND for clinical candidate CF-301, received correspondence from the FDA that CF-301 was placed on clinical hold and identified two of the three antibodies in our combination therapy for influenza. We also completed the sale of $10.0 million of our Convertible Notes due 2015.

 

56


Table of Contents

To value our common stock, and in consideration of the potential liquidity events that might have become available to us, including a potential IPO, we utilized a PWERM to determine the per share common stock value. As part of the analysis of potential liquidity scenarios, we utilized the guideline public company market approach, which estimates the value of a business by comparing a company to similar publicly-traded companies. We used the following probability weighted liquidity event scenarios:

 

Scenarios

   Probability
Weighting
 

High IPO

     10

Low IPO

     10

Delayed IPO

     30

Dissolution or Sale

     50

The introduction of an IPO as a potential liquidity event resulted in a lower DLOM of 20% in determining the value of our common stock. The estimated fair value of a share of our common stock was $0.86 for the period from July 1, 2013 through December 24, 2013. We did not grant any share-based compensation awards during this period.

December 31, 2013 valuation . The common stock fair value as of December 31, 2013 was estimated to be $0.61 per share. During the period between July 1, 2013 and December 31, 2013, the following developments affected our business and the decrease in value of our shares: CF-301 remained on clinical hold, we initiated additional pre-clinical studies of CF-301, MorphoSys initiated arbitration proceedings against us, and our founder and former chief executive officer, Dr. Robert Nowinski, departed from the Company. Additionally, we completed the sale of $2.0 million of additional Convertible Notes due 2015 and initiated in-licensing activities for our mAbs for the treatment of influenza with Trellis.

To value our common stock, we continued to utilize a PWERM to determine the per share common stock value. As part of the analysis of potential liquidity scenarios, we also continued to utilize the guideline public company market approach. We used the following probability weighted liquidity event scenarios:

 

Scenarios

   Probability
Weighting
    DLOM  

Early IPO

     20     10

Delayed IPO

     40     15

Dissolution or Sale

     40     30

The overall probability of an IPO as a potential liquidity event increased and we determined that using a separate DLOM for each liquidity scenario was appropriate in determining the value of our common stock. We used an estimated fair value of a share of our common stock of $0.61 for purposes of determining our share-based compensation for all awards granted from December 25, 2013 through March 31, 2014.

Total share-based compensation expense was $0.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2012 and $2.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2013. As of December 31, 2013, we had $0.6 million of total unrecognized share-based compensation expense, which we expect to recognize over a weighted average remaining service period of approximately 2.15 years. We expect the expense to grow in future periods due to the potential increases in the value of our common stock and headcount.

There are significant judgments and estimates inherent in the determination of these valuations. These judgments and estimates include assumptions regarding our future performance, including the successful completion of our clinical trials and the time to complete an initial public offering or sale, as well as the determination of the appropriate valuation methods at each valuation date. If we had made different assumptions,

 

57


Table of Contents

our share-based compensation expense could have been different. The foregoing valuation methodologies are not the only methodologies available and they will not be used to value our common stock once this offering is complete. Accordingly, investors are cautioned not to place undue reliance on the foregoing valuation methodologies as an indicator of our future stock price.

Results of Operations

The following table summarizes key components of our results of operations for the periods indicated.

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
     2012     2013  

Operating expenses:

    

Research and development expenses

   $ 13,211,111      $ 9,133,175   

General and administrative expenses

   $ 5,943,062      $ 10,163,259   

Other income (expense)

   $ (129,281   $ (4,324,268

Year ended December 31, 2013 compared to year ended December 31, 2012

Research and Development Expenses

Research and development expense was $9.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2013, compared with $13.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2012, a decrease of $4.1 million, or 31%. This decrease was primarily attributable to a $2.7 million decrease in spending on our lead product, CF-301, as we experienced delays entering clinical studies, a $1.0 million decrease in costs related to the MorphoSys antibody library due to non-recurring fees incurred in 2012, and a $0.4 million decrease in costs related to the support of our research efforts as we controlled spending throughout the year.

General and Administrative Expenses

General and administrative expense was $10.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2013 compared with $5.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2012, an increase of $4.3 million, or 71%. This increase was primarily attributable to $3.6 million in severance related charges for the termination of the former CEO’s employment agreement, including $1.0 million of non-cash share based compensation expense, and a $0.5 million increase in increase in legal and professional fees.

Other income (expense)

Other expense was $4.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2013 compared with $0.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2012, an increase of $4.2 million, or 3,245%. This increase was due primarily to the non-cash interest charges of $1.6 million associated with our Convertible Notes due 2015 and the change in fair value measurement of $2.6 million of our warrant and embedded derivative liabilities.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

Sources of Liquidity

We have financed our operations to date primarily through proceeds from sales of common stock and convertible preferred stock and issuances of convertible debt. To date, we have not generated any revenue from the sale of products. We have incurred losses and generated negative cash flows from operations since inception.

From inception through December 31, 2013, we have received gross proceeds of $0.2 million from the sale of common stock, $44.2 million from the sale of convertible preferred stock and $12.0 million from the issuance of our Convertible Notes due 2015.

 

58


Table of Contents

As of December 31, 2013, our cash and cash equivalents totaled $4.1 million. We primarily invest our cash and cash equivalents in commercial savings accounts. We believe that our existing cash and cash equivalents, together with the net proceeds from this offering, will be sufficient to fund our operations and our capital expenditures for at least the next 12 months. For more information on how we believe the proceeds of this offering will impact our liquidity, see “Use of Proceeds”. The following table summarizes our cash flow activity for each of the periods set forth below:

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
     2012     2013  

Net cash used in operating activities

   $ (16,310,204   $ (14,056,424

Net cash (used in) provided by investing activities

   $ (158,917   $ 1,588,570   

Net cash provided by financing activities

   $ 8,459,082      $ 8,726,860   

Operating Activities

Net cash used in operating activities resulted primarily from our net losses adjusted for non-cash charges and favorable changes in the components of working capital. Net cash used in operating activities decreased in 2013, as compared to 2012, due to the decrease in costs associated with the development of our lead product candidate, CF-301. Accounts payable and accrued liabilities increased $2.0 million in 2013, as compared to 2012, due to the increase in our accrued liabilities associated with the severance charges recorded in conjunction with the departure of our former Chief Executive Officer. This increase was partially offset by the decrease in the amount of outstanding accounts payable for services completed by contract organizations for manufacturing and pre-clinical studies of CF-301. We capitalized deferred financing costs of $1.2 million in 2013, resulting in an equivalent increase in both other assets and accrued liabilities that has been offset in our presentation of the cash flows from operating activities for the year ended December 31, 2013. These costs will be netted against the proceeds of this offering and included in our presentation of the cash flows from financing activities for the period in which this offering closes.

Investing Activities

Net cash provided by investing activities in the year ended December 31, 2013 as compared to net cash used by investing activities in the year ended December 31, 2012 resulted from the elimination of the restricted cash account necessary to secure the capital lease that funded purchases of our equipment in prior years. The capital lease was repaid in September 2013. Additionally, we did not acquire any equipment in the year ended December 31, 2013.

Financing Activities

Net cash provided by financing activities in the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012 primarily resulted from the issuance of an aggregate of $12.0 million of our Convertible Notes due 2015, less $1.3 million of issuance costs and $1.9 million for the repayment of debt in the year ended December 31, 2013 and the issuance of an aggregate of $9.6 million of Series C Convertible Preferred Stock, less $0.2 million in issuance costs, and $1.0 million for the repayment of debt in the year ended December 31, 2012.

Convertible Notes due 2015

From June 18, 2013 through October 30, 2013, we issued approximately $12.0 million aggregate principal amount of our 8.00% Convertible Notes due May 31, 2015 (the “Convertible Notes due 2015”). The principal amount of the Convertible Notes due 2015 and all accrued and unpaid interest thereon will automatically convert into shares of our common stock upon the closing of this offering. The conversion price of the Convertible Notes due 2015 will be a 25% discount to the initial public offering price for the shares of common stock offered hereby, or $1.65, whichever is lower, subject in each case to adjustment.

Purchasers of the Convertible Notes due 2015 also received warrants to purchase 50% of the total number of common shares into which the note purchased by the holder is convertible. The exercise price of the warrants

 

59


Table of Contents

will be a 25% discount to the initial public offering price for the shares of common stock offered hereby, or $1.50 in the event there is no initial public offering by April 18, 2014, whichever is lower, subject in each case to adjustment.

The placement agent for the sale of the Convertible Notes due 2015 also received warrants to purchase 10% of the total number of common shares into which all notes purchased by the holders are convertible. The exercise price of the warrants will be equal to 110% of a 25% discount to the initial public offering price for the shares of common stock offered hereby, or $1.65, whichever is lower, subject in each case to adjustment.

Funding Requirements

All of our product candidates are still in pre-clinical development. We expect to continue to incur significant expenses and increasing operating losses for the foreseeable future. We anticipate that our expenses will increase substantially if and as we:

 

    continue the ongoing pre-clinical studies, and initiate the planned clinical trials, of our product candidates;

 

    continue the research and development of our other product candidates and our platform technology;

 

    seek to identify additional product candidates;

 

    acquire or in-license other products and technologies;

 

    seek marketing approvals for our product candidates that successfully complete clinical trials;

 

    establish, either on our own or with strategic partners, a sales, marketing and distribution infrastructure to commercialize any products for which we may obtain marketing approval;

 

    maintain, leverage and expand our intellectual property portfolio; and

 

    add operational, financial and management information systems and personnel, including personnel to support our product development and future commercialization efforts.

We believe that the net proceeds from this offering and our existing cash and cash equivalents, together with interest thereon, will be sufficient to fund our operations for at least the next 12 months. We have based this estimate on assumptions that may prove to be wrong, and we could use our available capital resources sooner than we currently expect. Because of the numerous risks and uncertainties associated with the development and commercialization of our product candidates, and the extent to which we may enter into collaborations with third parties for development and commercialization of our product candidates, we are unable to estimate the amounts of increased capital outlays and operating expenses associated with completing the development of our current product candidates. Our future capital requirements will depend on many factors, including:

 

    the progress and results of the clinical trials of our lead product candidates;

 

    the scope, progress, results and costs of compound discovery, pre-clinical development, laboratory testing and clinical trials for our other product candidates;

 

    the extent to which we acquire or in-license other products and technologies;

 

    the costs, timing and outcome of regulatory review of our product candidates;

 

    the costs of future commercialization activities, including product sales, marketing, manufacturing and distribution, for any of our product candidates for which we receive marketing approval;

 

    revenue, if any, received from commercial sales of our product candidates, should any of our product candidates receive marketing approval;

 

    the costs of preparing, filing and prosecuting patent applications, maintaining and enforcing our intellectual property rights and defending intellectual property-related claims; and

 

    our ability to establish any future collaboration arrangements on favorable terms, if at all.

 

60


Table of Contents

Until such time, if ever, as we can generate substantial product revenues, we expect to finance our cash needs through a combination of equity offerings, debt financings, collaborations, strategic alliances and licensing arrangements. We do not have any committed external source of funds. To the extent that we raise additional capital through the sale of equity or convertible debt securities, the ownership interest of our stockholders will be diluted, and the terms of these securities may include liquidation or other preferences that adversely affect your rights as a common stockholder. Debt financing, if available, may involve agreements that include covenants limiting or restricting our ability to take specific actions, such as incurring additional debt, making capital expenditures or declaring dividends. If we raise additional funds through collaborations, strategic alliances or licensing arrangements with third parties, we may have to relinquish valuable rights to our technologies, future revenue streams, research programs or product candidates or grant licenses on terms that may not be favorable to us. If we are unable to raise additional funds through equity or debt financings when needed, we may be required to delay, limit, reduce or terminate our product development or future commercialization efforts or grant rights to develop and market product candidates that we would otherwise prefer to develop and market ourselves.

We will also incur costs as a public company that we have not previously incurred, including, but not limited to, costs and expenses for increased personnel costs, increased directors fees, increased directors and officers insurance premiums, audit and legal fees, investor relations and external communications fees, expenses for compliance with the Sarbanes-Oxley Act and rules implemented by the SEC and NASDAQ and various other costs.

Contractual Obligations

The following table summarizes our contractual obligations as of December 31, 2013:

 

     Payments by period  
   Total      Less than
1 year
     1-3 years      3-5 years      More than
5 years
 

Long-term debt obligations (1)

   $ 11,963,650       $ —        $ 11,963,650       $ —        $ —    

License agreements (2)

     2,929,194         908,200         1,510,994         310,000         200,000   

Operating lease obligations (3)

     13,079,697         818,815         1,687,086         1,755,244         8,818,552   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 27,972,541       $ 1,727,015       $ 15,161,730       $ 2,065,244       $ 9,018,552   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1) Includes approximately $12.0 million aggregate principal amount of our Convertible Notes due 2015, which are payable on May 31, 2015. All of such notes will convert into shares of our common stock upon the closing of this offering.
(2) Includes certain amounts payable under our licenses and sponsored research agreements with The Rockefeller University, MorphoSys AG and Trellis Bioscience LLC. The payments do not include $0.5 million payable in Series C-1 Preferred Stock to Trellis Bioscience LLC on or before July 29, 2014. The payments do include amounts currently under dispute under the MorphoSys license agreement that is the subject of a pending arbitration. See “Business — Legal Proceedings”.
(3) We lease office and laboratory space under non-cancelable operating lease agreements expiring on December 31, 2027.

In addition to the commitments discussed above, we have commitments to make potential future milestone payments to third parties under our licenses and sponsored research agreements totaling approximately $10.1 million, which assumes one product achieving all applicable development and regulatory milestones under each agreement, excluding the MorphoSys license agreement. These milestones primarily include the commencement and results of clinical trials and obtaining regulatory approval in various jurisdictions, the outcome and timing of which are difficult to predict and subject to significant uncertainty. In addition to the milestones discussed above, we are obligated to make additional payments upon the achievement of future sales milestones and to pay royalties on future sales, both of which are contingent on generating levels of sales of future products that have not been achieved and may never be achieved. Since we are unable to reliably estimate the timing and amounts of such milestone and royalty payments, or whether they will occur at all, these contingent payments have been excluded from the table above.

 

61


Table of Contents

In the course of normal business operations, we also have agreements with contract service providers to assist in the performance of our research and development and manufacturing activities. We can elect to discontinue the work under these agreements at any time. We could also enter into additional sponsored research, contract research, manufacturing, and supplier agreements in the future, which may require upfront payments and even long-term commitments of cash.

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

We did not have during the periods presented, and we are currently not party to, any off-balance sheet arrangements.

Multiemployer Plans

We did not have during the periods presented, and we are currently not party to, any multiemployer plans.

JOBS Act

The JOBS Act provides that an emerging growth company can delay the adoption of certain accounting standards until those standards would otherwise apply to private companies. We have irrevocably elected not to avail ourselves of delayed adoption of new or revised accounting standards and, therefore, we will be subject to the same requirements to adopt new or revised accounting standards as other public companies that are not emerging growth companies.

Additionally, as an “emerging growth company,” we are not required to, among other things, (i) provide an auditor’s attestation report on our system of internal controls over financial reporting pursuant to Section 404 or (ii) comply with any requirement that may be adopted by the PCAOB regarding mandatory audit firm rotation or a supplement to the auditor’s report providing additional information about the audit and the financial statements (auditor discussion and analysis).

Change in Accountants

In preparation for this offering, we released EisnerAmper LLP and engaged Ernst & Young LLP as our independent registered public accounting firm effective as of April 16, 2013. The decision to appoint Ernst & Young LLP and release EisnerAmper LLP was recommended by our audit committee and subsequently approved by our board of directors.

The report of EisnerAmper LLP on our financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2011 did not contain an adverse opinion or a disclaimer of opinion and was not qualified or modified as to uncertainty, audit scope or accounting principles.

In connection with the audit of our financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2011 and through our change of auditors, there were no disagreements with EisnerAmper LLP on any matters of accounting principles or practices, financial statement disclosures or auditing scope or procedures, which if not resolved to EisnerAmper LLP’s satisfaction would have caused EisnerAmper LLP to make reference to the matter in their report.

In connection with our audited financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2011 through our change of auditors, there have been no reportable events with us as set forth in Item 304(a)(1)(v) of Regulation S-K.

We requested that EisnerAmper LLP furnish us with a letter addressed to the SEC stating whether it agrees with the above statements. A copy of the letter, dated April 17, 2014, is filed as an exhibit to the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part.

 

62


Table of Contents

BUSINESS

Our Company

We are a biotechnology company focused on discovering and developing therapeutic protein and antibody products for life-threatening, drug-resistant infectious diseases, particularly those treated in hospital settings. Due to drug-resistant and newly emerging pathogens, hospital acquired infections are currently the fourth leading cause of death in the United States, following heart disease, cancer and stroke. We intend to address drug- resistant infections using our therapeutic product candidates from our lysin and monoclonal antibody platforms to target conserved regions of either bacteria or viruses. Lysins are enzymes that are produced in the life cycle stage of a bacteriophage, a virus that infects and kills bacteria. Lysins can digest bacterial cell walls and are fundamentally different than antibiotics because they kill bacteria immediately upon contact. We believe the properties of our lysins make them suitable for the treatment of antibiotic-resistant organisms that can cause serious infections such as Staph aureus bacteremia, pneumonia and osteomyelitis, and the treatment of biofilm-related indications for infected prosthetic joints, indwelling devices and catheters. In addition to our lysins, we are exploring therapies using mAbs that block and disarm virulence factors of bacteria and viruses, rendering them vulnerable to the body’s natural immune response. Our product candidates have not yet entered clinical trials. Our most advanced product candidates are CF-301, a lysin for the treatment of Staph aureus bacteremia, and CF-404, a combination of mAbs for the treatment of life-threatening seasonal and pandemic varieties of influenza.

Our Focus—Therapeutic Approach

Our lysin and antibody drug development approach involves creating drugs that target the conserved regions of bacteria and viruses to mitigate evolutionary escape mechanisms, preventing resistance to our drugs. In addition, we have sought to further reinforce our drugs’ chances against resistance by employing a combination strategy. Current therapeutic industry practice focuses on monotherapy—the use of one drug at a time. Should the drug not be effective, then a second drug is used. We believe that monotherapy with antibiotics exerts an evolutionary pressure on mutant strains promoting the formation of drug-resistant pathogens. To bypass this, we believe that treatment of drug-resistant pathogens requires a new approach—one focusing on combination therapy. By simultaneously attacking multiple targets on pathogens, no single mutation or genetic reassortment can result in complete escape from therapy.

Our Competitive Strengths

We believe the following strengths will enable us to progress our product candidates through pre-clinical and clinical development:

 

    Our lysins possess rapid bactericidal activity . Lysins have the ability to kill bacteria immediately upon contact. Traditional antibiotics, and most cytotoxic agents, require bacterial cell division and metabolism to exert their effect, which can take hours or days to be effective. CF-301 has demonstrated in vitro the ability to kill Staph aureus bacteria seconds after contact. Based upon these data, we believe our lysins, combined with SOC, have the potential to reduce treatment times and therefore improve patient outcomes and shorten hospital stays.

 

    Our mAb platform includes fully human mAbs . We have access to technology that isolates antibodies directly from human blood samples, enabling the screening of billions of human mAbs with different binding sites.

 

    Minimal resistance to date in pre-clinical in vitro study . Our lysins target the conserved regions of bacteria and our mAbs target the conserved regions of viruses. Based on our research and experimentation in pre-clinical in vitro studies to date, bacteria have shown minimal resistance to our lysins. It is our intention to maintain this attribute for all of our product candidates.

 

   

Our product candidates are highly specific . A key feature of our lysins that distinguishes them from many standard-of-care antibiotics is their ability to target pathogenic antibiotic-resistant bacteria, as

 

63


Table of Contents
 

well as those that are antibiotic-sensitive, while sparing healthy bacteria. Our mAbs specifically target conserved regions of principal influenza strains, which in turn allows the mAb to be effective against many different variations of the principal strain.

 

    Minimal competition. There are limited treatment options for life-threatening infectious diseases, such as bacteremia, pneumonia, osteomyelitis, influenza, meningitis and endocarditis. For example, there are only two FDA approved drugs for the treatment of MRSA bacteremia, vancomycin and daptomycin, and there are only four approved drugs for the treatment of influenza—Tamiflu, Relenza, Symmetrel and Flumadine—although only Tamiflu is widely used in practice. MRSA have shown resistance to both MRSA bacteremia drugs. Influenza has demonstrated a strong propensity for developing resistance to Tamiflu, and the clinical benefit of Tamiflu is greatest when antiviral treatment is administered early, especially within 48 hours of influenza illness onset.

 

    Diverse research pipeline behind our lead products. Our lysin discovery platform provides a steady pipeline of novel lysins for research consideration and has recently generated gram negative lysins of interest. Our mAb platform and strategy have yielded an innovative program for the treatment of influenza.

 

    Deep patent portfolio. We have a deep patent portfolio consisting of 16 families of patents and patent applications in the United States and certain foreign jurisdictions, which include seven issued U.S. patents. This portfolio includes patent applications filed by us and patents and patent applications licensed from Rockefeller and Trellis.

 

    Substantial market opportunity . Our market opportunity has accelerated and expanded as antibiotic resistance has become a major threat to global public health. Hospital-based infections are currently the fourth leading cause of death in the United States, following heart disease, cancer and stroke. Recently, these pathogens have become a significant threat outside the hospital, moving rapidly into the community at large.

 

    Experienced leadership team . Our management team and board of directors, together with our founders, have formed nine companies that have gone on to produce multibillion dollar drugs such as Revlimid, Thalomid, Cialis and Tobi.

Our Strategy

Our strategy is to use our therapeutic products to achieve a leading market position in the treatment of life-threatening infectious diseases, including drug-resistant pathogens. We plan to pursue commercialization of therapeutic products through discovery, acquisition and development of protein and antibody products as follows:

 

    Advance our lead product candidates, CF-301 and CF-404, into clinical trials and demonstrate superiority over standard-of-care drugs;

 

    Advance additional product candidates from our lysin portfolio;

 

    Acquire additional foundation technologies that enable the efficient discovery of mAbs; and

 

    Acquire or discover mAbs that treat infectious diseases by blocking and disarming the virulence factors of bacteria and viruses

 

64


Table of Contents

Our Pipeline

Our product candidates are intended to treat these antibiotic-resistant infections and viruses through novel methods and our current pipeline of product candidates and advanced research programs is reflected in Figure 1:

Figure 1: Product Pipeline

 

LOGO

Lysins

Background

Bacteria can be divided into two groups based on structural differences of the bacteria’s outermost walls: (a) “gram-positive” and (b) “gram-negative”. Gram-positive bacteria have an outermost cell wall of peptidoglycan (a structure consisting of sugars and amino acids), which, when exposed to a dye known as the “Gram-stain,” absorb the dye and appear dark blue or violet when viewed under a microscope. Gram-negative bacteria have an additional outer membrane that prevents the Gram-stain from penetrating the peptidoglycan and, therefore, do not appear dark blue or violet when viewed microscopically. The additional outer membrane has also made gram-negative bacteria harder for lysins to penetrate. However, we have discovered and have multiple research programs on lysins that kill gram-positive and gram-negative bacteria.

Lysins are bacteriophage enzymes that have been shown to digest the peptidoglycan of the bacteria cell wall in in vitro experiments. Once the cell wall is breached, the bacteria lyses in a virtually explosive manner due to the high internal osmotic pressure of its cytoplasm. We believe lysins are unlike standard-of-care antibiotics, especially regarding their mechanism and speed of action. Traditional antibiotics, and most cytotoxic agents, require bacterial cell division and metabolism to occur in order to exert their effect (i.e., cell death or cessation of growth). Based on in vitro tests, lysins, however, are fundamentally different in that they kill bacteria immediately upon contact.

 

65


Table of Contents

In cooperation with Rockefeller, we have built a deep pipeline of recombinant forms of lysins for use as human therapeutics. We acquired worldwide exclusive license rights to patents of nine lysins from Rockefeller. Each lysin targets specific gram-positive bacteria, including drug-sensitive and drug-resistant forms of Staph aureus, pneumococcus, group B streptococcus, enterococcus and anthrax. Significantly, our lysins digest only the specific types of bacteria they target, which we believe will avoid the damaging side effects that often occur when conventional antibiotic treatments kill the body’s healthy, desirable bacteria. Table 1 sets forth the lysins for which we have acquired licenses to patents from Rockefeller, the bacteria that each lysin targets and the diseases associated with such bacteria.

Table 1: Lysins Licensed from The Rockefeller University

 

Lysin

  

Bacteria

  

Disease

CF-301

   Staphylococcus aureus    Bacteremia*

CF-302

   Staphylococcus aureus    Abscesses*
      Pneumonia
      Endocarditi
      Meningitis

CF-303

   Pneumococcus    Pneumonia*

CF-309

   Pneumococcus    Bacteremia*
      Endocarditis*
      Meningitis*
      Otitis Media*

CF-304

   Enterococcus    Serious Intestinal Infections

CF-305

   Group B Strep    Neonatal Meningitis*

CF-306

   Anthrax    Serious Bacteremia*

CF-307

   Anthrax   

CF-308

   Anthrax   

 

* Indicates published data.

Our Lysin Discovery Platform

We employ bioinformatics and a series of metagenomic-based techniques to clone bacteriophage lysins from bacterial, viral, and environmental sources. The field of metagenomics is based on the bulk extraction of DNA/RNA from environmental samples (e.g., soil, water, etc.) without prior isolation of individual microbial sources. This is useful when one considers that less than 1% of microbes are culturable under standard laboratory conditions. Once extracted, the metagenomic DNA can then be examined using sequence-based methods or by proprietary functional screens. These functional screens for bacteriophage lysin activity form the basis for our lysin discovery work.

For the functional metagenomic work that we perform, environmental genes are expressed in a recombinant format in a standard host organism (i.e., Escherichia coli ) and cells are monitored for the acquisition of a desired phenotype. We can vary both the source of environmental DNA and the way we monitor for desired phenotypes to focus only on environmental populations enriched for bacteriophage lysins that can actively kill a pathogen of interest. We sample various DNA sources including viral, prophage, and pathogen-amplified viral metagenomics. Multiple methods for both DNA library construction and for functional screening are used in parallel in order to maximize lysin identification.

We have also established additional discovery methodologies, including bioinformatics analysis of the rapidly expanding databases of bacterial genomic sequences. The highly conserved modular structure of lysins,

 

66


Table of Contents

combined with sequence homologies amongst different lysin classes, enable the rapid analysis of putative lysins from DNA databases. Such sequences can be readily synthesized and screened for lytic activity against any pathogen of interest.

The application of these methods enables the large scale identification of lysins, enabling the production of lysin banks specific for any particular pathogen. We believe the ability to rapidly identify lysins specific for any pathogen of interest, either by in vitro or in silico methods, will provide a steady pipeline of novel lysins for consideration as potential antimicrobial therapeutic candidates.

Our most advanced lysin product, CF-301, is providing biologic and pharmacologic insights into our entire portfolio of lysins to optimize these molecules with highly differentiated properties through research and development. The goal of the CF-301 program is to treat Staph aureus bacteremia and then to expand CF-301 treatment to additional indications, including pneumonia, osteomyelitis and biofilm-based infections. Our objective is to gain market leadership in lysin-based drugs for serious life-threatening drug-resistant infections as well as all Staph aureus-related indications.

We intend to pursue pre-clinical and clinical development of additional lysins. In addition to the lysins we have licensed from Rockefeller and our in-house lysin discovery program, we have an active sponsored research agreement for the discovery of new lysins with Dr. Vincent Fischetti’s Laboratory of Bacterial Pathogenesis and Immunology at Rockefeller, where we have the first right to negotiate a license to all discoveries concerning lysins through October 2016. The primary focus of our in-house and sponsored research is the discovery of lysins to target gram-negative bacteria.

Our Lead Lysin Program: CF-301

We intend to pursue the development of CF-301 for the treatment of Staph aureus bacteremia, a blood borne infection, which caused 119,000 hospital admittances in 2011 and causes approximately 30,000 deaths per year in the United States. We filed our IND application with the FDA on March 7, 2013, and this application is currently on clinical hold. See “Risk Factors—Our IND application for CF-301 has been placed on clinical hold by the FDA and there are no assurances that we will be permitted to initiate clinical trials on our intended timeline or at all” and “—CF-301: Clinical Status.” Our pre-clinical studies to date have shown that CF-301 has the following attributes:

 

    Rapid bactericidal activity . CF-301 kills Staph aureus bacteria in vitro seconds after contact. Currently, mortality from Staph bacteremia remains close to 30% with treatment on standard-of-care drugs. The average length of hospitalization due to Staph aureus bacteremia is 21 days and the average total cost of hospitalization is $114,000. We believe our lysins, combined with standard-of-care antibiotics, have the potential to improve patient outcomes, shorten treatment times and reduce the length of hospital stays.

 

    Highly specific to all forms of Staph aureus bacteria . CF-301 exhibits activity specific to all forms of Staph aureus, including MRSA and VRSA. Significantly, our lysins digest only the specific type of target bacteria, which we believe will avoid damaging side effects that often occur when conventional antibiotic treatments kill the body’s healthy, desirable bacteria.

 

    Minimal resistance . To date, bacteria show minimal resistance to CF-301’s killing activity in vitro.

 

    Minimal competition. There are only two FDA approved drugs for the treatment of MRSA bacteremia, vancomycin and daptomycin. MRSA bacteremia has shown resistance to both drugs.

 

    Synergy with standard-of-care antibiotics. We have discovered a strong synergistic effect between CF-301 and several standard-of-care antibiotics, including daptomycin, vancomycin and oxacillin. Synergy is defined as the interaction of two or more agents so that their combined effect is greater than the sum of their individual effects. We intend to seek approval for CF-301 in combination with these standard-of-care antibiotics for Staph aureus bacteremia. We believe that the use of CF-301 in combination with, rather than as a replacement for, standard-of-care antibiotics, may help speed adoption of our product by physicians.

 

67


Table of Contents
    Eradicates biofilms. CF-301 eradicates biofilms that protect bacterial infections in the body, and on indwelling devices such as prosthetics, from antibiotics. Biofilms render infections up to 1,000-fold more resistant to penetration by antibiotics. Infected human tissues, such as a valve in endocarditis or bone in osteomyelitis, or indwelling medical devices, such as central venous catheters, prosthetic joints and pacemakers, are common sites for biofilm formation, providing a hurdle for effective treatment with antibiotics alone.

 

    Patent protection. If issued as we expect, the CF-301 patent would have protection through 2032.

A key feature of lysins that distinguishes them from standard-of-care antibiotics is their ability to target pathogenic antibiotic-resistant bacteria, as well as those that are antibiotic-sensitive. Antibiotic resistance is a major threat to global public health. Table 2 sets forth the ability of CF-301 to kill all Staph aureus isolates tested, regardless of their antibiotic-resistance profile. In this experiment, we tested 250 different drug sensitive and resistant isolates of Staph aureus. The isolates (which are classified by the particular drugs they are sensitive or resistant too) tested included methicillin-sensitive (“MSSA”), MRSA, VRSA, linezolid-resistant (“LRSA”) and daptomycin-resistant (“DRSA”) Staph aureus. The isolates were all analyzed to determine their sensitivity to CF-301 (and standard-of-care drugs) as measured by the Minimum Inhibitory Concentration (“MIC”) value. The MIC value is the minimum dose of drug that is required to kill a standard amount of bacteria over a 24-hour period. Based on demonstrated MIC values, CF-301 was shown to be active against all the strains tested (‘+’), while subsets of the Staph aureus strains were resistant to daptomycin, vancomycin or linezolid (‘–’).

Table 2: In Vitro Sensitivity of Antibiotic-Sensitive and Antibiotic-Resistant Staph aureus to CF-301

 

Strain

(n=250)

   CF-301    Daptomycin    Vancomycin    Linezolid

MSSA (103)

   +    +    +    +

MRSA (120)

   +    +    +    +

VRSA (14)

   +    +    -    +

LRSA (5)

   +    +    +    -

DRSA (8)

   +    -    +    +

 

68


Table of Contents

Lysins have been shown to kill bacteria upon contact and demonstrate bactericidal activity (a 3-log drop in colony forming units (“CFU”) per mL) in minutes. The figure below compares the rate at which lysins kill bacteria to the rates at which conventional antibiotics kill bacteria. CF-301 reduced the number of Staph aureus bacteria in tests on 62 strains (20 MSSA; 42 MRSA) by 99.9% within 30 minutes. In contrast, daptomycin required six hours to achieve the same level of cell kill, while vancomycin failed to achieve a 99% cell kill during the same six-hour test period. The high speed of killing bacteria is one of the primary reasons we believe lysins could be a highly desirable therapeutic option for the treatment of rapidly advancing bacterial infections.

Figure 2: CF 301’s Rapid Bactericidal Activity In Vitro

 

LOGO

 

* The star symbols indicate the limit of detection in the plating assay.

CF-301: Synergy of Lysins with Standard-of-Care Antibiotics

We have discovered a strong synergistic interaction between lysins and several standard-of-care antibiotics, including daptomycin, vancomycin and oxacillin in in vitro tests (data not shown). When used in combination, lysins and antibiotics offer a dual attack on pathogenic bacteria that is far greater than the sum of their individual contributions. The result is significantly improved killing of bacteria.

 

69


Table of Contents

To demonstrate synergy in vivo, we have developed animal models where the CF-301 could be tested as single agent (monotherapy) or in combination with a standard-of-care antibiotic (combination therapy). When used alone, CF-301 has potent anti-Staph activity that demonstrates a dose/response effect. Figure 3 below presents the results of the dose/response of animals infected with 10 million CFU of Staph and treated 3 hours later with various doses of CF-301 (Standard Bacteremia Model). As pictured on the graph below, all mice receiving at least 0.5 mg/kg of CF-301demonstrated at least 90% survival, whereas doses below 0.5 mg/kg resulted in lesser survival rates.

Figure 3: CF-301 Dose Response in Mice in the Standard Bacteremia Model

LOGO

The hallmark of our strategy and the development of CF-301 is the synergistic activity of CF-301 with standard-of-care antibiotics daptomycin and vancomycin for MRSA and oxacillin for MSSA (data not shown for oxacillin). For this purpose we developed an animal model where the bacterial infection burden was so high (one billion CFU) that standard-of-care antibiotics used at their humanized doses failed to have significant cure rates (High Burden Bacteremia Model). We then titrated the dose of CF-301 down in this model so that CF-301 alone would also fail to have significant cure rates. We treated groups of these animals with the drugs alone and in combinations to determine if there was synergy and an improvement in efficacy.

 

70


Table of Contents

Figure 4 below presents the results of the combination of CF-301 and daptomycin when applied to the animal model. Control mice treated with buffer (diamonds) succumbed to bacterial infection within 12 hours. Administration of a clinical dose of daptomycin as a single agent (triangles) resulted in clinical failure, as only 23% of mice survived. When CF-301 (squares) was dosed as a single agent, only 11% of mice survived. In contrast, when mice received the combination of CF-301 and daptomycin (circles), 80% survived the bacterial challenge, demonstrating superiority of the combination therapy over the single-drug regimens.

Figure 4: Combination Therapy of CF-301 with Daptomycin in High Burden Bacteremia Model

LOGO

Figure 5 presents the results of the combination of CF-301 and vancomycin when applied to the animal model. Control mice treated with buffer (diamonds) succumbed to bacterial infection within 12 hours. Administration of a clinical dose of vancomycin as a single agent (triangles) resulted in clinical failure, as only 3% of mice survived. When CF-301 (squares) was dosed as a single agent, only 3% survived. In contrast, when mice received the combination of CF-301 and daptomycin (circles), 67% survived the bacterial challenge, demonstrating superiority of the combination therapy over the single-drug regimens.

Figure 5: Combination Therapy of CF-301 with Vancomycin in High Burden Bacteremia Model

LOGO

 

71


Table of Contents

We have tested the combination of CF-301 with daptomycin, vancomycin and oxacillin in 30 different experiments (including the Standard and High Burden Bacteremia Models) with over 1,700 mice. In each experiment the combination therapy was proven superior to therapy with single drugs alone. As a result, we decided to pursue clinical development of the combination of CF-301 and standard-of-care antibiotics for the treatment of Staph aureus bacteremia as CF-301’s first indication.

To further explore the activity of CF-301 in combination with standard of care antibiotics for the treatment of life-threatening, drug-resistant infections, we engaged the LA Biomed Research Institute at Harbor-UCLA Medical Center (“UCLA”) to perform a study in their rat infective endocarditis (“IE”) model. The model was developed at UCLA and has become a well-established experimental animal model and has been used for assessing possible efficacy of therapeutic agents in IE. The primary endpoint of this model is a reduction in the amount of bacteria (measured as CFUs) on the heart valve, in the kidney and in the spleen. Survival during the course of the treatment period was considered a secondary endpoint, as the study was not designed to see the long-term effects of the four day treatment on overall survival. Our study examined the activity of CF-301, alone and in combination with vancomycin, in UCLA’s prototypical high-burden biofilm infection rat IE model. Using vancomycin as the comparator, management and the investigator determined that an agent that achieves a 2-log (or 99%) decrease in the CFU in the vegetation on the heart valve, spleen and kidney compared to vancomycin alone would be a very good result, an agent that achieves a 3-log (or 99.9%) reduction would be impressive. We worked directly with UCLA to design the study, and the description of the methods and results follows below.

Figure 6 presents the results of the combination of CF-301 alone and in combination with vancomycin as compared to both buffer and vancomycin alone in the rat IE model. In this study, animals were infected with MRSA and began receiving treatment 24 hours later for four consecutive days. All animals were terminated 18 hours after the final dose and the heart, kidneys and spleen were assessed for the amount of bacteria present. Groups of rats were treated with buffer (black), 1 mg/kg CF-301 IV once per say (data not shown), 10 mg/kg CF-301 IV once per day (dark grey), 120 mg/kg vancomycin SubQ BID (subcutaneous, twice per day) (medium grey), the combination of 1 mg/kg/day and vancomycin (data not shown) and 10/mg/kg/day CF-301 and vancomycin (light grey). In general, across the organs the same activity was seen; both dose levels of CF-301 alone performed nearly identically to the buffer, the vancomycin treated animals had between 0.5 and 1-log reduction in CFUs compared to buffer, and the 10 mg/kg/day CF-301/ vancomycin combination treated animals had 3-log reductions compared to vancomycin treated animals in the heart and kidney, and a 2-log reduction in spleen. As for mortality outcomes, buffer and 1 mg/kg/day CF-301 monotherapy resulted in no survivors, 10 mg/kg/day CF-301 monotherapy resulted in 37.5% survival, and vancomycin monotherapy and both of the CF-301/vancomycin treatment groups exhibited 100% survival.

Figure 6: Combination Therapy of CF-301 with Vancomycin in Rat Infective Endocarditis Model

LOGO

 

72


Table of Contents

These data support our belief that CF-301, in combination with SOC, should be tested in human clinical studies in patients with invasive Staph infections, such as bacteremia caused by MSSA or MRSA.

CF-301: Impact of Lysin on Antibiotic-Resistant Biofilms

Biofilm formation is a common protective mechanism for bacteria and a key feature associated with bacterial pathogenesis. Biofilms are characterized by densely packed bacterial cells that grow in communities and are enclosed within a complex matrix of dead bacteria and excess cell wall components. This densely packed biofilm matrix renders biofilm-based infections up to 1,000-fold more resistant to penetration by antibiotics. Infected human tissues, such as the heart valve in endocarditis or bone in osteomyelitis, or indwelling medical devices, such as central venous catheters, prosthetic joints and pacemakers, are common sites for biofilm formation, providing a hurdle for effective treatment with antibiotics alone. Biofilm coating of bacterial infections in human medicine is estimated to occur in more than 60% of bacterial infections, costing the healthcare system billions of dollars, yet no product capable of eradicating biofilms is on the market today. For this reason, novel treatment strategies and antimicrobial agents with activity toward biofilms remain a serious unmet medical need.

Since CF-301 disrupts the outer wall of Staph aureus by enzymatic lysis, we performed studies to determine if CF-301 would also disrupt biofilms. For this purpose, we cultured Staph aureus for 24 hours within wells of polystyrene dishes typically used for the culture of cells, at which point a dense biofilm formed on the dish surface. Dishes were incubated for up to 24 hours with high-dose (1,000x MIC) daptomycin, vancomycin or linezolid, or lower-dose (1xMIC) CF-301. After the four-hour treatment, dishes were washed and stained with a dye that stains the biomass of a biofilm a dark blue color. In dishes treated with CF-301, there was no visual biofilm present after two hours of treatment, whereas in dishes treated with antibiotics for up to 24 hours, the biofilm biomass remained intact (Figure 7). These findings are consistent with the inability of these antibiotics to penetrate and clear biofilm material. This demonstrated that CF-301 was at least 1,000-fold more potent than standard-of-care antibiotics at destroying bacterial biofilms.

Figure 7: Sensitivity of Staph Aureus Bacteremia Biofilms to CF-301 Versus Standard-of-Care Antibiotics.

 

LOGO

In order to assess CF-301’s ability to work on the surface of medically relevant devices, we grew Staph aureus biofilms in medical catheters. To experimentally accomplish this, we grew a culture of MRSA in a catheter and incubated it at body temperature. Biofilms growing in the interior of the catheters were treated for

 

73


Table of Contents

four hours with CF-301 or daptomycin at different concentrations. To determine the effect of the treatments, the catheters were flushed with buffer and then stained with methylene blue dye to visualize residual biofilm. CF-301 was found to lyse and remove the biofilm when diluted to a level of 0.01x MIC, while daptomycin failed to remove the biofilm at 5,000x MIC, demonstrating that CF-301 had a million-fold greater activity against the Staph aureus biofilm than the antibiotic in this setting (Figure 8).

Figure 8: Sensitivity of Staph Aureus Bacteremia Biofilms of CF-301 Versus Daptomycin

 

LOGO

To microscopically visualize CF-301’s disruption of biofilms, we inoculated Staph aureus into a catheter where it attached to the wall of the plastic and formed a dense 3-dimensional structure. We then treated the interior of the catheter with CF-301 at 1x MIC. At various time intervals after treatment the interior of the catheter was sectioned and examined by scanning electron microscopy (“SEM”), select images shown below in Figure 9. In the untreated catheter (left panel) the majority of Staph aureus cells (little circles in the pictures below) were found within a biofilm. However, within 30 seconds of exposure to CF-301, the dense biofilm was largely removed and only single cells were observed (middle panel). Fifteen minutes following exposure to CF-301 (right panel), the biofilm was completely stripped and residual Staph aureus cells which had been beneath the biofilm were killed, in effect, sterilizing the catheter. These images emphasize the rapid and potent activity of CF-301 against bacterial biofilms. Taken together with the lack of efficacy that antibiotics display against biofilms, we believe CF-301 represents a new therapeutic option against what were previously untreatable biofilms.

Figure 9: Sensitivity of Staph Aureus Bacteremia Biofilms Grown on Catheters to CF-301 Product Development

 

LOGO

 

74


Table of Contents

CF-301: Clinical Status

We are actively pursuing the development of CF-301 for the treatment of Staph aureus bacteremia. We filed our IND for CF-301 in March of 2013 and the FDA placed the IND on clinical hold in April of 2013. The FDA can place a clinical trial on hold for a variety of reasons. The CF-301 IND was placed on clinical hold because the FDA believes that the results of our pre-clinical studies submitted to the FDA do not provide sufficient information to assess potential risks to subjects in our proposed clinical trial; specifically, the FDA requested additional studies to define the safe starting dose for CF-301 in a human Phase I clinical trial by identifying a dose that causes no observed adverse effects in a second animal species, characterizing the potential for hypersensitivity after exposure to CF-301, and identifying a predictive biomarker of toxicity that could be used to stop a Phase 1 study, if necessary.

During 2013 and early 2014, we completed additional pre-clinical studies in rodents aimed at addressing the concerns raised by FDA. We believe that these studies determined a dose where there was no observable effect level (NOEL) and a no observable adverse effect level (NOAEL) in rats. The studies also demonstrated that upon first exposure to CF-301 no hypersensitivity reaction occurs, but upon administration of a second course of CF-301, given two weeks after the completion of the first course of therapy, hypersensitivity does occur. Based on these results, we conducted further studies in a mouse model of hypersensitivity in which we co-administered corticosteroids or anti-histamines with CF-301. These studies showed that co-administration of corticosteroids or anti-histamines with CF-301 during a second course of therapy prevented the hypersensitivity from occurring. If FDA agrees to lift the clinical hold, at this time we do not plan to administer a second course of therapy.

We have also considered the risk of hypersensitivity occurring upon first administration of CF-301 due to potential prior exposure to the active protein component of CF-301 from the environment, as it is a naturally occurring protein. If an individual had prior exposure to the active protein component of CF-301, he would have detectable anti-CF-301 antibodies in his body. Therefore, to avoid the potential risk of hypersensitivity occurring upon first administration of CF-301, we have developed and validated an assay to test people for antibodies to CF-301 prior to CF-301 administration. If FDA agrees to lift the clinical hold, we plan to exclude any people from receiving CF-301 that test positive in this pre-screen analysis.

Lastly, we considered the possibility of a human subject who is exposed to CF-301 during a clinical trial subsequently encountering the active protein component of CF-301 in the environment, and the risk of hypersensitivity occurring in that situation. To assess this risk, we calculated the probability of encountering the active protein component of CF-301 in the environment. We also calculated the maximum potential exposure to CF-301 if it were encountered in the environment and compared that number to the minimum dose of CF-301, as determined in animal experiments, required to elicit hypersensitivity upon re-challenge. These analyses estimated a probability of an environmental exposure to the active protein component of CF-301 of approximately one in a billion chance, and the potential maximum environmental exposure of a human to the active protein component of CF-301, should it occur, of approximately one million fold below the exposure required to induce hypersensitivity in animals. Based on these estimates, we do not believe that any action is necessary to protect patients from later environmental exposure.

Regarding a predictive biomarker of toxicity, we intend to use magnetic resonance angiogram (“MRA”) and CF-301 pharmacokinetics, before, during and after CF-301 administration, as methods of observing and monitoring for the potential formation of vascular lesions as our proxy for a biomarker and as a means to monitor the Phase I study. Based on earlier discussions with the FDA we believe this may be acceptable.

We plan to meet with the FDA to present the findings from these studies and propose to conduct an initial clinical study in healthy human subjects incorporating the following methodology: (1) prescreen subjects for pre-existing antibodies to CF-301 and exclude any subject with antibodies that react with CF-301 from the trial, (2) limit subjects to a single dose of CF-301 (i.e., a single two-hour intravenous infusion) and (3) monitor subjects with MRA for the potential formation of vascular lesions. We cannot assure you that the FDA will agree that these activities will be sufficient to lift the clinical hold and permit the use of CF-301 in clinical trials.

 

75


Table of Contents

CF-301: Product Development

Product development will be accomplished in four steps, which may overlap: (1) pre-clinical activities to demonstrate consistent manufacturing, safety and efficacy in animals; (2) Phase 1 clinical trials, in healthy volunteers, to determine pharmacokinetics, safety, tolerability, immunogenicity, dosing, effects in special populations, and other issues; (3) Phase 2 clinical trials in patients to determine dose, safety, tolerability, pharmacokinetics and immunogenicity; and (4) Phase 3 clinical trials, the pivotal trials in patients to test for efficacy and safety at the proposed clinical dose.

Non-Clinical Activities

Chemistry, Manufacturing and Controls . Manufacturing of CF-301 utilizes a proprietary engineered E. coli strain that expresses the product in a recombinant manner during the fermentation process. This technology allows production of up to nine grams of CF-301 per liter of fermentation broth. After fermentation, the broth containing CF-301 is separated and purified through a process containing two chromatographic columns. The resulting product has greater than 99% purity. The CF-301 produced by this process has been used in animal studies submitted to the IND and will be used for our planned Phase 1 and Phase 2 clinical trials, provided that we are permitted to initiate clinical studies.

Safety Pharmacology and Toxicology. Initial pre-clinical safety pharmacology and toxicology studies have been completed in connection with our IND application for CF-301. These studies demonstrate that CF-301 was well tolerated in rats for a single two-hour IV administration of doses up to 10 mg/kg, and in dogs for seven consecutive days of once daily two-hour IV infusions of up to 2.5mg/kg. A pilot study has determined that 1.0 mg/kg/day in rats was well tolerated for up to seven consecutive days of once daily two-hour IV infusions or IV boluses. We will need to conduct a definitive dose ranging, repeat dose study in rats prior to initiating any clinical trial if we choose to administer CF-301 over consecutive days.

Dose dependent adverse tissue effects were seen in both species at doses above 10 mg/kg/day for 1 day in the rat and above 2.5 mg/kg/day for seven-consecutive days in the dog. The dose limiting toxicity observed was the development of vascular lesions on the outer wall of the aorta and pulmonary artery. In accordance with industry practice, we intend to study CF-301 in clinical trials at doses much lower than those that caused adverse effects in animals, and we believe these doses to be within the efficacious range of the drug.

Hypersensitivity (Types I and III) findings were seen in mice, rats and dogs. These findings were observed after a two week delayed re-challenge of a second course of treatment of CF-301 and were not dose dependent. In general, Type I hypersensitivity is an allergic anaphylaxis-like response (e.g., an immediate and potentially life-threatening allergic reaction) and Type III hypersensitivity is a serum sickness-like response (e.g., fever, joint pain, protein in urine, vascular changes). As a risk mitigation strategy in the clinical trials, we intend to screen patients for anti-CF-301 antibody and exclude them if they test positive for the antibody.

Clinical Activities

Phase 1. Assuming our pre-clinical studies meet all regulatory requirements, we intend to initiate a single ascending dose Phase 1 clinical trial in 16 healthy human volunteers. This trial would be a randomized, double-blind, placebo-controlled, dose-ranging trial designed to evaluate the safety, tolerability, immunogenicity and pharmacokinetics of four different intravenous doses of CF-301 alone. In accordance with industry practice and FDA guidance documents, the safe starting CF-301 clinical dose for this trial will be 10 fold below the dose determined in the animal studies to be the highest exposure without adverse effects, the NOAEL. Patients randomized to receive intravenous doses of CF-301 will receive a single IV dose of CF-301 administered as a two hour infusion.

Upon completion of the single ascending dose Phase 1 clinical trial, we plan to initiate a multiple dose ascending Phase 1 clinical trial in healthy volunteers. This trial would be a randomized, double-blind, placebo-controlled, dose-ranging trial designed to evaluate the safety, tolerability, immunogenicity, and pharmacokinetics

 

76


Table of Contents

of different intravenous doses of CF-301 alone. Sixteen subjects randomized to receive intravenous doses of CF-301 will receive an IV dose of CF-301 administered as a two hour infusion once daily for up to seven consecutive days, or placebo. The starting CF-301 dose for this trial will be 10-fold below the dose determined in the most sensitive toxicological animal species to be the highest exposure without adverse effects (the NOAEL), and will take into account any relevant findings from the single ascending dose trial.

Phase 2. If the Phase 1 results are consistent with our expectations of the safety profile of CF-301, we intend to conduct a Phase 2 clinical trial to assess the safety, tolerability, immunogenicity, pharmacokinetics, and efficacy of CF-301 in combination with SOC. We intend for the Phase 2 clinical trial to be a global, multicenter, double-blind, randomized study (1:1:1) that evaluates the safety and efficacy of low-dose CF-301 plus SOC, high-dose CF-301 plus SOC, and SOC alone among patients with bacteremia, including endocarditis, caused by MSSA or MRSA.

Patients randomized to receive intravenous doses of CF-301 will receive an IV dose of CF-301 once daily for up to seven consecutive days on the background of SOC. All patients with bacteremia will be treated with SOC for a minimum of two to four weeks for uncomplicated and four to six weeks for complicated bacteremia caused by S. aureus . The primary endpoints of this study are intended to be measures of safety, tolerability, immunogenicity, pharmacokinetics, and efficacy of CF-301 in patients. The selected CF-301 doses for this trial will be based on the safety, tolerability and pharmacokinetics of the doses from the Phase 1 multiple ascending dose study.

Phase 3. If the Phase 1 and Phase 2 results are consistent with our expectations regarding the safety and efficacy profile of CF-301, guidance and precedents from the FDA, and competing products, we intend to conduct Phase 3 clinical trial(s) with a superiority study design. We intend for the Phase 3 clinical trial(s) to be a global, multicenter, double-blind, randomized study (1:1) that evaluates the efficacy and safety of CF-301 plus SOC compared to SOC alone among patients with bacteremia, including endocarditis, caused by MSSA or MRSA. Specific parameters for the Phase 3 trial(s) will be based on the outcomes of the Phase 2 trial.

Patients randomized to receive CF-301 will receive an IV dose of CF-301 once daily for up to seven consecutive days on the background of SOC. All patients with bacteremia will be treated with SOC for a minimum of two to four weeks for uncomplicated and four to six weeks for complicated bacteremia due to S. aureus . The primary endpoints of this study will be measures of efficacy and safety of CF-301, including measures such as all cause mortality and complications associated with bacteremia.

We intend to evaluate clinical, microbiologic, and pharmacoeconomic outcomes in the Phase 3 clinical trial(s). The selected CF-301 dose for Phase 3 will be based on the safety, tolerability and pharmacokinetics of the doses from the Phase 2 study.

Commercial Manufacturing

We intend to further optimize the manufacturing process for increased purity and yield. Once completed, we will begin a program to manufacture Phase 3 material. The process will then be scaled 35-fold from the current 100 liter fermentation to 5,000 liters. This process will then be validated in a series of manufacturing batches to demonstrate consistency. In parallel to the validation, we intend to conduct a comparability program that demonstrates comparability between the final product used in Phase 3 and commercial manufacturing. We will include the results in the BLA that will be submitted to the FDA. Following submission, the FDA will conduct pre-approval inspections of all manufacturing facilities and determine whether it agrees that our commercial material is sufficiently comparable to our Phase 3 material.

Market Opportunities

The issue of antibiotic-resistant bacterial infections has been widely recognized as an increasingly urgent public health threat, including by the World Health Organization, the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention

 

77


Table of Contents

and the Infectious Disease Society of America. Antibiotic resistance has limited the effectiveness of many existing drugs, and the discovery of new antibiotics to address resistance has not kept pace with the increasing incidence of difficult-to-treat micro-organisms. According to the Infectious Diseases Society of America, as of 2010 the estimated cost to the U.S. healthcare system of antibiotic-resistant infections was approximately $21 billion to $34 billion annually, a substantial portion of which is due to increased length of hospital stays.

Staph aureus bacteremia is a serious bacterial infection worldwide associated with high morbidity and mortality infections. The incidence of Staph aureus bacteremia in the United States has increased from approximately 112,000 in 2006 to 119,000 in 2011. By 2020, the number of infections is expected to grow to approximately 132,000. Major factors contributing to the growth of Staph aureus bacteremia incidence include increasing numbers of patients with prosthetic devices, especially cardiac devices which contribute substantially to the growing prevalence of Staph aureus bacteremia, and secondary infections such as infective endocarditis.

Staph aureus bacteremia patients are typically treated in the hospital with vancomycin or daptomycin if they have MRSA-based infections, or with a beta-lactam antibiotic such as oxacillin if they have MSSA-based infections. Our approach will be to use CF-301 in combination with vancomycin, daptomycin or oxacillin depending upon the strain of Staph aureus bacteremia.

Monoclonal Antibodies

Background

We are exploring combination therapy with mAbs that block and disarm virulence factors of bacteria and viruses, rendering them vulnerable to the natural immune balance of the body. The strategies of our mAb program include: (1) targeting conserved regions of the virus or bacteria which are not prone to mutation and (b) targeting multiple proteins expressed from different genes within a bacteria or virus to prevent therapeutic escape and (c) combining mAbs to cover multiple strains for superior outcomes.

Our antibodies are generated by genetic engineering using phage display libraries, isolated directly from human blood samples or other available technologies, enabling the screening of billions of human mAbs with different binding sites. When these mAbs are generated by genetic engineering, we have the ability to develop antibodies with a common backbone (“isotype”) structure, providing for a similar pharmacokinetic profile (half-life, absorption, distribution, metabolism and excretion); alternatively, we can isolate directly from human blood samples antibodies that naturally possess the same isotype as well. The common properties provide for a unique ability to create a therapeutic combination of mAbs.

Our Lead mAb Program: CF-404

We are developing a combination of three human mAbs against influenza as a treatment for life-threatening seasonal and pandemic influenza infections, another serious disease that kills as many as 49,000 people annually in the U.S. alone. We expect to complete the required manufacturing and pre-clinical studies to file an IND for CF-404 in late 2015 and enter Phase 1 clinical trials in 2016. Our pre-clinical studies to date have shown that CF-404 has the following attributes:

 

    Highly specific. Through specific targeting of a conserved region on the virus, our mAbs cross-react with all strains of influenza, including the three principal strains (H1, H3 and B).

 

    Minimal resistance . Our mAbs react with the principal protein, hemagglutinin, on the surface of influenza at a region referred to as the hemagglutinin stalk, which is genetically stable and does not vary from one season to another.

 

   

Broad influenza coverage in one combination drug. Targeting the hemagglutinin stalk bypasses the effects of seasonal change, which allows (1) our mAbs to neutralize many different influenza strains; (2) for the production of a single therapeutic combination of only three mAbs covering all influenza,

 

78


Table of Contents
 

including Types A H1 and H3, and Type B.; and (3) for an immediate effect (through injection) that cannot be obtained by vaccination which typically requires weeks.

 

    Minimal competition. There are only four approved drugs for the treatment of influenza—Tamiflu, Relenza, Symmetrel and Flumadine—although only Tamiflu is widely used in practice. Influenza has demonstrated a strong propensity for developing resistance to Tamiflu, and the clinical benefit of Tamiflu is greatest when antiviral treatment is administered early, especially within 48 hours of influenza illness onset. Based on pre-clinical data, we believe treatment with our mAbs may be effective even when given 96 hours after infection. Additionally, our mAbs have an immediate treatment effect that cannot be obtained by vaccination, which only acts prophylactically and typically requires weeks to become effective.

Influenza Research

We currently have lead compounds that cross-react with all strains of influenza, including the three principal strains (H1, H3 and B). These mAbs react with the principal protein (hemagglutinin) on the surface of influenza at a region (referred to as the hemagglutinin stalk) which is genetically stable and does not vary from one season to another. We have produced mAbs that are reactive with the stalk region of hemagglutinin for the entire natural history of the H3 influenza (1968-present) and H1 influenza (1918-present; seasonal and swine flu), and are also reactive with all other strains of type A influenza, including H5. We are currently in the final stages of selecting our lead Anti-Flu B mAb, and are assessing multiple candidates in the process (all of which show the desired binding activity in in-vitro assays).

We have tested our mAbs in mouse models to demonstrate protection against lethal infection with influenza in “proof-of-concept” experiments. These data demonstrated that our anti-H1 and anti-H3 mAbs were able to protect animals from lethal challenge. Importantly, our in vivo animal studies show that treatment with our mAbs appears to provide greatly enhanced potency compared to treatment with other mAbs. Figure 10 below shows the results of an experiment using our anti-H1 mAb in a mouse model of influenza infection, in which body weight loss is used as a proxy of disease progression (and ultimately, death). In this figure, we also demonstrate that at equivalent dosing of 1 mg/kg, our antibody therapy is far superior to Crucell’s mAb currently in clinical development. Control mice treated with buffer (diamonds) succumbed to viral infection within 9 days. Administration of a single treatment, 24 hours post-infection, of a leading competitor’s antibody (triangles) resulted in clinical failure at an identical rate as the no treatment group. When our Anti-H1 mAb (circles) is administered as a single treatment, 24 hours post-infection, the mice appear perfectly healthy, with weight changes identical to animals that do not receive challenge with influenza (squares).

Figure 10: Effectiveness of Our Anti-H1 mAb in Mouse Model

 

LOGO

 

79


Table of Contents

As the goal of our influenza program is a combination of mAbs with efficacy against all strains of the flu, we have formulated a preliminary combination of three mAbs covering all influenza strains and tested it in animal models of disease. Figure 11 below shows how an anti-Influenza mAb combination cures mice infected with influenza, regardless of the strain (H1N1, H3N2 or B). Control mice treated with buffer (diamonds) all succumbed to viral infection within 7-9 days. By contrast, when we administered a single treatment of our anti-Influenza combination (squares) 24 hours post-infection, the mice appeared perfectly healthy, with weight change compared to healthy mice (not pictured).

Figure 11: Effectiveness of Our Anti-Influenza mAb Combination in Mouse Model

 

LOGO

Currently, the standard-of-care treatment for influenza is Tamiflu ® . Tamiflu, however, has several limitations, including emerging resistance. In 2009, just prior to the emergence of the pandemic H1N1 swine flu, the CDC cautioned against the use of Tamiflu for the treatment of H1N1 seasonal influenza due to nearly complete drug-resistance of the virus (in 2006 <1% of H1N1 were resistant, by 2008 that figure jumped to >95%). As previously discussed, due to the targeting of conserved regions on the hemagglutinin, we do not anticipate resistance will occur to our mAbs. The second major limitation of Tamiflu is its narrow therapeutic window to treat a patient and still be efficacious. The clinical benefit of Tamiflu is greatest when admitted early, especially within 48 hours of illness onset. To compare the therapeutic window of our mAb combination to Tamiflu, influenza-infected mice were treated with either a single administration of our combination or a 5 day course of Tamiflu beginning 24-96 hours post infection (HPI). Figure 12 below shows that in mouse models of influenza Tamiflu must be given 24 HPI (diamonds) to cure mice, and treatment at 48 HPI (circles) results in 100% death. Treatment with our mAbs, on the other hand, results in 100% survival when given 72 HPI (squares). Treatment at 96 HPI with our mAbs results in 80% survival in this model (data not shown).

 

80


Table of Contents

Figure 11: Our mAbs Provide Greater Therapeutic Window than Tamiflu ® in Mouse Model

 

LOGO

We believe our combination for the treatment of influenza is a novel approach addressing a high unmet medical need (influenza causes up to 49,000 deaths per year in U.S. alone) and offers competitive advantages to the only product used on the market today and those in the pipeline as well.

Competition

The pharmaceutical and biotechnology industries are intensely competitive. We compete directly and indirectly with other pharmaceutical companies, biotechnology companies and academic and research organizations in developing therapies to treat diseases. Smaller or early-stage companies may also prove to be significant competitors, particularly through collaborative arrangements with large, established companies. We compete with companies that have products on the market or in development for the same indications as our product candidates. We may also compete with organizations that are developing similar technology platforms.

Our lead lysin program, CF-301, for the treatment of Staph aureus bacteremia, may directly or indirectly compete with the following products already in development:

 

Company

  Product Name      Indication(s)      Product Stage

Cerexa Inc.

  Teflaro      Staph aureus bacteremia      Phase IV*

The Medicines Company

  Oritavancin      Staph aureus bacteremia      Phase II*

Cubist Pharmaceuticals, Bayer AG

  Tedizolid      Staph aureus bacteremia      Phase II*

AM-Pharma Holding

  hLF1-11      Bacteremia      Phase I

 

* Denotes stage of applicable indication; product is at later stage for different therapeutic use

 

81


Table of Contents

Our lead mAb program, CF-404, for the treatment of life-threatening seasonal and pandemic influenza infections, may directly or indirectly compete with the following products already in development:

 

Company

  

Product Name

  

Indication(s)

  

Product Stage

BioCryst Pharmaceuticals, Inc.

   Peramivir    Influenza    Pre-Registration

Toyama Chemical Co., Ltd.

   Favipiravir    Influenza A and B Infections    Pre-Registration

Romark Laboratories, L.C.

   Alinia    Influenza    Phase III

Biota Pharmaceuticals, Inc.

   Laninamivir    Influenza A and B Infections    Phase III

Adamas Pharmaceuticals, Inc.

   Oseltamivir    Influenza    Phase II

Activaero GmbH

   Acti-INSP-001    Influenza    Phase II

Far East Bio-Tec Co. Ltd

   Apomivir    Influenza    Phase II

Crucell N.V.

   Diridavumab*    Influenza A Infections    Phase II

Crucell N.V.

   CR-8020*    Influenza A Infections    Phase II

Genentech, Inc.

   MHAA-4549A    Influenza    Phase II

F. Hoffmann-La Roche Ltd.

   RG-7745*    Influenza A Infections    Phase II

Theraclone Sciences, Inc.

   TCN-032*    Influenza A Infections    Phase II

Vertex Pharmaceuticals Incorporated

   VX-787    H5N1 Infection (Avian Influenza)    Phase II

Ansun Biopharma, Inc

   Fludase    Influenza    Phase I

Beech Tree Labs, Inc.

   BTL-TML001    Influenza A and B Infections    Phase I

Celltrion, Inc.

   CT-P27    Pandemic Influenza; Seasonal Influenza    Phase I

Fab’entech

   Fabenflu    H5N1 Infection (Avian Influenza)    Phase I

Autoimmune Technologies, LLC

   Flufirvitide-3    Influenza    Phase I

Sarepta Therapeutics

   Radavirsen    Influenza    Phase I

 

* Denotes mAb product

Intellectual Property

Our goal is to obtain, maintain and enforce patent protection for our products, formulations, processes, methods and other proprietary technologies, preserve our trade secrets, and operate without infringing on the proprietary rights of other parties, both in the United States and in other countries. Our policy is to actively seek to obtain, where appropriate, the broadest intellectual property protection possible for our product candidates, proprietary information and proprietary technology through a combination of contractual arrangements and patents, both in the United States and abroad. However, patent protection may not afford us with complete protection against competitors who seek to circumvent our patents.

We also depend upon the skills, knowledge, experience and know-how of our management and research and development personnel, as well as that of our advisors, consultants and other contractors. To help protect our proprietary know-how, which is not patentable, and for inventions for which patents may be difficult to enforce, we currently rely and will in the future rely on trade secret protection and confidentiality agreements to protect our interests. To this end, we will require all of our employees, consultants, and other contractors (including any contractors we may retain for purposes of any of our ad hoc Clinical Advisory Boards) to enter into confidentiality agreements that prohibit the disclosure of confidential information and, where applicable, require disclosure and assignment to us of the ideas, developments, discoveries and inventions important to our business.

Our lysin patent portfolio consists of seven issued U.S. patents (licensed on an exclusive basis from Rockefeller) and six active patent applications that we have filed. We hold two issued composition of matter and methods of treatment patents relating to streptococcus in the United States, one for lysins targeting group A streptococcus (U.S. 7,569,223) and one for lysins targeting group B streptococcus (U.S. 8,105,585), for which there is also a granted European counterpart (EP 06813511). The first U.S. patent expires in March 2024, while the second U.S. patent and its European counterpart expire in August 2026. We hold four issued composition of matter and methods of treatment patents in the United States (U.S. 7,402,309, U.S. 8,580,553, U.S. 7,638,600 and

 

82


Table of Contents

U.S. 8,389,469) for lysins targeting bacillus anthracis (anthrax) which expire between May 2023 and May 2026. We hold one issued composition of matter and methods of treatment patent in the United States (U.S. 7,582,291) for lysins targeting enterococcus which expires in March 2026. Of the six active patent applications, three support patent coverage of CF-301 for composition of matter and methods of treatment and were filed between April 2012 and May 2013. Upon issuance we expect these patents to expire between April 2032 and May 2033. The additional three active patent applications are for patent coverage of additional alternative lysins and methods.

Our influenza patent portfolio consists of four active patent applications, three of which we have licensed from Trellis. The three active patent applications filed by Trellis cover compositions and methods relating to influenza antibodies and were filed between June 2011 and February 2014. Upon issuance we expect these patents to expire between June 2031 and February 2035. Another patent application for methods and compositions for administration was filed by us in March 2014 and upon issuance we expect a patent to expire in March 2034.

The U.S. patent system permits the filing of provisional and non-provisional patent applications. A non-provisional patent application is examined by the U.S. Patent and Trademark Office, or U.S. PTO, and can mature into a patent once the U.S. PTO determines that the claimed invention meets the various standards for patentability. A provisional patent application is not examined for patentability, and automatically expires 12 months after its filing date if a non-provisional application is not filed based on the provisional application. As a result, a provisional patent application cannot mature into a patent, but only a non-provisional. The requirements for filing a provisional patent application are not as strict as those for filing a non-provisional patent application. Provisional applications are often used, among other things, to establish an early filing date for a subsequent non-provisional patent application. The term of individual patents depends upon the legal term of the patents in the countries in which they are obtained. In most countries in which we file, the patent term is 20 years from the earliest date of filing a non-provisional patent application. In the United States, a patent’s term may be lengthened by patent term adjustment, which compensates a patentee for administrative delays by the U.S. PTO in granting a patent. Alternatively, a patent’s term may be shortened if a patent is terminally disclaimed over another patent.

The filing date of a non-provisional patent application is used by the U.S. PTO to determine what information is prior art when it considers the patentability of a claimed invention. If certain requirements are satisfied, a non-provisional patent application can claim the benefit of the filing date of an earlier filed provisional patent application. As a result, the filing date accorded by the provisional patent application may supersede information that otherwise could preclude the patentability of an invention.

The term of a patent that covers an FDA-approved drug may also be eligible for patent term extension (“PTE”), which permits patent term restoration as compensation for the patent term lost during the FDA regulatory review process. The Drug Price Competition and Patent Term Restoration Act of 1984, or the Hatch-Waxman Amendments, permits a PTE of up to five years beyond the expiration of the patent. The length of the PTE is related to the length of time the drug is under regulatory review. Patent extension cannot extend the remaining term of a patent beyond a total of 14 years from the date of product approval and only one patent applicable to an approved drug may be extended. Similar provisions are available in Europe and certain other foreign jurisdictions to extend the term of a patent that covers an approved drug. In the future, if and when our pharmaceutical product candidates receive FDA or other regulatory approval, we may be able to apply for or receive the benefit of PTEs on patents covering those products.

License Agreement—Mount Sinai School of Medicine

On January 22, 2010, we entered into a license agreement with the Mount Sinai School of Medicine of New York University that gave us exclusive rights to a patent for a method of discovery of certain monoclonal antibodies. The license also included up to four specific influenza antibodies of our choosing. We in consideration for the license, we paid Mount Sinai School of Medicine expenses relating to its patent rights of approximately $25,000 and issued 75,000 shares of Series A Preferred Stock and 39,063 shares of common stock. Under the license agreement, we were also

 

83


Table of Contents

required to make certain maintenance, milestone and royalty payments. We initiated the process to terminate this license agreement in March of 2014, and upon termination all rights in and to the patents will revert to Mount Sinai School of Medicine.

License Agreements—The Rockefeller University

We have entered into the following license agreements with Rockefeller:

 

    On July 12, 2011, we entered into a license agreement for the worldwide, exclusive right to a provisional patent application, upon which a non-provisional patent application has since been filed, covering the composition of matter for the lysin PlySS2 for the treatment and prevention of diseases caused by gram-positive bacteria (the “CF-301 License”). We rebranded PlySS2 as CF-301.

 

    On June 1, 2011, we entered into a license agreement for the exclusive rights to Rockefeller’s interest in a patent application, which is presently pending, covering the method of delivering antibodies through the cell wall of a gram positive bacteria to the periplasmic space. This intellectual property was developed as a result of the sponsored research agreement between us and Rockefeller, and was jointly discovered and filed by the two parties.

 

    On September 23, 2010, we entered into a license agreement for the worldwide, exclusive right to develop, manufacture, use and sell, and offer for sale products covered by a suite of patents and patent applications covering the composition of matter for eight individual lysin molecules for the treatment and prevention of diseases caused by gram-positive bacteria. The lysins in this suite have activity against Staphylococcus, Group A Streptococcus, Group B Streptococcus, Pneumococcus, Enterococcus and Anthrax.

In consideration for each license, we paid Rockefeller a license initiation fee and, in the case of the CF-301 License, we issued Rockefeller 30,303 shares of our Series C Preferred Stock. Under the CF-301 License agreement, we will also be required to pay an annual maintenance fee, milestone payments up to a total of $5.0 million and royalties of 5% of net sales to Rockefeller. Under the June 1, 2011 license agreement, we will also be required to pay royalties up to 2% of net sales to Rockefeller. Under the September 23, 2010 license agreement, we will also be required to pay an annual maintenance fee, and for each product, milestone payments up to a total of $3.8 million and royalties up to 5% of net sales to Rockefeller.

We are allowed to grant sublicenses to third parties without prior approval, subject to certain conditions and the payment of a certain percentage of all payments we receive from sublicensees.

Each license agreement terminates upon the later of (i) the expiration or abandonment of the last licensed patent under the license agreement to expire or become abandoned, or (ii) 10 years after the first commercial sale of the first licensed product. Rockefeller may terminate any license agreement in the event of a breach of such agreement by us or if we challenge the validity or enforceability of the underlying patent rights. We may terminate any license agreement at any time on 60 days’ notice.

License Agreement—MorphoSys AG

On April 1, 2011, we entered into a five-year non-exclusive license agreement with MorphoSys AG (“MorphoSys”) pursuant to which we obtained from MorphoSys full rights to practice under MorphoSys’ patent rights, and licenses for its HuCAL Platinum (45 billion antibody) human phage display library (the “HuCAL Library”) and AutoCAL (automation software and know-how) technology for use onsite at our facility. In consideration for the license, we paid MorphoSys a one-time installation fee and are required to pay annual license maintenance fees. Under the license agreement, we are also required to pay for commercial therapeutic licenses for each product that originated from the HuCAL Library that we choose to bring into clinical development and, in the event a licensed product is successfully brought to market, we are required to make milestone payments as products from the HuCAL Library progress through clinical development. We are also

 

84


Table of Contents

required to pay MorphoSys a royalty of 5% of net sales from products that originated from the HuCAL Library. Under the terms of the license agreement, we are allowed to grant sublicenses to third parties without prior approval.

Under the terms of the license agreement, we have the rights to use an unlimited number of antibodies from the HuCAL library for research purposes during the five-year term. We have obtained the right to request up to 40 commercial therapeutic licenses during the five-year term (eight per year), allowing us to develop as many as 40 human antibody products for therapeutic purposes.

The license agreement expressly terminates upon the earlier of (i) the expiration of the five-year term, if no commercial therapeutic license is in place; (ii) the time at which the last commercial therapeutic license terminates; and (iii) the date all obligations to pay all royalties have ceased.

A dispute has arisen under the license agreement that is the subject of a pending arbitration. See “—Legal Proceedings”.

License Agreement—Trellis Bioscience LLC

On January 29, 2014, we entered into a license agreement with Trellis that gives us exclusive rights to all Trellis mAbs in the field of influenza discovered from their CellSpot platform. Particularly, the license provides us with three fully human mAbs that bind, neutralize and protect animals from all strains of H1, H3 and B influenza, and that will also cross bind, neutralize and protect animals from all other seasonal or pandemic influenza strains that may arise (including H5N1 and H7N9). To date, we have selected our lead mAbs for the H1 and H3 influenzas, and are evaluating multiple lead candidates that have anti-B activity.

In consideration for the license, we paid Trellis $200,000 and issued 151,515 shares of Series C-1 preferred stock, valued at $500,000. An additional $500,000 in shares of Series C-1 preferred stock will be issued on the six month anniversary of the agreement. We will also be required to pay Trellis up to $1.3 million upon the achievement of specified development and regulatory milestones and make additional payments upon the achievement of future sales and a royalty of 4% of future net sales from products. We are allowed to grant sublicenses to third parties.

The license agreement terminates upon the earlier of (i) our decision to terminate the agreement at will or for safety reasons, (ii) material breach by either party that is not cured within ninety (90) days, or (iii) either party’s insolvency.

Sponsored Research Agreements—The Rockefeller University

Effective October 1, 2009, we entered into a sponsored research agreement with Rockefeller to produce and test monoclonal antibodies against proteins of Staph aureus. In accordance with the agreement, Rockefeller and we each provide certain equipment and tools, with funding provided by us of up to approximately $350,000, to maintain a research program used to create joint intellectual property.

The agreement expired on September 30, 2012. Following the expiration of the agreement, each party has a non-exclusive license to use for internal research purposes all research results, including joint intellectual property. If joint intellectual property develops from these programs, we will have the right to acquire a royalty-bearing license to utilize the intellectual property for commercial purposes.

Effective October 24, 2011, we entered into a second sponsored research agreement with Rockefeller, to identify lysins, enzymes or small molecules that will kill gram-negative bacteria, and identify and characterize lysins from Clostridia difficile to be engineered into gut commensal bacteria. In accordance with the agreement, Rockefeller and we each provide certain equipment and tools, with funding provided by us of up to approximately $300,000 each year for five years.

 

85


Table of Contents

The initial term of the agreement runs through October 31, 2016. Either party may terminate the agreement upon breach of the agreement, following 30 days written notice and failure to cure such breach. Following the expiration or termination of the agreement, each party will have a non-exclusive license to use for internal research purposes all research results, including joint intellectual property. If joint intellectual property develops from these programs, we will have the right to acquire a royalty-bearing license to utilize the intellectual property for commercial purposes.

Government Regulation

The production, distribution, and marketing of products employing our research and intellectual property or that we may license from third parties are subject to extensive governmental regulation in the United States and in other countries. In the United States, our products will be regulated as biologics and subject to the Federal Food, Drug, and Cosmetic Act, as amended (the “FDC Act”), the Public Health Service Act, as amended (the “PHSA”) and the regulations of the FDA, as well as to other federal, state, and local statutes and regulations. These laws, and similar laws outside the United States, govern the research, development, clinical and pre-clinical testing, manufacture, safety, effectiveness, approval, labeling, distribution, sale, import, export, storage, record-keeping, reporting, advertising, and promotion and marketing of our products. Product development and approval within this regulatory framework, if successful, will require the expenditure of substantial resources and take years to achieve. Violations of regulatory requirements at any stage may result in various adverse consequences, including the FDA’s and other health authorities’ delay in approving or refusal to approve a product and may result in enforcement actions, and administrative or judicial sanctions.

The following provides further information on certain legal and regulatory requirements that have the potential to affect our operations and the future marketing of our products.

FDA Approval Process

In the United States, pharmaceutical products are subject to extensive regulation by the FDA. The FDC Act and other federal and state statutes and regulations govern, among other things, the research, development, testing, manufacture, storage, recordkeeping, approval, labeling, promotion and marketing, distribution, post-approval monitoring and reporting, sampling, and import and export of pharmaceutical products. Biological products used for the prevention, treatment, or cure of a disease or condition of a human being are subject to regulation under the FDC Act, except the section of the FDC Act which governs the approval of NDAs. Biological products are approved for marketing under provisions of PHSA, via a BLA. However, the application process and requirements for approval of BLAs are very similar to those for NDAs, and biologics are associated with similar approval risks and costs as drugs. Failure to comply with applicable U.S. requirements may subject a company to a variety of administrative or judicial sanctions, such as FDA refusal to approve pending NDAs or BLAs, warning or untitled letters, product recalls, product seizures, total or partial suspension of production or distribution, injunctions, fines, civil penalties, and criminal prosecution.

Pharmaceutical product development for a new product or certain changes to an approved product in the United States typically involves pre-clinical laboratory and animal tests, the submission to the FDA of an IND, which must become effective before clinical testing may commence, and adequate and well-controlled clinical trials to establish the safety and effectiveness of the drug for each indication for which FDA approval is sought. Satisfaction of FDA pre-market approval requirements typically takes many years and the actual time required may vary substantially based upon the type, complexity, and novelty of the product or disease.

Pre-clinical tests include laboratory evaluation of product chemistry, formulation, and toxicity, as well as animal trials to assess the characteristics and potential safety and efficacy of the product. The conduct of the pre-clinical tests must comply with federal regulations and requirements, including good laboratory practices. The results of pre-clinical testing are submitted to the FDA as part of an IND along with other information, including

 

86


Table of Contents

information about product chemistry, manufacturing and controls, and a proposed clinical trial protocol. Long term pre-clinical tests, such as animal tests of reproductive toxicity and carcinogenicity, may continue after the IND is submitted.

A 30-day waiting period after the submission of each IND is required prior to the commencement of clinical testing in humans. If the FDA has neither commented on nor questioned the IND within this 30-day period, the clinical trial proposed in the IND may begin.

Clinical trials involve the administration of the investigational new drug or biologic to healthy volunteers or patients under the supervision of a qualified investigator. Clinical trials must be conducted: (i) in compliance with federal regulations; (ii) in compliance with good clinical practice (“GCP”), an international standard meant to protect the rights and health of patients and to define the roles of clinical trial sponsors, administrators, and monitors; as well as (iii) under protocols detailing the objectives of the trial, the parameters to be used in monitoring safety, and the effectiveness criteria to be evaluated. Each protocol involving testing on healthy U.S. volunteers or patients and subsequent protocol amendments must be submitted to the FDA as part of the IND.

The FDA may order the temporary, or permanent, discontinuation of a clinical trial at any time, or impose other sanctions, if it believes that the clinical trial either is not being conducted in accordance with FDA requirements or presents an unacceptable risk to the clinical trial patients. The study protocol and informed consent information for patients in clinical trials must also be submitted to an IRB for approval. An IRB may also require the clinical trial at the site to be halted, either temporarily or permanently, for failure to comply with the IRB’s requirements, or may impose other conditions.

Clinical trials to support NDAs or BLAs for marketing approval are typically conducted in three sequential phases, but the phases may overlap. In Phase 1, the initial introduction of the drug or biologic into healthy human subjects or patients, the product is tested to assess metabolism, pharmacokinetics, pharmacological actions, side effects associated with increasing doses, and, if possible, early evidence of effectiveness. Phase 2 usually involves trials in a limited patient population to determine the effectiveness of the drug or biologic for a particular indication, dosage tolerance, and optimum dosage, and to identify common adverse effects and safety risks. If a compound demonstrates evidence of effectiveness and an acceptable safety profile in Phase 2 evaluations, Phase 3 trials are undertaken to obtain the additional information about clinical efficacy and safety in a larger number of patients, typically at geographically dispersed clinical trial sites, to permit the FDA to evaluate the overall benefit-risk relationship of the drug or biologic and to provide adequate information for the labeling of the product. In most cases, the FDA requires two adequate and well-controlled Phase 3 clinical trials to demonstrate the efficacy of the drug or biologic. A single Phase 3 trial with other confirmatory evidence may be sufficient in rare instances where the study is a large multicenter trial demonstrating internal consistency and a statistically very persuasive finding of a clinically meaningful effect on mortality, irreversible morbidity or prevention of a disease with a potentially serious outcome and confirmation of the result in a second trial would be practically or ethically impossible.

After completion of the required clinical testing, an NDA or BLA is prepared and submitted to the FDA. FDA approval of the NDA or BLA is required before marketing of the product may begin in the United States. The NDA or BLA must include the results of all pre-clinical, clinical, and other testing and a compilation of data relating to the product’s pharmacology, chemistry, manufacture, and controls. The cost of preparing and submitting an NDA or BLA is substantial. The submission of most NDAs and BLAs is additionally subject to a substantial application user fee, currently exceeding $2,169,000, and the manufacturer and/or sponsor under an approved new drug application are also subject to annual product and establishment user fees, currently exceeding $104,000 per product and $554,000 per establishment. These fees are typically increased annually.

The FDA has 60 days from its receipt of an NDA or BLA to determine whether the application will be accepted for filing based on the agency’s threshold determination that it is sufficiently complete to permit substantive review. Once the submission is accepted for filing, the FDA begins an in-depth review. The FDA has

 

87


Table of Contents

agreed to certain performance goals in the review of NDAs and BLAs. Most such applications for standard review drug or biologic products are reviewed within ten to twelve months; most applications for priority review drugs or biologics are reviewed in six to eight months. Priority review can be applied to drugs that the FDA determines offer major advances in treatment, or provide a treatment where no adequate therapy exists. For biologics, priority review is further limited only for products intended to treat a serious or life-threatening disease relative to the currently approved products. The review process for both standard and priority review may be extended by the FDA for three additional months to consider certain late-submitted information, or information intended to clarify information already provided in the submission.

The FDA may also refer applications for novel drug or biologic products, or drug or biologic products that present difficult questions of safety or efficacy, to an advisory committee—typically a panel that includes clinicians and other experts—for review, evaluation, and a recommendation as to whether the application should be approved. The FDA is not bound by the recommendation of an advisory committee, but it generally follows such recommendations. Before approving an NDA or BLA, the FDA will typically inspect one or more clinical sites to assure compliance with GCP. Additionally, the FDA will inspect the facility or the facilities at which the drug is manufactured. FDA will not approve the product unless compliance with cGMPs is satisfactory and the NDA or BLA contains data that provide substantial evidence that the drug or biologic is safe and effective in the indication studied.

After the FDA evaluates the NDA or BLA and the manufacturing facilities, it issues either an approval letter or a complete response letter. A complete response letter generally outlines the deficiencies in the submission and may require substantial additional testing, or information, in order for the FDA to reconsider the application. If, or when, those deficiencies have been addressed to the FDA’s satisfaction in a resubmission of the NDA or BLA, the FDA will issue an approval letter. The FDA has committed to reviewing such resubmissions in two or six months depending on the type of information included.

An approval letter authorizes commercial marketing of the drug or biologic with specific prescribing information for specific indications. As a condition of NDA or BLA approval, the FDA may require a risk evaluation and mitigation strategy (“REMS”), to help ensure that the benefits of the drug or biologic outweigh the potential risks. REMS can include medication guides, communication plans for healthcare professionals, and elements to assure safe use (“ETASU”). ETASU can include, but are not limited to, special training or certification for prescribing or dispensing, dispensing only under certain circumstances, special monitoring, and the use of patient registries. The requirement for a REMS can materially affect the potential market and profitability of the product. Moreover, product approval may require substantial post-approval testing and surveillance to monitor the product’s safety or efficacy. Once granted, product approvals may be withdrawn if compliance with regulatory standards is not maintained or problems are identified following initial marketing.

Changes to some of the conditions established in an approved application, including changes in indications, labeling, or manufacturing processes or facilities, require submission and FDA approval of a new NDA or BLA or NDA or BLA supplement before the change can be implemented. An NDA or BLA supplement for a new indication typically requires clinical data similar to that in the original application, and the FDA uses the same procedures and actions in reviewing NDA or BLA supplements as it does in reviewing NDAs or BLAs.

Post-Approval Requirements

Once an NDA or BLA is approved, a product will be subject to certain post-approval requirements. For instance, the FDA closely regulates the post-approval marketing and promotion of drugs and biologics, including standards and regulations for direct-to-consumer advertising, off-label promotion, industry-sponsored scientific and educational activities and promotional activities involving the internet. Drugs and biologics may be marketed only for the approved indications and in accordance with the provisions of the approved labeling.

Adverse event reporting and submission of periodic reports is required following FDA approval of an NDA or BLA. The FDA also may require post-marketing testing, known as Phase 4 testing, REMS, and surveillance to

 

88


Table of Contents

monitor the effects of an approved product, or the FDA may place conditions on an approval that could restrict the distribution or use of the product. In addition, quality control, drug manufacture, packaging, and labeling procedures must continue to conform to cGMPs after approval. Drug and biologic manufacturers and certain of their subcontractors are required to register their establishments with the FDA and certain state agencies. Registration with the FDA subjects entities to periodic unannounced inspections by the FDA, during which the agency inspects manufacturing facilities to assess compliance with cGMPs. Accordingly, manufacturers must continue to expend time, money, and effort in the areas of production and quality-control to maintain compliance with cGMPs. Regulatory authorities may withdraw product approvals or request product recalls if a company fails to comply with regulatory standards, if it encounters problems following initial marketing, or if previously unrecognized problems are subsequently discovered.

Fast Track Designation and Accelerated Approval

The FDA is required to facilitate the development, and expedite the review, of drugs or biologics that are intended for the treatment of a serious or life-threatening disease or condition for which there is no effective treatment and which demonstrate the potential to address unmet medical needs for the condition. Under the fast track program, the sponsor of a new drug or biologic candidate may request that the FDA designate the candidate for a specific indication as a fast track drug or biologic concurrent with, or after, the filing of the IND for the candidate. The FDA must determine if the drug or biologic candidate qualifies for fast track designation within 60 days of receipt of the sponsor’s request.

Under the fast track program and FDA’s accelerated approval regulations, the FDA may approve a drug or biologic for a serious or life-threatening illness that provides meaningful therapeutic benefit to patients over existing treatments based upon a surrogate endpoint that is reasonably likely to predict clinical benefit, or on a clinical endpoint that can be measured earlier than irreversible morbidity or mortality, that is reasonably likely to predict an effect on irreversible morbidity or mortality or other clinical benefit, taking into account the severity, rarity, or prevalence of the condition and the availability or lack of alternative treatments.

In clinical trials, a surrogate endpoint is a measurement of laboratory or clinical signs of a disease or condition that substitutes for a direct measurement of how a patient feels, functions, or survives. Surrogate endpoints can often be measured more easily or more rapidly than clinical endpoints. A drug or biologic candidate approved on this basis is subject to rigorous post-marketing compliance requirements, including the completion of Phase 4 or post-approval clinical trials to confirm the effect on the clinical endpoint. Failure to conduct required post-approval studies, or confirm a clinical benefit during post-marketing studies, will allow the FDA to withdraw the drug or biologic from the market on an expedited basis. All promotional materials for drug candidates approved under accelerated regulations are subject to prior review by the FDA.

In addition to other benefits such as the ability to use surrogate endpoints and engage in more frequent interactions with the FDA, the FDA may initiate review of sections of a fast track product’s NDA or BLA before the application is complete. This rolling review is available if the applicant provides, and the FDA approves, a schedule for the submission of the remaining information and the applicant pays applicable user fees. However, the FDA’s time period goal for reviewing an application does not begin until the last section of the NDA or BLA is submitted. Additionally, the fast track designation may be withdrawn by the FDA if the FDA believes that the designation is no longer supported by data emerging in the clinical trial process.

The Breakthrough Therapy Designation

The FDA is required to expedite the development and review of the application for approval of drugs that are intended to treat a serious or life-threatening disease or condition where preliminary clinical evidence indicates that the drug may demonstrate substantial improvement over existing therapies on one or more clinically significant endpoints. Under the breakthrough therapy program, the sponsor of a new drug candidate may request that the FDA designate the drug candidate for a specific indication as a breakthrough therapy

 

89


Table of Contents

concurrent with, or after, the filing of the IND for the drug candidate. The FDA must determine if the drug candidate qualifies for breakthrough therapy designation within 60 days of receipt of the sponsor’s request. We intend to apply for breakthrough therapy designation of CF-301 during Phase 1 clinical trials.

Pediatric Information

Under the Pediatric Research Equity Act (“PREA”), NDAs or BLAs or supplements to NDAs or BLAs must contain data to assess the safety and effectiveness of the drug for the claimed indications in all relevant pediatric subpopulations and to support dosing and administration for each pediatric subpopulation for which the drug is safe and effective. The FDA may grant full or partial waivers, or deferrals, for submission of data. Unless otherwise required by regulation, PREA does not apply to any drug for an indication for which orphan designation has been granted.

Additional Controls for Biologics

To help reduce the increased risk of the introduction of adventitious agents, the PHSA emphasizes the importance of manufacturing controls for products whose attributes cannot be precisely defined. The PHSA also provides authority to the FDA to immediately suspend licenses in situations where there exists a danger to public health, to prepare or procure products in the event of shortages and critical public health needs, and to authorize the creation and enforcement of regulations to prevent the introduction or spread of communicable diseases in the United States and between states.

After a BLA is approved, the product may also be subject to official lot release as a condition of approval. As part of the manufacturing process, the manufacturer is required to perform certain tests on each lot of the product before it is released for distribution. If the product is subject to official release by the FDA, the manufacturer submits samples of each lot of product to the FDA together with a release protocol showing a summary of the history of manufacture of the lot and the results of all of the manufacturer’s tests performed on the lot. The FDA may also perform certain confirmatory tests on lots of some products, such as viral vaccines, before releasing the lots for distribution by the manufacturer. In addition, the FDA conducts laboratory research related to the regulatory standards on the safety, purity, potency, and effectiveness of biological products. As with drugs, after approval of biologics, manufacturers must address any safety issues that arise, are subject to recalls or a halt in manufacturing, and are subject to periodic inspection after approval.

Biosmilars

The Biologics Price Competition and Innovation Act of 2009 (“BPCIA”), creates an abbreviated approval pathway for biological products shown to be highly similar to or interchangeable with an FDA-licensed reference biological product. Biosimilarity sufficient to reference a prior FDA-approved product requires that there be no differences in conditions of use, route of administration, dosage form, and strength, and no clinically meaningful differences between the biological product and the reference product in terms of safety, purity, and potency. Biosimilarity must be shown through analytical studies, animal studies, and at least one clinical study, absent a waiver by the Secretary. A biosimilar product may be deemed interchangeable with a prior approved product if it meets the higher hurdle of demonstrating that it can be expected to produce the same clinical results as the reference product and, for products administered multiple times, the biologic and the reference biologic may be switched after one has been previously administered without increasing safety risks or risks of diminished efficacy relative to exclusive use of the reference biologic. No biosimilar or interchangeable products have been approved under the BPCIA to date. Complexities associated with the larger, and often more complex, structures of biological products, as well as the process by which such products are manufactured, pose significant hurdles to implementation which are still being evaluated by the FDA.

A reference biologic is granted twelve years of exclusivity from the time of first licensure of the reference product, and no application for a biosimilar can be submitted for four years from the date of licensure of the reference product. The first biologic product submitted under the abbreviated approval pathway that is

 

90


Table of Contents

determined to be interchangeable with the reference product has exclusivity against a finding of interchangeability for other biologics for the same condition of use for the lesser of (i) one year after first commercial marketing of the first interchangeable biosimilar, (ii) eighteen months after the first interchangeable biosimilar is approved if there is no patent challenge, (iii) eighteen months after resolution of a lawsuit over the patents of the reference biologic in favor of the first interchangeable biosimilar applicant, or (iv) 42 months after the first interchangeable biosimilar’s application has been approved if a patent lawsuit is ongoing within the 42-month period.

Disclosure of Clinical Trial Information

Sponsors of clinical trials of FDA-regulated products, including drugs, are required to register and disclose certain clinical trial information. Information related to the product, patient population, phase of investigation, study sites and investigators, and other aspects of the clinical trial is then made public as part of the registration. Sponsors are also obligated to discuss the results of their clinical trials after completion. Disclosure of the results of these trials can be delayed until the new product or new indication being studied has been approved. Competitors may use this publicly available information to gain knowledge regarding the progress of development programs.

Other Domestic Regulatory Requirements

In the United States, the research, manufacturing, distribution, sale, and promotion of drug and biological products are potentially subject to regulation by various federal, state, and local authorities in addition to the FDA, including the Centers for Medicare and Medicaid Services, other divisions of the United States Department of Health and Human Services (e.g., the Office of the Inspector General), the United States Department of Justice and individual United States Attorneys’ offices within the Department of Justice, and state and local governments. For example, sales, marketing, and scientific/educational grant programs must comply with the anti-fraud and abuse provisions of the Social Security Act, the False Claims Act, the privacy provision of the Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act, and similar state laws, each as amended. Pricing and rebate programs must comply with the Medicaid rebate requirements of the Omnibus Budget Reconciliation Act of 1990 and the Veterans Health Care Act of 1992, each as amended. If products are made available to authorized users of the Federal Supply Schedule of the General Services Administration, additional laws and requirements apply. All of these activities are also potentially subject to federal and state consumer protection, unfair competition, and other laws, and violations of these laws may result in imprisonment, criminal fines, civil monetary penalties and exclusion from participation in federal healthcare programs. Although there are a number of statutory exemptions and regulatory safe harbors protecting certain common activities from prosecution or other regulatory sanctions, the exemptions and safe harbors are drawn narrowly, and practices that involve remuneration intended to induce prescribing, purchases or recommendations may be subject to scrutiny if they do not qualify for an exemption of safe harbor.

In addition to FDA restrictions on marketing of pharmaceutical products, several other types of state and federal laws have been applied to restrict certain marketing practices in the pharmaceutical industry in recent years. These laws include anti-kickback statutes and false claims statutes. The federal healthcare program anti-kickback statute prohibits, among other things, knowingly and willfully offering, paying, soliciting or receiving remuneration to induce or in return for purchasing, leasing, ordering or arranging for the purchase, lease or order of any healthcare item or service reimbursable under Medicare, Medicaid or other federally financed healthcare programs. This statute has been interpreted to apply to arrangements between pharmaceutical manufacturers on the one hand and prescribers, purchasers and formulary managers on the other. Violations of the anti-kickback statute are punishable by imprisonment, criminal fines, civil monetary penalties and exclusion from participation in federal healthcare programs. Although there are a number of statutory exemptions and regulatory safe harbors protecting certain common activities from prosecution or other regulatory sanctions, the exemptions and safe harbors are drawn narrowly, and practices that involve remuneration intended to induce prescribing, purchases or recommendations may be subject to scrutiny if they do not qualify for an exemption or safe harbor.

 

91


Table of Contents

Federal false claims laws prohibit any person from knowingly presenting, or causing to be presented, a false claim for payment to the federal government, or knowingly making, or causing to be made, a false statement to have a false claim paid. Recently, several pharmaceutical and other healthcare companies have been prosecuted under these laws for allegedly inflating drug prices they report to pricing services, which in turn were used by the government to set Medicare and Medicaid reimbursement rates, and for allegedly providing free product to customers with the expectation that the customers would bill federal programs for the product. In addition, certain marketing practices, including off-label promotion, may also violate false claims laws. The majority of states also have statutes or regulations similar to the federal anti-kickback law and false claims laws, which apply to items and services reimbursed under Medicaid and other state programs, or, in several states, apply regardless of the payor.

Moreover, ContraFect is now, and in the future may become, subject to additional federal, state, and local laws, regulations, and policies relating to safe working conditions, laboratory practices, the experimental use of animals, and/or the use, storage, handling, transportation, and disposal of human tissue, waste, and hazardous substances, including radioactive and toxic materials and infectious disease agents used in conjunction with our research work.

Foreign Regulation

In addition to regulations in the United States, we may become subject to widely varying foreign regulations, which may be quite different from those of the FDA, governing clinical trials, manufacture, product registration and approval, and pharmaceutical sales. Whether or not FDA approval has been obtained, we must obtain a separate approval for a product by the comparable regulatory authorities of foreign countries prior to the commencement of product marketing in these countries. The approval process varies from country to country, and the time may be longer or shorter than that required for FDA approval. In certain countries, regulatory authorities also establish pricing and reimbursement criteria. In addition, under current United States law, there are restrictions on the export of products not approved by the FDA, depending on the country involved and the status of the product in that country.

Pharmaceutical Coverage, Pricing and Reimbursement

Our ability to commercialize our product candidates successfully will depend in part on the extent to which the United States and foreign governmental authorities, private health insurers and other third-party payors establish appropriate coverage and reimbursement levels for our product candidates and related treatments. In many of the markets where we would commercialize a product following regulatory approval, the prices of pharmaceutical products are subject to direct price controls (by law) and to drug reimbursement programs with varying price control mechanisms. Public and private health care payors control costs and influence drug pricing through a variety of mechanisms, including through negotiating discounts with the manufacturers and through the use of tiered formularies and other mechanisms that provide preferential access to certain drugs over others within a therapeutic class. Payors also set other criteria to govern the uses of a drug that will be deemed medically appropriate and therefore reimbursed or otherwise covered. In particular, many public and private health care payors limit reimbursement and coverage to the uses of a drug that are either approved by the FDA or that are supported by other appropriate evidence (for example, published medical literature) and appear in a recognized drug compendium. Drug compendia are publications that summarize the available medical evidence for particular drug products and identify which uses of a drug are supported or not supported by the available evidence, whether or not such uses have been approved by the FDA.

In the United States, there have been a number of legislative and regulatory changes to the healthcare system in ways that could affect our future revenues and profitability and the future revenues and profitability of our potential customers. For example, the Medicare Prescription Drug, Improvement, and Modernization Act of 2003 (the “MMA”) revised the payment methodologies for many drugs, which resulted in reduced reimbursement to providers. Additionally, the MMA created an outpatient prescription drug benefit which

 

92


Table of Contents

became effective on January 1, 2006. This benefit is administered by private pharmacy benefit managers and other managed care organizations and is putting increased pressure on the pharmaceutical industry to reduce prices.

Manufacturing

We do not own or operate, and currently have no plans to establish, any manufacturing facilities. We currently rely, and expect to continue to rely, on third parties for the manufacture of our product candidates for pre-clinical and clinical testing, as well as for commercial manufacture of any products that we may commercialize. We employ the services of Fujifilm UK to supply the active pharmaceutical ingredient for CF-301. We do not yet have contracts to produce a commercial supply of the active pharmaceutical ingredient for CF-301; however, we intend to pursue agreements with Fujifilm UK to do so. We employ the services of CanGene to produce CF-301 in its final vialed drug product form. We do not have contracts for the commercial supply of CF-301. We intend to pursue agreements with third party manufacturers regarding commercial supply of vialed drug product at an appropriate future time. We intend to locate second fill finish third party manufacturers to supply other world regions such as the European Union or Asia.

We generally expect to rely on third parties for the manufacture of any companion diagnostics we develop.

Research and Development

We have invested $13.2 million and $9.1 million in research and development for the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2013, respectively. See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Financial Operations Overview—Research and Development Expenses”.

Facilities

In the second quarter of 2011, we opened our corporate headquarters and laboratory in Yonkers, New York. This 15,000 sq. ft. laboratory consists of 1,400 sq. ft. of open laboratory and suites for molecular biology, microbiology, tissue culture, microscopy, an animal vivarium, and a robotics suite. This facility is leased through December 31, 2027. We also retain the right to an additional 45,000 sq. ft. of expansion space, which may house up to 200 employees when fully constructed.

Sales, Marketing and Distribution

We do not currently have an organization for the sales, marketing and distribution of pharmaceutical products. We may rely on licensing and co-promotion agreements with strategic partners for the commercialization of our products in the United States and other territories. If we choose to build a commercial infrastructure to support marketing in the United States, such commercial infrastructure could be expected to include a targeted sales force supported by sales management, internal sales support, an internal marketing group and distribution support. To develop the appropriate commercial infrastructure internally, we would have to invest financial and management resources, some of which would have to be deployed prior to any confirmation that CF-301 or any of our other products will be approved.

 

93


Table of Contents

Scientific Advisors

We have assembled a world-class scientific advisory board that includes renowned experts in infectious diseases. These advisors work in close collaboration with our scientists to identify new research directions and accelerate our infectious disease programs. Our scientific advisory board is led by Dr. Vincent A. Fischetti, the founder of our lysin technology.

 

Name

  

Primary Affiliation

Vincent A. Fischetti, Ph.D.

   The Rockefeller University, Laboratory of Bacterial Pathogenesis and Immunology

Charles Bailey, Ph.D.

   George Mason University Biomedical Research Laboratory

Daniel Capon, Ph.D.

   Blood Systems Research Institute

Adolfo Garcia-Sastre, Ph.D.

   Mount Sinai School of Medicine, Department of Microbiology; Global Health & Emerging Pathogens Institute

Peter Palese, Ph.D.

   Mount Sinai School of Medicine, Department of Microbiology

Christoph Renner, M.D.

   University Hospital, Zurich, Department of Internal Medicine and Oncology

Leon G. Smith, M.D., M.A.C.P.

   Formerly, Saint Michael’s Medical Center, New Jersey

Employees

As of March 31, 2014, we had 16 full-time employees, including 8 employees with M.D. or Ph.D. degrees. Of these full-time employees, 8 employees are engaged in research and development activities. None of our employees is represented by a labor union or covered by a collective bargaining agreement. We consider our relationship with our employees to be good.

Legal Proceedings

On October 31, 2013, MorphoSys instituted arbitration proceedings against us before the International Chamber of Commerce relating to a subscription and license agreement between MorphoSys and us entered into in April 2011. See “—Intellectual Property—License Agreement—MorphoSys AG”.

MorphoSys is seeking damages of approximately $0.8 million in relation to allegedly outstanding fees under the license agreement plus interest and costs and an award declaring that ContraFect is obligated to pay to MorphoSys all future due installments under the license agreement of approximately $1.1 million. We have asserted counterclaims against MorphoSys for approximately $3.5 million, which includes a refund of past payments under the license agreement on the basis that its HuCAL Platinum human phage display library was defective. We have not recorded any contingencies related to the arbitration proceedings as the amount and probability of loss, if any, is not estimable at this time.

Due to the complex nature of the legal and factual issues involved and the uncertainty of litigation in general, the outcome of the arbitration is uncertain. There is no assurance that we will prevail in the arbitration.

 

94


Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT

The following table sets forth the name and position of each of our executive officers, directors and key employees.

 

Name

   Age     

Position

Executive Officers

     

Julia P. Gregory, M.B.A.

     61       Chief Executive Officer and Director

David Huang, M.D., Ph.D.

     39       Senior Vice President & Chief Medical Officer

Michael Wittekind, Ph.D.

     59       Senior Vice President & Chief Scientific Officer

Directors

     

Sol Barer, Ph.D.

     67       Chairman of the board of directors

Isaac Blech

     64       Director

David N. Low, Jr.

     55       Director

Roger Pomerantz, M.D.

     57       Director

David Scheinberg, M.D., Ph.D.

     58       Director

Cary Sucoff

     62       Director

Shengda Zan

     51       Director

Key Employees

     

Daniel Couto

     42       Senior Vice President, Product Development

Barry Kappel, Ph.D., M.B.A.

     38       Senior Vice President, Business Development

Michael Messinger

     39       Vice President, Finance

Nancy Dong

     49       Vice President, Controller

Julia P. Gregory . Ms. Gregory has been our Chief Executive Officer since November 2013 and a director since April 2014, previously serving as Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer since July 2012. Prior to joining ContraFect, Ms. Gregory was President and Chief Executive Officer of Five Prime Therapeutics, Inc. (“Five Prime”), a clinical-stage, privately held biotechnology company discovering and developing innovative protein and antibody therapeutics in the fields of oncology and immunology. Prior to Five Prime, Ms. Gregory was Executive Vice President, Corporate Development and Chief Financial Officer of Lexicon Pharmaceuticals, Inc. (“Lexicon”). While at Five Prime and Lexicon, she led transactions for several strategic partnerships including those with GlaxoSmithKline, Human Genome Sciences, Genentech, Inc., The Bristol-Myers Squibb Company and Takeda Pharmaceutical Company Limited. She conducted Lexicon’s $220 million initial public offering and was involved in the creation of Lexicon’s $500 million private equity investment plan with Invus, LLP. Prior to joining Lexicon, Ms. Gregory served as the head of investment banking for Punk, Ziegel & Company, a specialty technology and healthcare investment banking firm, and was an investment banker with Dillon, Read & Co., Inc. She currently serves as a Director on the board of Clinipace, Inc. on behalf of and as Special Advisor to Morgan Stanley Expansion Capital and on the board of The Global TB Alliance for Drug Development, primarily funded by the Bill & Melinda Gates Foundation. Ms. Gregory received her B.A. from George Washington University’s Elliott School of International Affairs, where she was elected to Phi Beta Kappa, and her M.B.A. from the Wharton School of the University of Pennsylvania.

David Huang, M.D., Ph.D . , J.D. Dr. Huang has served as our Senior Vice President and Chief Medical Officer since September 2011. Prior to joining ContraFect, Dr. Huang served as the Global Medical Director of Medical Affairs for Pfizer Inc., where he played a key role in the development efforts for Zyvox for Gram-positive infections. Previously, he was the Associate Director of Clinical Development for Boehringer Ingelheim GmbH, where he played a key role in the development of Aptivus and Viramune XR for HIV infections and other compounds for HCV infections. Dr. Huang previously served as an Assistant Professor at Baylor College of Medicine, and currently serves as an Adjunct Clinical Professor at the Rutgers University New Jersey Medical School, and is an attending physician at the Veterans Affairs Medical Center in Manhattan.

 

95


Table of Contents

Dr. Huang received his M.D. and Ph.D. from the University of Texas at Houston Medical School. He is board certified in internal medicine and infectious diseases and is a fellow of the American College of Physicians and a fellow of the Infectious Diseases Society of America. He completed his internal medicine residency at the University of Texas at Southwestern and his infectious diseases fellowship at Baylor College of Medicine. Dr. Huang received his J.D. from Pace Law School and is a member of the New York Bar Association. Dr. Huang’s research interest has focused on the epidemiology, pathogenesis and treatment of viruses and bacteria, including multi-drug resistant pathogens, and has resulted in over 100 peer-reviewed publications.

Michael Wittekind, Ph.D . Dr. Wittekind has served as our Senior Vice President and Chief Scientific Officer since August 2012. Prior to joining ContraFect, Dr. Wittekind served as the Executive Director of Research for Amgen Inc. (“Amgen”), where he directed the Protein Science Department at the Amgen-Seattle site. While at Amgen, he was involved in the discovery efforts for multiple protein therapeutics currently undergoing clinical trials, including antibodies, antibody-drug conjugates, and protein fusions. Previously, Dr. Wittekind was the Director of Process Development for Phylos Inc., where he played a key role in the development of alternate scaffold therapeutic discovery, design, and production. Dr. Wittekind has also served as the Associate Director of the Gene Expression and Protein Biochemistry Department of the Bristol-Myers Squibb Pharmaceutical Research Institute, directing groups in both the Lawrenceville and Hopewell, New Jersey sites leading structural biology research as well as protein and small molecule therapeutic efforts.

Dr. Wittekind received his Ph.D. from the University of Wisconsin-Madison in Biochemistry and pursued his postdoctoral studies at the University of Washington. Dr. Wittekind’s research interests have encompassed genetics, molecular biology, structural biology, and engineering of novel antibodies and proteins, resulting in over 40 publications and patents.

Directors

Sol Barer, Ph.D . Dr. Barer has served as a member of our board of directors since April 2011 and Chairman of our board of directors since March 2012. Dr. Barer is the Managing Director of SJ Barer Consulting, LLC. He served as Chairman of Celgene Corporation (“Celgene”) from January 2011 to June 2011 and as Executive Chairman from June 2010 to January 2011. Prior to that time, he served as Chief Executive Officer of Celgene from January 2006 to June 2010, as Chairman from January 2007 to June 2010, as President in 1993 and Chief Operating Officer and director in 1994. He previously served as Senior Vice President, Science and Technology, and Vice President/General Manager, Chiral Products, from 1991 to 1994, and Vice President, Technology, from 1987 to 1991. Dr. Barer serves on the boards of directors of Aegerion Pharmaceuticals, Inc., Amicus Therapeutics, Cerecor Inc. (Chair), InspireMD Inc. (Chair), Centrexion (Chair), Restor Genex (Chair) and Medgenics Inc. (Chair). He has previously served as Commissioner of the New Jersey Commission on Science and Technology and as Chairman of the University of Medicine and Dentistry of New Jersey Governor’s Advisory Committee. Dr. Barer received a Ph.D. in organic chemistry from Rutgers University.

We believe that Dr. Barer’s significant scientific, executive and board leadership experience in the pharmaceutical industry qualifies him to serve as a member of our board of directors.

Isaac Blech . Mr. Blech has served as a member of our board of directors since 2010. Mr. Blech is a renowned biotechnology entrepreneur and investor, who, over the past 32 years, has founded and served on the boards of a number of companies which have produced major advances in a broad array of diseases, including the diagnosis of chlamydia, herpes, syphilis and HIV, and the treatment of cystic fibrosis, sexual dysfunction, multiple myeloma and brain cancer. The companies he founded include Celgene Corporation, ICOS Corporation, Nova Pharmaceutical Corporation, Pathogenesis Corporation and Genetics Systems Corporation. Mr. Blech is a major shareholder and Vice Chairman of Cerecor, Inc., and major shareholder and Vice Chairman of Edge Therapeutics. He is also a major shareholder and Vice Chairman of The SpendSmart Payments Company as well as a major shareholder and Vice Chairman of Premier Alliance Group. Mr. Blech is a director of Medgenics, Inc. Mr. Blech earned a B.A. degree from Baruch College in 1975.

 

96


Table of Contents

We believe that Mr. Blech’s broad experience as a founder, director and major investor in numerous biotechnology companies qualifies him to serve as a member of our board of directors.

David N. Low, Jr. Mr. Low has worked as an investment banker since 1987, with broad investment and advisory experience in the life sciences, biotechnology and medical technology sectors. Since 2002, Mr. Low has served as a Senior Advisor at Lazard and as a member of Lazard’s Life Sciences Group as a Managing Director. Mr. Low has advised on major mergers and acquisitions transactions in the life sciences, biotechnology and medical technology sectors, and has worked with private and public companies to raise capital, including emerging growth companies. Prior to joining Lazard, Mr. Low was a Managing Director at JP Morgan and a Senior Vice President at Lehman Brothers. Mr. Low also serves on the Regional Advisory Board of the Institute of International Education West Coast Center, on the Board of Directors for Lets Be Frank Dogs and on the Board of Directors of We Teach Science Foundation.

Mr. Low holds an A.B. from Harvard College, where he graduated cum laude, an M.A. from the Johns Hopkins University School of Advanced International Studies and an M.B.A. from Yale University.

We believe that Mr. Low’s significant investment and financial advisory experience qualifies him to serve as a member of our board of directors.

Roger J. Pomerantz, M.D., F.A.C.P. Dr. Pomerantz was formerly Worldwide Head of Licensing & Acquisitions, Senior Vice President at Merck & Co., Inc. where he oversaw all licensing and acquisitions at Merck Research Laboratories. Previously, he served as Senior Vice President and Global Franchise Head of Infectious Diseases at Merck. Prior to joining Merck, Dr. Pomerantz was Global Head of Infectious Diseases for Johnson & Johnson Pharmaceuticals. He joined Johnson & Johnson in 2005 as President of Tibotec Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Dr. Pomerantz currently serves as the Chairman of the Board of Directors for Seres Health Inc.

Dr. Pomerantz received his B.A. in Biochemistry at the Johns Hopkins University and his M.D. at the Johns Hopkins School of Medicine. He received post-graduate training at the Massachusetts General Hospital, Harvard Medical School and M.I.T. Dr. Pomerantz is Board Certified in both Internal Medicine and Infectious Diseases. He was Professor of Medicine, Biochemistry and Molecular Pharmacology, Chief of Infectious Diseases, and the Founding Director and Chair of the Institute for Human Virology and Biodefense at the Thomas Jefferson University and Medical School. He has developed eight drugs approved world-wide in important diseases, including HIV, HCV, and tuberculosis.

We believe that Dr. Pomerantz’s significant scientific, executive and board leadership experience in drug development and in the pharmaceutical industry qualifies him to serve as a member of our board.

David A. Scheinberg, M.D., Ph.D . Dr. Scheinberg has served as a member of our board of directors since 2010. Since 2002, Dr. Scheinberg has served as Vincent Astor Chair and Chairman of the Molecular Pharmacology and Chemistry Program at the Sloan-Kettering Institute. In 2002, he also founded and serves as the Chair of the Experimental Therapeutics Center at the Memorial Sloan-Kettering Cancer Center. Dr. Scheinberg has been a Professor of Medicine (since 2002) and Pharmacology (since 1999) at the Weill-Cornell University Medical College and has served as Co-chair of the Pharmacology graduate program since 2001. He has served as a Professor at the Gerstner-Sloan Kettering Graduate School at the Memorial Sloan-Kettering Cancer Center since 2005. From 1992 until 2003, he was Chief of the Leukemia Service at Memorial Hospital. He founded and is a Director of the Therapeutics Discovery Institute, a non-profit drug development corporation, which is a subsidiary of Rockefeller, Weill Cornell Medical College and Memorial Sloan-Kettering. He has been elected into the American Society of Clinical Investigation, the American Association of Physicians and the Interurban Club. His other awards include the Doris Duke Distinguished Clinical Science Professorship, the Lucille P. Markey Scholarship, Leukemia and Lymphoma Society Translational Investigator Awards, and CapCure Awards. He Co-chairs the Medical Board of the Laurie Strauss Leukemia Foundation.

 

97


Table of Contents

Dr. Scheinberg has been a Director of Progenics Pharmaceuticals, a public biotechnology company, from 1996 to the present. He was a founder and Chairman of the board of directors of Active Biotherapeutics, Inc., a private company that was acquired by Progenics Pharmaceuticals, and is currently a member of the Scientific Advisory Boards of Pfizer CTI, Oncopep and Encyse Pharma. Dr. Scheinberg received his A.B., cum laude, distinction in all subjects, from the College of Arts & Sciences, Cornell University, in 1977. He earned his M.D. from Johns Hopkins University in 1983, and his Ph.D. from Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine, Department of Pharmacology and Experimental Therapeutics, in 1983.

We believe that Dr. Scheinberg’s significant scientific, executive and board leadership experience in drug and biologic therapy development and in the pharmaceutical industry qualifies him to serve as a member of our Board.

Cary W. Sucoff. Mr. Sucoff has served as a member of our board of directors since 2010. Mr. Sucoff has over 30 years of securities industry experience encompassing supervisory, banking and sales responsibilities. Mr. Sucoff currently owns and operates Equity Source Partners, LLC, an advisory and consulting firm. Prior to December 2011, Equity Source Partners, LLC operated as a boutique investment bank. During that time, Mr. Sucoff provided investment banking and consulting services to public and private companies and institutional investors. Mr. Sucoff has played a role in financings for biotechnology companies such as Amgen Inc., Janssen Biotech, Inc. (formerly Centocor Biotech, Inc.), Genzyme Corporation, Genentech, Inc., ICOS Corporation (acquired by Eli Lilly and Company), PathoGenesis Corporation (acquired by Chiron Corp.), Vaxgen Inc. and BioTime, Inc. Mr. Sucoff currently serves on the boards of directors of Cerecor, Inc., Premier Alliance Group, Inc., and The SpendSmart Payments Corp. In addition, Mr. Sucoff serves as a consultant to Medgenics, Inc., and RestorGenex. Mr. Sucoff is the President of New England Law/Boston, has been a member of the Board of Trustees for over 25 years and is the current Chairman of the Endowment Committee. Mr. Sucoff received a B.A. from SUNY Binghamton (1974) and a J.D. from New England School of Law (1977) where he was the Managing Editor of the Law Review and graduated Magna Cum Laude. Mr. Sucoff has been a member of the Bar of the State of New York since 1978.

We believe that Mr. Sucoff’s broad financial and legal experience qualifies him to serve as a member of our Board.

Shengda Zan . Mr. Zan has served as a member of our board of directors since January 2013. Mr. Zan founded the Zongyi Group in 1987 and has been the president of the Zongyi Group since that time. The Zongyi Group is a diversified business group in China focusing on clean energy, information technology, strategic investments and asset management. Mr. Zan currently serves as the sole director of Alpha Spring Limited, a shareholder of ContraFect.

We believe that Mr. Zan’s significant international business experience qualifies him to serve as a member of our board of directors.

Key Employees

Daniel Couto . Mr. Couto currently serves as our Senior Vice President, Product Development. He has over 20 years of experience in Operations Management. Prior to joining ContraFect in 2011, he served as Vice President of Commercial Manufacturing Operations for Merck Sharp & Dohme Biologics UK Ltd. for three years. Previously, he was Director of Manufacturing for Nuvelo Inc. for three years, where he was responsible for seven worldwide contract manufacturing sites. Mr. Couto also served in Director positions at Genzyme Transgenics Corp., Advanced Biosystems Corp., ImmuCell Corp. and Sepracor Corp. Mr. Couto holds patents for several novel separation technologies such as Bulk Protein Crystallization, HPTFF, and SMB.

Mr. Couto received his B.S. Degree in Chemical Engineering from Rensselaer Polytechnic Institute.

 

98


Table of Contents

Barry Kappel, Ph.D . Dr. Kappel joined ContraFect in 2009 as our second employee and the Head of Business Development. He currently serves as our Senior Vice President, Business Development. Since joining ContraFect, Dr. Kappel has been involved in all aspects of the Company, including licensing of the Company’s key technologies, participation in the financings of the Company, and establishing scientific collaborations with academic and corporate partners.

Dr. Kappel previously was a Senior Consultant at Easton Associates, LLC, a life science consulting firm. In this capacity, he performed a wide range of activities, including the assessment of pre-clinical and clinical compounds for pharmaceutical and biotechnology companies. Dr. Kappel received his BA in chemistry from Emory University. He subsequently obtained his Ph.D. in immunology and pharmacology from the Weill Graduate School of Medical Sciences and the Memorial Sloan-Kettering Cancer Center. Dr. Kappel holds an M.B.A. from the S.C. Johnson Graduate School of Management at Cornell University.

Michael Messinger, CPA . Mr. Messinger currently serves as our Vice President, Finance. He has more than 15 years of experience in finance, accounting and forecasting for clinical development. Prior to joining ContraFect, he served as Controller of Coelacanth Corporation and Lexicon Pharmaceuticals, Inc. for five years after which he served as Director of Finance for Lexicon for eight years. From June 2007 until he joined ContraFect in November 2012, Mr. Messinger was responsible for the financial management of Lexicon’s partnership with Symphony Capital, LLC, in addition to coordinating fiscal and program management concerning Lexicon’s development programs.

Mr. Messinger received his B.B.A degree in accounting from the University of Michigan. He started his career as an auditor at Ernst & Young LLP.

Nancy Dong . Ms. Dong currently serves as Vice President and Controller of the Company. She has more than 20 years of experience in accounting, strategic planning, budgeting and forecasting, organizational development, financial systems and controls. She served as controller at XL Marketing and Alley Corp prior to her role as Vice President of Finance and Administration at DCM, a tele-services firm supporting the performing arts. Ms. Dong also held the positions of COO/CFO at Semaphore, a project management software development firm.

Ms. Dong received her B.A. degree from Yale University and a MPPM degree from The Wharton School at the University of Pennsylvania. She started her career as a management consultant at Ernst & Young LLP.

Board Composition

Our board of directors currently consists of eight directors and is authorized to have up to 11 members. In accordance with the terms of our certificate of incorporation and bylaws that will become effective upon the closing of this offering, our board of directors will be divided into three classes, Class I, Class II and Class III, with members of each class serving staggered three-year terms. Upon the closing of this offering, the members of the classes will be divided as follows:

 

    the Class I directors will be            , and their term will expire at the annual meeting of stockholders to be held in            ;

 

    the Class II directors will be            , and their term will expire at the annual meeting of stockholders to be held in            ;

 

    the Class III directors will be            , and their term will expire at the annual meeting of stockholders to be held in            ;

Upon the expiration of the term of a class of directors, directors in that class will be eligible to be elected for a new three-year term at the annual meeting of stockholders in the year in which their term expires. In accordance with the terms of our certificate of incorporation and bylaws that will become effective upon the closing of this offering, our directors may be removed only for cause by the affirmative vote of the holders of 75% or more of our voting stock.

 

99


Table of Contents

We have no formal policy regarding board diversity. Our priority in selection of board members is identification of members who will further the interests of our stockholders through his or her established record of professional accomplishment, the ability to contribute positively to the collaborative culture among board members, knowledge of our business and understanding of the competitive landscape.

Director Independence

Rule 5605 of the NASDAQ Listing Rules requires a majority of a listed company’s board of directors to be comprised of independent directors within one year of listing. In addition, the NASDAQ Listing Rules require that, subject to specified exceptions, each member of a listed company’s audit, compensation and nominating and corporate governance committees be independent and that audit committee members also satisfy independence criteria set forth in Rule 10A-3 under the Securities Exchange Act.

Under Rule 5605(a)(2) of the NASDAQ Listing Rules, a director will only qualify as an “independent director” if, in the opinion of our board of directors, that person does not have a relationship that would interfere with the exercise of independent judgment in carrying out the responsibilities of a director. In order to be considered independent for purposes of Rule 10A-3 of the Exchange Act, a member of an audit committee of a listed company may not, other than in his or her capacity as a member of the audit committee, the board of directors, or any other board committee, accept, directly or indirectly, any consulting, advisory, or other compensatory fee from the listed company or any of its subsidiaries or otherwise be an affiliated person of the listed company or any of its subsidiaries.

Our board of directors has reviewed the composition of our board of directors and its committees and the independence of each director. Based upon information requested from and provided by each director concerning his background, employment and affiliations, including family relationships, our board of directors has determined that each of our directors, with the exception of Mr. Sucoff, is an “independent director” as defined under Rule 5605(a)(2) of the NASDAQ Listing Rules. Our board of directors also determined that Mr. Low, Dr. Scheinberg and Mr. Blech, who will comprise our audit committee following this offering, Drs. Scheinberg and Barer and Mr. Blech, who will comprise our compensation committee following this offering, and Dr. Barer and Mr. Blech, who will be members of our nominating and corporate governance committee following this offering, satisfy the independence standards for such committees established by the SEC and the NASDAQ Listing Rules, as applicable. In making such determinations, our board of directors considered the relationships that each such non-employee director has with our company and all other facts and circumstances our board of directors deemed relevant in determining independence, including the beneficial ownership of our capital stock by each non-employee director.

There are no family relationships among any of our directors or executive officers.

Board Committees

Our board has established three standing committees—audit, compensation, and nominating and corporate governance—each of which will, upon the closing of this offering, operate under a charter that has been approved by our board.

Audit Committee

The members of our audit committee are Mr. Low, Dr. Scheinberg and Mr. Blech. Mr. Low is the chair of the audit committee. Our board of directors has determined that Mr. Low qualifies as an audit committee financial expert within the meaning of SEC regulations and the NASDAQ Listing Rules. In making this determination, our board has considered the formal education and nature and scope of his previous experience. Our audit committee assists our board of directors in its oversight of our accounting and financial reporting process and the audits of our financial statements. Following this offering, our audit committee’s responsibilities will include:

 

    appointing, approving the compensation of, and assessing the independence of our registered public accounting firm;

 

100


Table of Contents
    overseeing the work of our registered public accounting firm, including through the receipt and consideration of reports from such firm;

 

    reviewing and discussing with management and the registered public accounting firm our annual and quarterly financial statements and related disclosures;

 

    monitoring our internal control over financial reporting, disclosure controls and procedures and code of business conduct and ethics;

 

    overseeing our internal audit function;

 

    discussing our risk management policies;

 

    establishing policies regarding hiring employees from the registered public accounting firm and procedures for the receipt and retention of accounting related complaints and concerns;

 

    meeting independently with our internal auditing staff, registered public accounting firm and management;

 

    reviewing and approving or ratifying any related person transactions; and

 

    preparing the audit committee report required by SEC rules.

Compensation Committee

The members of our compensation committee are Drs. Scheinberg and Barer and Mr. Blech. Dr. Scheinberg is the chair of the compensation committee. Our compensation committee assists our board of directors in the discharge of its responsibilities relating to the compensation of our executive officers. Following this offering, the compensation committee’s responsibilities will include:

 

    reviewing and approving corporate goals and objectives relevant to Chief Executive Officer compensation; reviewing and approving, or making recommendations to our board with respect to, the compensation of our Chief Executive Officer and our other executive officers;

 

    overseeing an evaluation of our senior executives;

 

    overseeing and administering our cash and equity incentive plans;

 

    reviewing and making recommendations to our board with respect to director compensation;

 

    reviewing and discussing with management our “Compensation Discussion and Analysis”; and

 

    preparing the compensation committee report required by SEC rules.

Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee

The members of our nominating and corporate governance committee are Dr. Barer and Mr. Blech. Mr. Blech is the chair of the nominating and corporate governance committee. Following this offering, the nominating and corporate governance committee’s responsibilities will include:

 

    identifying individuals qualified to become board members;

 

    recommending to our board the persons to be nominated for election as directors and to each committee of our board of directors;

 

    reviewing and making recommendations to the board with respect to management succession planning;

 

    developing and recommending corporate governance principles to the board; and

 

    overseeing periodic evaluations of the board.

We believe that the composition of our nominating and corporate governance committee will meet the requirements for independence under current NASDAQ and SEC rules and regulations. Our board of directors has determined that Dr. Barer and Mr. Blech are independent as independence is currently defined in applicable NASDAQ listing standards.

 

101


Table of Contents

Code of Ethics and Code of Conduct

We have adopted a written code of business conduct and ethics that applies to our directors, officers and employees, including our principal executive officer, principal financial officer, principal accounting officer or controller, or persons performing similar functions. We intend to post on our website, www.contrafect.com, a current copy of the code and all disclosures that are required by law or NASDAQ stock market listing standards concerning any amendments to, or waivers from, any provision of the code.

 

102


Table of Contents

EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

We are providing compensation disclosure that satisfies the requirements applicable to emerging growth companies, as defined in the JOBS Act.

Summary Compensation Table

We are an emerging growth company and have opted to comply with the executive compensation disclosure rules applicable to “smaller reporting companies,” as such term is defined under the Securities Act, which require compensation disclosure for our principal executive officer and the two most highly-compensated executive officers other than our principal executive officer. The table below sets forth the annual compensation earned during fiscal 2013 by our current principal executive officer, our next two most highly-compensated executive officers, and our former Chief Executive Officer (collectively, our “Named Executive Officers”).

 

Name and

Principal Position

   Salary ($)      Bonus ($)      Option
Awards ($)(1)
    All Other
Compensation ($)
    Total ($)  

Julia P. Gregory, M.B.A.

   $ 424,000       $ 142,788       $ 193,992 (4)    $ 33,735 (2)    $ 794,515   

Chief Executive Officer

            

David Huang, M.D., Ph.D.

   $ 391,600       $ 49,588       $ 141,803 (5)    $ 6,894 (2)    $ 589,885   

Chief Medical Officer

            

Michael Wittekind, Ph.D.

   $ 313,000       $ 61,152       $ 54,842 (6)    $ 33,735 (2)    $ 462,729   

Chief Scientific Officer

            

Robert C. Nowinski, Ph.D.

   $ 462,993       $ —         $ 877,757      $ 3,738,168 (3)    $ 5,078,918   

Former Chief Executive Officer

            

 

(1) The amounts reported in the “Option Awards” column reflect the aggregate grant date fair value of share-based compensation awarded during the year computed in accordance with the provisions of Financial Accounting Standards Board Accounting Standard Codification, or ASC, Topic 718. See Note 2 to our financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus regarding assumptions underlying the valuation of equity awards.
(2) The amounts reported in the “All Other Compensation” column reflect, for each Named Executive Officer, the sum of the incremental cost to us of all perquisites and other personal benefits and are comprised of the dollar value of medical and life insurance costs paid by us on behalf of each of the Named Executive Officers.
(3) The amounts reported in the “All Other Compensation” column reflect, for Dr. Nowinski, the sum of the incremental cost to us of all costs, including $0.9 million of share-based compensation expense representing the estimated fair value calculated with respect to the modification of options to purchase an aggregate of 3,045,000 shares of our common stock pursuant to the terms of the separation agreement and all perquisites and other personal benefits and are comprised of the dollar value of transportation services and medical and life insurance costs paid by us on his behalf. See “—Separation Agreement with Former CEO.”
(4) Includes $57,931 representing the estimated fair value calculated with respect to the repricing of options to purchase an aggregate of 470,000 shares of our common stock pursuant to the Exchange Offer.
(5) Includes $33,336 representing the estimated fair value calculated with respect to the repricing of options to purchase an aggregate of 258,140 shares of our common stock pursuant to the Exchange Offer.
(6) Includes $24,975 representing the estimated fair value calculated with respect to the repricing of options to purchase an aggregate of 204,000 shares of our common stock pursuant to the Exchange Offer.

 

103


Table of Contents

Outstanding Option Awards at December 31, 2013

The following table sets forth information regarding outstanding stock options held by our Named Executive Officers during fiscal 2013:

 

Name and

Principal Position

   Number of securities
underlying unexercised
options exercisable
(#)
     Number of securities
underlying unexercised
options unexercisable
(#)
    Option
exercise
price
($/share)
     Option
expiration date
 

Julia P. Gregory.

     313,334         156,666 (1)      0.50         8/10/2022   

Chief Executive Officer

     102,500         307,500 (2)      0.50         2/26/2023   

David Huang, M.D., Ph.D.

     58,140         —          0.50         6/29/2021   

Chief Medical Officer

     133,334         66,666 (3)      0.50         8/31/2021   
     81,712         245,138 (2)      0.50         2/26/2023   

Michael Wittekind Ph.D.

     48,000         96,000 (4)      0.50         3/31/2022   

Chief Scientific Officer

     20,000         40,000 (1)      0.50         8/10/2022   
     22,500         67,500 (2)      0.50         2/26/2023   

Robert C. Nowinski, Ph.D.

     100,000         —          0.50         4/14/2020   

Former Chief Executive Officer

     1,700,000         —          1.29         12/30/2020   
     1,000,000         —          1.29         2/7/2021   
     1,000,000         —          1.29         2/7/2021   
     2,645,000         —          0.50         2/26/2023   
     250,000         —          0.86         12/17/2023   

 

(1) This option vests over two years, with 34% of the shares underlying the option vested immediately on August 11, 2012 and 33% of the shares underlying the option vesting annually thereafter.
(2) This option vests over three years, with 25% of the shares underlying the option vested immediately on January 1, 2013 and 25% of the shares underlying the option vesting annually thereafter.
(3) This option vests over three years, with 34% of the shares underlying the option vested on September 1, 2012 and 33% of the shares underlying the option vesting annually thereafter.
(4) This option vests over three years, with 34% of the shares underlying the option vested on April 1, 2013 and 33% of the shares underlying the option vesting annually thereafter.

Employment Agreements

Julia P. Gregory

In July 2012, we entered into a four-year employment agreement with Ms. Gregory, to serve, at will, as an Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer. Ms. Gregory currently receives an annual base salary of $424,000 and is eligible to receive an annual bonus equivalent to 40% of her annual salary payable in cash, as well as additional bonuses upon the achievement of certain milestones. Ms. Gregory currently holds options to purchase an aggregate of 880,000 shares of common stock. In the event that Ms. Gregory’s employment is terminated without “cause” or Ms. Gregory resigns for “good reason” (each as defined in her employment agreement) or we elect not to renew the agreement at the expiration of the four-year term, Ms. Gregory will become entitled to severance payments as follows, subject to her execution of a release of claims: (i) continuation of her base salary for a period of 18 months; (ii) payment of an annual bonus of up to 40% of her then-current base salary; (iii) deemed vesting acceleration of 100% of the outstanding option awards that would have vested over the 18-month period following termination of employment, along with the ability to exercise such options for a period of 18 months following termination; and (iv) Company-paid COBRA premiums for Ms. Gregory and her dependents for a period of 12 months.

 

104


Table of Contents

David Huang, M.D., Ph.D.

In June 2011, we entered into a four-year employment agreement with Dr. Huang, to serve, at will, as Chief Medical Officer. Dr. Huang currently receives an annual base salary of $391,600 and is eligible to receive an annual bonus equivalent to 35% of his annual salary payable one half in cash and one half in equity. Dr. Huang currently holds options to purchase an aggregate of 584,990 shares of common stock.

Michael Wittekind, Ph.D.

In March 2012, we entered into a three-year employment agreement with Dr. Wittekind, to serve, at will, as Chief Scientific Officer. Dr. Wittekind currently receives an annual base salary of $313,000 and is eligible to receive an annual bonus equivalent to 30% of his annual salary payable one half in cash and one-half in equity. Dr. Wittekind currently holds options to purchase an aggregate of 294,000 shares of common stock.

Separation Agreement with Former CEO

In June 2010, we entered into an employment agreement with Robert Nowinski, Ph.D., to serve as our Chief Executive Officer and as a member of the board of directors for a period of five years. This agreement was terminated effective December 25, 2013. Consistent with the terms of the June 2010 agreement, we entered into a separation agreement and release of claims with Dr. Nowinski in December 2013 which provided for severance payments and the maintenance of health benefits for a period of 24 months following the departure date of Dr. Nowinski. The separation agreement also provided for the modification of existing stock option grants such that all unvested portions of existing stock option grants were immediately vested and all existing stock option grants became exercisable for up to ten years from the date of grant. The estimated fair value of these modifications of $0.9 million was recognized as non-cash share-based compensation for the year ended December 31, 2013. Dr. Nowinski received an additional, fully vested stock option to purchase 250,000 shares of common stock at an exercise price of $0.86 per share, resulting in recognition of non-cash share-based compensation expense of $0.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2013. In addition, the outstanding loans to Dr. Nowinski, in the aggregate amount of $600,000, plus accrued interest of $32,650, were forgiven pursuant to the separation agreement. Dr. Nowinski is subject to restrictive covenants, including non-competition and non-solicitation provisions. The total amount of the severance payments of $2.0 million, share-based compensation of $1.0 million and loan forgiveness of $0.6 million was included as part of general and administrative expenses for the year ended December 31, 2013.

Equity and Other Compensation Plans

The three equity incentive plans described in this section are the 2008 Equity Incentive Plan (the “2008 Plan”), the Amended and Restated 2008 Equity Incentive Plan (the “Amended 2008 Plan”), and the 2014 Omnibus Incentive Plan (the “2014 Plan”). Following the closing of this offering, we expect to grant awards to eligible participants under the 2014 Plan, which will become effective immediately prior to the closing of this offering.

Amended and Restated 2008 Equity Incentive Plan

Our Amended 2008 Plan was adopted by our board of directors in February 2013. The Amended 2008 Plan provides us with the flexibility to use restricted stock, stock options and other awards based on the Company’s common stock as part of an overall compensation package to provide performance-based compensation to attract and retain qualified personnel. We believe that awards under our Amended 2008 Plan may serve to broaden the equity participation of key employees and others and further link the long-term interests of management and stockholders. We expect that no further grants will be made under our Amended 2008 Plan after the closing of this offering, but the Amended 2008 Plan will continue to be administered until all awards thereunder are exercised or expire.

Unless the issuance of awards and underlying securities have been registered under the Securities Act and qualified or registered under applicable state securities laws, we issue the awards pursuant to applicable exemptions

 

105


Table of Contents

from such registration or qualification requirements. In connection with any such exempt issuance, the board of directors may require the recipients to provide a written representation and undertaking to the Company, satisfactory in form and scope to us, that such recipient is acquiring such awards and underlying securities for such recipient’s own account as an investment and not with a view to, or for sale in connection with, the distribution of any securities, and that such person will make no transfer of the same except in compliance with any rules and regulations in force at the time of such transfer under the Securities Act and other applicable law, and that if securities are issued without registration, a legend to this effect may be endorsed upon the securities so issued, and to the effect of any additional representations that are appropriate in light of applicable securities laws and rules. We may also order our transfer agent to stop transfers of such shares. We have agreed that if we file a registration statement under the Securities Act for an offering of our securities, we will register the Amended 2008 Plan and the securities subject thereto.

Available Shares

Subject to adjustment upon certain corporate transactions or events, there are 13,000,000 shares of our common stock reserved for issuance pursuant to awards granted under the Amended 2008 Plan, of which 1,701,636 are available for issuance as of March 31, 2014. If an Award granted under the Amended 2008 Plan expires, is cancelled, or terminates, the shares subject to any portion of the award that expires, is cancelled, or terminates without having been exercised or paid, as the case may be, will again become available for the issuance of additional awards. Unless previously terminated by our board of directors, no new Award may be granted under the Amended 2008 Plan after May 30, 2018, the tenth anniversary of the effective date of the 2008 Plan (hereinafter described).

Administration

The Amended 2008 Plan is administered by our board of directors, in its sole discretion. The board of directors, may from time to time, appoint a committee to administer the Amended 2008 Plan and exercise all powers, authority and discretion of the board of directors thereunder and make all other determinations that it deems necessary or appropriate in connection with the Amended 2008 Plan or the administration or interpretation thereof. This committee shall consist of not less than two directors.

Eligibility and Types of Awards

Employees, directors and officers of the Company or of any Affiliated Entity (as such term is defined in the Amended 2008 Plan), and consultants and advisors who render bona fide services to the Company or any Affiliated Entity not in connection with capital-raising are eligible to be granted awards under our Amended 2008 Plan. Our Amended 2008 Plan provides for the grant of NSOs, performance awards, restricted stock awards, stock appreciation rights, stock bonuses, phantom stock and other forms of equity compensation to our employees, directors and consultants.

Repurchase Rights

Each recipient agrees as a condition to receipt of an award that, in connection with the termination of service of the recipient, the Company, within 60 days of the later of the date of termination or the date of exercise, will have the right to purchase all of the shares that the recipient acquired or will acquire through the exercise of applicable options. This right will terminate upon the closing of this offering.

Termination of Service

Awards will be exercisable by a recipient (or the recipient’s successor in interest) following such recipient’s termination of service for any reason other than Cause (as defined in the Amended 2008 Plan) for a period of two years (90 days if the Company’s stock is publicly traded) and only to the extent that installments thereof had become exercisable on or prior to the date of such termination.

 

106


Table of Contents

Change in Control

Upon a Change in Control (as defined in the Amended 2008 Plan), all outstanding options will vest and become immediately exercisable in full, the restrictions on all shares of restricted stock, phantom stock or other stock-based awards shall lapse immediately and all performance goals or other vesting criteria of performance-based shares shall be deemed to be met and payment made immediately.

Lock-Up Agreements

Each recipient agrees as a condition to receipt of an Award that, in connection with any public offering by us of our equity securities, and upon our request and that of the principal underwriter (if any) in such public offering, any shares of common stock acquired or that may be acquired upon exercise or vesting of an Award may not be sold, offered for sale, encumbered, or otherwise disposed of or subjected to any transaction that will involve any sales of our securities, without our prior written consent or that of such underwriter, as the case may be, for a period of not more than 180 days after the effective date of the registration statement for such public offering. Each recipient will, if requested by us or the principal underwriter, enter into a separate agreement to this effect.

2008 Equity Incentive Plan

There are 782,333 stock options currently outstanding which were granted under our 2008 Plan. The 2008 Plan and the Amended 2008 Plan are substantially similar except as noted below.

Repurchase Rights

The 2008 Plan does not provide the Company any rights of repurchase.

Termination of Service

The 2008 Plan allows for awards that have become exercisable to be exercisable by the recipient for a period lasting until the tenth anniversary of the grant date.

Lock-Up Agreements

The 2008 Plan provides for a lock-up period of not more than 60 days after the effective date of the registration statement for a public offering.

Retention Bonus Plan

We have adopted the ContraFect Corporation Retention Bonus Plan (the “Retention Plan”) in order to reward and retain our key employees, including our Named Executive Officers.

Under the Retention Plan, participants will vest in and become eligible to receive awards equal to a fixed dollar amount (the “Award Amount”), upon the earliest to occur of any of the following events: (i) the IPO; (ii) a Change of Control (as defined in the Retention Plan); (iii) May 31, 2015; and (iv) a participant’s termination of employment due to death or Disability (as defined in the Retention Plan) (each such event, a “Payment Event”).

In the event of an IPO or Change in Control, participants who are then employed by us shall be eligible to receive a payment in an amount equal to 1.82 times each participant’s Award Amount. For an IPO Payment Event, we intend to pay each participant’s Award Amount in shares of our common stock, with a lump sum cash payment in respect of any fractional shares. For a Change of Control Payment Event, we intend to pay each participant’s Award Amount in the same form of consideration that the holders of our common shares receive in the transaction. We intend to pay Award Amounts that vest upon an eligible termination or May 31, 2015 in a lump sum cash payment.

 

107


Table of Contents

Participants whose employment is terminated for any reason other than death or Disability will immediately forfeit their award under the Retention Plan. Payment of Award Amounts will occur within 60 days following the applicable Payment Event, but in no event will payment occur after March 15 of the year following the year in which the applicable Payment Event occurs. Participants will receive an award agreement setting forth each participant’s Award Amount and additional terms and conditions. The Board, or a committee thereof, will administer the Retention Plan.

On April 1, 2014, we awarded approximately $533,000 in total Award Amounts to participants in the Retention Plan.

2014 Omnibus Incentive Plan

We expect that our board of directors will adopt our 2014 Omnibus Incentive Plan (the “2014 Plan”) during the second quarter of 2014.

Pension Benefits

We do not maintain any defined benefit pension plans.

Nonqualified Deferred Compensation

We do not maintain any nonqualified deferred compensation plans.

401(k) Retirement Plan

We maintain a 401(k) retirement plan that is intended to be a tax-qualified defined contribution plan under Section 401(k) of the Internal Revenue Code. In general, all of our employees are eligible to participate beginning on the first day of their employment. The 401(k) plan includes a salary deferral arrangement pursuant to which participants may elect to reduce their current compensation by up to the statutorily prescribed limit, equal to $17,500 in 2013, and have the amount of the reduction contributed to the 401(k) plan.

Limitation of Liability and Indemnification

Our certificate of incorporation, as amended upon the closing of this offering, limits the personal liability of directors for breach of fiduciary duty to the maximum extent permitted by the Delaware General Corporation Law and provides that no director will have personal liability to us or to our stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty or other duty as a director. However, these provisions do not eliminate or limit the liability of any of our directors:

 

    for any breach of the director’s duty of loyalty to us or our stockholders;

 

    for acts or omissions not in good faith or which involve intentional misconduct or knowing violation of law;

 

    for voting or assenting to unlawful payments of dividends, stock repurchases or other distributions; or

 

    for any transaction which the director derived an improper personal benefit.

Any amendment to or repeal of these provisions will not eliminate or reduce the effect of these provisions in respect of any act, omission or claim that occurred or arose prior to such amendment or repeal. If the Delaware General Corporation Law is amended to provide for further limitations on the personal liability of directors of corporations, then the personal liability of our directors will be further limited to the greatest extent permitted by the Delaware General Corporation Law.

In addition, our certificate of incorporation, which will become effective upon the closing of this offering, provides that we must indemnify our directors and officers and we must advance expenses, including attorneys’ fees, to our directors and officers in connection with legal proceedings, subject to very limited exceptions.

 

108


Table of Contents

We maintain a general liability insurance policy that covers certain liabilities of our directors and officers arising out of claims based on acts or omissions in their capacities as directors or officers. In addition, we have entered into indemnification agreements with certain of our directors, and we intend to enter into indemnification agreements with all of our directors and executive officers. These indemnification agreements may require us, among other things, to indemnify each such director for some expenses, including attorneys’ fees, judgments, fines and settlement amounts incurred by him in any action or proceeding arising out of his service as one of our directors.

Certain of our non-employee directors may, through their relationships with their employers, be insured and/or indemnified against certain liabilities incurred in their capacity as members of our board of directors.

Rule 10b5-1 Sales Plans

Following the closing of this offering, our directors and executive officers may adopt written plans, known as Rule 10b5-1 plans, in which they will contract with a broker to buy or sell shares of our common stock on a periodic basis. Under a Rule 10b5-1 plan, a broker executes trades pursuant to parameters established by the director or officer when entering into the plan, without further direction from the director or officer. The director or officer may amend or terminate the plan in some circumstances. Our directors and executive officers may also buy or sell additional shares outside of a Rule 10b5-1 plan when they are not in possession of material, nonpublic information.

Director Compensation

Our non-employee directors are compensated on annual basis for their services on the board of directors as follows:

 

    each non-employee director receives an annual cash retainer of $40,000;

 

    each non-employee director receives an annual stock option grant to purchase 100,000 shares of our common stock, generally granted in the first quarter of each calendar year;

 

    the Chairman of the board of directors, each Chairman of a committee of the board of directors or a member of a committee of the board of directors, receives additional cash compensation as follows:

 

    Chairman of the board of directors receives an additional annual retainer of $20,000;

 

    Chairman of the audit committee receives an additional annual retainer of $15,000;

 

    Chairman of the compensation committee receives and additional annual retainer of $10,000;

 

    Chairman of each of the science and technology committee and the nominating and governance committee receives an additional annual retainer of $7,500; and

 

    member of the audit committee, compensation committee, science and technology committee or the nominating and governance committee—with respect to each such membership, an additional annual retainer of $5,000.

 

    each non-employee director receives an initial stock option grant to purchase 200,000 shares of our common stock upon being appointed to the board, granted as soon as reasonably practicable following the director’s appointment.

We generally grant stock options to our non-employee directors in the first quarter of each fiscal year in recognition of their annual service on our board of directors. These stock options have an exercise price equal to the fair market value of our common stock on the date of grant and have a term of ten years from the date of grant, subject to the director’s continued service on our board of directors. The stock options vest as to 25% of the original number of shares underlying such options at the beginning of each calendar quarter.

The initial stock options granted to non-employee directors have an exercise price equal to fair market value on the date of grant and have a term of ten years from the date of grant, subject to the director’s continued service. The initial option grant vests 25% on the date of grant and 25% on each of the first three anniversaries of the date of grant.

 

109


Table of Contents

Each member of our board of directors is also entitled to be reimbursed for reasonable travel and other expenses incurred in connection with attending meetings of the board of directors and any committee on which he serves.

In April 2014, Dr. Pomerantz and Mr. Low were elected to the board of directors. Each has been granted an initial stock option grant to purchase 200,000 of our common stock [and will receive a pro-rated portion of the annual cash retainer.] In addition, Mr. Low was elected to serve as the chairman of the audit committee, for which he will receive an additional $15,000 cash retainer, pro-rated based upon the date of his appointment. Dr. Pomerantz was elected to serve as the chairman of the science and technology committee, for which he will receive an additional $7,500 cash retainer, pro-rated based on the date of his appointment.

Ms. Gregory was elected to our board of directors in April 2014. She does not receive additional compensation for her services as a board member.

The following table sets forth in summary form information concerning the compensation that we paid or awarded during the year ended December 31, 2013 to each of our non-employee directors:

 

Name

   Fees Earned
or Paid in
Cash ($)
     Option Awards ($)     Other
Compensation ($)
    Total ($)  

Sol Barer, Ph.D.

   $ 56,500       $ 132,560 (1)    $ —        $ 189,060   

Sir Richard Sykes, FRS.

   $ 55,000       $ 77,168 (2)    $ —        $ 132,168   

David Scheinberg, M.D., Ph.D.

   $ 56,500       $ 73,851 (3)    $ —        $ 130,351   

Isaac Blech.

   $ 58,000       $ 129,205 (4)    $ —        $ 187,205   

Cary Sucoff.

   $ 55,000       $ 84,695 (5)    $ 75,000 (6)    $ 214,695   

Shengda Zan

   $ 30,000       $ 30,882      $ —        $ 60,882   

 

(1) Includes $101,678 representing the estimated fair value calculated with respect to the repricing of options to purchase an aggregate of 800,000 shares of our common stock pursuant to the Exchange Offer.
(2) Includes $46,286 representing the estimated fair value calculated with respect to the repricing of options to purchase an aggregate of 400,000 shares of our common stock pursuant to the Exchange Offer.
(3) Includes $13,224 representing the estimated fair value calculated with respect to the repricing of options to purchase an aggregate of 100,000 shares of our common stock pursuant to the Exchange Offer.
(4) Includes $98,323 representing the estimated fair value calculated with respect to the repricing of options to purchase an aggregate of 800,000 shares of our common stock pursuant to the Exchange Offer.
(5) Includes $24,262 representing the estimated fair value calculated with respect to the repricing of options to purchase an aggregate of 200,000 shares of our common stock pursuant to the Exchange Offer.
(6) Represents compensation received under a consulting agreement we entered into with Mr. Sucoff. See “—Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Consulting Agreement.”

In March 2014, our board of directors granted stock options to our directors, pursuant to our Amended 2008 Plan, as follows:

 

Name

   Option Award
(#)
     Option
Exercise
Price
($/share)
     Grant Date
Fair Value
 

Sol Barer, Ph.D.

     100,000       $ 0.61       $ 38,516   

David Scheinberg, M.D., Ph.D.

     100,000       $ 0.61       $ 38,516   

Isaac Blech

     100,000       $ 0.61       $ 38,516   

Cary Sucoff

     100,000       $ 0.61       $ 38,516   

Shengda Zan

     100,000       $ 0.61       $ 38,516   

Sir Richard Sykes, FRS

     100,000       $ 0.61       $ 38,516   

 

110


Table of Contents

CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

Since January 1, 2010, we have engaged in the following transactions with our directors, executive officers, beneficial owners of more than 5% of our voting securities, and affiliates of our directors, executive officers and holders of more than 5% of our voting securities, other than equity and other compensation, termination, change in control and other arrangements, which are described under “Executive Compensation.”

Registration Rights

Holders of our preferred stock, as well as the holders of option grants issued pursuant to our Amended 2008 Plan and our 2008 Plan, beginning 180 days after the effective date of this registration statement, have the right to require us to include the shares of our common stock reserved for conversion of their preferred shares and exercise of their options, respectively, in certain registration statements we may file with the SEC. In addition, holders of our Convertible Notes due 2015, beginning 180 days after the effective date of this registration statement, have the right to require us to include in certain registration statements we may file with the SEC the shares of our common stock underlying the warrants that they received in connection with their purchase of our Convertible Notes due 2015. Further, Maxim Group LLC (“Maxim”), which acted as the placement agent in the offering of our Convertible Notes due 2015, or its designees, have the right to require us to include in any registration statement we file with the SEC the shares of common stock underlying the warrants that it, or its designees, received as compensation for its past services.

We are required to pay all expenses, other than underwriting discounts and commissions, relating to all such shares of our common stock that we are required to include in any registration statement we file with the SEC.

The registration rights described above will terminate, as to any given holder of registrable securities, when such holder of registrable securities is able to sell all of such holder’s registrable securities pursuant to Rule 144 under the Securities Act in a single transaction without registration or any other restrictions.

Transactions with Our Directors

Mr. Sucoff, one of our directors, owns and operates Equity Source Partners, LLC (“ESP”), which acted as a placement agent in connection with offerings of our Series A preferred stock in 2009 and 2010, and in connection therewith, Mr. Sucoff and designees of ESP received warrants to purchase an aggregate of 675,000 shares of our common stock. The warrants issued for services as a placement agent had an aggregate estimated fair value at issuance of $55,907 and were recorded as a reduction in the proceeds of the related offering. Mr. Sucoff has received option grants to purchase an aggregate of 500,000 shares of our common stock, with an aggregate estimated fair value at the time of grant of $87,050, for his services as a member of our board of directors, and options and warrants to purchase an aggregate of 300,000 shares of our common stock, with an aggregate estimated fair value at the time of issuance of $49,178, for his services as a consultant.

In 2011, Dr. Scheinberg, one of our directors, purchased 30,000 shares of Series C preferred stock, for a total of $99,000, which are convertible into 60,000 shares of our common stock. Dr. Scheinberg received a warrant to purchase 40,000 shares of our common stock in connection with this investment. Dr. Scheinberg has received option grants to purchase an aggregate of 600,000 shares of our common stock, with an aggregate estimated fair value at the time of grant of $116,795, for his services as a member of our board of directors.

Mr. Blech, one of our directors, through four trusts, purchased an aggregate of 2,392,532 shares of Series B and Series C preferred stock, for a total of $6.5 million, which together, are convertible into 4,785,064 shares of our common stock. Such trusts also own an aggregate of 1,200,000 shares of our common stock, which were purchased for a total of $120,000, pursuant to the exercise of warrants issued to them in connection with the purchase of Series B preferred stock. Mr. Blech has also been issued options to purchase an aggregate of 500,000 shares of our common stock, with an aggregate estimated fair value at the time of grant of $91,324, for his

 

111


Table of Contents

services as a member of our board of directors. Mr. Belch has also been granted options to purchase 500,000 shares of our common stock, with an aggregate estimated fair value at the time of grant of $45,660, for his previous services to the Company.

In June 2013, Dr. Barer, one of our directors, purchased $1.0 million principal amount of our Convertible Notes due 2015, at face value, and received related warrants.

In March 2014, Dr. Barer and Ms. Gregory, our Chief Executive Officer, purchased $1.0 million and $25,000 principal amount, respectively, of our Convertible Notes due 2015, at face value, and received related warrants.

Consulting Agreement

In January of 2012, we entered into a consulting agreement with Mr. Sucoff providing for total consideration of $250,000 and warrants to purchase 300,000 shares of our common stock. Mr. Sucoff agreed to provide professional consultation services regarding matters relating to financing. The first payment of $100,000 and warrants to purchase 100,000 shares of our common stock was made at the closing of our Series C Convertible Preferred Stock financing. In May 2013, our board of directors approved the second payment of $75,000 as well as the issuance of a stock option grant, instead of warrants, to purchase 100,000 shares of our common stock. The final payment will be made subject to the approval of our board of directors. The agreement can be terminated by Mr. Sucoff or us upon 30 days’ prior written notice.

Indemnification Agreements

Our certificate of incorporation in effect upon the closing of this offering provides that we will indemnify our directors and officers to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware law. In addition, we have entered into indemnification agreements with our directors. See “Executive Compensation—Limitation of Liability and Indemnification” for additional information regarding these agreements. We maintain insurance policies for director and officer liability providing for maximum coverage in the amount of $10 million.

Policies and Procedures for Related Person Transactions

Our board of directors has adopted written policies and procedures for the review of any transaction, arrangement or relationship in which we are a participant, the amount involved exceeds $120,000 and one of our executive officers, directors, director nominees or 5% stockholders, or their immediate family members, each of whom we refer to as a “related person,” has a direct or indirect material interest.

If a related person proposes to enter into such a transaction, arrangement or relationship, which we refer to as a “related person transaction,” the related person must report the proposed related person transaction to our Chief Operating Officer or principal financial officer. The policy calls for the proposed related person transaction to be reviewed and, if deemed appropriate, approved by our audit committee. Whenever practicable, the reporting, review and approval will occur prior to entry into the transaction. If advance review and approval is not practicable, the committee will review, and, in its discretion, may ratify the related person transaction. The policy also permits the chairman of the committee to review and, if deemed appropriate, approve proposed related person transactions that arise between committee meetings, subject to ratification by the committee at its next meeting. Any related person transactions that are ongoing in nature will be reviewed annually.

A related person transaction reviewed under the policy will be considered approved or ratified if it is authorized by the committee after full disclosure of the related person’s interest in the transaction. As appropriate for the circumstances, the committee will review and consider:

 

    the related person’s interest in the related person transaction;

 

    the approximate dollar value of the amount involved in the related person transaction;

 

    the approximate dollar value of the amount of the related person’s interest in the transaction without regard to the amount of any profit or loss;

 

112


Table of Contents
    whether the transaction was undertaken in the ordinary course of our business;

 

    whether the terms of the transaction are no less favorable to us than terms that could have been reached with an unrelated third party;

 

    the purpose of, and the potential benefits to us of, the transaction; and

 

    any other information regarding the related person transaction or the related person in the context of the proposed transaction that would be material to investors in light of the circumstances of the particular transaction.

The committee may approve or ratify the transaction only if the committee determines that, under all of the circumstances, the transaction is in our best interests. The committee may impose any conditions on the related person transaction that it deems appropriate.

Any member of the audit committee who is a related person with respect to a transaction under review will not be able to participate in the deliberations or vote on the approval or ratification of the transaction. However, such a director may be counted in determining the presence of a quorum at a meeting of the committee that considers the transaction.

In addition to the transactions that are excluded by the instructions to the SEC’s related person transaction disclosure rule, our board of directors has determined that the following transactions do not create a material direct or indirect interest on behalf of related persons and, therefore, are not related person transactions for purposes of this policy:

 

    interests arising solely from the related person’s position as an executive officer of another entity (whether or not the person is also a director of such entity), that is a participant in the transaction, where (a) the related person and all other related persons own in the aggregate less than a 10% equity interest in such entity, (b) the related person and his or her immediate family members are not involved in the negotiation of the terms of the transaction and do not receive any special benefits as a result of the transaction and (c) the amount involved in the transaction is less than the greater of $200,000 or 5% of the annual gross revenues of the company receiving payment under the transaction; and

 

    a transaction that is specifically contemplated by provisions of our charter or by-laws.

The policy provides that transactions involving compensation of executive officers shall be reviewed and approved by the compensation committee in the manner specified in its charter.

We did not have a written policy regarding the review and approval of related person transactions prior to this offering. Nevertheless, with respect to such transactions, it was our policy for our board of directors to consider the nature of and business reason for such transactions, how the terms of such transactions compared to those which might be obtained from unaffiliated third parties and whether such transactions were otherwise fair to and in the best interests of, or not contrary to, our best interests. In addition, all related person transactions required prior approval, or later ratification, by our board of directors.

 

113


Table of Contents

PRINCIPAL STOCKHOLDERS

The following table sets forth information regarding the beneficial ownership of our common stock as of the date of this prospectus, and the anticipated beneficial ownership percentages immediately following this offering, by:

 

    each of our directors;

 

    each of our Named Executive Officers;

 

    all of our directors and executive officers as a group; and

 

    each person, or group of affiliated persons, who is known by us to beneficially own more than 5% of our outstanding shares of common stock.

Each stockholder’s percentage ownership before the offering is based on 39,271,414 shares of our common stock outstanding as of the date of this prospectus (assuming conversion only of all of our shares of preferred stock into common stock), as adjusted to give effect to this offering. Each stockholder’s percentage ownership after the offering is based on                 shares of our common stock outstanding immediately after the completion of this offering. We have granted the underwriters an option to purchase up to an aggregate of                 additional shares of our common stock from us to cover over-allotments, if any, and the table below assumes no exercise of that option.

Beneficial ownership is determined in accordance with the rules and regulations of the SEC and includes voting or investment power with respect to our common stock. Shares of our common stock subject to options or warrants that are currently exercisable or exercisable with 60 days of the date of this prospectus are considered outstanding and beneficially owned by the person holding the options or warrants for the purposes of calculating the percentage ownership of that person but not for the purpose of calculating the percentage ownership of any other person. Except as disclosed in the footnotes to this table and subject to applicable community property laws, we believe that each stockholder identified in the table possesses sole voting and investment power over all shares of common stock shown as beneficially owned by the stockholder. Except as otherwise set forth below, the address of the beneficial owner is c/o ContraFect Corporation, 28 Wells Avenue, 3rd Floor, Yonkers, New York 10701.

 

     Number of
Shares of
Common
Stock
Beneficially
Owned
     Percentage of
Shares Beneficially
Owned
        Before
Offering
(%)
     After
Offering
(%)

5% Stockholders:

        

Alpha Spring Limited (1)

     5,226,528         13.3      

Liberty Charitable Remainder Trust (2)

     3,631,644         9.3      

River Charitable Remainder Trust (3)

     2,050,388         5.2      

Robert C. Nowinski, Ph.D. (4)

     7,988,900         17.4      

Directors and Named Executive Officers:

        

Sol Barer, Ph.D. (5)

     1,550,000         3.9      

Isaac Blech (6)

     7,035,064         17.5      

David N. Low, Jr. (7)

     50,000         *      

Roger Pomerantz, M.D. (8)

     50,000         *      

David Scheinberg, M.D., Ph.D. (9)

     650,000         1.6      

Cary Sucoff (10)

     1,140,000         2.8      

Sir Richard Sykes, FRS (11)

     310,000         *      

Shengda Zan (12)

     5,476,528         13.9      

Julia P. Gregory (13)

     518,333         1.3      

David Huang, M.D., Ph.D. (14)

     354,898         *      

Michael Wittekind, Ph.D. (15)

     181,000         *      

Robert C. Nowinski, Ph.D. (4)

     7,988,900         17.4      

All current directors and executive officers as a group (14 persons) (16)

     17,959,816         39.7      

 

114


Table of Contents
* Represents beneficial ownership of less than one percent of our outstanding common stock.
(1) The address for Alpha Spring Limited is P.O. Box 957, Offshore Incorporations Centre, Road Town, Tortola, British Virgin Islands. Consists of 5,226,528 shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of preferred stock. Mr. Zan, a member of our board of directors, is the sole director of Alpha Spring Limited.
(2) The address for Liberty Charitable Remainder Trust is 75 Rockefeller Plaza, 29 th Floor, New York, New York 10019. Consists of (a) 700,000 shares of common stock and (b) 2,931,644 shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of preferred stock. Mr. Blech, a member of our board of directors, is a trustee and one of the beneficiaries of Liberty Charitable Remainder Trust.
(3) The address for River Charitable Remainder Trust is 75 Rockefeller Plaza, 29 th Floor, New York, New York 10019. Consists of (a) 500,000 shares of common stock and (b) 1,550,388 shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of preferred stock. Mr. Blech, a member of our board of directors, is a trustee and one of the beneficiaries of River Charitable Remainder Trust.
(4) Consists of (a) 1,193,900 shares of common stock, (b) 100,000 shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of preferred stock, and (c) 6,695,000 shares of common stock underlying options that are exercisable as of the date of this prospectus. All of the shares of common stock owned by Dr. Nowinski have been pledged as security. Pursuant to the pledge agreement, Dr. Nowinski has the power to vote or direct the voting of the shares.
(5) Consists of (a) 600,000 shares of common stock and (b) 950,000 shares of common stock underlying options and warrants that are exercisable as of the date of this prospectus or will become exercisable within 60 days after such date.
(6) Consists of (a) (i) 700,000 shares of common stock and (ii) 2,931,644 shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of preferred stock held by Liberty Charitable Remainder Trust, (b) (i) 500,000 shares of common stock and (ii) 1,550,388 shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of preferred stock held by River Charitable Remainder Unitrust, (c) 151,516 shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of preferred stock held by Harbor Charitable River Trust, (d) 151,516 shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of preferred stock held by Summit Charitable Remainder Trust, (e) 100,000 shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of preferred stock held by Miriam Blech and (f) 950,000 shares of common stock underlying options that are exercisable as of the date of this prospectus or will become exercisable within 60 days after such date.
(7) Consists of 50,000 shares of common stock underlying options that are exercisable as of the date of this prospectus or will become exercisable within 60 days after such date.
(8) Consists of 50,000 shares of common stock underlying options that are exercisable as of the date of this prospectus or will become exercisable within 60 days after such date.
(9) Consists of (a) 20,000 shares of common stock, (b) 60,000 shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of preferred stock, and (c) 570,000 shares of common stock underlying options and warrants that are exercisable as of the date of this prospectus or will become exercisable within 60 days after such date.
(10) Consists of 1,140,000 shares of common stock underlying options and warrants that are exercisable as of the date of this prospectus or will become exercisable within 60 days after such date.
(11) Consists of 310,000 shares of common stock underlying options that are exercisable as of the date of this prospectus or will become exercisable within 60 days after such date.
(12) Consists of (a) 5,226,528 shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of preferred stock held by Alpha Spring Limited and (b) 250,000 shares of common stock underlying options that are exercisable as of the date of this prospectus or will become exercisable within 60 days after such date.
(13) Consists of 518,333 shares of common stock underlying options that are exercisable as of the date of this prospectus or will become exercisable within 60 days after such date.
(14) Consists of 354,898 shares of common stock underlying options that are exercisable as of the date of this prospectus or will become exercisable within 60 days after such date.
(15) Consists of 181,000 shares of common stock underlying options that are exercisable as of the date of this prospectus or will become exercisable within 60 days after such date.
(16) Consists of (a) 1,820,000 shares of common stock, (b) 10,210,352 shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of preferred stock and (c) 5,929,464 shares of common stock underlying options and warrants that are exercisable as of the date of this prospectus or will become exercisable within 60 days after such date.

 

115


Table of Contents

DESCRIPTION OF SECURITIES

The following description of our securities and provisions of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated by-laws are summaries and are qualified by reference to the certificate of incorporation and the by-laws that will be in effect upon the closing of this offering. We have filed copies of these documents with the SEC as exhibits to our registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part. The description of the securities reflects changes to our capital structure that will occur upon the closing of this offering.

Upon the closing of this offering, our authorized capital stock will consist of            shares of our common stock, par value $0.0001 per share, and 5,000,000 shares of our preferred stock, par value $0.0001 per share, all of which preferred stock will be undesignated.

As of March 31, 2014, we had issued and outstanding:

 

    7,084,240 shares of our common stock held by 61 stockholders of record;

 

    2,200,000 shares of our Series A preferred stock that are convertible into 4,400,000 shares of our common stock;

 

    4,651,163 shares of our Series B preferred stock that are convertible into 9,302,326 shares of our common stock; and

 

    9,090,909 shares of our Series C preferred stock that are convertible into 18,181,818 shares of our common stock.

 

    151,515 shares of our Series C-1 preferred stock that are convertible into 303,030 shares of our common stock.

Upon the closing of this offering, all of the outstanding shares of our preferred stock will automatically convert into an aggregate of 32,187,174 shares of our common stock.

Common Stock

Holders of our common stock are entitled to one vote for each share held on all matters submitted to a vote of stockholders and do not have cumulative voting rights. An election of directors by our stockholders shall be determined by a plurality of the votes cast by the stockholders entitled to vote on the election. Any matter other than the election of directors shall be determined by a majority of the votes cast. Holders of common stock are entitled to receive proportionately any dividends as may be declared by our board of directors, subject to any preferential dividend rights of outstanding preferred stock.

In the event of our liquidation or dissolution, the holders of common stock are entitled to receive proportionately all assets available for distribution to stockholders after the payment of all debts and other liabilities and subject to the prior rights of any outstanding preferred stock. Holders of common stock have no preemptive, subscription, redemption or conversion rights. The rights, preferences and privileges of holders of common stock are subject to and may be adversely affected by the rights of the holders of shares of any series of preferred stock that we may designate and issue in the future.

Preferred Stock

Under the terms of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation that will become effective upon the closing of this offering, our board of directors is authorized to issue shares of preferred stock in one or more series without stockholder approval. Our board of directors has the discretion to determine the rights, preferences, privileges and restrictions, including voting rights, dividend rights, conversion rights, redemption privileges and liquidation preferences, of each series of preferred stock.

 

116


Table of Contents

The purpose of authorizing our board of directors to issue preferred stock and determine its rights and preferences is to eliminate delays associated with a stockholder vote on specific issuances. The issuance of preferred stock, while providing flexibility in connection with possible acquisitions, future financings and other corporate purposes, could have the effect of making it more difficult for a third-party to acquire, or could discourage a third party from seeking to acquire, a majority of our outstanding voting stock. Upon the closing of this offering, there will be no shares of preferred stock outstanding, and we have no present plans to issue any shares of preferred stock.

Warrants

The warrants issued in this offering entitle the registered holder to purchase one share of our common stock at a price equal to $            , or     % of the initial public offering price per share of the underlying shares of our common stock, subject to adjustment as discussed below, at any time commencing upon                      and terminating at 5:00 p.m., New York City time,              years after the date of this prospectus.

The warrants will be issued pursuant to a warrant agreement between us and our warrant agent. Certain provisions of the warrants are set forth herein but are only a summary and are qualified in their entirety by the relevant provisions of the warrant agreement that will be filed as an exhibit to the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part.

The exercise price and number of shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of the warrants may be adjusted in certain circumstances, including in the event of a stock dividend, extraordinary dividend or recapitalization, reorganization, merger or consolidation. However, the warrants will not be adjusted for issuances of common stock at prices below their respective exercise prices.

The warrants may be exercised upon surrender of the warrant certificate on or prior to the expiration date at the offices of the warrant agent, with the exercise form on the reverse side of the warrant certificate completed and executed as indicated, accompanied by full payment of the exercise price, by certified or official bank check payable to us, for the number of warrants being exercised. Under the terms of the warrant agreement, we have agreed to use our commercially reasonable efforts to maintain the effectiveness of the registration statement and current prospectus relating to common stock issuable upon exercise of the warrants until the expiration of the warrants. If, and only if, at the time of exercise of the warrants there is no effective registration statement covering the issuance of the shares of common stock underlying the warrants, then the warrant holder may exercise the warrants on a cashless basis. The warrant holders do not have the rights or privileges of holders of common stock or any voting rights until they exercise their warrants and receive shares of common stock. After the issuance of shares of common stock upon exercise of the warrants, each holder will be entitled to one vote for each share held of record on all matters to be voted on by stockholders.

We may redeem the outstanding warrants without the consent of any third party or the representative of the underwriters:

 

    in whole and not in part;

 

    at a price of $             per warrant, so long as a registration statement relating to the common stock issuable upon exercise of the warrants is effective and current;

 

    upon not less than 30 days prior written notice of redemption; and

 

    if, and only if, the last reported sale price of a share of our common stock equals or exceeds $             per share (subject to adjustment for splits, dividends, recapitalization and other similar events) for any 20 trading days within a 30 consecutive trading day period ending three business days before we send the notice of redemption to warrantholders.

 

117


Table of Contents

If the foregoing conditions are satisfied and we call the warrants for redemption, each warrantholder will then be entitled to exercise his, her or its warrant prior to the date scheduled for redemption. However, there can be no assurance that the price of the common stock will exceed the warrant exercise price after the redemption call is made.

A holder may not exercise any portion of a warrant to the extent that the holder, together with its affiliates and any other person or entity acting as a group, would own more than             % of the outstanding common stock after exercise, as such percentage ownership is determined in accordance with the terms of the warrants, except that upon at least 61 days’ prior notice from the holder to us, the holder may waive such limitation.

No fractional shares of common stock will be issued upon exercise of the warrants. If, upon exercise of the warrants, a holder would be entitled to receive a fractional interest in a share, we will, upon exercise, round up to the nearest whole number of shares of common stock to be issued to the warrant holder. If multiple warrants are exercised by the holder at the same time, we will aggregate the number of whole shares issuable upon exercise of all the warrants.

Registration Rights

For a description of certain outstanding registration rights, see “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Registration Rights.”

Outstanding Warrants

As of March 31, 2014, we have warrants outstanding to purchase an aggregate of 5,028,398 shares of our common stock at a weighted average exercise price of $0.92 per share. These warrants contain certain cashless exercise and anti-dilution provisions.

In addition, we issued warrants to purchasers in conjunction with the issuance of the Convertible Notes due 2015 (the “Purchaser Warrants”). Purchasers of the Convertible Notes due 2015 received warrants to purchase a number of shares of common stock equal to 50% of the total number of shares of common stock underlying their Convertible Notes due 2015. The Purchaser Warrants have a term of five years from the issuance of the Convertible Notes due 2015 and an exercise price of 75% of the initial public offering price of our shares of common stock.

Furthermore, the placement agent for our issuance of Convertible Notes due 2015, Maxim Group LLC (the representative of the underwriters of this offering), also received warrants to purchase the number of shares of common stock equal to 10% of the total number of shares of common stock underlying the Convertible Notes due 2015. These warrants have a term of five years from their issuance and an exercise price of 110% of the exercise price of the Purchaser Warrants.

Underwriter’s Warrants

We have agreed to grant to Maxim warrants to purchase a number of shares equal to 7% of the total number of shares of common stock sold in this offering at a price equal to 110% of the price per share of the common stock sold in this offering. See “Underwriting.”

Options

As of March 31, 2014, options to purchase an aggregate of 16,073,503 shares of our common stock at a weighted average exercise price of $0.75 per share were outstanding.

Anti-Takeover Effects of Delaware Law and Our Charter and Bylaws

Delaware law contains, and upon the completion of this offering our certificate of incorporation and our bylaws will contain, provisions that could have the effect of delaying, deferring or discouraging another party from acquiring control of us. These provisions, which are summarized below, are expected to discourage coercive takeover practices and inadequate takeover bids. These provisions are also designed to encourage persons seeking to acquire control of us to first negotiate with our board of directors.

 

118


Table of Contents

Removal of Directors

A director may be removed only for cause and only by the affirmative vote of the holders of at least 75% of the votes that all of our stockholders would be entitled to cast in an annual election of directors. Any vacancy on our board of directors, including a vacancy resulting from an enlargement of our board of directors, may be filled only by vote of a majority of our directors then in office.

Stockholder Action by Written Consent; Special Meetings

Upon the completion of this offering, our certificate of incorporation will provide that any action required or permitted to be taken by our stockholders must be effected at a duly called annual or special meeting of such holders and may not be effected by any consent in writing by such holders. Upon the completion of this offering, our certificate of incorporation and bylaws will also provide that, except as otherwise required by law, special meetings of our stockholders can only be called by our Chairman of the board of directors or our Chief Executive Officer.

Advance Notice Requirements for Stockholder Proposals

Upon the completion of this offering, our bylaws will establish an advance notice procedure for stockholder proposals to be brought before an annual meeting of stockholders, including proposed nominations of persons for election to our board of directors. Stockholders at an annual meeting will only be able to consider proposals or nominations specified in the notice of meeting or brought before the meeting by or at the direction of our board of directors or by a stockholder of record on the record date for the meeting who is entitled to vote at the meeting and who has delivered timely written notice in proper form to our secretary of the stockholder’s intention to bring such business before the meeting. These provisions could have the effect of delaying until the next stockholder meeting stockholder actions that are favored by the holders of a majority of our outstanding voting securities.

Delaware Business Combination Statute

Upon the completion of this offering, we will be subject to Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law. Subject to specified exceptions, Section 203 prevents a publicly-held Delaware corporation from engaging in a “business combination” with any “interested stockholder” for three years following the date that the person became an interested stockholder, unless the interested stockholder attained that status with the approval of our board of directors or unless the business combination is approved in a prescribed manner. A “business combination” includes, among other things, a merger or consolidation involving us and the “interested stockholder” and the sale of more than 10% of our assets. In general, an “interested stockholder” is any entity or person beneficially owning 15% or more of our outstanding voting stock and any entity or person affiliated with or controlling or controlled by such entity or person.

Amendment of Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws

The Delaware General Corporation Law provides generally that the affirmative vote of a majority of the shares entitled to vote on any matter is required to amend a corporation’s certificate of incorporation or bylaws, unless a corporation’s certificate of incorporation or bylaws, as the case may be, requires a greater percentage. Effective upon the completion of this offering, our bylaws may be amended or repealed by a majority vote of our board of directors or by the affirmative vote of the holders of at least 75% of the votes that all of our stockholders would be entitled to cast in any annual election of directors. In addition, the affirmative vote of the holders of at least 75% of the votes that all of our stockholders would be entitled to cast in any annual election of directors is required to amend or repeal or to adopt any provisions inconsistent with any of the provisions of our certificate of incorporation described above under “—Removal of Directors” and “—Stockholder Action by Written Consent; Special Meetings.”

Transfer Agent and Registrar

The transfer agent and registrar for our common stock will be                     .

NASDAQ Capital Market Symbol

We intend to apply to list our common stock and the warrants on the NASDAQ Capital Market under the symbols “CFRX” and “CFRXW,” respectively.

 

119


Table of Contents

SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE

Prior to completion of this offering, there was no public market for our common stock or our warrants. Future sales of our common stock or our warrants in the public market, or the perception that sales could occur, could adversely affect the market price of our common stock or our warrants and could impair our future ability to raise capital through the sale of our equity securities. The language in this section assumes no exercise of the warrants issued in conjunction with this offering.

Based on the number of shares of our common stock outstanding as of the date of this prospectus, we will have            shares of our common stock outstanding after completion of this offering. Of those shares, the shares of common stock sold in this offering will be freely tradable without restriction or further registration under the Securities Act, except that any shares purchased by our “affiliates,” as that term is defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act, may be sold only in compliance with the limitations described below. The remaining outstanding shares of our common stock will be deemed “restricted securities” as that term is defined in Rule 144. Restricted securities may not be resold except pursuant to an effective registration statement or an applicable exemption from registration, including an exemption under Rule 144 under the Securities Act as summarized below.

Rule 144

In general, under Rule 144, beginning 90 days after the date of this prospectus, a person who is not our affiliate and has not been our affiliate at any time during the preceding three months will be entitled to sell any of our shares of common stock that such person has beneficially owned for at least six months, including the holding period of any prior owner other than one of our affiliates, without regard to volume limitations, if we are current in our SEC filings as set forth in Rule 144.

In addition, under Rule 144, a person may sell shares of our common stock acquired from us immediately upon the closing of this offering, without regard to volume limitations or the availability of public information about us, if:

 

    the person is not our affiliate and has not been our affiliate at any time during the preceding three months; and

 

    the person has beneficially owned the shares to be sold for at least one year, including the holding period of any prior owner other than one of our affiliates.

Beginning 90 days after the date of this prospectus, a person who is our affiliate or who was our affiliate at any time during the preceding three months and who has beneficially owned shares of our common stock for at least six months, including the holding period of any prior owner other than one of our affiliates, would be entitled to sell within any three-month period a number of shares that does not exceed the greater of:

 

    1.0% of the number of our shares of common stock then outstanding, which will equal approximately            shares immediately after this offering; and

 

    the average weekly trading volume in our common stock on the NASDAQ during the four calendar weeks preceding the date of filing of a Notice of Proposed Sale of Securities Pursuant to Rule 144 with respect to the sale.

Sales under Rule 144 by our affiliates are also subject to manner of sale provisions and notice requirements and to the availability of current public information about us.

Upon expiration of the 270-day lock-up period described below, approximately            shares of our common stock will be eligible for sale under Rule 144, including shares eligible for resale immediately upon the closing of this offering as described above. We cannot estimate the number of shares of our common stock that our existing shareholders will elect to sell under Rule 144.

 

120


Table of Contents

Rule 701

In general, under Rule 701 of the Securities Act as currently in effect, any of our employees, consultants or advisors who purchase shares of our common stock from us in connection with a compensatory stock or option plan or other written agreement is eligible to resell those shares 90 days after the effective date of the offering in reliance on Rule 144, but without compliance with some of the restrictions, including the holding period, contained in Rule 144.

Lock-Up Agreements

In connection with this offering, we, certain of our shareholders and each of our executive officers have agreed with the underwriters, subject to certain exceptions, not to sell, dispose of or hedge any shares of our common stock for a period of 270 days after the date of this prospectus, except with the prior written consent of the representative of the underwriters. See “Underwriting.”

 

121


Table of Contents

UNDERWRITING

We have entered into an underwriting agreement (the “Underwriting Agreement”) with Maxim, as the co-lead managing underwriter and joint book-runner, with respect to the offered securities subject to this offering. Subject to the terms and conditions of the Underwriting Agreement, the underwriters named below have agreed to purchase, and we have agreed to sell to them, the number of shares of common stock provided below.

 

Underwriters

   Number of
Offered Securities

Maxim Group LLC

  
  
  

Total

  

The underwriters are offering the offered securities subject to acceptance of the shares from us and subject to prior sale. The Underwriting Agreement provides that the obligations of the underwriters to pay for and accept delivery of the offered securities are subject to the approval of certain legal matters by their counsel and to certain other conditions. The underwriters are obligated to take and pay for all of the offered securities if any are taken, other than those offered securities covered by the over-allotment option described below.

Overallotment

Pursuant to the Underwriting Agreement, we have granted to Maxim an option, exercisable within 45 days after the closing of this offering, to acquire up to an additional                 offered securities, or 15% of the total number of offered securities to be offered by us pursuant to this offering, solely for the purpose of covering over-allotments.

No Prior Public Market

Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our securities and the public offering price for the offered securities will be determined through negotiations between us and Maxim. Among the factors to be considered in these negotiations will be prevailing market conditions, our financial information, the market valuations of other companies that we and Maxim believe to be comparable to us, estimates of our business potential, the present state of our development and other factors we and Maxim deem relevant.

We offer no assurances that the initial public offering prices of the offered securities will correspond to the price at which our securities will trade in the public market subsequent to this offering or that an active trading market for the offered securities will develop and continue after this offering.

Commission and Expenses

Maxim has advised us that the underwriters propose to offer the offered securities to the public at the initial public offering prices set forth on the cover page of this prospectus and to certain dealers at those prices less a concession not in excess of $         per offered security. The underwriters may allow, and certain dealers may re-allow, a discount from the concession not in excess of $         per offered security to certain brokers and dealers. After this offering, the initial public offering prices, concession and reallowance to dealers may be reduced by Maxim. No such reduction shall change the amount of proceeds to be received by us as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus. The offered securities are offered by the underwriters as stated herein, subject to receipt and acceptance by them and subject to their right to reject any order in whole or in part. Maxim has informed us that the underwriters do not intend to confirm sales to any accounts over which they exercise discretionary authority.

 

122


Table of Contents

The following table shows the underwriting discounts and commissions payable to the underwriters by us in connection with this offering.

 

     Fee
Per Share (1)
     Fee
Per Warrant (1)
     Total Without
Exercise of Over-
Allotment
     Total With
Exercise of
Over-Allotment
 

Public offering price

   $                $                $                $            

Discount

   $            $         $         $     

 

(1) The fees do not include the underwriter warrants or expense reimbursement described below.

We have agreed to reimburse Maxim for certain out-of-pocket expenses it incurs in connection with this offering, including, but not limited to, filing offering materials with the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, Inc. (“FINRA”), “road show” expenses and the fees and disbursements of its counsel.

We estimate that expenses payable by us in connection with the offering of the offered securities, other than the underwriting discounts and commissions and the counsel fees and disbursement reimbursement provisions referred to above, will be approximately $        .

Upon the closing of the offering, Maxim will have the right of first refusal to act as a manager or placement agent on customary terms for one future public equity or equity-linked financing of the Company, or any successor to or any subsidiary of the Company, that takes place within a period of 12 months from the effective date of this registration statement.

We have also agreed to issue to Maxim or its designees, at the closing of this offering, warrants (the “Underwriter’s Warrants”) to purchase that number of our shares of common stock equal to up to 7% of the aggregate number of shares sold in the offering. The Underwriter’s Warrants will be exercisable at any time and from time to time, in whole or in part, during a period commencing nine months from the effective date of this prospectus, and will expire five years after such date. The Underwriter’s Warrants will be exercisable at a price equal to 110% of the public offering price of the shares in this offering. The Underwriter’s Warrants and the shares of common stock underlying the Underwriter’s Warrants have been deemed compensation by FINRA and are, therefore, subject to a 180-day lock-up pursuant to Rule 5110(g)(1) of FINRA. Maxim or its permitted assignees under this Rule 5110(g)(1) shall not sell, transfer, assign, pledge or hypothecate the Underwriter’s Warrants or the shares of common stock underlying the Underwriter’s Warrants, nor engage in any hedging, short sale, derivative, put or call transaction that would result in the effective economic disposition of the Underwriter’s Warrants or the shares of common stock underlying the Underwriter’s Warrants, for a period of 180 days from the effective date of the registration statement, except that they may be assigned, in whole or in part, as specifically set forth in the Underwriting Agreement. The Underwriter’s Warrants will provide for cashless exercise, “piggyback” registration rights for five years from the effective date of the registration statement and customary anti-dilution provisions (for share dividends, splits and recapitalizations and the like) consistent with FINRA Rule 5110. The Underwriter’s Warrants will further provide for one-time demand registration rights of the sale of the underlying common stock.

Indemnification

We have agreed to indemnify the underwriters against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act and liabilities arising from breaches of representations and warranties contained in the Underwriting Agreement, or to contribute to payments that the underwriters may be required to make in respect of those liabilities.

 

123


Table of Contents

Lock-Up Agreements

Officers, directors and certain shareholders of our company holding an aggregate of     % of our common stock prior to the offering, have agreed to a 270-day “lock-up” period from the closing of this offering with respect to the shares of common stock that they beneficially own, including the issuance of shares upon the exercise of convertible securities and options that are currently outstanding or which may be issued. This means that, for a period of 270 days following the closing of the offering, such persons may not offer, sell, pledge or otherwise dispose of these securities without the prior written consent of Maxim.

The 270-day restricted period is subject to extension if (1) during the last 17 days of the restricted period we issue an earnings release or material news or a material event relating to us occurs or (2) prior to the expiration of the restricted period, we announce that we will release earnings results during the 15-day period beginning on the last day of the restricted period, in which case the restrictions imposed in the lock-up agreements will continue to apply until the expiration of the 18-day period beginning on the issuance of the earnings release or the occurrence of the material news or material event.

Maxim has no present intention to waive or shorten the lock-up period; however, the terms of the lock-up agreements may be waived at its discretion. In determining whether to waive the terms of the lock-up agreements, Maxim may base its decision on its assessment of the relative strengths of the securities markets and companies similar to ours in general, and the trading pattern of, and demand for, our shares in general.

Listing

We intend to apply to list our common stock and the warrants on the Nasdaq Capital Market under the symbols “CFRX” and “CFRXW,” respectively.

Electronic Distribution

A prospectus in electronic format may be made available on websites or through other online services maintained by Maxim or by its affiliates. Other than the prospectus in electronic format, the information on Maxim’s website and any information contained in any other website maintained by it is not part of this prospectus or the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part, has not been approved and/or endorsed by us or Maxim in its capacity as an underwriter, and should not be relied upon by investors.

Price Stabilization, Short Positions and Penalty Bids

In connection with the offering the underwriters may engage in stabilizing transactions, over-allotment transactions, syndicate covering transactions and penalty bids in accordance with Regulation M under the Exchange Act:

 

    Stabilizing transactions permit bids to purchase the underlying security so long as the stabilizing bids do not exceed a specified maximum.

 

    Over-allotment involves sales by the underwriters of shares in excess of the number of shares the underwriters are obligated to purchase, which creates a syndicate short position. The short position may be either a covered short position or a naked short position. In a covered short position, the number of shares over-allotted by the underwriters is not greater than the number of shares that may be purchased in the over-allotment option. In a naked short position, the number of shares involved is greater than the number of shares in the over-allotment option. Maxim may close out any covered short position by either exercising the over-allotment option and/or purchasing shares in the open market.

 

   

Syndicate covering transactions involve purchases of shares in the open market after the distribution has been completed in order to cover syndicate short positions. In determining the source of shares to close out the short position, Maxim will consider, among other things, the price of shares available for purchase in the open market as compared to the price at which it may purchase shares through the over-

 

124


Table of Contents
 

allotment option. If the underwriters sell more shares than could be covered by the over-allotment option which creates a naked short position, the position can only be closed out by buying shares in the open market. A naked short position is more likely to be created if the underwriters are concerned that there could be downward pressure on the price of the shares in the open market after pricing that could adversely affect investors who purchase in the offering.

 

    Penalty bids permit Maxim to reclaim a selling concession from a syndicate member when the common stock originally sold by the syndicate member is purchased in a stabilizing or syndicate covering transaction to cover syndicate short positions.

These stabilizing transactions, syndicate covering transactions and penalty bids may have the effect of raising or maintaining the market price of our shares or preventing or retarding a decline in the market price of our shares. As a result, the price of our shares may be higher than the price that might otherwise exist in the open market. Neither we nor the underwriters make any representation or prediction as to the direction or magnitude of any effect that the transactions described above may have on the price of our shares. In addition, neither we nor the underwriters make any representations that the underwriters will engage in these stabilizing transactions or that any transaction, once commenced, will not be discontinued without notice.

Offers Outside the United States

Other than in the United States, no action has been taken by us or the underwriters that would permit a public offering of the shares offered by this prospectus in any jurisdiction where action for that purpose is required. The shares offered by this prospectus may not be offered or sold, directly or indirectly, nor may this prospectus or any other offering material or advertisements in connection with the offer and sale of any such shares be distributed or published in any jurisdiction, except under circumstances that will result in compliance with the applicable rules and regulations of that jurisdiction. Persons into whose possession this prospectus comes are advised to inform themselves about and to observe any restrictions relating to the offering and the distribution of this prospectus. This prospectus does not constitute an offer to sell or a solicitation of an offer to buy any shares offered by this prospectus in any jurisdiction in which such an offer or a solicitation is unlawful.

Other Relationships

Maxim and its affiliates may in the future engage in investment banking and other commercial dealings in the ordinary course of business with us. They may in the future receive customary fees and commissions for these transactions. Maxim did not provide any financing, investment and/or advisory services to us during the 180-day period preceding the filing of the registration statement related to this offering, and as of the date of this prospectus, other than as previously disclosed, we do not have any agreement or arrangement with Maxim to provide any of such services during the 90-day period following the effective date of the registration statement related to this offering.

 

125


Table of Contents

LEGAL MATTERS

The validity of the offered securities offered by this prospectus will be passed upon for us by Shearman & Sterling LLP, New York, New York. The underwriters have been represented by Ellenoff Grossman  & Schole LLP, New York, New York.

EXPERTS

The financial statements of ContraFect Corporation at December 31, 2013 and 2012, and for the years then ended, appearing in this prospectus and registration statement have been audited by Ernst & Young LLP, independent registered public accounting firm, as set forth in their report thereon (which contains an explanatory paragraph describing conditions that raise substantial doubt about the Company’s ability to continue as a going concern as described in Note 1 to the financial statements) appearing elsewhere herein, and are included in reliance upon such report given on the authority of such firm as experts in accounting and auditing.

The statements of operations, changes in preferred stock and stockholders’ equity (deficit) and cash flows of ContraFect Corporation for the period from March 17, 2008 (inception) to December 31, 2011 (not presented separately herein), have been audited by EisnerAmper LLP, independent registered public accounting firm, as stated in their report which is incorporated herein in reliance on the report of such firm given upon their authority as experts in accounting and auditing.

WHERE YOU CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION

We have filed with the SEC a registration statement on Form S-1 under the Securities Act that registers the shares of our common stock to be sold in this offering. The registration statement, including the attached exhibits, contains additional relevant information about us and our common stock. The rules and regulations of the SEC allow us to omit from this document certain information included in the registration statement.

You may read and copy the reports and other information we file with the SEC at the SEC’s Public Reference Room at 100 F Street, N.E., Room 1580, Washington, D.C. 20549. You may also obtain copies of this information by mail from the public reference section of the SEC, 100 F Street, N.E., Washington, D.C. 20549, at prescribed rates. You may obtain information regarding the operation of the public reference room by calling 1-800-SEC-0330. The SEC also maintains a website that contains reports, proxy statements and other information about issuers, like us, who file electronically with the SEC. The address of that website is http://www.sec.gov. This reference to the SEC’s website is an inactive textual reference only and is not a hyperlink.

Upon completion of this offering, we will become subject to the reporting, proxy and information requirements of the Exchange Act, and as a result will be required to file periodic reports, proxy statements and other information with the SEC. These periodic reports, proxy statements and other information will be available for inspection and copying at the SEC’s public reference room and the website of the SEC referred to above, as well as on our website, without charge, at http://www.contrafect.com. This reference to our website is an inactive textual reference only and is not a hyperlink. The contents of our website are not part of this prospectus, and you should not consider the contents of our website in making an investment decision with respect to our common stock.

We intend to furnish our stockholders with annual reports containing audited financial statements and make available to our stockholders quarterly reports for the first three quarters of each fiscal year containing unaudited interim financial information.

 

126


Table of Contents

CONTRAFECT CORPORATION

INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

     Page  

R EPORT OF I NDEPENDENT R EGISTERED P UBLIC A CCOUNTING F IRM ON F INANCIAL S TATEMENTS AS OF AND FOR THE Y EARS E NDED D ECEMBER  31, 2012 AND 2013

     F-2   

R EPORT OF I NDEPENDENT R EGISTERED P UBLIC A CCOUNTING F IRM ON F INANCIAL S TATEMENTS FOR THE C UMULATIVE P ERIOD FROM M ARCH  17, 2008 (I NCEPTION ) THROUGH D ECEMBER  31, 2011

     F-3   

B ALANCE S HEETS AS OF D ECEMBER   31, 2012 AND 2013

     F-4   

S TATEMENTS OF O PERATIONS FOR THE Y EARS E NDED D ECEMBER  31, 2012 AND 2013 AND THE P ERIOD F ROM I NCEPTION (M ARCH 17, 2008) TO D ECEMBER  31, 2013

     F-5   

S TATEMENTS OF C ONVERTIBLE P REFERRED S TOCK AND S TOCKHOLDERS ’ (D EFICIT ) E QUITY FOR THE P ERIOD F ROM I NCEPTION (M ARCH 17, 2008) TO D ECEMBER  31, 2013

     F-6   

S TATEMENTS OF C ASH F LOWS FOR THE Y EARS E NDED D ECEMBER  31, 2012 AND 2013 AND THE P ERIOD F ROM I NCEPTION (M ARCH 17, 2008) TO D ECEMBER  31, 2013

     F-9   

N OTES TO F INANCIAL S TATEMENTS

     F-10   

 

F-1


Table of Contents

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

The Board of Directors and Stockholders

ContraFect Corporation

We have audited the accompanying balance sheets of ContraFect Corporation (a development stage enterprise) as of December 31, 2012 and 2013, and the related statements of operations, convertible preferred stock and stockholders’ (deficit) equity and cash flows for the years then ended, and for the period from March 17, 2008 (inception) through December 31, 2013. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits. The financial statements for the period March 17, 2008 (inception) through December 31, 2011 were audited by other auditors whose report dated October 11, 2013 expressed an unqualified opinion on those statements. The financial statements for the period March 17, 2008 (inception) through December 31, 2011 include total operating expenses and net loss of $14,697,947 and $14,936,755, respectively. Our opinion on the statements of operations, convertible preferred stock and stockholders’ (deficit) equity and cash flows for the period March 17, 2008 (inception) through December 31, 2013, insofar as it relates to amounts for prior periods through December 31, 2011, is based solely on the report of other auditors.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. We were not engaged to perform an audit of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Our audits included consideration of internal control over financial reporting as a basis for designing audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion. An audit also includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, and evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits and the report of other auditors provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, based on our audits and the report of other auditors, the financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of ContraFect Corporation at December 31, 2012 and 2013, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for the years then ended and the period from March 17, 2008 (inception) through December 31, 2013, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.

The accompanying financial statements have been prepared assuming that the Company will continue as a going concern. As discussed in Note 1 to the financial statements, the Company has recurring losses from operations that raise substantial doubt about its ability to continue as a going concern. Management’s plans in regard to these matters are also described in Note 1. The financial statements do not include any adjustments that might result from the outcome of this uncertainty.

/s/ Ernst & Young LLP

Metro Park, New Jersey

April 17, 2014

 

F-2


Table of Contents

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

The Board of Directors and Stockholders

ContraFect Corporation

We have audited the statements of operations, changes in preferred stock and stockholders’ equity (deficit) and cash flows (not separately presented herein) for the cumulative period from March 17, 2008 (inception) to December 31, 2011 of ContraFect Corporation (a development stage company) (the “Company”). The financial statements for the period from March 17, 2008 (inception) to December 31, 2011 are not presented separately herein. The financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audits to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. The Company is not required to have, nor were we engaged to perform, an audit of its internal control over financial reporting. Our audits included consideration of internal control over financial reporting as a basis for designing audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the results of the Company’s operations and its cash flows for the period from March 17, 2008 (inception) to December 31, 2011 (not presented separately herein), in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

/s/  EisnerAmper LLP

Iselin, New Jersey

October 11, 2013

 

F-3


Table of Contents

ContraFect Corporation

(A Development Stage Company)

Balance Sheets

 

     December 31,        
     2012     2013     Pro Forma  

Assets

         (unaudited )  

Current assets:

      

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 7,886,264      $ 4,145,270     

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

     267,797        198,410     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total current assets

     8,154,061        4,343,680     

Property and equipment, net

     3,307,982        2,735,175     

Restricted cash

     1,600,000        25,000     

Other assets

     143,621        2,579,980     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total assets

   $ 13,205,664      $ 9,683,835     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Liabilities and stockholders’ equity

      

Current liabilities:

      

Accounts payable

   $ 2,246,114      $ 2,124,906     

Accrued liabilities

     725,993        4,095,337     

Deferred rent

     672,236        896,603     

Capital lease, current portion

     558,777        —       

Note payable, current portion

     511,023        —       
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total current liabilities

     4,714,143        7,116,846     

Capital lease, long-term portion

     341,526        —       

Note payable, long-term portion

     489,184        —       

Convertible notes payable

     —          9,816,365     

Warrant liabilities

     —          3,088,017     

Embedded derivatives liabilities

     —          2,680,780     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities

     5,544,853        22,702,008     

Commitments and contingencies

     —          —       

Series A convertible preferred stock, $0.0002 par value, 2,200,000 shares authorized and outstanding at December 31, 2012 and 2013

     1,964,283        1,964,283     

Series B convertible preferred stock, $0.0002 par value, 5,600,000 shares authorized;4,651,163 shares outstanding at December 31, 2012 and 2013

     10,175,750        10,175,750     

Series C convertible preferred stock, $0.0002 par value, 9,090,909 shares authorized and outstanding at December 31, 2012 and 2013

     27,752,294        27,752,294     

Stockholders’ (deficit) equity:

      

Common stock, $0.0001 par value, 200,000,000 shares authorized; 7,045,177 and 7,084,240 shares outstanding at December 31, 2012 and 2013, respectively

     705        708     

Additional paid-in capital

     2,587,988        4,929,703     

Loan to officer

     (600,000     —       

Deficit accumulated during the development stage

     (34,220,209     (57,840,911  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total stockholders’ (deficit) equity

     (32,231,516     (52,910,500  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities, convertible preferred stock, and stockholders’ (deficit) equity

   $ 13,205,664      $ 9,683,835     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

See accompanying notes.

 

F-4


Table of Contents

ContraFect Corporation

(A Development Stage Company)

Statements of Operations

 

    

 

Year Ended December 31,

    Period From
March 17, 2008
(Inception) to
December 31,

2013
 
     2012     2013    

Operating expenses:

      

Research and development, including share-based compensation expense of $46,574, $230,629, and $295,564, respectively

   $ 13,211,111      $ 9,133,175      $ 30,120,064   

General and administrative, including share-based compensation expense of $183,308, $2,101,089, and $2,890,426, respectively

     5,943,062        10,163,259        23,028,491   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

     19,154,173        19,296,434        53,148,555   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss from operations

     (19,154,173     (19,296,434     (53,148,555

Other income (expense)

      

Interest expense, net

     (129,281     (1,712,178     (2,080,266

Change in fair value of warrant and embedded derivative liabilities

     —          (2,612,090     (2,612,090
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total other income (expense)

     (129,281     (4,324,268     (4,692,356
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss attributable to common stockholders

   $ (19,283,454   $ (23,620,702   $ (57,840,911
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Per share information:

      

Net loss per share of common stock, basic and diluted

   $ (2.74   $ (3.34  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

Basic and diluted weighted average share outstanding

     7,045,177        7,082,528     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

Unaudited pro forma net loss per share of common stock, basic and diluted

     $ (0.61  
    

 

 

   

Unaudited basic and diluted pro forma weighted average shares outstanding

       38,966,672     
    

 

 

   

See accompanying notes.

 

F-5


Table of Contents

ContraFect Corporation

(A Development Stage Company)

Statements of Convertible Preferred Stock and Stockholders’ (Deficit) Equity

 

    Series A Convertible
Preferred Stock
    Series B Convertible
Preferred Stock
    Series C Convertible
Preferred Stock
    Common Stock     Additional
Paid-In

Capital
    Stock
Subscriptions

Receivable
    Loan
Receivable-

Officer
    Accumulated
Deficit
    Stockholders’
Equity

(Deficit)
 
    Shares     Amount     Shares     Amount     Shares     Amount     Shares     Amount            

Issuance of common stock for cash

    —        $ —          —        $ —          —        $ —          1,662,500      $ 166      $ 168,996      $ —        $ —        $ —        $ 169,162   

Common stock subscription

    —          —          —          —          —          —          50,000        5        45        (50     —          —          —     

Share-based compensation

    —          —          —          —          —          —          —          —          15        —          —          —          15   

Net loss for the period March 17, 2008 (Inception) through December 31, 2008

    —          —          —          —          —          —          —          —          —          —          —          (313,023     (313,023
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance, December 31, 2008

    —          —          —          —          —          —          1,712,500        171        169,056        (50     —          (313,023     (143,846

Payment of common stock subscription

    —                          50            50   

Issuance of preferred stock for cash

    875,000        875,000        —          —          —          —          —          —          —          —          —          —          —     

Issuance of common stock for cash

    —          —          —          —          —          —          1,096,000        110        2,082        —          —          —          2,192   

Issuance of preferred stock for services

    50,000        50,000        —          —          —          —          —          —          —          —          —          —          —     

Issuance of common stock for services

    —          —          —          —          —          —          453,000        45        861        —          —          —          906   

Conversion of notes payable to preferred stock

    25,000        25,000        —          —          —          —          —          —          —          —          —          —          —     

Conversion of notes payable and accrued interest to common stock

    —          —          —          —          —          —          781,667        78        237,422        —          —          —          237,500   

Beneficial conversion cost associated with notes payable

    —          —          —          —          —          —          —          —          127,027        —          —          —          127,027   

Issuance of preferred stock for interest owed

    1,307        1,307        —          —          —          —          —          —          —          —          —          —          —     

Financing cost of sale of preferred stock

    —          (109,000     —          —          —          —          —          —          —          —          —          —          —     

Issuance of warrants related to sale of preferred stock

    —          (9,770     —          —          —          —          —          —          9,770        —          —          —          9,770   

Share-based compensation

    —          —          —          —          —          —          —          —          24,854        —          —          —          24,854   

Net loss for the year ended December 31, 2009

    —          —          —          —          —          —          —          —          —          —          —          (1,018,096     (1,018,096
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance, December 31, 2009

    951,307        832,537        —          —          —          —          4,043,167        404        571,072        —          —          (1,331,119     (759,643

Issuance of preferred stock for cash

    1,173,693        1,173,693        4,651,163        12,000,000        —          —          —          —          —          —          —          —          —     

Issuance of common stock upon exercise of stock option

    —          —          —          —          —          —          10,000        1        4,999        —          —          —          5,000   

 

F-6


Table of Contents
    Series A Convertible
Preferred Stock
    Series B Convertible
Preferred Stock
    Series C Convertible
Preferred Stock
    Common Stock     Additional
Paid-In

Capital
    Stock
Subscriptions

Receivable
    Loan
Receivable-

Officer
    Accumulated
Deficit
    Stockholders’
Equity

(Deficit)
 
    Shares     Amount     Shares     Amount     Shares     Amount     Shares     Amount            

Issuance of common stock for services

    —          —          —          —          —          —          120,000        12        11,988        —          —          —          12,000   

Issuance of preferred stock for license

    75,000        75,000        —          —          —          —          —          —          —          —          —          —          —     

Share-based compensation

    —          —          —          —          —          —          —          —          186,515        —          —          —          186,515   

Issuance of warrants for services

    —          —          —          —          —          —          —          —          13,182        —          —          —          13,182   

Financing cost of sale of preferred stock

    —          (82,000     —          (1,252,424     —          —          —          —          —          —          —          —          —     

Issuance of warrants related to sale of preferred stock

    —          (34,947     —          (571,826     —          —          —          —          606,773        —          —          —          606,773   

Issuance of common stock for dividend on Series A preferred stock

    —          —          —          —          —          —          57,000        6        (6     —          —          —          —     

Net loss for the year ended December 31, 2010

    —          —          —          —          —          —          —          —          —          —          —          (2,988,707     (2,988,707
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance, December 31, 2010

    2,200,000        1,964,283        4,651,163        10,175,750        —          —          4,230,167        423        1,394,523        —          —          (4,319,826     (2,924,880

Issuance of common stock upon exercise of warrants

    —          —          —          —          —          —          2,200,000        220        219,780        —          —          —          220,000   

Issuance of common stock upon exercise of stock option

    —          —          —          —          —          —          10,000        1        4,999        —          —          —          5,000   

Issuance of common stock for services

    —          —          —          —          —          —          605,010        61        151,400        —          —          —          151,461   

Issuance of preferred stock for cash

    —          —          —          —          6,146,374        20,283,034        —          —          —          —          —          —          —     

Issuance of preferred stock for license

    —          —          —          —          30,303        100,000        —          —          —          —          —          —          —     

Issuance of warrants for services

    —          —          —          —          —          —          —          —          18,487        —          —          —          18,487   

Loan receivable—officer

    —          —          —          —          —          —          —          —          —          —          (600,000     —          (600,000

Share-based compensation

    —          —          —          —          —          —          —          —          167,032        —          —          —          167,032   

Financing cost of sale of preferred stock

    —          —          —          —          —          (1,649,288     —          —          —          —          —          —          —     

Issuance of warrants related to sale of preferred stock

    —          —          —          —          —          (401,885         401,885        —          —          —          401,885   

Net loss for the year ended December 31, 2011

    —          —          —          —          —          —          —          —          —          —          —          (10,616,929     (10,616,929
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance, December 31, 2011

    2,200,000        1,964,283        4,651,163        10,175,750        6,176,677        18,331,861        7,045,177        705        2,358,106        —          (600,000     (14,936,755     (13,177,944

Issuance of preferred stock for cash

    —          —          —          —          2,914,232        9,616,966        —          —          —          —          —          —          —     

Issuance of warrants for services

    —          —          —          —          —          —          —          —          48,266        —          —          —          48,266   

Share-based compensation

    —          —          —          —          —          —          —          —          181,616        —          —          —          181,616   

Financing cost of sale of preferred stock

    —          —          —          —          —          (196,533     —          —          —          —          —          —          —     

 

F-7


Table of Contents
    Series A Convertible
Preferred Stock
    Series B Convertible
Preferred Stock
    Series C Convertible
Preferred Stock
    Common Stock     Additional
Paid-In

Capital
    Stock
Subscriptions

Receivable
    Loan
Receivable-

Officer
    Accumulated
Deficit
    Stockholders’
Equity

(Deficit)
 
    Shares     Amount     Shares     Amount     Shares     Amount     Shares     Amount            

Net loss for the year ended December 31, 2012

    —          —          —          —          —          —          —          —          —          —          —          (19,283,454     (19,283,454
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance, December 31, 2012

    2,200,000      $ 1,964,283        4,651,163      $ 10,175,750        9,090,909      $ 27,752,294        7,045,177      $ 705      $ 2,587,988      $ —        $ (600,000   $ (34,220,209   $ (32,231,516

Issuance of common stock for license

    —          —          —          —          —          —          39,063        3        9,997        —          —          —          10,000   

Issuance of warrants for services

    —          —          —          —          —          —          —          —          22,149        —          —          —          22,149   

Loan forgiven—officer

    —          —          —          —          —          —          —          —          —          —          600,000        —          600,000   

Share-based compensation

    —          —          —          —          —          —          —          —          2,309,569        —          —          —          2,309,569   

Net loss for the year ended December 31, 2013

    —          —          —          —          —          —          —          —          —          —          —          (23,620,702     (23,620,702
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance, December 31, 2013

    2,200,000      $ 1,964,283        4,651,163      $ 10,175,750        9,090,909      $ 27,752,294        7,084,240      $ 708      $ 4,929,703      $ —        $ —        $ (57,840,911   $ (52,910,500
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

See accompanying notes.

 

F-8


Table of Contents

ContraFect Corporation

(A Development Stage Company)

Statements of Cash Flows

 

    Year Ended December 31     Period From
March 17, 2008
(Inception) to
December 31,
 
    2012     2013     2013  

Cash flows from operating activities

     

Net loss

  $ (19,283,454   $ (23,620,702   $ (57,840,911

Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash used in operating activities:

     

Depreciation

    529,104        559,237        1,257,395   

Stock-based compensation expense

    181,616        2,309,569        2,920,507   

Issuance of common stock in exchange for licensed technology

    —          10,000        10,000   

Issuance of preferred stock in exchange for licensed technology

    —          —          175,000   

Issuance of common stock warrants in exchange for services

    48,266        22,149        102,084   

Issuance of common stock in exchange for services

    —          —          163,400   

Issuance of common stock in exchange for interest

    —          —          1,307   

Amortization of debt discount

    —          1,155,010        1,155,010   

Change in fair value of warrant and embedded derivative liabilities

    —          2,612,090        2,612,090   

Beneficial conversion cost associated with note payable

    —          —          127,027   

Increase in deferred rent

    381,539        224,367        896,603   

Other non-cash charges and expenses

    —          600,000        600,000   

Changes in operating assets and liabilities:

     

Decrease (increase) in prepaid expenses and other current assets

    38,749        69,387        (198,410

Increase in other assets

    (10,500     —          (143,621

Increase in accounts payable and accrued liabilities

    1,804,476        2,002,469        4,974,576   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash used in operating activities

    (16,310,204     (14,056,424     (43,187,943

Cash flows from investing activities

     

Decrease (increase) in restricted cash

    (100,000     1,575,000        (25,000

(Purchases) sales of property and equipment

    (58,917     13,570        (2,361,555
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash used in investing activities

    (158,917     1,588,570        (2,386,555

Cash flows from financing activities

     

Proceeds from notes payable, related parties

    —          —          262,500   

Proceeds from notes payable, bank

    —          —          2,000,000   

Proceeds from issuance of convertible notes

    —          11,963,650        11,963,650   

Payment of financing costs of convertible notes

    —          (1,336,280     (1,336,280

Proceeds from issuance of preferred stock

    9,616,966        —          43,948,693   

Payment of financing costs of preferred stock sold

    (196,533     —          (3,289,245

Proceeds from issuance of common stock

    —          —          171,465   

Proceeds from exercise of options and warrants

    —          —          230,000   

Payment of loan to officer

    —          —          (600,000

Repayment of lease and notes payable

    (961,351     (1,900,510     (3,631,015
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash provided by financing activities

    8,459,082        8,726,860        49,719,768   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

    (8,010,039     (3,740,994     4,145,270   

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year

    15,896,303        7,886,264        —     
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents at end of year

  $ 7,886,264      $ 4,145,270      $ 4,145,270   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Supplemental disclosures of cash flow information and non-cash investing and financing activities

     

Cash paid for interest

  $ 143,407      $ 107,632      $ 384,897   

Entered equipment leases for lab equipment purchased

    215,824        —          1,631,015   

Issuance of common stock for license received

    —          10,000        10,000   

Issuance of preferred stock for license received

    —          —          175,000   

See accompanying notes.

 

F-9


Table of Contents

ContraFect Corporation

(A Development Stage Company)

Notes to Financial Statements

December 31, 2013

1. Organization and Description of Business

Organization and Business

ContraFect Corporation (the “Company) is a biotechnology company focused on protein and antibody therapeutic products for life-threatening infectious diseases, particularly those treated in hospital-based settings. The Company intends to address multi-drug resistant infections using our therapeutic product candidates from its lysin and monoclonal antibody platforms to target conserved regions of either bacteria or viruses. The Company’s most advanced product candidates are CF-301, a lysin for the treatment of Staph aureus bacteremia, and CF-404, a combination of mAbs for the treatment of life-threatening seasonal and pandemic varieties of influenza.

The Company was organized as a Delaware corporation on March 5, 2008. From its inception, the Company has devoted substantially all of its efforts to business planning, recruiting management and technical staff, acquiring operating assets, research and development of its pipeline, preparing to commence a Phase I clinical trial, and raising capital. Accordingly, the Company is considered to be in the development stage.

Going Concern

The Company has incurred losses from operations since inception as a research and development organization and has relied on its ability to fund its operations through private equity financings. Management expects operating losses and negative cash flows to continue at more significant levels in the future as it enters clinical trials. As the Company continues to incur losses, transition to profitability is dependent upon the successful development, approval, and commercialization of its product candidates and achieving a level of revenues adequate to support the Company’s cost structure. The Company may never achieve profitability, and unless and until it does, the Company will continue to need to raise additional cash. Management intends to fund future operations through additional private or public debt or equity financings, and may seek additional capital through arrangements with strategic partners or from other sources. Based on the Company’s operating plan, existing working capital at December 31, 2013, is not sufficient to meet the cash requirements to fund planned operations without additional financing. There can be no assurances that such financing will be available to the Company on satisfactory terms, or at all. These conditions raise substantial doubt about the Company’s ability to continue as a going concern. The accompanying financial statements have been prepared assuming that the Company will continue as a going concern and do not include adjustments that might result from the outcome of this uncertainty. This basis of accounting contemplates the recovery of the Company’s assets and the satisfaction of liabilities in the normal course of business.

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

Basis of Presentation

The accompanying financial statements have been prepared in accordance with United States (U.S.) generally accepted accounting principles (U.S. GAAP) and include all adjustments necessary for the fair presentation of the Company’s financial position for the periods presented.

Significant Risks and Uncertainties

The Company’s operations are subject to a number of factors that can affect its operating results and financial condition. Such factors include, but are not limited to: the results of clinical testing and trial activities of the Company’s products, the Company’s ability to obtain regulatory approval to market its products, competition

 

F-10


Table of Contents

ContraFect Corporation

(A Development Stage Company)

Notes to Financial Statements

December 31, 2013

 

from products manufactured and sold or being developed by other companies, the price of, and demand for, Company products, the Company’s ability to negotiate favorable licensing or other manufacturing and marketing agreements for its products, and the Company’s ability to raise capital.

Unaudited Pro Forma Balance Sheet Information

The unaudited pro forma balance sheet information as of December 31, 2013 assumes (1) the conversion of all outstanding shares of convertible preferred stock into an aggregate of                 shares of the Company’s common stock, (2) the conversion of $12.0 million of outstanding principal and accelerated amortization of                 million of unamortized debt discount on the senior convertible notes issued by the Company, and the issuance of an aggregate of                 shares of the Company’s common stock upon such conversion, assuming an initial public offering price of             per share (the mid-point of the price range set forth on the cover of this prospectus), (3) the reclassification of the warrant liability to additional paid-in capital upon completion of the IPO, as the warrants become common stock warrants that are not subject to remeasurement and (4) the reclassification of the embedded derivatives liability to additional paid-in capital upon completion of the IPO. The pro forma balance sheet was prepared as though the completion of the IPO contemplated by this prospectus had occurred on December 31, 2013. Shares of common stock issued in the IPO and any related net proceeds are excluded from the pro forma information.

Unaudited Pro Forma Net Loss Per Share Information

Unaudited pro forma net loss per share is computed using the weighted-average number of common shares outstanding after giving effect to the pro forma effect of the conversion of all convertible preferred stock during the year ended December 31, 2013 into 31,884,144 shares of the Company’s common stock as if such conversion had occurred at the beginning of the year presented.

Use of Estimates

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with U.S. GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

The Company utilizes significant estimates and assumptions in determining the fair value of its common stock. The Company granted stock options at exercise prices not less than the fair market value of its common stock as determined by the board of directors, with input from management. The board of directors has determined the estimated fair value of the Company’s common stock based on a number of objective and subjective factors, including external market conditions affecting the biotechnology industry sector and the prices at which the Company sold shares of redeemable convertible preferred stock, the superior rights and preferences of securities senior to the Company’s common stock at the time and the likelihood of achieving a liquidity event, such as an initial public offering or sale of the Company.

The Company utilized various valuation methodologies in accordance with the framework of the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants Technical Practice Aid, Valuation of Privately-Held Company Equity Securities Issued as Compensation, to estimate the fair value of its common stock. The methodologies included an option pricing method and a probability-weighted expected return methodology that determined an estimated value under an IPO scenario and a sale scenario based upon an assessment of the probability of occurrence of each scenario. Each valuation methodology includes estimates and assumptions that require the Company’s

 

F-11


Table of Contents

ContraFect Corporation

(A Development Stage Company)

Notes to Financial Statements

December 31, 2013

 

judgment. These estimates include assumptions regarding future performance, including the successful completion of pre-clinical studies and clinical trials and the time to completing an IPO or sale. Significant changes to the key assumptions used in the valuations could result in different fair values of common stock at each valuation date.

Segment and Geographic Information

Operating segments are defined as components of an enterprise about which separate discrete information is available for evaluation by the chief operating decision maker, or decision making group, in deciding how to allocate resources and in assessing performance. The Company views its operations and manages its business as one operating segment, which is the business of developing its drug candidates.

Cash and Cash Equivalents

The Company considers all highly liquid investments with original maturities at the date of purchase of three months or less to be cash equivalents. Cash and cash equivalents include bank demand deposits, marketable securities with maturities of three months or less at purchase, and money market funds that invest primarily in certificate of deposits, commercial paper and U.S. government and U.S. government agency obligations. Cash equivalents are reported at fair value.

Marketable securities with original maturities greater than three months and less than one year are considered to be short-term investments. Short-term investments are reported at fair market value and unrealized gains and losses (if any) are included as a separate component of stockholders’ deficit. Realized gains, realized losses, the amortization of premiums and discounts, interest earned, and dividends earned are included in interest income. The Company did not have any marketable securities as of December 31, 2012 or 2013.

Concentration of Credit Risk

Financial instruments that potentially subject the Company to concentrations of credit risk are primarily cash and cash equivalents. The Company maintains its cash and cash equivalent balances in the form of business checking accounts and money market accounts, the balances of which, at times, may exceed federal insurance limits. Exposure to credit risk is reduced by placing such deposits with major financial institutions and monitoring their credit ratings. Short-term investments (if any) are invested in accordance with the Company’s investment policy.

The investment policy includes guidelines on the quality of the institutions and financial instruments and defines allowable investments that the Company believes minimizes the exposure to concentration of credit risk. The Company has no financial instruments with off-balance-sheet risk of accounting loss.

Deferred Offering Costs

As of December 31, 2013, the Company had approximately $1.2 million of deferred financing costs representing legal, accounting and other costs directly attributable to the Company’s offering of its equity securities capitalized as other long term assets. Future costs will be deferred until the completion of the equity offering, at which time they will be reclassified to additional paid-in capital as a reduction of the proceeds. If the Company terminates its plan for an equity offering or delay such plan for more than 90 days, any costs deferred will be expensed.

 

F-12


Table of Contents

ContraFect Corporation

(A Development Stage Company)

Notes to Financial Statements

December 31, 2013

 

Property, Office Equipment, and Leasehold Improvements

Property and equipment are recorded at cost less accumulated depreciation. Depreciation of property and equipment is provided by the straight-line method over their estimated useful lives, ranging from three to five years.

Leasehold improvements are amortized on a straight line basis over the useful life of the improvement or the initial lease term, whichever is shorter. Costs for normal repair and maintenance are charged to expense as incurred.

Deferred Rent

The Company has an operating lease for office and laboratory space. Rent expense is recorded on a straight-line basis over the initial lease term. The difference between the actual cash paid and the straight-line rent expense is recorded as deferred rent.

Fair Value of Financial Instruments

The Company’s financial instruments consist of cash and cash equivalents, accounts payable, accrued liabilities, notes payable, convertible notes, warrant liabilities and embedded derivatives liabilities. Fair value estimates of these instruments are made at a specific point in time, based on relevant market information. These estimates may be subjective in nature and involve uncertainties and matters of significant judgment and therefore cannot be determined with precision. The fair value of the Company’s convertible notes, warrant liabilities and embedded derivatives liabilities are based upon unobservable inputs, as described further below.

The Company is required to disclose information on all assets and liabilities reported at fair value that enables an assessment of the inputs used in determining the reported fair values. FASB ASC Topic 820, Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures (ASC 820), establishes a hierarchy of inputs used in measuring fair value that maximizes the use of observable inputs and minimizes the use of unobservable inputs by requiring that the observable inputs be used when available. Observable inputs are inputs that market participants would use in pricing the asset or liability based on market data obtained from sources independent of the Company. Unobservable inputs are inputs that reflect the Company’s assumptions about the inputs that market participants would use in pricing the asset or liability, and are developed based on the best information available in the circumstances. The fair value hierarchy applies only to the valuation inputs used in determining the reported fair value of the investments and is not a measure of the investment credit quality. The three levels of the fair value hierarchy are described below:

Level 1—Valuations based on unadjusted quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities that the Company has the ability to access at the measurement date.

Level 2—Valuations based on quoted prices for similar assets or liabilities in markets that are not active or for which all significant inputs are observable, either directly or indirectly.

Level 3—Valuations that require inputs that reflect the Company’s own assumptions that are both significant to the fair value measurement and unobservable.

To the extent that valuation is based on models or inputs that are less observable or unobservable in the market, the determination of fair value requires more judgment. Accordingly, the degree of judgment exercised

 

F-13


Table of Contents

ContraFect Corporation

(A Development Stage Company)

Notes to Financial Statements

December 31, 2013

 

by the Company in determining fair value is greatest for instruments categorized in Level 3. A financial instrument’s level within the fair value hierarchy is based on the lowest level of any input that is significant to the fair value measurement.

The Company had no liabilities classified as Level 1 or Level 2. The carrying amounts reported in the accompanying financial statements for accounts payable and accrued expenses approximate their respective fair values due to their short-term maturities. The fair value of the warrant and embedded derivative liabilities are discussed in Note 5, “Fair Value Measurements.”

Research and Development Costs

Research and development costs are charged to expense as incurred and are typically made up of salaries and benefits, clinical trial activities, drug development and manufacturing costs, and third-party service fees, including for clinical research organizations and investigative sites. Costs for certain development activities, such as clinical trials, are recognized based on an evaluation of the progress to completion of specific tasks using data such as patient enrollment, clinical site activations, or information provided by vendors on their actual costs incurred. Payments for these activities are based on the terms of the individual arrangements, which may differ from the pattern of costs incurred, and are reflected in the financial statements as prepaid or accrued expenses.

Share-based Compensation

The Company accounts for stock-based compensation in accordance with ASC 718, Compensation—Stock Compensation, which requires the measurement and recognition of compensation expense for all stock-based payment awards made to employees and non-employee directors, including employee stock options. Compensation expense based on the grant date fair value is generally amortized over the requisite service period of the award on a straight-line basis.

The fair value of options is calculated using the Black-Scholes option pricing model to determine the fair value of stock options on the date of grant based on key assumptions such as stock price, expected volatility and expected term. The Company’s estimates of these assumptions are primarily based on third-party valuations, historical data, peer company data and judgment regarding future trends and factors. The Company utilizes significant estimates and assumptions in determining the fair value of its common stock. The board of directors has determined the estimated fair value of the Company’s common stock based on a number of objective and subjective factors, including external market conditions affecting the biotechnology industry sector and the prices at which the Company sold shares of redeemable convertible preferred stock, the superior rights and preferences of securities senior to the Company’s common stock at the time and the likelihood of achieving a liquidity event, such as an initial public offering or sale of the Company.

The Company utilized various valuation methodologies in accordance with the framework of the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants Technical Practice Aid, Valuation of Privately-Held Company Equity Securities Issued as Compensation , to estimate the fair value of its common stock. The methodologies included an option pricing method and a probability-weighted expected return methodology that determined an estimated value under an IPO scenario and a sale scenario based upon an assessment of the probability of occurrence of each scenario. Each valuation methodology includes estimates and assumptions that require the Company’s judgment. These estimates include assumptions regarding future performance, including the successful completion of pre-clinical studies and clinical trials and the time to completing an IPO or sale. Significant changes to the key assumptions used in the valuations could result in different fair values of common stock at each valuation date.

 

F-14


Table of Contents

ContraFect Corporation

(A Development Stage Company)

Notes to Financial Statements

December 31, 2013

 

Income Taxes

The Company uses the asset and liability method to calculate deferred tax assets and liabilities. Deferred taxes are recognized based on the differences between the financial statement carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their respective tax bases using enacted tax rates expected to apply to taxable income in the years in which those differences are expected to be recovered or settled. The Company records a valuation allowance against a deferred tax asset when it is more-likely-than-not that the deferred tax asset will not be realized.

The Company is subject to federal, state and local taxes and follows a recognition threshold and measurement attribute for the financial statement recognition and measurement of a tax position taken or expected to be taken in a tax return. The Company recognizes tax benefits or expenses of uncertain tax positions in the year such determination is made when the position is “more likely than not” to be sustained assuming examination by tax authorities. Management has reviewed the Company’s tax positions for all open tax years (tax years ended December 31, 2008 through December 31, 2013) and concluded that no provision for unrecognized tax benefits or expense is required in these financial statements. There are no income tax audits in progress as of December 31, 2013.

Impairment of Long-lived Assets

In accordance with ASC 360, Property, Plant, and Equipment , the Company’s policy is to review long-lived assets for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of an asset may not be recoverable. An impairment loss would be recognized when estimated undiscounted future cash flows expected to result from the use of the asset and its eventual disposition is less than its carrying amount. Through December 31, 2013, no impairment of long-lived assets has occurred.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

In May 2011, the Financial Accounting Standards Board issued guidance that changed the requirement for presenting “Comprehensive Income” in the financial statements. The update requires an entity to present the components of other comprehensive income either in a single continuous statement of comprehensive income or in two separate but consecutive statements.

The currently available option to disclose the components of other comprehensive income within the statement of stockholders’ equity will no longer be available. The update is effective for fiscal years, and interim periods within those years, beginning after December 15, 2011, and should be applied retrospectively.

The Company adopted this pronouncement on January 1, 2012 and elected to present a separate statement of comprehensive income. The Company did not incur any components of comprehensive income for the periods presented and therefore did not include a statement of comprehensive income in the financial statements.

 

F-15


Table of Contents

ContraFect Corporation

(A Development Stage Company)

Notes to Financial Statements

December 31, 2013

 

3. Restricted Cash

As of December 31, 2012, the Company maintained a letter of credit in the amount of $1,500,000 in accordance with the requirements of the equipment lease agreement. The letter of credit was terminated and the restriction on the related collateral account was released upon repayment of the capital lease in September 2013.

Under the Company’s corporate credit card agreement, the Company maintains a security interest in a money market account of $25,000 as of December 31, 2012 and 2013, to the financial institution issuing credit cards.

4. Property, Equipment, and Leasehold Improvements

Property, equipment, and leasehold improvements, at cost, consist of:

 

     December 31,  
     2012     2013  

Computer equipment

   $ 19,691      $ 19,691   

Furniture

     451,197        451,197   

Lab equipment

     1,708,162        1,708,162   

Leasehold improvements

     1,827,090        1,813,520   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 
     4,006,140        3,992,570   

Less: accumulated depreciation and amortization

     (698,158     (1,257,395
  

 

 

   

 

 

 
   $ 3,307,982      $ 2,735,175   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Depreciation expense was $529,104, $559,237, and $1,257,395 for the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2013, and the period from March 17, 2008 (inception) to December 31, 2013, respectively.

Of the gross lab equipment balance above, $1,631,015 was purchased under a capital lease during 2012. The outstanding principal balance of the capital lease was repaid in September 2013. Interest expense on the capital lease was $85,488 and $60,671 for the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2013, respectively.

5. Fair Value Measurements

The Company considers its warrant liabilities and embedded derivative liabilities as Level 3 financial instruments. The valuation of these liabilities therefore requires inputs that reflect the Company’s own assumptions that are both significant to the fair value measurement and unobservable. The Company determined the estimated fair value of the warrant liabilities and the embedded derivative liabilities using a probability weighted estimated returns method (“PWERM”). The PWERM considered several “exit strategy” scenarios and various valuations of the Company, including whether or not an IPO would be completed and the timing of such events. The scenarios (or nodes of the model) used a Black-Scholes option-pricing model to determine the fair value of each liability which are then probability weighted based on management’s estimates of the likelihood of each scenario. The probability weighted values were then discounted to present value at a rate that reflects the specific stage of the Company’s development.

 

F-16


Table of Contents

ContraFect Corporation

(A Development Stage Company)

Notes to Financial Statements

December 31, 2013

 

The following assumptions were used in the Black-Scholes option-pricing model to determine the fair value of the warrant and embedded derivative liabilities:

 

     December 31,
2013
 

Expected volatility

     56.8

Expected term (in years)

     4.49   

Risk-free interest rate

     1.54

Expected dividend yield

     —  

The following estimated fair values per share of the Company’s underlying common stock and probability weightings were used to determine the fair value of the warrant and embedded derivative liabilities as of December 31, 2013:

 

Scenarios

   Estimated
Fair Value
per Common
Share
     Probability
Weighting
 

Early IPO.

   $ 1.06         20

Delayed IPO

   $ 1.23         40

Dissolution or Sale

   $ 0.00         40

The following fair value hierarchy table presents information about the Company’s financial assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis as of December 31, 2013 and 2012.

 

     Fair Value Measurement As of December 31, 2013  
     Quoted Prices
in Active
Markets for
Identical Assets
(Level 1)
     Significant
Other
Observable
Inputs
(Level 2)
     Significant
Unobservable
Inputs
(Level 3)
 

Cash equivalents

   $ 3,892,876       $  —         $ —     

Warrant liability

     —           —           3,088,017   

Embedded derivatives liability

     —           —           2,680,780   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 3,892,876       $ —         $ 5,768,797   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
     Fair Value Measurement As of December 31, 2012  
    

 
 
 
 

Quoted Prices

in Active
Markets for
Identical Assets
(Level 1)

  

  
  
  
  

    
 
 
 
 
Significant
Other
Observable
Inputs
(Level 2)
  
  
  
  
  
    
 
 
 
Significant
Unobservable
Inputs
(Level 3)
  
  
  
  

Cash equivalents

   $ 7,771,905       $  —         $ —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

The Company estimates the fair value of the warrants and embedded derivatives at the time of issuance of the related convertible notes and subsequent remeasurement at each reporting date, using a probability weighted expected return model that considers the probability of achieving each scenario and the Black-Scholes option-pricing model using the following inputs: the expected volatility of the price of the underlying common stock, the remaining expected life of the liabilities, the risk-free interest rates, and the expected dividend rates. The estimates are based, in part, on subjective assumptions and could differ materially in the future. Changes to these assumptions as well as the Company’s estimated underlying stock price on the measurement date can have a significant impact on the fair value of the warrant liability and the embedded derivatives liability.

 

F-17


Table of Contents

ContraFect Corporation

(A Development Stage Company)

Notes to Financial Statements

December 31, 2013

 

The following table presents a reconciliation of the Company’s financial liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis using significant unobservable inputs (Level 3) for the year ended December 31, 2013.

 

     Warrant
Liability (1)
     Embedded
Derivatives
Liability (1)
 

Balance at December 31, 2012

   $ —        $ —    

Establishment of liability

     1,783,244         899,167   

Issuance of additional convertible notes

     297,478         176,818   

Change in fair value

     1,007,295         1,604,795   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2013

   $ 3,088,017       $ 2,680,780   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1) The change in the fair values of the warrant and embedded derivatives liabilities were recorded as increase in other expenses in the statement of operations.

6. Accrued Expenses and Other Current Liabilities

Accrued expenses and other current liabilities consist of the following:

 

     December 31,  
     2012      2013  

Accrued compensation costs

   $ 288,500       $ 2,371,621   

Accrued financing costs

     —           1,037,000   

Accrued interest charges

     —           462,773   

Accrued professional fees

     160,936         13,413   

Other

     276,557         210,530   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 725,993       $ 4,095,337   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

7. Notes Payable

On November 12, 2010, the Company entered into a loan agreement with Silicon Valley Bank which provided for a secured term loan in the amount of $2,000,000. The outstanding principal balance of the loan was repaid in October 2013. Interest expense on the loan was $57,919 and $46,261 for the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2013, respectively.

8. Senior Convertible Notes

The Company issued approximately $12.0 million aggregate principal amount of its 8.00% Convertible Notes due May 31, 2015 (the “Convertible Notes”) from June 2013 through October 2013. Interest is payable annually by the Company in cash or Common Stock, at the Company’s option. The principal amount of the Convertible Notes and any accrued and unpaid interest is due and payable on May 31, 2015. The principal and all accrued and unpaid interest thereon will automatically convert into shares of Common Stock upon the closing of an initial public offering (“IPO”) with gross proceeds of at least $15 million. The conversion price of the Convertible Notes will be at a 25% discount to the initial public offering price for the shares of common stock offered hereby, or $1.65, whichever is lower, subject in each case to adjustments for future stock splits of the Company’s common stock.

 

F-18


Table of Contents

ContraFect Corporation

(A Development Stage Company)

Notes to Financial Statements

December 31, 2013

 

If the Company does not file an initial registration statement with the SEC within 120 days after the initial closing date, or complete its IPO within six months of the initial filing date, then additional interest is due up to a maximum interest rate of 18%. The additional interest that may be due if the IPO is not complete within six months of the initial filing date is not applicable if the Placement Agent is unable to complete the IPO.

In conjunction with the issuance of notes, each purchaser received a warrant to purchase 50% of the total number of common shares into which the note purchased by the holder is convertible. The exercise price of the warrant is equal to the lower of a 25% discount to the IPO price, or $1.50 in the event there is no IPO within six months of the Company’s initial filing. In addition, if the Company does not meet the timelines described above, the note holder may receive warrants up to an additional 50% of the total number of common shares into which the note is convertible, to a maximum 100% total warrant coverage. The additional warrants that may be due if the IPO is not complete within six months of the initial filing date is not applicable if the Placement Agent is unable to complete the IPO.

Accounting Analysis

The Company determined that both the warrants and the convertible notes were free standing instruments for accounting purposes. The terms of the warrants included an exercise price “cap” that is analogous to “down round protection” which precludes the Company from classifying the warrants in equity. As such, the warrants are classified as a liability and allocated their full fair value on day one and the residual value is ascribed to the convertible notes. In addition, the warrants will be re-measured at each reporting period and changes in fair value will be recognized in the statement of operations (see Note 5, “Fair Value Measurements”).

The convertible notes include a beneficial conversion option that will be recorded upon the completion of an initial public offering that will be at least equal to the 25% discount to IPO price. In addition, the convertible notes also included embedded derivatives (i.e. penalty provisions) that required bifurcation. The Company aggregated these bifurcated features and reflected the values of these embedded derivatives in the account “embedded derivative liability”. These embedded derivatives will be re-measured at each reporting period and changes in fair value will be recognized in the statement of operations see Note 5, “Fair Value Measurements”).

As of December 31, 2013, the Convertible Notes consisted of the following:

 

Liability component

   December 31,
2013
 

Principal

   $ 11,963,650   

Less: debt discount, net (1)

     (2,147,286
  

 

 

 

Net carrying amount

   $ 9,816,364   
  

 

 

 

 

(1) Includes the estimated fair value of the warrants issued to purchasers of the Convertible Notes and the bifurcated embedded derivative features of the Convertible Notes at the time of issuance. The Company records interest expense on a quarterly basis. The components of interest expense include (i) accrued interest at the stated 8% rate, (ii) the amortization of the debt discount and (iii) the amortization of the deferred issuance costs.

Placement Agent Warrants

Additionally, the Placement Agent received a warrant to purchase 10% of the total number of common shares into which the note purchased by the holder is convertible. The exercise price of the warrant is equal to

 

F-19


Table of Contents

ContraFect Corporation

(A Development Stage Company)

Notes to Financial Statements

December 31, 2013

 

110% of the lower of a 25% discount to the IPO price, or $1.50 in the event there is no IPO within six months of the Company’s initial filing. The Company has also classified this warrant as a liability since it also did not meet the requirements to be included in equity. The initial fair value was classified as a debt issuance cost and is being amortized over the term of the notes. The warrant will be re-measured at each reporting period and changes in fair value will be recognized in the statement of operations.

Other

Dr. Sol Barer, a director of the Company, purchased $1.0 million principal amount of the Convertible Notes and received related warrants.

9. Net Loss Per Share of Common Stock

Diluted loss per share is the same as basic loss per share for all periods presented because the effects of potentially dilutive items were anti-dilutive given the Company’s net loss. Basic loss per share is computed by dividing net loss available to common stockholders by the weighted-average number of common shares outstanding.

The following table sets forth the computation of basic and diluted loss per share for common stockholders:

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
     2012     2013  

Net loss applicable to common stockholders

   $ (19,283,454   $ (23,620,702

Weighted average shares of common stock outstanding

     7,045,177        7,082,528   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss per share of common stock—basic and diluted

   $ (2.74   $ (3.34
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

The following potentially dilutive securities outstanding at December 31, 2012 and 2013 have been excluded from the computation of diluted weighted average shares outstanding, as they would have been antidilutive:

 

     December 31,  
     2012      2013  

Preferred Stock

     31,884,144         31,884,144   

Stock options

     10,845,962         15,552,003   

Warrants

     4,928,398         5,028,398   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
     47,658,504         52,464,545   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

The potential dilutive impact of the Company’s senior convertible notes and related warrants are not included in the table above as the number of shares is not determinable and would also have been antidilutive.

10. Commitments and Contingencies

Operating Leases

In December 2010, the Company entered into a non-cancellable operating lease for office space and laboratory facilities in Yonkers, New York expiring in December 2025. In December 2011, the Company entered

 

F-20


Table of Contents

ContraFect Corporation

(A Development Stage Company)

Notes to Financial Statements

December 31, 2013

 

into an amendment which extended the terms of the lease through December 2027. The lease provides for the option to renew for two additional five-year terms. The premises were occupied in June 2011. Monthly rent payments began the date the office and laboratory facilities were ready for occupancy. A security deposit in the amount of $54,865 was paid by the Company.

In January 2012, the Company entered into a non-cancellable operating lease for additional office space and laboratory facilities in the same building in Yonkers, New York expiring in December 2027. The lease provides for an option to renew for two additional five-year terms. A security deposit in the amount of $78,238 was paid by the Company. Future minimum lease payments are as follows:

 

     Amount  

Year ending December 31:

  

2014

   $ 818,815   

2015

     835,191   

2016

     851,895   

2017

     868,933   

2018

     886,311   

Thereafter

     8,818,552   
  

 

 

 
   $ 13,079,697   
  

 

 

 

Rent expense is recognized on the straight-line method over the terms of each lease. Rent expense for the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2013, was approximately $726,000 and $870,000, respectively.

Employment Agreements

Julia P. Gregory

In July 2012, the Company entered into a four-year employment agreement with Ms. Gregory, to serve, at will, as an Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer. Ms. Gregory currently serves as Chief Executive Officer and receives an annual base salary of $424,000 and is eligible to receive an annual bonus equivalent to 40% of her annual salary payable in cash, as well as additional bonuses upon the achievement of certain milestones. As of December 31, 2013, Ms. Gregory holds options to purchase an aggregate of 880,000 shares of common stock.

David Huang, M.D., Ph.D.

In June 2011, the Company entered into a four-year employment agreement with Dr. Huang, to serve, at will, as Chief Medical Officer. Dr. Huang currently receives an annual base salary of $391,600 and is eligible to receive an annual bonus equivalent to 35% of his annual salary payable one half in cash and one half in equity. As of December 31, 2013, Dr. Huang holds options to purchase an aggregate of 584,990 shares of common stock.

Michael Wittekind, Ph.D.

In March 2012, the Company entered into a three-year employment agreement with Dr. Wittekind, to serve, at will, as Chief Scientific Officer. Dr. Wittekind currently receives an annual base salary of $313,000 and is

 

F-21


Table of Contents

ContraFect Corporation

(A Development Stage Company)

Notes to Financial Statements

December 31, 2013

 

eligible to receive an annual bonus equivalent to 30% of his annual salary payable one half in cash and one-half in equity. As of December 31, 2013, Dr. Wittekind holds options to purchase an aggregate of 294,000 shares of common stock.

Separation Agreement with Former CEO

In June 2010, we entered into an employment agreement with Robert Nowinski, Ph.D., to serve as our Chief Executive Officer and as a member of the board of directors for a period of five (5) years. This agreement was terminated effective December 25, 2013. Consistent with the terms of the June 2010 agreement, we entered into a separation agreement and release of claims with Dr. Nowinski in December 2013 which provided for severance payments and the maintenance of health benefits for a period of 24 months following the departure date of Dr. Nowinski. The separation agreement also provided for the modification of existing stock option grants such that all unvested portions of existing stock option grants were immediately vested and all existing stock option grants became exercisable for up to ten years from the date of grant. The estimated fair value of these modifications of $0.9 million was recognized as non-cash share-based compensation for the year ended December 31, 2013. Dr. Nowinski received an additional, fully vested stock option to purchase 250,000 shares of common stock at an exercise price of $0.86 per share, resulting in recognition of non-cash share-based compensation expense of $0.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2013. In addition, the outstanding loans to Dr. Nowinski, in the aggregate amount of $600,000, plus accrued interest of $32,650, were forgiven pursuant to the separation agreement. Dr. Nowinski is subject to restrictive covenants, including non-competition and non-solicitation provisions. The total amount of the severance payments of $2.0 million, share-based compensation of $1.0 million and loan forgiveness of $0.6 million was included as part of general and administrative expenses for the year ended December 31, 2013.

11. Capital Structure

Convertible Preferred Stock

As of December 31, 2013, the Company was authorized to issue 50,000,000 shares of preferred stock, par value $0.0002 per share, of which: 2,200,000 shares were designated as Series A convertible preferred stock (Series A), 5,600,000 shares were designated as Series B convertible preferred stock (Series B), 9,090,909 shares were designated as Series C convertible preferred stock (Series C) and 6,060,607 shares were designated as Series C-1 convertible preferred stock (Series C-1).

The significant rights and preferences of the Series A, Series B, Series C and Series C-1 preferred shares (collectively, the Preferred Stock) are as follows:

Voting

The holders of shares of Preferred Stock are entitled to the number of votes equal to the number of whole shares of common stock into which the shares of the applicable series of preferred stock held by such holder are convertible on any matter presented to the stockholders of the Company for their action or consideration at any meeting of stockholders of the Company. Except as provided by law, or in the Company’s certificate of incorporation, the holders of shares of Preferred Stock vote together with the holders of shares of Common Stock as a single class.

 

F-22


Table of Contents

ContraFect Corporation

(A Development Stage Company)

Notes to Financial Statements

December 31, 2013

 

The holders of shares of Preferred Stock, voting together as a single class are entitled to elect one member of the board of directors. Furthermore, the Holders of shares of Preferred Stock together with the holders of the shares of Common Stock voting together as a single class, shall be entitled to elect the balance of the total number of the board of directors.

Dividends

The holders of shares of Preferred Stock are entitled to receive dividends, if and when declared by the board of directors as described below.

Series A pays cumulative dividends at 6% per annum on the sum of the Series A Original Issue Price ($1.00 per share) and all previously accrued but unpaid dividends, which are payable in cash or in the form as declared by the board of directors, prior to any dividends on the Common Stock or any class or series of capital stock, except for the Series B and the Series C.

Series B pays cumulative dividends at 6% per annum, payable on a quarterly basis, on the sum of the Series B Original Issue Price ($2.58 per share) and all previously accrued but unpaid dividends, and payable at the Company’s option, in cash or additional shares of Series B, prior to any dividends on the Common Stock or Series A.

Series C pays cumulative dividends at 6% per annum, payable on a quarterly basis, on the sum of the Series C Original Issue Price ($3.30 per shares), and all previously accrued but unpaid dividends, and payable at the Company’s option, in cash or additional shares of Series C, on a pari passu basis with the Series B, prior to any dividends on the Common Stock or Series A.

Series C-1 pays cumulative dividends at 6% per annum, payable on a quarterly basis, on the sum of the Series C-1 Original Issue Price ($3.30 per shares), and all previously accrued but unpaid dividends, and payable at the Company’s option, in cash or additional shares of Series C-1, on a pari passu basis with the Series C and Series B, prior to any dividends on the Common Stock or Series A.

The Series A had cumulative dividends in the amount of approximately $384,000 and $539,000 in arrears at December 31, 2012 and 2013, respectively. The Series B had cumulative dividends in the amount of approximately $1,810,000 and $2,657,000 in arrears at December 31, 2012 and 2013, respectively. The Series C had cumulative dividends in the amount of approximately $1,756,000 and $3,705,000 in arrears at December 31, 2012 and 2013, respectively. There was no Series C-1 issued or outstanding as of December 31, 2012 or 2013.

Liquidation

In the case of a liquidation event, holders of shares of Preferred Stock are entitled to a preferential liquidation payment as described below, subject to appropriate adjustment in the event of any stock dividend, stock split, change of control, or other similar recapitalization with respect to each series of Preferred Stock.

The holders of Series A shall be entitled to receive $2.00 per share (representing two times the Series A Original Issue Price) plus accrued but unpaid dividends, whether or not declared, out of the proceeds of such liquidation, subject to preferential payment to holders of Series B, Series C and Series C-1, but in preference to the holders of Common Stock.

 

F-23


Table of Contents

ContraFect Corporation

(A Development Stage Company)

Notes to Financial Statements

December 31, 2013

 

In preference to any distributions to holders of Common Stock or Series A, the holders of Series B are entitled to receive $5.16 per share (representing two times the Series B Original Issue Price), the holders of Series C are entitled to receive $6.60 per share (representing two times the Series C Original Issue Price) and the holders of Series C-1 are entitled to receive $6.60 per share (representing two times the Series C-1 Original Issue Price), plus accrued but unpaid dividends, whether or not declared, out of the proceeds of such liquidation.

Under the Company’s certificate of incorporation, any merger, consolidation, stock exchange, stock sale, or other form of corporate reorganization involving the Company, or the sale, lease, transfer, exclusive license, or other disposition in a single or series of related transactions of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company, that results in the existing shareholders not constituting a majority of the voting power of the resulting corporation, shall be considered a liquidation event (“Deemed Liquidation Event”). Because in a Deemed Liquidation Event, the holders of Preferred Stock retain their preferential rights as described above, the Preferred Stock has been presented outside of stockholders’ deficit in the accompanying Balance Sheets. The Company has not accreted the preferred securities to the redemption amount since a deemed liquidation event is not probable of occurring.

Conversion

Each share of Preferred Stock is voluntarily convertible into two shares of Common Stock at any time at the election of the holder. All shares of Preferred Stock surrendered for conversion will no longer be deemed to be outstanding and all rights with respect to such shares shall immediately cease and terminate, other than the right to receive shares of Common Stock in exchange therefore, to receive payment in lieu of any fraction of a share otherwise issuable upon conversion, and to receive payment of any dividends declared but not paid thereon. Any shares of Preferred Stock so converted shall be retired and cancelled and may not be reissued as shares of such series.

Each share of Preferred Stock will automatically convert into two shares of Common Stock upon: (a) the closing of the sale of shares of Common Stock in an underwritten public offering pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act resulting in at least $15,000,000 of gross proceeds to the Company or (b) the date and time, or the occurrence of an event, specified by vote or written consent of the holders of a majority of the then-outstanding shares of Preferred Stock, voting together as a single class on an as-converted basis.

The conversion rights discussed above are subject to adjustment for stock splits, stock combinations, certain dividends, distributions, and, if there should occur, any reorganization, recapitalization, reclassification, consolidation or merger in which only the Company’s Common Stock is converted into or exchanged for securities, cash, or other property.

Accounting Analysis

The Company evaluated each series of its preferred stock and determined that each individual series is considered an equity host under FASB ASC Topic 815, Derivatives and Hedging . In making this determination, the Company’s analysis followed the whole instrument approach which compares an individual feature, in this case, the conversion feature, against the entire preferred stock instrument which includes this conversion feature. The Company’s analysis was based on a consideration of the economic characteristics and risks of each series of preferred stock. More specifically, the Company evaluated all of the stated and implied substantive terms and

 

F-24


Table of Contents

ContraFect Corporation

(A Development Stage Company)

Notes to Financial Statements

December 31, 2013

 

features, including: (i) whether the preferred stock included redemption features, (ii) how and when any redemption features could be exercised, (iii) whether the holders of preferred stock were entitled to dividends, (iv) the voting rights of the preferred stock and (v) the existence and nature of any conversion rights. As a result of the Company’s conclusion that the preferred stock represents an equity host, the conversion feature of all series of preferred stock is considered to be clearly and closely related to the associated preferred stock host instrument. Accordingly, the conversion feature of all series of preferred stock is not considered an embedded derivative that requires bifurcation.

Common Stock

As of December 31, 2013, the Company was authorized to issue 200,000,000 shares of Common Stock at $0.0001 par value per share.

General

The voting, dividend and liquidation rights of the holders of shares of Common Stock are subject to and qualified by the rights, powers, and preferences of the holders of shares of Preferred Stock. The Common Stock has the following characteristics:

Voting

The holders of shares of Common Stock are entitled to one vote for each share of Common Stock held at all meetings of stockholders and written actions in lieu of meetings.

Dividends

The holders of shares of Common Stock are entitled to receive dividends, if and when declared by the board of directors. Dividends may not be declared or paid to holders of shares of Common Stock until paid on each series of outstanding Preferred Stock in accordance with their respective terms. As of December 31, 2013, no dividends have been declared or paid on the Company’s Common Stock since inception.

Reserved for Future Issuance

The Company has reserved for future issuance the following number of shares of Common Stock as of December 31, 2012 and 2013:

 

     December 31,  
     2012      2013  

Conversion of Series A Preferred Stock

     4,400,000         4,400,000   

Conversion of Series B Preferred Stock

     9,302,326         9,302,326   

Conversion of Series C Preferred Stock

     18,181,818         18,181,818   

Options to purchase Common Stock

     10,845,962         15,552,003   

Warrants to purchase Common Stock

     4,028,398         5,028,398   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
     47,658,504         52,464,545   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-25


Table of Contents

ContraFect Corporation

(A Development Stage Company)

Notes to Financial Statements

December 31, 2013

 

12. Stock Warrants

As of December 31, 2012 and 2013, the Company had warrants outstanding as shown in the table below. These warrants expire between August 5, 2015 and January 5, 2022.

 

     December 31,  
     2012      2013  

Warrants to purchase Common Stock (1)

     4,928,398         5,028,398   

Weighted-average exercise price per share

   $ 0.92       $ 0.92   

 

(1) The warrants issued to purchasers of Company’s senior convertible notes are not included in the table above as the number of shares is not determinable as of the report date.

During 2013, the Company issued warrants to purchase 100,000 shares of Common Stock at a strike price of $1.00 per share for services rendered to the Company. The Company calculated the fair value of these warrants to be $22,149 which has been recognized as a component of general and administrative expenses in 2013.

During 2012, the Company issued warrants to purchase 550,394 shares of Common Stock at a strike price of $1.65 per share for services rendered to the Company. The Company calculated the fair value of these warrants to be $48,266 which has been recognized as a component of general and administrative expenses in 2012.

During 2011, the Company issued warrants to purchase 2,498,056 shares of Common Stock at strike prices ranging from $0.10 to $1.82 per share. Of these, warrants to purchase 1,600,000 shares of Common Stock were issued in connection with the purchase of the Series C Preferred Stock and warrants to purchase 720,358 shares of Common Stock were issued for services rendered as a placement agent and the estimated fair value of these warrants of $401,885 was recorded as a reduction of the carrying amount of preferred stock. The remaining warrants to purchase 177,698 shares of Common Stock are for services rendered to the Company. The Company calculated the fair value of these warrants to be $18,487 which has been recognized as a component of general and administrative expenses in 2011.

During 2010, the Company issued warrants to purchase 4,079,948 shares of Common Stock at strike prices ranging from $0.10 to $1.42 per share. There were warrants to purchase 2,200,000 shares of Common Stock issued in connection with the purchase of the Series B Preferred Stock which have been exercised and are no longer outstanding. There were also warrants to purchase 1,743,209 shares of Common Stock issued for services rendered as a placement agent and the estimated fair value of these warrants of $571,826 was recorded as a reduction of the carrying amount of preferred stock. The remaining warrants that are exercisable into 136,739 shares of Common Stock are for other services rendered to the Company, which have been recognized at a fair value of $13,182 and recorded as a component of general and administrative expense in 2010.

The fair value of each warrant to purchase shares of Common Stock of the Company was estimated using the Black-Scholes option pricing model with the following weighted average assumptions:

 

     December 31,  
     2012     2013  

Fair value of underlying common stock

   $ 0.28      $ 0.50   

Expected volatility

     76.0     72.8

Expected term (in years)

     5.91        5.00   

Risk-free interest rate

     1.01     0.65

Expected dividend yield

     —       —  

 

F-26


Table of Contents

ContraFect Corporation

(A Development Stage Company)

Notes to Financial Statements

December 31, 2013

 

13. Stock Option and Incentive Plans

In July 2008, the Company adopted the 2008 Equity Incentive Plan (the Plan). The Plan allows for the granting of non-qualified stock options, restricted stock, stock appreciation rights and other performance awards to the Company’s employees, members of the board of directors and consultants of the Company. Originally, upon adoption of the plan, the number of shares of Common Stock reserved pursuant to the Plan was 1,500,000. On December 12, 2011, the Plan was amended to increase the number of shares of Common Stock available under the Plan to 6,300,000.

On February 26, 2013, the board of directors approved an amended and restated plan (the Amended Plan) to increase the number of shares of Common Stock available under the Amended Plan to 11,000,000 and to reduce the period that exercisable awards remain exercisable upon termination of service from ten years to two years. The board of directors also approved an option exchange offer (the Exchange Offer) for eligible option holders with outstanding options with an exercise price in excess of $0.50 per share. The offering period for the Exchange Offer commenced on March 11, 2013 and expired on April 9, 2013. Participation in the Exchange Offer was voluntary. Options to purchase 4,532,823 shares of the Company’s Common Stock, held by a total of 26 participants, including 20 employees, were exchanged under the tender offer. The exchanged option grants were granted at an exercise price of $0.50 per share.

The Company recognized stock based compensation expense of approximately $306,000 related to the incremental value of the vested portion of the option grants exchanged pursuant to the exchange offer discussed above, which is included in the total stock compensation expense for the year ended December 31, 2013. There was approximately $251,000 of unrecognized stock based compensation expense related to the incremental value of the unvested portion of the option grants exchanged pursuant to the exchange offer discussed above, of which approximately $122,000 has been recognized and included in the total stock compensation expense for the year ended December 31, 2013.

Under the Amended Plan, the exercise price is determined by the board of directors on the date of the grant. Each option is exercisable after the periods specified in the award agreement, which generally does not exceed ten years from the date of the grant. Unless previously terminated by the board of directors, no new awards may be granted under the plan after May 30, 2018, the tenth anniversary of the plan.

 

F-27


Table of Contents

ContraFect Corporation

(A Development Stage Company)

Notes to Financial Statements

December 31, 2013

 

The Company recognized compensation expense for share-based compensation based on the fair value of the underlying instrument. The fair value of each stock option grant is estimated on the date of grant using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model. A summary of stock option activity for the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2013, is summarized as follows:

 

     Number of
Options
    Weighted
Average
Exercise Price
 

Options outstanding at December 31, 2011

     7,481,962      $ 1.26   

Granted

     3,382,000        1.49   

Exercised

     —          —     

Forfeited

     (18,000     1.65   
  

 

 

   

Options outstanding at December 31, 2012

     10,845,962        1.33   

Granted (1)

     9,458,698        0.51   

Exercised

     —          —     

Forfeited (1)

     (4,752,657     1.57   
  

 

 

   

Options outstanding at December 31, 2013

     15,552,003      $ 0.76   
  

 

 

   

 

(1) Includes grants for the purchase of 4,532,823 share of Common Stock that were tendered under the Exchange Offer.

Of the option grants outstanding to purchase 15,552,003 shares of Common Stock, grants to purchase 4,775,139 shares of Common Stock were issued and outstanding outside the Plan.

The following table summarizes information regarding all stock options outstanding and exercisable at December 31, 2013:

 

Exercise Price

   Options Outstanding
Weighted Average
Remaining
     Options Exercisable
Weighted Average
Remaining
 
   Shares
Outstanding
     Contractual
Life in
Years
     Shares
Outstanding
     Contractual
Life in
Years
 

$0.50

     10,468,170         8.45         7,978,725         8.37   

$0.86

     250,000         9.97         250,000         9.97   

$1.29

     4,487,500         6.91         4,175,625         6.92   

$1.65

     346,333         6.82         199,833         7.13   
  

 

 

       

 

 

    
     15,552,003            12,604,183      
  

 

 

       

 

 

    

The fair value of each option grant is estimated on the date of the grant using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model. The weighted average grant date fair value of options granted during the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2013, and the period from March 17, 2008 (inception) to December 31, 2013, was $0.29, $0.52 and $0.33 respectively. Total stock compensation expense recognized amounted to $181,616, $2,309,569, and $2,920,507 for the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2013, and the period from March 17, 2008 (inception) to December 31, 2013, respectively. As of December 31, 2013, the total remaining unrecognized compensation cost related to unvested stock options was $560,772 which will be recognized over a weighted

 

F-28


Table of Contents

ContraFect Corporation

(A Development Stage Company)

Notes to Financial Statements

December 31, 2013

 

average period of approximately 2.15 years. The following assumptions used to compute the fair value of stock option grants:

 

     2012     2013  

Risk free interest rate

     1.03     1.21

Expected dividend yield

     —          —     

Expected term (in years)

     6.19        6.22   

Expected volatility

     76.0     73.2

Expected volatility— The Company estimated the expected volatility based on an average of the volatility of similar companies with publicly-traded equity securities. The companies were selected based on their enterprise value, risk profiles, position within the industry, and with historical information sufficient to meet the expected term of the associated award.

Expected term— The Company based expected term on the midpoint of the vesting period and the contractual term of each respective option grant.

Risk-free interest rate— The Company estimated the risk-free interest rate in reference to yield on U.S. Treasury securities with a maturity date commensurate with the expected term of the associated award.

Expected dividend yield— The Company estimated the expected dividend yield based on consideration of its historical dividend experience and future dividend expectations. The Company has not historically declared or paid dividends to stockholders. Moreover, it does not intend to pay dividends in the future, but instead expects to retain any earnings to invest in the continued growth.

14. 401k Savings Plan

In 2010, the Company established a defined-contribution savings plan under Section 401k of the Internal Revenue Code (the 401k Plan). The 401k Plan covers all employees who meet defined minimum age and service requirements, and allows participants to defer a portion of their annual compensation on a pre-tax basis. The company has not made any contributions to the 401k Plan.

15. Income Taxes

The Company has available approximately $50,731,000 and $47,663,000 of unused operating loss carryforwards for federal and state tax purposes, respectively, that may be applied against future taxable income. The net operating loss carryforwards will expire through the year 2033 if not utilized prior to that date. No provision for a deferred tax asset has been made for the tax benefits of the net operating loss carryforwards as the entire amount is offset by a valuation allowance. The valuation allowance increased by approximately $8,096,000 and $8,685,000 during the years 2012 and 2013, respectively, and was approximately $13,972,000 and $22,658,000 at December 31, 2012 and 2013, respectively.

The Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the Code) provides for a limitation of the annual use of net operating losses and other tax attributes (such as research and development tax credit carryforwards) following certain ownership changes (as defined by the Code) that could limit the Company’s ability to utilize these carryforwards. At this time, the Company has not completed a study to assess whether an ownership change

 

F-29


Table of Contents

ContraFect Corporation

(A Development Stage Company)

Notes to Financial Statements

December 31, 2013

 

under Section 382 of the Code has occurred, or whether there have been multiple ownership changes since the Company’s formation, due to the costs and complexities associated with such a study. The Company may have experienced various ownership changes, as defined by the Code, as a result of past financing transactions. Accordingly, the Company’s ability to utilize the aforementioned carryforwards may be limited. Additionally, U.S. tax laws limit the time during which these carryforwards may be applied against future taxes. Therefore, the Company may not be able to take full advantage of these carryforwards for federal or state income tax purposes.

The Company’s reserves related to taxes are based on a determination of whether and how much of a tax benefit taken by the Company in its tax filings or positions is more likely than not to be realized following resolution of any potential contingencies present related to the tax benefit. From inception and through December 31, 2013, the Company had no unrecognized tax benefits or related interest and penalties accrued. The Company has not, as yet, conducted a study of research and development (R&D) credit carryforwards. This study may result in an adjustment to the Company’s R&D credit carryforwards; however, until a study is completed and any adjustment is known, no amounts are being presented as an uncertain tax position. A full valuation allowance has been provided against the Company’s R&D credits and, if an adjustment is required, this adjustment would be offset by an adjustment to the valuation allowance. Thus, there would be no impact to the balance sheet or statement of operations if an adjustment were required. The Company would recognize both accrued interest and penalties related to unrecognized benefits in income tax expense. The Company’s uncertain tax positions are related to years that remain subject to examination by relevant tax authorities. Since the Company is in a loss carryforward position, the Company is generally subject to examination by the U.S. federal, state and local income tax authorities for all tax years in which a loss carryforward is available.

The principal components of the Company’s deferred tax assets/liabilities for 2012 and 2013 are as follows:

 

     December 31,  
     2012     2013  

Deferred tax assets/liabilities:

    

Net operating loss carryovers

   $ 13,577,998      $ 19,631,830   

R&D tax credits

     569,556        882,330   

Share-based compensation

     355,548        1,513,809   

Accrued compensation and severance

     —          906,922   

Depreciation

     (1,048,265     (867,325

Deferred rent

     262,172        349,675   

Intangible assets

     255,323        240,565   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 
     13,972,332        22,657,806   

Valuation allowance

     (13,972,332     (22,657,806
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net deferred tax assets (liabilities)

   $ —        $ —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

A reconciliation of the statutory U.S. Federal rate to the company’s effective tax rate is as follows:

 

     Year Ended
December 31,
 
     2012     2013  

Federal income tax benefit at statutory rate

     (34.00 )%      (34.00 )% 

State income tax, net of federal benefit

     (5.00     (5.00

Permanent items

     0.02        0.01   

Change in valuation allowance

     42.00        40.17   

R&D tax credits

     (2.95     (1.08

Other

     (0.07     (0.10
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Effective income tax (benefit) expense rate

     0     0
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

F-30


Table of Contents

ContraFect Corporation

(A Development Stage Company)

Notes to Financial Statements

December 31, 2013

 

16. Significant Agreements

Rockefeller University

License Agreements

The Company has entered into the following license agreements with The Rockefeller University:

 

    On July 12, 2011, the Company entered into a license agreement for the worldwide, exclusive right to a patent covering the composition of matter for the lysin PlySS2 for the treatment and prevention of diseases caused by gram-positive bacteria (the “CF-301 License”). The Company rebranded PlySS2 as CF-301.

 

    On June 1, 2011, the Company entered into a license agreement for the exclusive rights to The Rockefeller University’s interest in a patent covering the method of delivering antibodies through the cell wall of a gram positive bacteria to the periplasmic space. This intellectual property was developed as a result of the sponsored research agreement between the Company and The Rockefeller University, and was jointly discovered and filed by the two parties.

 

    On September 23, 2010, the Company entered into a license agreement for the worldwide, exclusive right to develop, manufacture, use and sell, and offer for sale a suite of patents and patent applications covering the composition of matter for eight individual lysin molecules for the treatment and prevention of diseases caused by gram-positive bacteria. The lysins in this suite have activity against Staphylococcus, Group A Streptococcus, Group B Streptococcus, Pneumococcus, Enterococcus and Anthrax.

In consideration for the September 23, 2010, July 1, 2011 and the July 12, 2011 licenses, the Company paid The Rockefeller University license initiation fees in cash of $200,000, $10,000 and $100,000, respectively. In the case of the CF-301 License, the Company also issued The Rockefeller University 30,303 shares of its Series C Preferred Stock. Under the September 23, 2010 license and the CF-301 License agreements, the Company will also be required to make annual maintenance payments commencing on the second anniversary of each agreement. The maintenance payments start at $50,000 and increase to the maximum of $100,000 on the eighth anniversary. There are no maintenance payments associated with the July 1, 2011 license. Under the September 23, 2010 license agreement, the Company will also be required to pay an annual maintenance fee, and for each product, milestone payments up to a total of $3.8 million and royalties up to 5% of net sales to The Rockefeller University. Under the June 1, 2011 license agreement, the Company will also be required to pay royalties up to 2% of net sales to The Rockefeller University. Under the CF-301 License agreement, the Company will also be required to pay an annual maintenance fee, milestone payments up to a total of $5.0 million and royalties of 5% of net sales to The Rockefeller University. The payments made to The Rockefeller University were recognized as part of research and development expenses as incurred.

The Company is allowed to grant sublicenses to third parties without prior approval, subject to certain conditions and the payment of a certain percentage of all payments the Company receives from sublicensees.

Each license agreement terminates upon the later of (i) the expiration or abandonment of the last licensed patent under the license agreement to expire or become abandoned, or (ii) 10 years after the first commercial sale of the first licensed product. The Rockefeller University may terminate any license agreement in the event of a breach of such agreement by the Company or if the Company challenges the validity or enforceability of the underlying patent rights. The Company may terminate any license agreement at any time on 60 days’ notice.

 

F-31


Table of Contents

ContraFect Corporation

(A Development Stage Company)

Notes to Financial Statements

December 31, 2013

 

Sponsored Research Agreements

The Company has entered into the following sponsored research agreements with The Rockefeller University:

 

    On October 1, 2009, the Company entered into a sponsored research agreement with The Rockefeller University to produce and test monoclonal antibodies against proteins of Staph aureus. In accordance with the agreement, The Rockefeller University and the Company each provide certain equipment and tools, with funding provided by the Company of up to approximately $350,000, to maintain a research program used to create joint intellectual property. The agreement expired on September 30, 2012. Following the expiration of the agreement, each party has a non-exclusive license to use for internal research purposes all research results, including joint intellectual property. If joint intellectual property develops from these programs, the Company will have the right to acquire a royalty-bearing license to utilize the intellectual property for commercial purposes.

 

    On October 24, 2011, the Company entered into a second sponsored research agreement with The Rockefeller University, to identify lysins, enzymes or small molecules that will kill gram-negative bacteria, and identify and characterize lysins from Clostridia difficile to be engineered into gut commensal bacteria. In accordance with the agreement, The Rockefeller University and the Company each provide certain equipment and tools, with funding provided by the Company of up to approximately $300,000 each year for five years.

The initial term of the agreement runs through October 31, 2016. Either party may terminate the agreement upon breach of the agreement, following 30 days written notice and failure to cure such breach. Following the expiration or termination of the agreement, each party will have a non-exclusive license to use for internal research purposes all research results, including joint intellectual property. If joint intellectual property develops from these programs, the Company will have the right to acquire a royalty-bearing license to utilize the intellectual property for commercial purposes.

Mount Sinai School of Medicine

On January 22, 2010, the Company entered into a license agreement with the Mount Sinai School of Medicine of New York University that gives the Company exclusive rights to a patent for the method of discovery of monoclonal antibodies that bind to “conserved regions” on “highly variable organisms,” such as influenza. The license also includes up to four specific influenza antibodies of the Company’s choosing. To date, the Company exercised its right to two such antibodies and continues to evaluate new candidates as they are produced.

In consideration for the initial license, the Company paid Mount Sinai School of Medicine expenses relating to its patent rights of approximately $25,000 and issued 75,000 shares of Series A Preferred Stock. Commencing June 30, 2012, the Company paid an annual license maintenance fee of $10,000 and will be required to make future milestone payments up to a total of $3.0 million upon achievement of various milestones relating to regulatory or commercial events, and to pay royalties up to 5.5% of net sales of products by the Company under this agreement. The payments made to Mount Sinai School of Medicine were recognized as part of research and development expenses as incurred.

Under the license agreement, the Company will also be required to make certain maintenance, milestone and royalty payments. The Company is allowed to grant sublicenses to third parties without prior approval, and will be required to pay Mount Sinai School of Medicine a certain percentage of all payments the Company received from sublicensees.

 

F-32


Table of Contents

ContraFect Corporation

(A Development Stage Company)

Notes to Financial Statements

December 31, 2013

 

The license agreement terminates upon the later of (i) the expiration of the last licensed patent right, or (ii) 20 years from the latest filing date of any patent application included in the patent rights. Either party may terminate the agreement in the event of a material breach by the other, subject to prior notice and opportunity to cure, or in the event the other party enters into bankruptcy or is dissolved. Upon termination of the license agreement, all rights in and to the patent rights revert to Mount Sinai School of Medicine.

MorphoSys AG

On April 1, 2011, the Company entered into a five-year non-exclusive subscription and license agreement with MorphoSys AG (“MorphoSys”) pursuant to which it obtained from MorphoSys full rights to practice under MorphoSys’ patent rights, and licenses for its HuCAL Platinum (45 billion antibody) human phage display library (the “HuCAL Library”) and AutoCAL (automation software and know-how) technology for use onsite at the Company’s facility.

In consideration for the license, the Company paid MorphoSys a one-time installation fee of €300,000 and will be required to pay maximum annual license maintenance fees of €450,000. The Company will also be required to pay for commercial therapeutic licenses for each product that it chooses to bring into clinical development that originated from the HuCAL Library and in the event a licensed product is successfully brought to market, the Company will be required to make milestone payments as products from the HuCAL Library progress through clinical development. The Company will be required to pay MorphoSys a royalty of 5% of net sales from products that originated from the HuCAL Library. Under the terms of the license agreement, the Company is allowed to grant sublicenses to third parties without prior approval.

Under the terms of the license agreement, the Company has the rights to use an unlimited number of antibodies from the HuCAL library for research purposes during the five-year term. The Company also obtained the right to request up to 40 commercial therapeutic licenses during the five-year term, allowing it to develop as many as 40 human antibody products for therapeutic purposes.

The license agreement terminates upon the earlier of (i) the expiration of the five-year term, if no commercial therapeutic license is in place; (ii) the time at which the last commercial therapeutic license terminates; and (iii) the date all obligations to pay all royalties have ceased.

On October 31, 2013, MorphoSys instituted arbitration proceedings against the Company before the International Chamber of Commerce relating to the subscription and license agreement. MorphoSys is seeking damages of approximately $0.8 million in relation to allegedly outstanding fees under the license agreement plus interest and costs and an award declaring that the Company is obligated to pay to MorphoSys all future due installments under the license agreement of approximately $1.1 million. The Company has asserted counterclaims against MorphoSys for approximately $3.5 million, which includes a refund of past payments under the license agreement on the basis that its HuCAL Platinum human phage display library was defective. The Company has not recorded any contingencies related to the arbitration proceedings as the amount and probability of loss, if any, is not estimable at this time.

Due to the complex nature of the legal and factual issues involved and the uncertainty of litigation in general, the outcome of the arbitration is uncertain. There is no assurance that the Company will prevail in the arbitration.

 

F-33


Table of Contents

ContraFect Corporation

(A Development Stage Company)

Notes to Financial Statements

December 31, 2013

 

17. Related-Party Transactions

For the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2013, the Company paid consulting and professional fees to related parties of approximately $428,500 and $333,000, respectively. Of the fees paid, $330,500 and $271,000 were included in general and administrative expenses for the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2013, respectively, and the remainder is included in research and development expenses.

18. Subsequent events

The Company has evaluated subsequent events through April 17, 2014 the date the financial statements were available for issuance. The following significant events occurred through such date:

On January 29, 2014, the Company entered into a license agreement with Trellis Bioscience LLC for exclusive rights to all Trellis mAbs in the field of influenza discovered from their CellSpot platform, including three fully human mAbs that bind, neutralize and protect animals from all strains of H1, H3 and B influenza, and that will also cross bind, neutralize and protect animals from all other seasonal or pandemic influenza strains that may arise (including H5N1 and H7N9). In consideration for the license, the Company paid Trellis $200,000 and issued 151,515 shares of Series C-1 Preferred Stock, valued at $500,000 on March 12, 2014. An additional $500,000 in shares of Series C-1 Preferred Stock will be issued on the six month anniversary of the agreement. The Company will also be required to pay Trellis up to $1.3 million upon the achievement of specified development and regulatory milestones and make additional payments upon the achievement of future sales and a royalty of 4% of future net sales from products.

On February 24, 2014, the Board of Directors increased the number of shares of Common Stock available under the Company’s Amended and Restated 2008 Equity Incentive Plan to 13,000,000. The Company also adopted the ContraFect Corporation Retention Bonus Plan (the “Retention Plan”). Under the Retention Plan, participants will vest in and become eligible to receive awards equal to a fixed dollar amount (the “Award Amount”), upon the earliest to occur of any of the following events: (i) the IPO; (ii) a Change of Control (as defined in the Retention Plan); (iii) May 31, 2015; and (iv) a participant’s termination of employment due to death or Disability (as defined in the Retention Plan) (each such event, a “Payment Event”). In the event of an IPO or Change in Control, participants who are then employed by the Company shall be eligible to receive a payment in an amount equal to 1.82 times each participant’s Award Amount. For an IPO Payment Event, the Company intends to pay each participant’s Award Amount in shares of common stock, with a lump sum cash payment in respect of any fractional shares. For a Change of Control Payment Event, the Company intends to pay each participant’s Award Amount in the same form of consideration that the holders of common shares receive in the transaction. The Company intends to pay Award Amounts that vest upon an eligible termination or May 31, 2015 in a lump sum cash payment.

In March 2014, the Company sold additional senior convertible notes for net proceeds of approximately $1.2 million. Dr. Sol Barer, a director of the Company, and Ms. Julia P. Gregory, the Company’s Chief Executive Officer, purchased $1.025 million principal amount of the Convertible Notes and received related warrants.

 

F-34


Table of Contents

 

 

Until                    , 2014 (25 days after the commencement of the offering), all dealers that effect transactions in these securities, whether or not participating in this offering, may be required to deliver a prospectus. This is in addition to the dealer’s obligation to deliver a prospectus when acting as an underwriter and with respect to unsold allotments or subscriptions.

We have not, and the underwriters and their affiliates have not, authorized anyone to provide you with any information or to make any representation not contained in this prospectus. We do not, and the underwriters and their affiliates do not, take any responsibility for, and can provide no assurances as to, the reliability of any information that others may provide you. We are not, and the underwriters and their affiliates are not, making an offer to sell, or seeking offers to buy, these securities in any jurisdiction where the offer or sale is not permitted. The information contained in this prospectus is accurate only as of the date of this prospectus, regardless of the time of delivery of this prospectus or any sale of our common stock. Our business, financial condition, operating results and prospects may have changed since that date.

             Shares of Common Stock

and Warrants to Purchase

             Shares of Common Stock

 

LOGO

 

 

PROSPECTUS

 

 

Maxim Group LLC

                    , 2014

 

 

 


Table of Contents

PART II

INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS

 

Item 13. Other Expenses of Issuance and Distribution.

The following table sets forth the various expenses, other than underwriting discounts and commissions, payable by the registrant in connection with the sale of the offered securities being registered. All of the amounts shown are estimated except the SEC registration fee, the FINRA filing fee and the NASDAQ listing fees.

 

     Amount
to be Paid
 

SEC registration fee

   $ 2,963   

FINRA filing fee

     3,950   

NASDAQ Capital Stock Market listing fees

     50,000   

Printing and engraving expenses*

  

Legal fees and expenses*

  

Accounting fees and expenses*

  

Transfer agent and registrar fees*

  

Miscellaneous fees and expenses*

  
  

 

 

 

Total*

   $                
  

 

 

 

 

* To be completed by amendment.

 

Item 14. Indemnification of Directors and Officers.

Section 102(b)(7) of the Delaware General Corporation Law (the “DGCL”) allows a corporation to provide in its certificate of incorporation that a director of the corporation will not be personally liable to the corporation or its stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director, except where the director breached the duty of loyalty, failed to act in good faith, engaged in intentional misconduct or knowingly violated a law, authorized the payment of a dividend or approved a stock repurchase in violation of Delaware corporate law or obtained an improper personal benefit. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will provide for this limitation of liability.

Section 145 of the DGCL (“Section 145”) provides that a Delaware corporation may indemnify any person who was, is or is threatened to be made party to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (other than an action by or in right of such corporation), by reason of the fact that such person is or was an officer, director, employee or agent of such corporation or is or was serving at the request of such corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation or enterprise. The indemnity may include expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection with such action, suit or proceeding, provided such person acted in good faith and in a manner he reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the corporation’s best interests and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe that his or her conduct was illegal. A Delaware corporation may indemnify any persons who are, were or are threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action or suit by or in the right of the corporation by reason of the fact that such person is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation or enterprise. The indemnity may include expenses (including attorneys’ fees) actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection with the defense or settlement of such action or suit, provided such person acted in good faith and in a manner he reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the corporation’s best interests, provided that no indemnification is permitted without judicial approval if the officer, director, employee or agent is adjudged to be liable to the corporation. Where an officer or director is successful on the merits or otherwise in the defense of any action referred to above, the corporation must indemnify him against the expenses which such officer or director has actually and reasonably incurred.


Table of Contents

Section 145 further authorizes a corporation to purchase and maintain insurance on behalf of any person who is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation or enterprise, against any liability asserted against him and incurred by him in any such capacity, or arising out of his status as such, whether or not the corporation would otherwise have the power to indemnify him under Section 145.

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will provide that to the fullest extent permitted by the DGCL, none of our directors shall be liable to our company or our stockholders for monetary damages arising from a breach of fiduciary duty owed to our company or our stockholders. In addition, our amended and restated bylaws will provide that we must indemnify our directors and officers to the fullest extent authorized by the DGCL and must also pay expenses incurred in defending any such proceeding in advance of its final disposition upon delivery of an undertaking, by or on behalf of an indemnified person, to repay all amounts so advanced if it should be determined ultimately that such person is not entitled to be indemnified under this section or otherwise.

Prior to the completion of this offering, we expect to enter into indemnity agreements with each of our directors and executive officers in which we will agree to indemnify, defend and hold harmless, and also advance expenses as incurred, to the fullest extent permitted under applicable law, from damage arising from the fact that such person is or was an officer or director of our company or our subsidiaries.

The indemnification rights set forth above shall not be exclusive of any other right which an indemnified person may have or hereafter acquire under any statute, our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, our amended and restated bylaws, any agreement, any vote of stockholders or disinterested directors or otherwise.

We expect to maintain standard policies of insurance that provide coverage (1) to our directors and officers against loss rising from claims made by reason of breach of duty or other wrongful act and (2) to us with respect to indemnification payments that we may make to such directors and officers.

The proposed form of Underwriting Agreement to be filed as Exhibit 1.1 to this Registration Statement provides for indemnification of our directors and officers by the underwriters against certain liabilities.

Item 15. Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities

In the three years preceding the filing of this registration statement, the registrant has issued the following securities that were not registered under the Securities Act:

 

(a) Issuances of Securities

In August and September 2010, we issued and sold an aggregate of 4,651,163 shares of our series B preferred stock to accredited investors at a price per share of $2.58 for an aggregate purchase price of $12,000,000. Of these, 1,937,985 shares were purchased by entities beneficially owned by Mr. Blech, an investor who would become a member of our board of directors for an aggregate purchase price of $5,000,000. The placement agent received aggregate fees of $1,061,930 and warrants for the purchase of an aggregate of 937,209 shares of our common stock related to this sale of stock.

During 2011, we issued and sold an aggregate of 2,810,000 share of our common stock for an aggregate purchase price of $225,600. Of these, 1,810,000 shares were purchased by Dr. Barer, Dr. Scheinberg and entities beneficially owned by Mr. Blech, each of who were members of our board of directors, for an aggregate purchase price of $125,600. We also issued 5,010 shares of our common stock exchange for services.

From August to December 2011, we issued and sold an aggregate of 6,146,374 shares of our series C preferred stock to accredited investors at a price per share of $3.30 for an aggregate purchase price of $20,283,034. Of these, 534,546 shares were purchased by Dr. Scheinberg and entities beneficially owned by Mr. Blech, who were members of our board of directors for an aggregate purchase price of $1,764,000. The placement agent received aggregate fees of $1,192,036 and warrants for the purchase of an aggregate of 720,358 shares of our common stock related to this sale of stock.


Table of Contents

In September 2011, we issued 30,303 shares of our series C preferred stock in exchange for an initial payment for licensed technology.

In January 2012, we issued and sold an aggregate of 10,606 shares of our series C preferred stock to accredited investors at a price per share of $3.30 for an aggregate purchase price of $35,000.

In September 2012, we issued and sold an aggregate of 2,903,626 shares of our series C preferred stock at a price per share of $3.30 for an aggregate purchase price of $9,581,966. Of these, 2,613,264 shares were purchased by an Alpha Springs Ltd., an entity beneficially owned by Mr. Zan, an investor who would become a member of our board of directors, for an aggregate purchase price of $8,623,771. A consultant received aggregate fees of $478,893 related to this sale of stock.

In January 2013, we issued 39,063 shares of our common stock in exchange for licensed technology.

From June to October 2013, we issued and sold an aggregate of $11,963,650 of our 8% senior convertible notes due 2015 at 100% of face value. $1,000,000 of these notes was purchased by Dr. Barer, who was Chairman of our board of directors, at 100% of face value. The placement agent received aggregate fees of $1,121,365 and a warrant for the purchase of shares of our common stock equal to 10% of the number of shares into which the 8% senior convertible notes due 2015 convert.

In March 2014, we issued 151,515 shares of our series C-1 preferred stock in exchange for licensed technology. We also issued and sold an aggregate of $1,155,000 of our Convertible Notes due 2015 at 100% of face value. $1,025,000 of these notes were purchased by Dr. Barer, who was Chairman of our board of directors, and Ms. Gregory, who was our Chief Executive Officer, at 100% of face value.

 

(b) Stock Option Grants

Since inception, we have issued to certain employees, directors and consultants options to purchase an aggregate of 16,924,698 shares of common stock as of March 31, 2014. As of March 31, 2014, 20,000 options to purchase shares of common stock had been exercised, options to purchase 831,195 shares had been forfeited and options to purchase 16,073,503 shares remained outstanding at a weighted-average exercise price of $0.75 per share. Options exchanged pursuant to the Exchange Offer are excluded from these amounts.

The issuance of stock options and the common stock issuable upon the exercise of such options as described in this section (b) of Item 15 were issued pursuant to written compensatory plans or arrangements with our employees, directors and consultants, in reliance on the exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act provided by Rule 701 promulgated under the Securities Act. All recipients either received adequate information about us or had access, through employment or other relationships, to such information.

 

(c) Warrants

Since inception, we have issued warrants to purchase an aggregate of 7,228,398 shares of common stock as of March 31, 2014. As of March 31, 2014, warrants to purchase 2,200,000 shares of common stock had been exercised and warrants to purchase 5,028,398 shares of common stock remained outstanding at a weighted-average exercise price of $0.92 per share.

The warrants issued in connection with the sale of convertible notes are not included as the number of shares of common stock underlying such warrants is not determinable.

 

Item 16. Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules.

 

(a) Exhibits.

The information required by this item is set forth on the exhibit index that follows the signature page of this registration statement.


Table of Contents
(b) Financial Statement Schedules.

All financial statement schedules are omitted because they are inapplicable, not required or the information is indicated elsewhere in the financial statements or the notes thereto.

 

Item 17. Undertakings.

The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes to provide, to the underwriters at the closing specified in the underwriting agreement, certificates in such denominations and registered in such names as required by the underwriters to permit prompt delivery to each purchaser.

Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the registrant pursuant to the provisions referenced in Item 14 of this registration statement, or otherwise, the registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the SEC such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.

The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes that:

1. For purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act, the information omitted from the form of prospectus filed as part of this registration statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in the form of prospectus filed by the registrant pursuant to Rule 424(b)(1) or (4) or 497(h) under the Securities Act shall be deemed to be part of this registration statement as of the time it was declared effective.

2. For the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act, each post-effective amendment that contains a form of prospectus shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at the time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, the registrant has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of New York, State of New York, on April 18, 2014.

 

CONTRAFECT CORPORATION

By:

 

/s/ Julia P. Gregory

 

Julia P. Gregory

Chief Executive Officer

POWER OF ATTORNEY

Each person whose signature appears below appoints JULIA P. GREGORY and MICHAEL MESSINGER, and each of them, any of whom may act without the joinder of the other, as his true and lawful attorney-in-fact and agent, with full power of substitution and resubstitution, for him and in his name, place and stead, in any and all capacities, to sign any and all amendments (including post-effective amendments) to this registration statement and any registration statement (including any amendment thereto) for this offering that is to be effective upon filing pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and to file the same, with all exhibits thereto, and all other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, granting unto said attorneys-in-fact and agents full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary to be done, as fully to all intents and purposes as he might or would do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorneys-in-fact and agents or any of them of their or his substitute and substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, this registration statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

 

Signature

  

Title

 

Date

/s/ Julia P. Gregory

  

Chief Executive Officer and Director

( Principal Executive Officer )

(Principal Financial Officer )

  April 18, 2014
Julia P. Gregory     

/s/ Michael Messinger

  

Vice President, Finance and

Chief Accounting Officer

( Principal Accounting Officer )

  April 18, 2014

Michael Messinger

    

/s/ Sol Barer, Ph.D.

   Chairman of the Board   April 18, 2014

Sol Barer, Ph.D.

    

/s/ Isaac Blech

   Director   April 18, 2014

Isaac Blech

    

/s/ David N. Low, Jr.

   Director   April 18, 2014

David N. Low, Jr.

    

/s/ Roger Pomerantz, M.D.

   Director   April 18, 2014

Roger Pomerantz, M.D.

    

/s/ David Scheinberg, M.D., Ph.D.

   Director   April 18, 2014

David Scheinberg, M.D., Ph.D.

    

/s/ Cary Sucoff

   Director   April 18, 2014

Cary Sucoff

    

/s/ Shengda Zan

   Director   April 18, 2014

Shengda Zan

    


Table of Contents

EXHIBIT INDEX

 

Exhibit

No.

  

Description

  1.1*    Form of Underwriting Agreement
  3.1    Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation
  3.2    Amended and Restated Bylaws
  3.3*    Form of Restated Certificate of Incorporation, to be in effect at the closing of the Registrant’s initial public offering
  3.4*    Form of Restated Bylaws, to be in effect at the closing of the Registrant’s initial public offering
  4.1*    Form of common stock certificate
  4.2*    Form of warrant certificate
  4.3*    Form of Underwriter’s Warrant
  4.4*    Form of Warrant Agreement between Warrant Agent and the Registrant
  5.1*    Opinion of Shearman & Sterling LLP
10.1    License Agreement, between The Rockefeller University and ContraFect Corporation, dated July 12, 2011
10.2    Lease Agreement, between Hudson View Building #3 LLC and ContraFect Corporation, dated December 1, 2010
10.3    Lease Agreement, between Hudson View Building #3 LLC and ContraFect Corporation, dated January 1, 2012
10.4*    Form of Indemnification Agreement
10.5    Employment Agreement by and between ContraFect Corporation and David Huang, M.D. dated June 30, 2011
10.6*    Employment Agreement by and between ContraFect Corporation and Julia P. Gregory
10.7    Employment Agreement by and between ContraFect Corporation and Michael Wittekind, Ph.D. dated March 6, 2012
10.8    Separation Agreement between ContraFect Corporation and Robert Nowinski, M.D. dated December 18, 2013
10.9    ContraFect Corporation Retention Bonus Plan
10.10    ContraFect Corporation Retention Bonus Plan Award Agreement
10.11    ContraFect Corporation Amended and Restated 2008 Equity Incentive Plan
10.12    ContraFect Corporation Form of Stock Option Agreement
10.13    ContraFect Corporation 2008 Equity Incentive Plan
16.1    Letter from EisnerAmper LLP, as to the change in certifying accountant, dated as of April 17, 2014
23.1*    Consent of Shearman & Sterling LLP (included in Exhibit 5.1)
23.2    Consent of Ernst & Young LLP, Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
23.3    Consent of EisnerAmper LLP
24.1    Power of Attorney (on signature page)

 

* To be filed by amendment.

EXHIBIT 3.1

FOURTH AMENDED AND RESTATED

CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

OF

CONTRAFECT CORPORATION

(Pursuant to Sections 242 and 245 of the

General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware)

CONTRAFECT CORPORATION, a corporation organized and existing under and by virtue of the provisions of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (the “ General Corporation Law ”),

DOES HEREBY CERTIFY:

1. That the name of this corporation is CONTRAFECT CORPORATION, and that this corporation was originally incorporated pursuant to the General Corporation Law on March 5, 2008 under the name CONTRAFECT, INC.

2. That the original Certificate of Incorporation of this corporation was amended, supplemented and restated by (a) that certain Certificate of Amendment of Certificate of Incorporation, as filed pursuant to the General Corporation Law on March 17, 2008, (b) that certain Certificate of Designation of Series “A” Preferred Shares, as filed pursuant to the General Corporation Law on July 1, 2009, (c) that certain Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation on February 26, 2010, (d) that certain Second Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation on August 2, 2010, (e) that certain Certificate of Amendment of Second Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, as filed pursuant to the General Corporation Law on September 10, 2010, (f) that certain Third Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation on August 25, 2011, and (g) that certain Certificate of Amendment of Third Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, as filed pursuant to the General Corporation Law on June 13, 2012.

3. That the Board of Directors duly adopted resolutions proposing to again amend and restate, in its entirety, the Certificate of Incorporation of this corporation, declaring said amendment and restatement to be advisable and in the best interests of this corporation and its stockholders, and authorizing the appropriate officers of this corporation to solicit the consent of the stockholders therefor, which resolution setting forth the proposed amendment and restatement is as follows:

RESOLVED , that the Certificate of Incorporation of this corporation be amended and restated in its entirety to read as follows:

FIRST: The name of this corporation is CONTRAFECT CORPORATION (the “Corporation” ).

SECOND: The address of the registered office of the Corporation in the State of New York is located in the County of Westchester, 28 Wells Avenue, Third Floor, Yonkers, New York 10701, and its registered agent is Corporation Service Company.


THIRD: The nature of the business or purposes to be conducted or promoted is to engage in any lawful act or activity for which a corporation may be organized under the General Corporation Law.

FOURTH: The total number of shares of all classes of stock which the Corporation shall have authority to issue is (i) 200,000,000 shares of Common Stock, $0.0001 par value per share (“ Common Stock ”), and (ii) 50,000,000 shares of Preferred Stock, $0.0002 par value per share (“ Preferred Stock ”).

The following is a statement of the designations and the powers, privileges and rights, and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions thereof in respect of each class of capital stock of the Corporation.

 

A. COMMON STOCK

1. General . The voting, dividend and liquidation rights of the holders of the Common Stock are subject to and qualified by the rights, powers and preferences of the holders of the Preferred Stock set forth herein.

2. Voting . The holders of the Common Stock are entitled to one vote for each share of Common Stock held at all meetings of stockholders (and written actions in lieu of meetings); provided , however , that, except as otherwise required by law, holders of Common Stock, as such, shall not be entitled to vote on any amendment to the Fourth Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation that relates solely to the terms of one or more outstanding series of Preferred Stock if the holders of such affected series are entitled, either separately or together with the holders of one or more other such series, to vote thereon pursuant to the Fourth Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation or pursuant to the General Corporation Law. The number of authorized shares of Common Stock may be increased or decreased (but not below the number of shares thereof then outstanding) by (in addition to any vote of the holders of one or more series of Preferred Stock that may be required by the terms of the Fourth Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation) the affirmative vote of the holders of shares of capital stock of the Corporation representing a majority of the votes represented by all outstanding shares of capital stock of the Corporation entitled to vote, irrespective of the provisions of Section 242(b)(2) of the General Corporation Law. There shall be no cumulative voting rights with respect to any capital stock of the Corporation.

 

B. PREFERRED STOCK

2,200,000 shares of the authorized Preferred Stock of the Corporation are hereby designated “ Series A Preferred Stock ” with the following rights, preferences, powers, privileges and restrictions, qualifications and limitations. 5,600,000 shares of the authorized Preferred Stock of the Corporation are hereby designated “ Series B Preferred Stock ” with the following rights, preferences, powers, privileges and restrictions, qualifications and limitations. 9,090,909 shares of the authorized Preferred Stock are hereby designated “ Series C Preferred Stock ” with the following rights, preferences, power, privileges and restrictions, qualification and limitations. 6,060,607 shares of the authorized Preferred Stock are hereby designated “ Series C-1 Preferred Stock ” with the following rights, preferences, power, privileges and restrictions, qualification and limitations. Unless otherwise indicated, references to “Sections” or “Subsections” in this Part B of this Article Fourth refer to sections and subsections of Part B of this Article Fourth.

 

2


1. Dividends .

1.1. Series A Preferred Stock . From and after the date of the issuance of any shares of Series A Preferred Stock, dividends at the rate of 6% per annum, compounded annually, on the sum of the Series A Original Issue Price (as defined below) and all previously accrued but unpaid dividends, shall accrue on such shares of Series A Preferred Stock (subject to appropriate adjustment in the event of any stock dividend, stock split, combination or other similar recapitalization with respect to the Series A Preferred Stock) (the “ Series A Accruing Dividends ”). Series A Accruing Dividends shall accrue from day to day, whether or not declared, and shall be cumulative; provided, however , that except as set forth in the following sentence of this Section 1.1 or in Subsections 2.1 and 2.2 , such Series A Accruing Dividends shall be payable only if, when and as declared by the Board of Directors (including with respect to the form of such dividend) and the Corporation shall be under no obligation to pay such Series A Accruing Dividends. The Corporation shall not declare, pay or set aside any dividends on shares of any other class or series of capital stock of the Corporation except for the Series B Preferred Stock, the Series C Preferred Stock and the Series C-1 Preferred Stock (other than dividends on shares of Common Stock payable in shares of Common Stock) unless (in addition to the obtaining of any consents required elsewhere in the Fourth Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation) the holders of the Series A Preferred Stock then outstanding shall first receive, or simultaneously receive, a dividend on each outstanding share of Series A Preferred Stock in an amount at least equal to the greater of (i) the amount of the aggregate Series A Accruing Dividends then accrued on such share of Series A Preferred Stock and not previously paid and (ii) (A) in the case of a dividend on Common Stock or any class or series that is convertible into Common Stock, that dividend per share of Series A Preferred Stock as would equal the product of (1) the dividend payable on each share of such class or series determined, if applicable, as if all shares of such class or series had been converted into Common Stock and (2) the number of shares of Common Stock issuable upon conversion of a share of Series A Preferred Stock, in each case calculated on the record date for determination of holders entitled to receive such dividend or (B) in the case of a dividend on any class or series that is not convertible into Common Stock, at a rate per share of Series A Preferred Stock determined by (1) dividing the amount of the dividend payable on each share of such class or series of capital stock by the original issuance price of such class or series of capital stock (subject to appropriate adjustment in the event of any stock dividend, stock split, combination or other similar recapitalization with respect to such class or series) and (2) multiplying such fraction by an amount equal to the Series A Original Issue Price (as defined below); provided that, if the Corporation declares, pays or sets aside, on the same date, a dividend on shares of more than one class or series of capital stock of the Corporation, the dividend payable to the holders of Series A Preferred Stock pursuant to this Section 1.1 shall be calculated based upon the dividend on the class or series of capital stock that would result in the highest Series A Preferred Stock dividend. The “ Series A Original Issue Price ” shall mean $1.00 per share, subject to appropriate adjustment in the event of any stock dividend, stock split, combination or other similar recapitalization with respect to the Series A Preferred Stock.

 

3


1.2. Series B Preferred Stock .

(a) The Series B Preferred Stock shall rank equal to any share of Series C Preferred Stock and Series C-1 Preferred Stock and shall rank senior to any share of Series A Preferred Stock or Common Stock and any other equity security of the Corporation with respect to all rights, privileges and preferences, including, but not limited to, dividend rights, rights upon liquidation, winding up or dissolution and redemption rights. From and after the date of the issuance of any shares of Series B Preferred Stock, such shares shall, in preference to the holders of any shares of Series A Preferred Stock or Common Stock and equal in preference to the Series C Preferred Stock and Series C-1 Preferred Stock, be entitled to, cumulative dividends at a rate of 6% per annum payable on March 31, June 30, September 30 and December 31 of each year, at the Company’s option, in cash or additional shares of Series B Preferred Stock. Dividends shall be payable to the record holder of the Series B Preferred Stock as of March 15, June 15, September 15 and December 15 of each year that the Series B Preferred Stock is issued and outstanding. No fractional shares shall be issued. Fractional shares shall be rounded up to the next whole share. Dividends shall be paid on the sum of the Series B Original Issue Price (as defined below) and all previously accrued but unpaid dividends, shall accrue on such shares of Series B Preferred Stock (subject to appropriate adjustment in the event of any stock dividend, stock split, combination or other similar recapitalization with respect to the Series B Preferred Stock) (the “ Series B Accruing Dividends ”). Series B Accruing Dividends shall accrue from day to day, whether or not declared, and shall be cumulative; provided, however , that except as set forth in the following sentence of this Section 1.2 or in Subsections 2.1 and 2.2 , such Series B Accruing Dividends shall be payable only if, when and as declared by the Board of Directors (including with respect to the form of such dividend). The Corporation shall not declare, pay or set aside any dividends on shares of any other class or series of capital stock of the Corporation (other than dividends on shares of Common Stock payable in shares of Common Stock) unless (in addition to the obtaining of any consents required elsewhere in the Fourth Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation) the holders of the Series B Preferred Stock, at the same time as the holders of the Series C Preferred Stock and Series C-1 Preferred Stock then outstanding shall first receive, or simultaneously receive, a dividend on each outstanding share of Series B Preferred Stock in the amount of the aggregate Series B Accruing Dividends then accrued on such share of Series B Preferred Stock and not previously paid. Payment of any dividends on the Series B Preferred Stock, the Series C Preferred Stock and the Series C-1 Preferred Stock shall be on a pro rata, pari passu basis. The “ Series B Original Issue Price ” shall mean $2.58 per share, subject to appropriate adjustment in the event of any stock dividend, stock split, combination or other similar recapitalization with respect to the Series B Preferred Stock.

(b) In the event that pursuant to applicable law or contract the Corporation shall be prohibited or restricted from paying in cash the full dividend to which the holders of the Series B Preferred Stock, the Series C Preferred Stock and the Series C-1 Preferred Stock shall be entitled, the cash amount available pursuant to applicable law or contract shall be distributed among the holders of the Series B Preferred Stock, the Series C Preferred Stock and the Series C-1 Preferred Stock ratably in proportion to the full amounts to which they would otherwise be entitled and any remaining amount due to holders of the Series B Preferred Stock, the Series C Preferred Stock and the Series C-1 Preferred Stock shall be payable in cash. The amounts to be distributed pursuant to the preceding sentence shall, in each case, be adjusted by rounding down to the nearest whole cent. Dividends on the Series B Preferred Stock shall accrue whether or not they have been declared and whether or not there are profits, surplus or other funds of the Corporation legally available for the payment of dividends.

 

4


1.3. Series C Preferred Stock .

(a) The Series C Preferred Stock shall rank equal to any share of Series B Preferred Stock and Series C-1 Preferred Stock and shall rank senior to any share of Series A Preferred Stock or Common Stock and any other equity security of the Corporation with respect to all rights, privileges and preferences, including, but not limited to, dividend rights, rights upon liquidation, winding up or dissolution and redemption rights. From and after the date of the issuance of any shares of Series C Preferred Stock, such shares shall, in preference to the holders of any shares of Series A Preferred Stock or Common Stock and equal in preference to the Series B Preferred Stock, be entitled to, cumulative dividends at a rate of 6% per annum payable on March 31, June 30, September 30 and December 31 of each year, at the Company’s option, in cash or additional shares of Series C Preferred Stock. Dividends shall be payable to the record holder of the Series C Preferred Stock as of March 15, June 15, September 15 and December 15 of each year that the Series C Preferred Stock is issued and outstanding. No fractional shares shall be issued. Fractional shares shall be rounded up to the next whole share. Dividends shall be paid on the sum of the Series C Original Issue Price (as defined below) and all previously accrued but unpaid dividends, shall accrue on such shares of Series C Preferred Stock (subject to appropriate adjustment in the event of any stock dividend, stock split, combination or other similar recapitalization with respect to the Series C Preferred Stock) (the “ Series C Accruing Dividends ”). Series C Accruing Dividends shall accrue from day to day, whether or not declared, and shall be cumulative; provided, however , that except as set forth in the following sentence of this Section 1.3 or in Subsections 2.1 and 2.2 , such Series C Accruing Dividends shall be payable only if, when and as declared by the Board of Directors (including with respect to the form of such dividend). The Corporation shall not declare, pay or set aside any dividends on shares of any other class or series of capital stock of the Corporation (other than dividends on shares of Common Stock payable in shares of Common Stock) unless (in addition to the obtaining of any consents required elsewhere in the Fourth Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation) the holders of the Series C Preferred Stock, at the same time as the holders of the Series B Preferred Stock and the Series C-1 Preferred Stock, then outstanding shall first receive, or simultaneously receive, a dividend on each outstanding share of Series C Preferred Stock in the amount of the aggregate Series C Accruing Dividends then accrued on such share of Series C Preferred Stock and not previously paid. Payment of any dividends on the Series C Preferred Stock, the Series C-1 Preferred Stock and the Series B Preferred Stock shall be on a pro rata, pari passu basis. The “ Series C Original Issue Price ” shall mean $3.30 per share, subject to appropriate adjustment in the event of any stock dividend, stock split, combination or other similar recapitalization with respect to the Series C Preferred Stock.

(b) In the event that pursuant to applicable law or contract the Corporation shall be prohibited or restricted from paying in cash the full dividend to which the holders of the Series C Preferred Stock, the Series B Preferred Stock and the Series C-1 Preferred Stock shall be entitled, the cash amount available pursuant to applicable law or contract shall be distributed among the holders of the Series C Preferred Stock, the Series B

 

5


Preferred Stock and the Series C-1 Preferred Stock ratably in proportion to the full amounts to which they would otherwise be entitled and any remaining amount due to holders of the Series C Preferred Stock, the Series B Preferred Stock and the Series C-1 Preferred Stock shall be payable in cash. The amounts to be distributed pursuant to the preceding sentence shall, in each case, be adjusted by rounding down to the nearest whole cent. Dividends on the Series C Preferred Stock shall accrue whether or not they have been declared and whether or not there are profits, surplus or other funds of the Corporation legally available for the payment of dividends.

1.4. Series C-1 Preferred Stock .

(a) The Series C-1 Preferred Stock shall rank equal to any share of Series B Preferred Stock and Series C Preferred Stock and shall rank senior to any share of Series A Preferred Stock or Common Stock and any other equity security of the Corporation with respect to all rights, privileges and preferences, including, but not limited to, dividend rights, rights upon liquidation, winding up or dissolution and redemption rights. From and after the date of the issuance of any shares of Series C-1 Preferred Stock, such shares shall, in preference to the holders of any shares of Series A Preferred Stock or Common Stock and equal in preference to the Series B Preferred Stock and the Series C Preferred Stock, be entitled to, cumulative dividends at a rate of 6% per annum payable on March 31, June 30, September 30 and December 31 of each year, at the Company’s option, in cash or additional shares of Series C-1 Preferred Stock. Dividends shall be payable to the record holder of the Series C-1 Preferred Stock as of March 15, June 15, September 15 and December 15 of each year that the Series C-1 Preferred Stock is issued and outstanding. No fractional shares shall be issued. Fractional shares shall be rounded up to the next whole share. Dividends shall be paid on the sum of the Series C-1 Original Issue Price (as defined below) and all previously accrued but unpaid dividends, shall accrue on such shares of Series C-1 Preferred Stock (subject to appropriate adjustment in the event of any stock dividend, stock split, combination or other similar recapitalization with respect to the Series C-1 Preferred Stock) (the “ Series C-1 Accruing Dividends ”). Series C-1 Accruing Dividends shall accrue from day to day, whether or not declared, and shall be cumulative; provided, however , that except as set forth in the following sentence of this Section 1.4 or in Subsections 2.1 and 2.2 , such Series C-1 Accruing Dividends shall be payable only if, when and as declared by the Board of Directors (including with respect to the form of such dividend). The Corporation shall not declare, pay or set aside any dividends on shares of any other class or series of capital stock of the Corporation (other than dividends on shares of Common Stock payable in shares of Common Stock) unless (in addition to the obtaining of any consents required elsewhere in the Fourth Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation) the holders of the Series C-1 Preferred Stock, at the same time as the holders of the Series B Preferred Stock and the Series C Preferred Stock, then outstanding shall first receive, or simultaneously receive, a dividend on each outstanding share of Series C-1 Preferred Stock in the amount of the aggregate Series C-1 Accruing Dividends then accrued on such share of Series C-1 Preferred Stock and not previously paid. Payment of any dividends on the Series C-1 Preferred Stock, the Series C Preferred Stock and the Series B Preferred Stock shall be on a pro rata, pari passu basis. The “ Series C-1 Original Issue Price ” shall mean $3.30 per share, subject to appropriate adjustment in the event of any stock dividend, stock split, combination or other similar recapitalization with respect to the Series C-1 Preferred Stock.

 

6


(b) In the event that pursuant to applicable law or contract the Corporation shall be prohibited or restricted from paying in cash the full dividend to which the holders of the Series C-1 Preferred Stock, the Series B Preferred Stock and the Series C Preferred Stock shall be entitled, the cash amount available pursuant to applicable law or contract shall be distributed among the holders of the Series C-1 Preferred Stock, the Series B Preferred Stock and the Series C Preferred Stock ratably in proportion to the full amounts to which they would otherwise be entitled and any remaining amount due to holders of the Series C-1 Preferred Stock, the Series B Preferred Stock and the Series C Preferred Stock shall be payable in cash. The amounts to be distributed pursuant to the preceding sentence shall, in each case, be adjusted by rounding down to the nearest whole cent. Dividends on the Series C-1 Preferred Stock shall accrue whether or not they have been declared and whether or not there are profits, surplus or other funds of the Corporation legally available for the payment of dividends.

1.5. After the payment in full or setting aside for payment in full of the dividends as described in Sections 1.1, 1.2, 1.3, and 1.4, any additional dividends or distributions declared or paid in any fiscal year shall be declared or paid among the holders of the Preferred Stock and Common Stock then outstanding in proportion to the greatest whole number of shares of Common Stock (with one-half being rounded upward) which would be held by each such holder if all shares of Preferred Stock were converted to Common stock at the then-effective applicable conversion price of the Preferred Stock.

2. Liquidation, Dissolution or Winding Up; Certain Mergers, Consolidations and Asset Sales .

2.1 (a) Preferential Payments to Holders of Series A Preferred Stock . After payment of the Series B Liquidation Amount, the Series C Liquidation Amount and the Series C-1 Liquidation Amount has been made in full pursuant to Sections 2.1(b) , 2.1(c), 2.1(d) and 2.2 below, in the event of any voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation, the holders of shares of Series A Preferred Stock then outstanding shall be entitled to be paid out of the assets of the Corporation available for distribution to its stockholders before any payment shall be made to the holders of Common Stock by reason of their ownership thereof, an amount per share equal to two (2) times the Series A Original Issue Price, plus any Series A Accruing Dividends accrued but unpaid thereon, whether or not declared, together with any other dividends declared but unpaid thereon (the “ Series A Liquidation Amount ”). If upon any such liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation, the assets of the Corporation available for distribution to its stockholders shall be insufficient to pay the holders of shares of Series A Preferred Stock the full amount of the Series A Liquidation Amount, the holders of shares of Series A Preferred Stock shall share ratably in any distribution of the assets available for distribution in proportion to the respective amounts which would otherwise be payable in respect of the shares held by them upon such distribution if all amounts payable on or with respect to such shares were paid in full; provided that no payments will be made unless and until payment in full to all holders of Series B Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock and Series C-1 Preferred Stock shall have been made in accordance with subsection (b), (c) and (d) below.

 

7


2.1 (b) Preferential Payments to Holders of Series B Preferred Stock . In the event of any voluntary or involuntary liquidation (including, without limitation, a Deemed Liquidation Event), dissolution or winding up of the Corporation, the holders of shares of Series B Preferred Stock then outstanding shall be entitled to be paid out of the assets of the Corporation available for distribution to its stockholders at the same time as the holders of the Series C Preferred Stock and Series C-1 Preferred Stock and before any payment shall be made to the holders of Common Stock or Series A Preferred Stock by reason of their ownership thereof, an amount per share in cash equal to two (2) times the Series B Original Issue Price, plus any Series B Accruing Dividends accrued but unpaid thereon, whether or not declared, together with any other dividends declared but unpaid thereon (the “ Series B Preferred Liquidation Amount ”). If upon any such liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation, the assets of the Corporation available for distribution to its stockholders shall be insufficient to pay the holders of shares of Series B Preferred Stock the full Series B Preferred Liquidation Amount, the holders of shares of Series B Preferred Stock shall share ratably with the holders of the Series C Preferred Stock and Series C-1 Preferred Stock in any distribution of the assets available for distribution in proportion to the respective amounts which would otherwise be payable in respect of the shares held by them upon such distribution if all amounts payable on or with respect to such shares were paid in full, and no payment shall be made to the holder of Series A Preferred Stock, Common Stock or any other equity security of the Corporation.

2.1 (c) Preferential Payments to Holders of Series C Preferred Stock . In the event of any voluntary or involuntary liquidation (including, without limitation, a Deemed Liquidation Event), dissolution or winding up of the Corporation, the holders of shares of Series C Preferred Stock then outstanding shall be entitled to be paid out of the assets of the Corporation available for distribution to its stockholders at the same time as the holders of the Series B Preferred Stock and Series C-1 Preferred Stock and before any payment shall be made to the holders of Common Stock or Series A Preferred Stock by reason of their ownership thereof, an amount per share in cash equal to two (2) times the Series C Original Issue Price, plus any Series C Accruing Dividends accrued but unpaid thereon, whether or not declared, together with any other dividends declared but unpaid thereon (the “ Series C Preferred Liquidation Amount ”). If upon any such liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation, the assets of the Corporation available for distribution to its stockholders shall be insufficient to pay the holders of shares of Series C Preferred Stock the full Series C Preferred Liquidation Amount, the holders of shares of Series C Preferred Stock shall share ratably with the holders of the Series B Preferred Stock and Series C-1 Preferred Stock in any distribution of the assets available for distribution in proportion to the respective amounts which would otherwise be payable in respect of the shares held by them upon such distribution if all amounts payable on or with respect to such shares were paid in full, and no payment shall be made to the holder of Series A Preferred Stock, Common Stock or any other equity security of the Corporation.

2.1 (d) Preferential Payments to Holders of Series C-1 Preferred Stock . In the event of any voluntary or involuntary liquidation (including, without limitation, a Deemed Liquidation Event), dissolution or winding up of the Corporation, the holders of shares of Series C-1 Preferred Stock then outstanding shall be entitled to be paid out of the assets of the Corporation available for distribution to its stockholders at the same time as the holders of the Series B Preferred Stock and Series C Preferred Stock and before any payment shall be made to the holders of Common Stock or Series A Preferred Stock by reason of their ownership thereof, an amount per share in cash equal to two (2) times the Series C-1 Original Issue Price, plus any Series C-1 Accruing Dividends accrued but unpaid thereon, whether or not declared, together

 

8


with any other dividends declared but unpaid thereon (the “ Series C-1 Preferred Liquidation Amount ”). If upon any such liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation, the assets of the Corporation available for distribution to its stockholders shall be insufficient to pay the holders of shares of Series C-1 Preferred Stock the full Series C Preferred Liquidation Amount, the holders of shares of Series C-1 Preferred Stock shall share ratably with the holders of the Series B Preferred Stock and Series C Preferred Stock in any distribution of the assets available for distribution in proportion to the respective amounts which would otherwise be payable in respect of the shares held by them upon such distribution if all amounts payable on or with respect to such shares were paid in full, and no payment shall be made to the holder of Series A Preferred Stock, Common Stock or any other equity security of the Corporation.

2.2 Distribution of Remaining Assets . In the event of any voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation, after the payment in full of the Series B Preferred Liquidation Amount, the Series C Preferred Liquidation Amount, the Series C-1 Preferred Liquidation Amount and the Series A Preferred Liquidation Amount, the remaining assets of the Corporation available for distribution to its stockholders shall be distributed among the holders of the shares of Preferred Stock and Common Stock, pro rata based on the number of shares held by each such holder, treating for this purpose all such securities as if they had been converted to Common Stock pursuant to the terms of the Fourth Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation immediately prior to such dissolution, liquidation or winding up of the Corporation. The aggregate amount which a holder of a share of Preferred Stock is entitled to receive under Subsections 2.1 and 2.2 is hereinafter referred to as the “ Preferred Stock Liquidation Amount .”

2.3 Deemed Liquidation Events .

2.3.1 Definition . Each of the following events shall be considered a “ Deemed Liquidation Event ” unless the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock and Series C-1 Preferred Stock, acting together as a single class (on an as-converted basis), elect otherwise by written notice sent to the Corporation at least twenty (20) days prior to the effective date of any such event:

(a) Any acquisition by means of a merger, consolidation, stock exchange, stock sale or other form of corporate reorganization in which

 

  (i) the Corporation is a constituent party or

 

  (ii) a subsidiary of the Corporation is a constituent party and the Corporation issues shares of its capital stock pursuant to such merger or consolidation,

except any such merger or consolidation involving the Corporation or a subsidiary in which the shares of capital stock of the Corporation outstanding immediately prior to such merger or consolidation continue to represent, or are converted into or exchanged for shares of capital stock that represent, immediately following such merger or consolidation, a majority, by voting power, of the capital stock of (1) the surviving or resulting corporation or (2) if the surviving or resulting

 

9


corporation is a wholly owned subsidiary of another corporation immediately following such merger or consolidation, the parent corporation of such surviving or resulting corporation ( provided that , for the purpose of this Subsection 2.3.1 , all shares of Common Stock issuable upon exercise of Options (as defined below) outstanding immediately prior to such merger or consolidation or upon conversion of Convertible Securities (as defined below) outstanding immediately prior to such merger or consolidation shall be deemed to be outstanding immediately prior to such merger or consolidation and, if applicable, converted or exchanged in such merger or consolidation on the same terms as the actual outstanding shares of Common Stock are converted or exchanged);

(b) the sale, lease, transfer, exclusive license or other disposition, in a single transaction or series of related transactions, by the Corporation or any subsidiary of the Corporation of all or substantially all the assets of the Corporation and its subsidiaries taken as a whole, or the sale or disposition (whether by merger or otherwise) of one or more subsidiaries of the Corporation if substantially all of the assets of the Corporation and its subsidiaries taken as a whole are held by such subsidiary or subsidiaries, except where such sale, lease, transfer, exclusive license or other disposition is to a wholly owned subsidiary of the Corporation; or

(c) any transaction or series of related transactions following which the Corporation’s or subsidiary’s stockholders prior to such transaction or series of related transactions own less than a majority of the voting securities of the Corporation or the subsidiary, respectively.

2.3.2 Effecting a Deemed Liquidation Event .

(a) The Corporation shall not have the power to effect a Deemed Liquidation Event referred to in Subsection 2.3.1(a)(i) unless the agreement or plan of merger or consolidation for such transaction (the “ Merger Agreement ”) provides that the consideration payable to the stockholders of the Corporation shall be allocated among the holders of capital stock of the Corporation in accordance with Subsections 2.1 and 2.2 .

(b) In the event of a Deemed Liquidation Event referred to in Subsection 2.3.1(a)(ii) , 2.3.1(b) or 2.3.1(c) , if the Corporation does not effect a dissolution of the Corporation under the General Corporation Law within 90 days after such Deemed Liquidation Event, then (i) the Corporation shall send a written notice to each holder of Preferred Stock no later than the 90th day after the Deemed Liquidation Event advising such holders of their right (and the requirements to be met to secure such right) pursuant to the terms of the following clause (ii)  to require the redemption of such shares of Preferred Stock, and (ii) if the holders of a majority of the then-outstanding shares of Preferred Stock so request in a written instrument delivered to the Corporation not later than 120 days after such Deemed Liquidation Event (the “ Request for Redemption ”), the Corporation shall use the consideration received by the Corporation for such Deemed Liquidation Event (net of any retained liabilities associated with the assets sold or technology licensed, as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of the Corporation), together with any other assets of the Corporation available for distribution to its stockholders (the “Available Proceeds ”) on the 150th day after such Deemed Liquidation

 

10


Event (the “ Redemption Date ”), to redeem all outstanding shares of Preferred Stock at a price per share equal to the Preferred Stock Liquidation Amount (such price per share, after adjustment (if any) pursuant to the sentence immediately following this one, is hereinafter the “ Redemption Price ”). Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event of a redemption pursuant to the preceding sentence, if the Available Proceeds are not sufficient to redeem all outstanding shares of Preferred Stock, the Corporation shall redeem a pro rata portion of each holder’s shares of Series B Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock and Series C-1 Preferred Stock to the fullest extent of such Available Proceeds, based on the respective amounts which would otherwise be payable in respect of the shares to be redeemed if the Available Proceeds were sufficient to redeem all such shares, and shall redeem the remaining shares of Series A Preferred Stock and Common Stock to have been redeemed as soon as practicable after the Corporation has funds legally available therefor. The provisions of Subsections 2.3.2(c ) through 2.3.2(e) shall apply, with such necessary changes in the details thereof as are necessitated by the context, to the redemption of the Preferred Stock pursuant to this Subsection 2.3.2(b) . Prior to the distribution or redemption provided for in this Subsection 2.3.2(b) , the Corporation shall not expend or dissipate the consideration received for such Deemed Liquidation Event, except to discharge expenses incurred in connection with such Deemed Liquidation Event or in the ordinary course of business. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary, in the event of a Deemed Liquidation Event prior to the redemption or conversion of the Series B Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock and Series C-1 Preferred Stock, the holders of the Series B Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock and Series C-1 Preferred Stock shall be entitled to receive in preference to the holders of the Series A Preferred Stock and the Common Stock of any distribution, including, without limitation, the Redemption Price, the Series B Preferred Liquidation Amount, the Series C Preferred Liquidation Amount and the Series C-1 Preferred Liquidation Amount, respectively.

(c) Redemption Notice . Upon receiving a timely Request for Redemption, the Corporation shall send written notice of the mandatory redemption (the “ Redemption Notice ”) to each holder of record of Preferred Stock not less than 40 days prior to each Redemption Date. Each Redemption Notice shall state:

 

  (i) the number of shares of Preferred Stock held by the holder that the Corporation shall redeem on the Redemption Date specified in the Redemption Notice;

 

  (ii) the Redemption Date and the Redemption Price; and

 

  (iii) that the holder is to surrender to the Corporation, in the manner and at the place designated, his, her or its certificate or certificates representing the shares of Preferred Stock to be redeemed.

 

11


(d) Surrender of Certificates; Payment . On or before the applicable Redemption Date, each holder of shares of Preferred Stock to be redeemed on such Redemption Date, unless such holder has exercised his, her or its right to convert such shares as provided in Section 4 , shall surrender the certificate or certificates representing such shares (or, if such registered holder alleges that such certificate has been lost, stolen or destroyed, a lost certificate affidavit and agreement reasonably acceptable to the Corporation to indemnify the Corporation against any claim that may be made against the Corporation on account of the alleged loss, theft or destruction of such certificate) to the Corporation, in the manner and at the place designated in the Redemption Notice, and thereupon the Redemption Price for such shares shall be payable to the order of the person whose name appears on such certificate or certificates as the owner thereof. In the event less than all of the shares of Preferred Stock represented by a certificate are redeemed, a new certificate representing the unredeemed shares of Preferred Stock shall promptly be issued to such holder.

(e) Rights Subsequent to Redemption . If the Redemption Notice shall have been duly given, and if on the applicable Redemption Date the Redemption Price payable upon redemption of the shares of Preferred Stock to be redeemed on such Redemption Date is paid or tendered for payment or deposited with an independent payment agent so as to be available therefor in a timely manner, then notwithstanding that the certificates evidencing any of the shares of Preferred Stock so called for redemption shall not have been surrendered, dividends with respect to such shares of Preferred Stock shall cease to accrue after such Redemption Date and all rights with respect to such shares shall forthwith after the Redemption Date terminate, except only the right of the holders to receive the Redemption Price without interest upon surrender of their certificate or certificates therefor.

2.3.3 Amount Deemed Paid or Distributed . The amount deemed paid or distributed to the holders of capital stock of the Corporation upon any Deemed Liquidation Event shall be the cash or the value of the property, rights or securities paid or distributed to such holders by the Corporation or the acquiring person, firm or other entity. The value of such property, rights or securities shall be determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of the Corporation.

3. Voting .

3.1 General . On any matter presented to the stockholders of the Corporation for their action or consideration at any meeting of stockholders of the Corporation (or by written consent of stockholders in lieu of meeting), each holder of outstanding shares of Preferred Stock shall be entitled to cast the number of votes equal to the number of whole shares of Common Stock into which the shares of Preferred Stock held by such holder are convertible as of the record date for determining stockholders entitled to vote on such matter. Except as provided by law or by the other provisions of the Fourth Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, holders of Preferred Stock shall vote together with the holders of Common Stock as a single class. The holders of the Preferred Stock shall be entitled to notice of all meetings of stockholders in accordance with the Corporation’s Bylaws and except as otherwise required by law or by this Fourth Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, the holders of the Preferred Stock shall be entitled to vote on all matters submitted to the stockholders for a vote together with the holders of the Common Stock.

 

12


3.2 Election of Directors . The size of the Board shall be up to eleven (11) members who are to be designated as follows: (i) the holders of record of the shares of Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock and Series C-1 Preferred Stock, voting together as a single class (on an as-converted basis), shall be entitled to elect one (1) director of the Corporation (the “ Preferred Stock Director ”). Any director elected as provided in the preceding sentence may be removed without cause by, and only by, the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the Preferred Stock either at a special meeting of such stockholders duly called for that purpose or pursuant to a written consent of stockholders. If the holders of shares of Preferred Stock fail to elect a director to fill the directorship for which they are entitled to elect a director pursuant to this Subsection 3.2 , then such directorship not so filled shall remain vacant until such time as the holders of the Preferred Stock elect a person to fill such directorship by vote or written consent in lieu of a meeting; (ii) the holders of record of the shares of Common Stock and of any other class or series of voting stock (including the Series A Preferred Stock, the Series B Preferred Stock, the Series C Preferred Stock and the Series C-1 Preferred Stock), exclusively and voting together as a single class, shall be entitled to elect the balance of the total number of directors of the Corporation. At any meeting held for the purpose of electing a director, the presence in person or by proxy of the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of the class or series entitled to elect such director shall constitute a quorum for the purpose of electing such director. The rights of the holders of the Preferred Stock under this Subsection 3.2(i) shall terminate on the first date following the date on which the outstanding shares of Preferred Stock represent less than 25% of the Corporation’s fully diluted shares of Common Stock (treating for this purpose as outstanding all shares of Common Stock issuable upon exercise of outstanding Options (as defined below) and upon conversion or exchange of outstanding Convertible Securities (as defined below) (including the Preferred Stock)).

3.3 Preferred Stock Protective Provisions . At any time when at least 440,000 shares of Series A Preferred Stock, at least 775,194 shares of Series B Preferred Stock, at least 1,515,151 shares of Series C Preferred Stock, and at least 1,010,101 shares of Series C-1 Preferred Stock (subject to appropriate adjustment in the event of any stock dividend, stock split, combination or other similar recapitalization with respect to the Preferred Stock) are outstanding, the Corporation shall not, either directly or indirectly by amendment, merger, consolidation or otherwise, do any of the following without (in addition to any other vote required by law or the Fourth Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation) the written consent or affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the then-outstanding shares of Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock and Series C-1 Preferred Stock, as applicable, given in writing or by vote at a meeting, consenting or voting (as the case may be) as a single class (on an as-converted basis):

(a) liquidate, dissolve or wind-up the business and affairs of the Corporation, effect any Deemed Liquidation Event, or consent to any of the foregoing;

(b) amend, alter or repeal any provision of the Fourth Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation or Bylaws of the Corporation in a manner that adversely affects the powers, preferences or rights of the Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock or Series C-1 Preferred Stock, as applicable;

 

13


(c) create, or authorize the creation of, or issue or obligate itself to issue shares of, any additional class or series of capital stock, or increase the authorized number of shares of any existing class or series of capital stock;

(d) (i) reclassify, alter or amend any existing security of the Corporation that is pari passu with the Series B Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock and Series C-1 Preferred Stock in respect of the distribution of assets on the liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation, the payment of dividends or rights of redemption, if such reclassification, alteration or amendment would render such other security senior to the Series B Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock and Series C-1 Preferred Stock in respect of any such right, preference or privilege, or (ii) reclassify, alter or amend any existing security of the Corporation that is junior to the Series B Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock and Series C-1 Preferred Stock in respect of the distribution of assets on the liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation, the payment of dividends or rights of redemption, if such reclassification, alteration or amendment would render such other security senior to or pari passu with the Series B Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock and Series C-1 Preferred Stock in respect of any such right, preference or privilege;

(e) purchase or redeem (or permit any subsidiary to purchase or redeem) or pay or declare any dividend or make any distribution on, any shares of capital stock of the Corporation other than (i) redemptions of or dividends or distributions on the Preferred Stock as expressly authorized herein, (ii) dividends or other distributions payable on the Common Stock solely in the form of additional shares of Common Stock and (iii) repurchases of stock from former employees, officers, directors, consultants or other persons who performed services for the Corporation or any subsidiary in connection with the cessation of such employment or service at the lower of the original purchase price or the then-current fair market value thereof or (iv) as approved by the Board of Directors, including the approval of the Preferred Stock Director;

(f) create, or authorize the creation of, or issue, or authorize the issuance of any debt security, or permit any subsidiary to take any such action with respect to any debt security, unless such debt security has received the prior approval of the Board of Directors, including the approval of the Preferred Stock Director;

(g) create, or hold capital stock in, any subsidiary that is not wholly owned (either directly or through one or more other subsidiaries) by the Corporation, or sell, transfer or otherwise dispose of any capital stock of any direct or indirect subsidiary of the Corporation, or permit any direct or indirect subsidiary to sell, lease, transfer, exclusively license or otherwise dispose (in a single transaction or series of related transactions) of all or substantially all of the assets of such subsidiary; or

(h) increase or decrease the authorized number of directors constituting the Board of Directors.

 

14


3.4 Preferred Stock Affirmative Covenants. For so long as 25% of the Preferred Stock (as adjusted for stock splits, stock dividends, recapitalizations and the like) are outstanding, the Corporation (on behalf of itself and its subsidiaries) shall:

(a) take the necessary steps to preserve its corporate existence and its right to conduct business under the laws, rules and regulations of the United States and all states or other jurisdictions and all self-regulatory organizations in which the nature of its business requires qualification to do business; provided, however, that the foregoing shall not prohibit, subject to the provisions of this Fourth Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, the Corporation from engaging in a merger, consolidation or combination of the Corporation with or into any other corporation or entity, or any acquisition by the Corporation of all or substantially all the assets or securities of, or majority voting or economic interest in, any other corporation or other entity, or whether by merger, tender offer, asset purchase, stock purchase, or like combination or consolidation (“ Business Combination ”);

(b) keep its books of account in accordance with good accounting practices; and

(c) comply in all material respects with all applicable laws, rules or regulations, or determinations of any arbitrator or a court or other governmental authority, in each case applicable to or binding upon the Corporation or any of its or its subsidiaries property or to which each the Corporation or any of its or its subsidiaries property is subject.

4. Optional Conversion .

The holders of the Preferred Stock shall have conversion rights as follows (the “ Conversion Rights ”):

4.1 Right to Convert .

4.1.1 Conversion Ratio . Each share of Preferred Stock shall be convertible, at the option of the holder thereof, at any time and from time to time, and without the payment of additional consideration by the holder thereof, into such number of fully paid and nonassessable shares of Common Stock as is determined by dividing the Original Issue Price of the Preferred Stock by the Conversion Price (as defined below) of the Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock or Series C-1 Preferred Stock, as the case may be, in effect at the time of conversion. The “Series A Conversion Price” shall initially be equal to $0.50. The “Series B Conversion Price” shall initially be $1.29. The “Series C Conversion Price” shall initially be equal to $1.65. The “Series C-1 Conversion Price” shall initially be $1.65. Such initial Series A Conversion Price, Series B Conversion Price, Series C Conversion Price, and Series C-1 Conversion Price, and the rate at which shares of Preferred Stock may be converted into shares of Common Stock, shall be subject to adjustment as provided below.

4.1.2 Termination of Conversion Rights . In the event of a liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation, the Conversion Rights shall terminate at the close of business on the last full day preceding the date fixed for the payment of any such amounts distributable on such event to the holders of Preferred Stock.

4.2 Fractional Shares . No fractional shares of Common Stock shall be issued upon conversion of the Preferred Stock. In lieu of any fractional shares to which the holder would otherwise be entitled, the Corporation shall pay cash equal to such fraction multiplied by the fair market value of a share of Common Stock as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of the Corporation.

 

15


4.3 Mechanics of Conversion .

4.3.1 Notice of Conversion . In order for a holder of Preferred Stock to voluntarily convert shares of Preferred Stock into shares of Common Stock, such holder shall surrender the certificate or certificates for such shares of Preferred Stock (or, if such registered holder alleges that such certificate has been lost, stolen or destroyed, a lost certificate affidavit and agreement reasonably acceptable to the Corporation to indemnify the Corporation against any claim that may be made against the Corporation on account of the alleged loss, theft or destruction of such certificate), at the office of the transfer agent for the Preferred Stock (or at the principal office of the Corporation if the Corporation serves as its own transfer agent), together with written notice that such holder elects to convert all or any number of the shares of the Preferred Stock represented by such certificate or certificates and, if applicable, any event on which such conversion is contingent. Such notice shall state such holder’s name or the names of the nominees in which such holder wishes the certificate or certificates for shares of Common Stock to be issued. If required by the Corporation, certificates surrendered for conversion shall be endorsed or accompanied by a written instrument or instruments of transfer, in form satisfactory to the Corporation, duly executed by the registered holder or his, her or its attorney duly authorized in writing. The close of business on the date of receipt by the transfer agent (or by the Corporation if the Corporation serves as its own transfer agent) of such certificates (or lost certificate affidavit and agreement) and notice shall be the time of conversion (the “ Conversion Time ”), and the shares of Common Stock issuable upon conversion of the shares represented by such certificate shall be deemed to be outstanding of record as of such date. The Corporation shall, as soon as practicable after the Conversion Time but in no event later than 10 business days, (i) issue and deliver to such holder of Preferred Stock, or to his, her or its nominees, a certificate or certificates for the number of full shares of Common Stock issuable upon such conversion in accordance with the provisions hereof and a certificate for the number (if any) of the shares of Preferred Stock represented by the surrendered certificate that were not converted into Common Stock, (ii) pay in cash such amount as provided in Subsection 4.2 in lieu of any fraction of a share of Common Stock otherwise issuable upon such conversion and (iii) pay all declared but unpaid dividends on the shares of Preferred Stock converted.

4.3.2 Reservation of Shares . The Corporation shall at all times when the Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock and Series C-1 Preferred Stock, as the case may be, shall be outstanding, reserve and keep available out of its authorized but unissued capital stock, for the purpose of effecting the conversion of such Preferred Stock, such number of its duly authorized shares of Common Stock as shall from time to time be sufficient to effect the conversion of all outstanding Preferred Stock; and if at any time the number of authorized but unissued shares of Common Stock shall not be sufficient to effect the conversion of all then-outstanding shares of Preferred Stock, the Corporation shall take such corporate action as may be necessary to increase its authorized but unissued shares of Common Stock to such number of shares as shall be sufficient for such purposes, including, without limitation, engaging in best efforts to obtain the requisite stockholder approval of any necessary amendment to the Fourth Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation. Before taking any

 

16


action which would cause an adjustment reducing the Series A Conversion Price, the Series B Conversion Price, the Series C Conversion Price, or the Series C-1 Conversion Price, as the case may be, below the then-par value of the shares of Common Stock issuable upon conversion of such Preferred Stock, the Corporation will take any corporate action which may, in the opinion of its counsel, be necessary in order that the Corporation may validly and legally issue fully paid and nonassessable shares of Common Stock at such adjusted Series A Conversion Price, the Series B Conversion Price, Series C Conversion Price, or the Series C-1 Conversion Price, as the case may be.

4.3.3 Effect of Conversion . All shares of Preferred Stock which shall have been surrendered for conversion as herein provided shall no longer be deemed to be outstanding and all rights with respect to such shares shall immediately cease and terminate at the Conversion Time, except only the right of the holders thereof to receive shares of Common Stock in exchange therefor, to receive payment in lieu of any fraction of a share otherwise issuable upon such conversion as provided in Subsection 4.2 and to receive payment of any dividends declared but unpaid thereon. Any shares of Preferred Stock so converted shall be retired and cancelled and may not be reissued as shares of such series, and the Corporation may thereafter take such appropriate action (without the need for stockholder action) as may be necessary to reduce the authorized number of shares of Preferred Stock accordingly.

4.3.4 No Further Adjustment . Upon any such conversion, no adjustment to the Series A Conversion Price, the Series B Conversion Price, the Series C Conversion Price, or the Series C-1 Conversion Price, as the case may be, shall be made for any declared but unpaid dividends on the Preferred Stock surrendered for conversion or on the Common Stock delivered upon conversion.

4.3.5 Taxes . The Corporation shall pay any and all issue and other similar taxes that may be payable in respect of any issuance or delivery of shares of Common Stock upon conversion of shares of Preferred Stock pursuant to this Section 4 . The Corporation shall not, however, be required to pay any tax which may be payable in respect of any transfer involved in the issuance and delivery of shares of Common Stock in a name other than that in which the shares of Preferred Stock so converted were registered, and no such issuance or delivery shall be made unless and until the person or entity requesting such issuance has paid to the Corporation the amount of any such tax or has established, to the satisfaction of the Corporation, that such tax has been paid.

5. Adjustments to Series A Conversion Price for Diluting Issues .

5.1 Special Definitions . For purposes of this Section 5.1 of this Article Fourth, the following definitions shall apply:

(a) “ Option ” shall mean rights, options or warrants to subscribe for, purchase or otherwise acquire Common Stock or Convertible Securities.

(b) “ Amendment Date ” shall mean the effective date of the filing of this Fourth Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation in accordance with the General Corporation Law.

 

17


(c) “ Convertible Securities ” shall mean any evidences of indebtedness, shares or other securities directly or indirectly convertible into or exchangeable for Common Stock, but excluding Options.

(d) “ Additional Shares of Common Stock ” shall mean all shares of Common Stock issued (or, pursuant to Subsection 5.3 below, deemed to be issued) by the Corporation after the Amendment Date, other than (1) the following shares of Common Stock and (2) shares of Common Stock deemed issued pursuant to the following Options and Convertible Securities (clauses (1) and (2), collectively, “ Exempted Securities ”):

(i) shares of Common Stock, Options or Convertible Securities issued as a dividend or distribution on Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock, or Series C-1 Preferred Stock, or shares of Common Stock issued as an interest payment pursuant to the terms of any Convertible Securities;

(ii) shares of Common Stock, Options or Convertible Securities issued by reason of a dividend, stock split, split-up or other distribution on shares of Common Stock that is covered by Subsection 5.7 , 5.8 , 5.9 or 5.10 ;

(iii) shares of Common Stock or Options issued to employees or directors of, or consultants or advisors to, the Corporation or any of its subsidiaries pursuant to a plan, agreement or arrangement approved by the Board of Directors of the Corporation, including the Preferred Stock Director, if any;

(iv) shares of Common Stock or Convertible Securities actually issued upon the exercise of Options or shares of Common Stock actually issued upon the conversion or exchange of Convertible Securities existing on the date hereof, in each case provided such issuance is pursuant to the terms of such Option or Convertible Security;

(v) shares of Common Stock, Options or Convertible Securities issued to suppliers or third party service providers in connection with the provision of goods or services pursuant to transactions approved by the Board of Directors of the Corporation, including the Preferred Stock Director if any;

(vi) shares of Common Stock, Options or Convertible Securities issued pursuant to a bona fide acquisition of another corporation by the Corporation by merger, purchase of substantially all of the assets or other reorganization or to a joint venture agreement, provided, that the primary purpose of such issuance is not fund raising and such issuances are approved by the Board of Directors of the Corporation, including the Preferred Stock Director if any;

(vii) shares of Common Stock, Options or Convertible Securities issued in connection with sponsored research, collaboration, technology license, development, OEM, marketing or other similar agreements or strategic partnerships approved by the Board of Directors of the Corporation, including the Preferred Stock Director if any; or

 

18


(viii) shares of Common Stock, Options or Convertible Securities issued to any of the persons or entities to be delivered in connection with that certain Series B Stock Purchase Agreement, Series C Stock Purchase Agreement or Series C-1 Stock Purchase Agreement by and among the Corporation and the Purchasers identified therein, to be dated on or about the Amendment Date.

5.2 No Adjustment of Series A Conversion Price, Series B Conversion Price, Series C Conversion Price or Series C-1 Conversion Price . No adjustment in the Series A Conversion Price, the Series B Conversion Price, the Series C Conversion Price or the Series C-1 Conversion Price shall be made as the result of the issuance or deemed issuance of Additional Shares of Common Stock if the Corporation receives written notice from the holders of a majority of the then-outstanding shares of Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock and Series C-1 Preferred Stock, taken as a single class (on an as-converted basis), agreeing that no such adjustment shall be made as the result of the issuance or deemed issuance of such Additional Shares of Common Stock.

5.3 Deemed Issue of Additional Shares of Common Stock .

(a) If the Corporation at any time or from time to time after the Amendment Date shall issue any Options or Convertible Securities (excluding Options or Convertible Securities which are themselves Exempted Securities) or shall fix a record date for the determination of holders of any class of securities entitled to receive any such Options or Convertible Securities, then the maximum number of shares of Common Stock (as set forth in the instrument relating thereto, assuming the satisfaction of any conditions to exercisability, convertibility or exchangeability but without regard to any provision contained therein for a subsequent adjustment of such number) issuable upon the exercise of such Options or, in the case of Convertible Securities and Options therefor, the conversion or exchange of such Convertible Securities, shall be deemed to be Additional Shares of Common Stock issued as of the time of such issue or, in case such a record date shall have been fixed, as of the close of business on such record date.

(b) If the terms of any Option or Convertible Security, the issuance of which resulted in an adjustment to the Series A Conversion Price, Series B Conversion Price, Series C Conversion Price, or Series C-1 Conversion Price, as the case may be, pursuant to the terms of Subsection 5.4 , are revised as a result of an amendment to such terms or any other adjustment pursuant to the provisions of such Option or Convertible Security (but excluding automatic adjustments to such terms pursuant to anti-dilution or similar provisions of such Option or Convertible Security) to provide for either (1) any increase or decrease in the number of shares of Common Stock issuable upon the exercise, conversion and/or exchange of any such Option or Convertible Security or (2) any increase or decrease in the consideration payable to the Corporation upon such exercise, conversion and/or exchange, then, effective upon such increase or decrease becoming effective, the Series A Conversion Price, the Series B Conversion Price, the Series C Conversion Price, or the Series C-1 Conversion Price, as the case may be, computed upon the original issue of such Option or Convertible Security (or upon the occurrence of a record date with respect thereto) shall be readjusted to such Series A Conversion Price, the Series B Conversion Price, the Series C Conversion Price, or the Series C-1 Conversion Price, as the case may be, as would have obtained had such revised terms been in effect upon the original date of issuance of such Option or Convertible Security.

 

19


Notwithstanding the foregoing, no readjustment pursuant to this clause (b)  shall have the effect of increasing the Series A Conversion Price, the Series B Conversion Price, the Series C Conversion Price, or the Series C-1 Conversion Price, as the case may be, to an amount which exceeds the lower of (i) the Series A Conversion Price, the Series B Conversion Price, the Series C Conversion Price, or the Series C-1 Conversion Price, as the case may be, in effect immediately prior to the original adjustment made as a result of the issuance of such Option or Convertible Security, or (ii) the Series A Conversion Price, the Series B Conversion Price, the Series C Conversion Price or the Series C-1 Conversion Price, as the case may be, that would have resulted from any issuances of Additional Shares of Common Stock (other than deemed issuances of Additional Shares of Common Stock as a result of the issuance of such Option or Convertible Security) between the original adjustment date and such readjustment date.

(c) If the terms of any Option or Convertible Security (excluding Options or Convertible Securities which are themselves Exempted Securities), the issuance of which did not result in an adjustment to the Series A Conversion Price, the Series B Conversion Price, the Series C Conversion Price, or the Series C-1 Conversion Price, as the case may be, pursuant to the terms of Subsection 5.4 (either because the consideration per share (determined pursuant to Subsection 5.5 ) of the Additional Shares of Common Stock subject thereto was equal to or greater than the Series A Conversion Price, the Series B Conversion Price, the Series C Conversion Price, or the Series C-1 Conversion Price, as the case may be, then in effect, or because such Option or Convertible Security was issued before the Amendment Date), are revised after the Amendment Date as a result of an amendment to such terms or any other adjustment pursuant to the provisions of such Option or Convertible Security (but excluding automatic adjustments to such terms pursuant to anti-dilution or similar provisions of such Option or Convertible Security) to provide for either (1) any increase in the number of shares of Common Stock issuable upon the exercise, conversion or exchange of any such Option or Convertible Security or (2) any decrease in the consideration payable to the Corporation upon such exercise, conversion or exchange, then such Option or Convertible Security, as so amended or adjusted, and the Additional Shares of Common Stock subject thereto (determined in the manner provided in Subsection 5.3(a) ) shall be deemed to have been issued effective upon such increase or decrease becoming effective.

(d) Upon the expiration or termination of any unexercised Option or unconverted or unexchanged Convertible Security (or portion thereof) which resulted (either upon its original issuance or upon a revision of its terms) in an adjustment to the Series A Conversion Price, the Series B Conversion Price, the Series C Conversion Price, or the Series C-1 Conversion Price, as the case may be, pursuant to the terms of Subsection 5.4 , the Series A Conversion Price, the Series B Conversion Price, the Series C Conversion Price, or the Series C-1 Conversion Price, as the case may be, shall be readjusted to such Series A Conversion Price, the Series B Conversion Price, the Series C Conversion Price, or the Series C-1 Conversion Price, as the case may be, as would have obtained had such Option or Convertible Security (or portion thereof) never been issued.

(e) If the number of shares of Common Stock issuable upon the exercise, conversion and/or exchange of any Option or Convertible Security, or the consideration payable to the Corporation upon such exercise, conversion and/or exchange, is calculable at the time such Option or Convertible Security is issued or amended but is subject to

 

20


adjustment based upon subsequent events, any adjustment to the Series A Conversion Price, the Series B Conversion Price, the Series C Conversion Price, or the Series C-1 Conversion Price, as the case may be, provided for in this Subsection 5.3 shall be effected at the time of such issuance or amendment based on such number of shares or amount of consideration without regard to any provisions for subsequent adjustments (and any subsequent adjustments shall be treated as provided in clauses (b) and (c) of this Subsection 5.3 ). If the number of shares of Common Stock issuable upon the exercise, conversion and/or exchange of any Option or Convertible Security, or the consideration payable to the Corporation upon such exercise, conversion and/or exchange, cannot be calculated at all at the time such Option or Convertible Security is issued or amended, any adjustment to the Series A Conversion Price, the Series B Conversion Price, the Series C Conversion Price, or the Series C-1 Conversion Price, as the case may be, that would result under the terms of this Subsection 5.3 at the time of such issuance or amendment shall instead be effected at the time such number of shares and/or amount of consideration is first calculable (even if subject to subsequent adjustments), assuming for purposes of calculating such adjustment to the Series A Conversion Price, the Series B Conversion Price, the Series C Conversion Price, or the Series C-1 Conversion Price, as the case may be, that such issuance or amendment took place at the time such calculation can first be made.

5.4 Adjustment of Series A Conversion Price, Series B Conversion Price, Series C Conversion Price, or Series C-1 Conversion Price Upon Issuance of Additional Shares of Common Stock . In the event the Corporation shall at any time after the Amendment Date issue Additional Shares of Common Stock (including Additional Shares of Common Stock deemed to be issued pursuant to Subsection 5.3 ), without consideration or for a consideration per share less than the Series A Conversion Price, the Series B Conversion Price, the Series C Conversion Price, or the Series C-1 Conversion Price, as the case may be, in effect immediately prior to such issue, then the Series A Conversion Price, the Series B Conversion Price, the Series C Conversion Price, or the Series C-1 Conversion Price, as the case may be, shall be reduced, concurrently with such issue, to a price (calculated to the nearest one-hundredth of a cent) determined in accordance with the following formula:

CP 2 = CP 1 * ((A + B) ÷ (A + C)).

For purposes of the foregoing formula, the following definitions shall apply:

(a) “CP 2 ” shall mean the Series A Conversion Price, the Series B Conversion Price, the Series C Conversion Price, and/or the Series C-1 Conversion Price, as the case may be, in effect immediately after such issue of Additional Shares of Common Stock

(b) “CP 1 ” shall mean the Series A Conversion Price, the Series B Conversion Price, the Series C Conversion Price, and/or the Series C-1 Conversion Price, as the case may be, in effect immediately prior to such issue of Additional Shares of Common Stock;

(c) “A” shall mean the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding immediately prior to such issue of Additional Shares of Common Stock (treating for this purpose as outstanding all shares of Common Stock issuable upon exercise of Options outstanding immediately prior to such issue or upon conversion or exchange of Convertible Securities (including the Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock and the Series C-1 Preferred Stock) outstanding (assuming exercise of any outstanding Options therefor) immediately prior to such issue);

 

21


(d) “B” shall mean the number of shares of Common Stock that would have been issued if such Additional Shares of Common Stock had been issued at a price per share equal to CP 1 (determined by dividing the aggregate consideration received by the Corporation in respect of such issue by CP 1 ); and

(e) “C” shall mean the number of such Additional Shares of Common Stock issued in such transaction.

5.5 Determination of Consideration . For purposes of this Section 5 , the consideration received by the Corporation for the issue of any Additional Shares of Common Stock shall be computed as follows:

(a) Cash and Property : Such consideration shall:

(i) insofar as it consists of cash, be computed at the aggregate amount of cash received by the Corporation, excluding amounts paid or payable for accrued interest;

(ii) insofar as it consists of property other than cash, be computed at the fair market value thereof at the time of such issue, as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of the Corporation; and

(iii) in the event Additional Shares of Common Stock are issued together with other shares or securities or other assets of the Corporation for consideration which covers both, be the proportion of such consideration so received, computed as provided in clauses (i)  and (ii)  above, as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of the Corporation.

(b) Options and Convertible Securities . The consideration per share received by the Corporation for Additional Shares of Common Stock deemed to have been issued pursuant to Subsection 5.3 , relating to Options and Convertible Securities, shall be determined by dividing

(i) the total amount, if any, received or receivable by the Corporation as consideration for the issue of such Options or Convertible Securities, plus the minimum aggregate amount of additional consideration (as set forth in the instruments relating thereto, without regard to any provision contained therein for a subsequent adjustment of such consideration) payable to the Corporation upon the exercise of such Options or the conversion or exchange of such Convertible Securities, or in the case of Options for Convertible Securities, the exercise of such Options for Convertible Securities and the conversion or exchange of such Convertible Securities, by

 

22


(ii) the maximum number of shares of Common Stock (as set forth in the instruments relating thereto, without regard to any provision contained therein for a subsequent adjustment of such number) issuable upon the exercise of such Options or the conversion or exchange of such Convertible Securities, or in the case of Options for Convertible Securities, the exercise of such Options for Convertible Securities and the conversion or exchange of such Convertible Securities.

5.6 Multiple Closing Dates . In the event the Corporation shall issue on more than one date Additional Shares of Common Stock that are a part of one transaction or a series of related transactions and that would result in an adjustment to the Series A Conversion Price, the Series B Conversion Price, the Series C Conversion Price or the Series C-1 Conversion Price, as the case may be, pursuant to the terms of Subsection 5.4 , and such issuance dates occur within a period of no more than 90 days from the first such issuance to the final such issuance, then, upon the final such issuance, the Series A Conversion Price, the Series B Conversion Price, the Series C Conversion Price or the Series C-1 Conversion Price, as the case may be, shall be readjusted to give effect to all such issuances as if they occurred on the date of the first such issuance (and without giving effect to any additional adjustments as a result of any such subsequent issuances within such period).

5.7 Adjustment for Stock Splits and Combinations . If the Corporation shall at any time or from time to time after the Amendment Date effect a subdivision of the outstanding Common Stock, the Series A Conversion Price, the Series B Conversion Price, the Series C Conversion Price or the Series C-1 Conversion Price, as the case may be, in effect immediately before that subdivision shall be proportionately decreased so that the number of shares of Common Stock issuable on conversion of each share of such series shall be increased in proportion to such increase in the aggregate number of shares of Common Stock outstanding. If the Corporation shall at any time or from time to time after the Amendment Date combine the outstanding shares of Common Stock, the Series A Conversion Price, the Series B Conversion Price, the Series C Conversion Price or the Series C-1 Conversion Price, as the case may be, in effect immediately before the combination shall be proportionately increased so that the number of shares of Common Stock issuable on conversion of each share of such series shall be decreased in proportion to such decrease in the aggregate number of shares of Common Stock outstanding. Any adjustment under this subsection shall become effective at the close of business on the date the subdivision or combination becomes effective.

5.8 Adjustment for Certain Dividends and Distributions . In the event the Corporation at any time or from time to time after the Amendment Date shall make or issue, or fix a record date for the determination of holders of Common Stock entitled to receive, a dividend or other distribution payable on the Common Stock in additional shares of Common Stock, then and in each such event the Series A Conversion Price, the Series B Conversion Price, the Series C Conversion Price or the Series C-1 Conversion Price, as the case may be, in effect immediately before such event shall be decreased as of the time of such issuance or, in the event such a record date shall have been fixed, as of the close of business on such record date, by multiplying the Series A Conversion Price, the Series B Conversion Price, the Series C Conversion Price or the Series C-1 Conversion Price, as the case may be, then in effect by a fraction:

(1) the numerator of which shall be the total number of shares of Common Stock issued and outstanding immediately prior to the time of such issuance or the close of business on such record date, and

 

23


(2) the denominator of which shall be the total number of shares of Common Stock issued and outstanding immediately prior to the time of such issuance or the close of business on such record date plus the number of shares of Common Stock issuable in payment of such dividend or distribution.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, (a) if such record date shall have been fixed and such dividend is not fully paid or if such distribution is not fully made on the date fixed therefor, the Series A Conversion Price, the Series B Conversion Price, the Series C Conversion Price or the Series C-1 Conversion Price, as the case may be, shall be recomputed accordingly as of the close of business on such record date and thereafter the Series A Conversion Price, the Series B Conversion Price, the Series C Conversion Price or the Series C-1 Conversion Price, as the case may be, shall be adjusted pursuant to this subsection as of the time of actual payment of such dividends or distributions; and (b) that no such adjustment shall be made if the holders of Preferred Stock simultaneously receive a dividend or other distribution of shares of Common Stock in a number equal to the number of shares of Common Stock as they would have received if all outstanding shares of Preferred Stock had been converted into Common Stock on the date of such event.

5.9 Adjustments for Other Dividends and Distributions . In the event the Corporation at any time or from time to time after the Amendment Date shall make or issue, or fix a record date for the determination of holders of Common Stock entitled to receive, a dividend or other distribution payable in securities of the Corporation (other than a distribution of shares of Common Stock in respect of outstanding shares of Common Stock) or in other property and the provisions of Section 1 do not apply to such dividend or distribution, then and in each such event the holders of Preferred Stock shall receive, simultaneously with the distribution to the holders of Common Stock, a dividend or other distribution of such securities or other property in an amount equal to the amount of such securities or other property as they would have received if all outstanding shares of Preferred Stock had been converted into Common Stock on the date of such event.

5.10 Adjustment for Merger or Reorganization, etc . Subject to the provisions of Subsection 2.4 , if there shall occur any reorganization, recapitalization, reclassification, consolidation or merger involving the Corporation in which the Common Stock (but not the Preferred Stock) is converted into or exchanged for securities, cash or other property (other than a transaction covered by Subsections 5.7 , 5.8 or 5.9 ), then, following any such reorganization, recapitalization, reclassification, consolidation or merger, each share of Preferred Stock shall thereafter be convertible in lieu of the Common Stock into which it was convertible prior to such event into the kind and amount of securities, cash or other property which a holder of the number of shares of Common Stock of the Corporation issuable upon conversion of one share of such Preferred Stock immediately prior to such reorganization, recapitalization, reclassification, consolidation or merger would have been entitled to receive pursuant to such transaction; and, in such case, appropriate adjustment (as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of the Corporation) shall be made in the application of the provisions in this Section 5

 

24


with respect to the rights and interests thereafter of the holders of the Preferred Stock, to the end that the provisions set forth in this Section 5 (including provisions with respect to changes in and other adjustments of the Series A Conversion Price, the Series B Conversion Price, the Series C Conversion Price or the Series C-1 Conversion Price, as the case may be) shall thereafter be applicable, as nearly as reasonably may be, in relation to any securities or other property thereafter deliverable upon the conversion of such Preferred Stock.

5.11 Certificate as to Adjustments . Upon the occurrence of each adjustment or readjustment of the Series A Conversion Price, the Series B Conversion Price, the Series C Conversion Price or the Series C-1 Conversion Price, as the case may be, pursuant to this Section 5 , the Corporation at its expense shall, as promptly as reasonably practicable but in any event not later than 15 days thereafter, compute such adjustment or readjustment in accordance with the terms hereof and furnish to each holder of such Preferred Stock a certificate setting forth such adjustment or readjustment (including the kind and amount of securities, cash or other property into which such Preferred Stock is convertible) and showing in detail the facts upon which such adjustment or readjustment is based. The Corporation shall, as promptly as reasonably practicable after the written request at any time of any holder of such Preferred Stock (but in any event not later than 30 days thereafter), furnish or cause to be furnished to such holder a certificate setting forth (i) the Series A Conversion Price, the Series B Conversion Price, the Series C Conversion Price or the Series C-1 Conversion Price, as the case may be, then in effect, and (ii) the number of shares of Common Stock and the amount, if any, of other securities, cash or property which then would be received upon the conversion of such Preferred Stock.

5.12 Notice of Record Date . In the event:

(a) the Corporation shall take a record of the holders of its Common Stock (or other capital stock or securities at the time issuable upon conversion of the Preferred Stock) for the purpose of entitling or enabling them to receive any dividend or other distribution, or to receive any right to subscribe for or purchase any shares of capital stock of any class or any other securities, or to receive any other security; or

(b) of any capital reorganization of the Corporation, any reclassification of the Common Stock of the Corporation, or any Deemed Liquidation Event; or

(c) of the voluntary or involuntary dissolution, liquidation or winding-up of the Corporation,

(d) the Corporation shall offer for subscription pro rata to the holders of the Common Stock any additional shares of stock of any class or other rights;

(e) there shall be any capital reorganization of the Corporation, or reclassification of the Common Stock, or consolidation or merger of the Corporation with or into, or sale of all or substantially all its assets to, or Business Combination with or into one or more other corporations or entities,

 

25


then, and in each such case, the Corporation will send or cause to be sent to the holders of the Preferred Stock a notice specifying, as the case may be, (i) the record date for such dividend, distribution or right, and the amount and character of such dividend, distribution or right, or (ii) the effective date on which such reorganization, reclassification, consolidation, merger, transfer, dissolution, liquidation or winding-up is proposed to take place, and the time, if any is to be fixed, as of which the holders of record of Common Stock (or such other capital stock or securities at the time issuable upon the conversion of the Preferred Stock) shall be entitled to exchange their shares of Common Stock (or such other capital stock or securities) for securities or other property deliverable upon such reorganization, reclassification, consolidation, merger, transfer, dissolution, liquidation or winding-up, and the amount per share and character of such exchange applicable to the Preferred Stock and the Common Stock. Such notice shall be sent at least 10 business days prior to the record date or effective date for the event specified in such notice.

6. Mandatory Conversion .

6.1 Trigger Events . Upon either (a) the closing of the sale of shares of Common Stock in a firm-commitment underwritten public offering pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, resulting in at least $15,000,000 of gross proceeds to the Corporation or (b) the date and time, or the occurrence of an event, specified by vote or written consent of the holders of a majority of the then-outstanding shares of Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock and Series C-1 Preferred Stock, taken as a single class (the time of such closing or the date and time specified or the time of the event specified in such vote or written consent is referred to herein as the “ Mandatory Conversion Time ”), (i) all outstanding shares of Preferred Stock shall automatically be converted into shares of Common Stock, at the then-effective conversion rate and (ii) such shares may not be reissued by the Corporation.

6.2 Procedural Requirements . All holders of record of shares of Preferred Stock shall be sent written notice of the Mandatory Conversion Time and the place designated for mandatory conversion of all such shares of Preferred Stock pursuant to this Section 6 . Such notice need not be sent in advance of the occurrence of the Mandatory Conversion Time. Upon receipt of such notice, each holder of shares of Preferred Stock shall surrender his, her or its certificate or certificates for all such shares (or, if such holder alleges that such certificate has been lost, stolen or destroyed, a lost certificate affidavit and agreement reasonably acceptable to the Corporation to indemnify the Corporation against any claim that may be made against the Corporation on account of the alleged loss, theft or destruction of such certificate) to the Corporation at the place designated in such notice. If so required by the Corporation, certificates surrendered for conversion shall be endorsed or accompanied by written instrument or instruments of transfer, in form satisfactory to the Corporation, duly executed by the registered holder or by his, her or its attorney duly authorized in writing. All rights with respect to the Preferred Stock converted pursuant to Section 6.1 , including the rights, if any, to receive notices and vote (other than as a holder of Common Stock), will terminate at the Mandatory Conversion Time (notwithstanding the failure of the holder or holders thereof to surrender the certificates at or prior to such time), except only the rights of the holders thereof, upon surrender of their certificate or certificates (or lost certificate affidavit and agreement) therefor, to receive the items provided for in the next sentence of this Subsection 6.2 . As soon as practicable after the

 

26


Mandatory Conversion Time and the surrender of the certificate or certificates (or lost certificate affidavit and agreement) for such Preferred Stock, the Corporation shall issue and deliver to such holder, or to his, her or its nominees, a certificate or certificates for the number of full shares of Common Stock issuable on such conversion in accordance with the provisions hereof, together with cash as provided in Subsection 4.2 in lieu of any fraction of a share of Common Stock otherwise issuable upon such conversion and the payment of any declared but unpaid dividends on the shares of Preferred Stock converted. Such converted Preferred Stock shall be retired and cancelled and may not be reissued as shares of such series, and the Corporation may thereafter take such appropriate action (without the need for stockholder action) as may be necessary to reduce the authorized number of shares of Preferred Stock accordingly.

7. Waiver . Except as may otherwise be set forth herein, any of the rights, powers, preferences and other terms of the Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock and Series C-1 Preferred Stock set forth herein may be waived on behalf of all holders of Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock and Series C-1 Preferred Stock by the affirmative written consent or vote of the holders of a majority of the shares of Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock and Series C-1 Preferred Stock, as a single class (on an as-converted basis), then outstanding.

8. Notices . Any notice required or permitted by the provisions of this Article Fourth to be given to a holder of shares of Preferred Stock shall be mailed, postage prepaid, to the post office address last shown on the records of the Corporation, or given by electronic communication in compliance with the provisions of the General Corporation Law, and shall be deemed sent upon such mailing or electronic transmission.

FIFTH: Subject to any additional vote required by the Fourth Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation or Bylaws, in furtherance and not in limitation of the powers conferred by statute, the Board of Directors is expressly authorized to make, repeal, alter, amend and rescind any or all of the Bylaws of the Corporation.

SIXTH: Subject to Section 3.2 hereof and to any additional vote required by the Fourth Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, the number of directors of the Corporation shall be determined in the manner set forth in the Bylaws of the Corporation.

SEVENTH: Elections of directors need not be by written ballot unless the Bylaws of the Corporation shall so provide.

EIGHTH: Meetings of stockholders may be held within or without the State of Delaware, as the Bylaws of the Corporation may provide. The books of the Corporation may be kept outside the State of Delaware at such place or places as may be designated from time to time by the Board of Directors or in the Bylaws of the Corporation.

NINTH: To the fullest extent permitted by law, a director of the Corporation shall not be personally liable to the Corporation or its stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director. If the General Corporation Law or any other law of the State of Delaware is amended after approval by the stockholders of this Article Ninth to authorize corporate action further eliminating or limiting the personal liability of directors, then the liability of a director of the Corporation shall be eliminated or limited to the fullest extent permitted by the General Corporation Law as so amended.

 

27


Any repeal or modification of the foregoing provisions of this Article Ninth by the stockholders of the Corporation shall not adversely affect any right or protection of a director of the Corporation existing at the time of, or increase the liability of any director of the Corporation with respect to any acts or omissions of such director occurring prior to, such repeal or modification.

TENTH: To the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, the Corporation is authorized to provide indemnification of (and advancement of expenses to) directors, officers and agents of the Corporation (and any other persons to which General Corporation Law permits the Corporation to provide indemnification) through Bylaw provisions, agreements with such agents or other persons, vote of stockholders or disinterested directors or otherwise, in excess of the indemnification and advancement otherwise permitted by Section 145 of the General Corporation Law.

Any amendment, repeal or modification of the foregoing provisions of this Article Tenth shall not adversely affect any right or protection of any director, officer or other agent of the Corporation existing at the time of such amendment, repeal or modification.

*    *     *

3. That the foregoing amendment and restatement was approved by the holders of the requisite number of shares of this corporation in accordance with Sections 211, 216 and 222 of the General Corporation Law.

4. That this Fourth Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, which restates and integrates and further amends the provisions of this corporation’s Certificate of Incorporation, has been duly adopted in accordance with Sections 242 and 245 of the General Corporation Law.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF , this Fourth Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation has been executed by a duly authorized officer of this corporation on June 11, 2013.

 

By:   /s/ Robert Nowinski
 

Chief Executive Officer

Robert Nowinski

 

28

EXHIBIT 3.2

SECOND AMENDED AND RESTATED BYLAWS

of

CONTRAFECT CORPORATION

(the “Corporation”)

ARTICLE I

Offices

Section 1. Registered Office . The address of the registered office of the Corporation in the State of Delaware is located in the County of New Castle, 2711 Centreville Road, Suite 400, Wilmington, Delaware 19808, and its registered agent is Corporation Service Company.

Section 2. Other Offices . The Corporation may also have other offices at such places within or without the State of Delaware as the Board of Directors of the Corporation (the Board ”) may from time to time determine.

ARTICLE II

Meetings of Stockholders

Section 1. Annual Meeting . The annual meeting of stockholders, for the purpose of electing the Board and for the transaction of any other business relating to the affairs of the Corporation which may come before the meeting, shall be held annually on such date and at such time as shall be designated by the Board or, in the absence of action by the Board, by the President of the Corporation (the “ President ”) or the Chief Executive Officer of the Corporation (the Chief Executive Officer ”).

Section 2. Special Meetings . Special meetings of stockholders may be called at any time by the Board, the Chairman of the Board, the President or the Chief Executive Officer or, in the absence or disability of the President or Chief Executive Officer, by a Vice President of the Corporation. Upon the written request of not less than one-tenth (1/10) of the voting power of all shares entitled to vote at the meeting, the President or Chief Executive Officer shall call a special stockholders’ meeting for the purposes specified in such request and cause notice thereof to be given. If the President or Chief Executive Officer shall not, within fifteen days after the receipt of such request, so call such meeting, such stockholders may call the same.

Section 3. Notice of Meeting . Written notice of the place, date and time of all meetings of the stockholders shall be given, not less than ten (10) nor more than sixty (60) days before the date on which the meeting is to be held, to each stockholder entitled to vote at such meeting, except as otherwise provided herein or required by the Delaware General Corporation Law (the DGCL ”) or the Corporation’s Certificate of Incorporation, as amended from time to time (the Certificate of Incorporation ”). Any such notice shall be addressed to such stockholder at his or her last known address as the same appears in the records of the Corporation. Any such notice may be given by a form of electronic transmission consented to by the stockholder to whom the notice is given.


When a meeting is adjourned to another place, date or time, written notice need not be given of the adjourned meeting if the place, date and time thereof are announced at the meeting at which the adjournment is taken; provided , however , that if the date of any adjourned meeting is more than one-hundred twenty (120) days after the date fixed for the original meeting, written notice of the place, date, and time of the adjourned meeting shall be given in conformity herewith. At any adjourned meeting, any business may be transacted which might have been transacted at the original meeting.

Section 4. Place of Meetings . Each annual or special meeting of stockholders shall be held at such place within or without the State of Delaware as the Board or, in the absence of action by the Board, the President or Chief Executive Officer may designate.

Section 5. Quorum . Unless the Certificate of Incorporation or the DGCL provide otherwise, holders of a majority of the voting power of the outstanding shares of stock entitled to vote, present in person (including by remote communication) or represented by proxy, constitute a quorum with respect to such matter. Where a separate vote by a class or classes or series is required, unless the Certificate of Incorporation or the DGCL provides otherwise, holders of a majority of the voting power of the outstanding shares of such class or classes or series, present in person (including by remote communication) or represented by proxy constitute a quorum with respect to such matter.

If a quorum shall fail to attend any meeting, the chairman of the meeting or the holders of a majority of the shares of stock entitled to vote who are present, in person or by proxy, may adjourn the meeting to another place, date or time.

Section 6. Voting . Except as otherwise provided in the DGCL, the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws, each outstanding share, regardless of class, is entitled to one vote on each matter voted on at a stockholders’ meeting.

When a quorum is present at any duly held meeting of stockholders, except where otherwise provided by the DGCL, the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws, in all matters, including the election of Directors, the affirmative vote by holders of a majority of the voting power of the shares present in person, by remote communication, if applicable, or represented by proxy at the meeting and entitled to vote generally on the subject matter shall be the act of the stockholders.

Every stockholder entitled to vote may do so in person, by remote communication or by proxy.

Section 7. Organization . The Chairman of the Board or, in his or her absence, such person as the Board may have designated or, in his or her absence, the President or Chief Executive Officer or, in his or her absence, such person as may be chosen by the holders of a majority of the shares entitled to vote who are present, in person or by proxy, shall call to order any meeting of the stockholders and act as chairman of the meeting. In the absence of the Secretary of the Corporation (the Secretary ”), the secretary of the meeting shall be such person as the chairman of the meeting appoints. The chairman of any meeting of stockholders shall determine the order of business and the procedures at the meeting, including such regulation of the manner of voting and the conduct of discussion as he or she deems to be appropriate.

 

2


Section 8. Action Without Meeting . Any action required to be taken at any annual or special meeting of stockholders, or any action which may be taken at any annual or special meeting of such stockholders, may be taken without a meeting, without prior notice and without a vote, if a consent or consents in writing, setting forth the action so taken, shall be (1) signed and dated by the holders of outstanding stock, or by their duly authorized attorneys, having not less than the minimum number of votes that would be necessary to authorize or take such action at a meeting at which all shares entitled to vote thereon were present and voted and (2) delivered to the Corporation to its registered office in the State of Delaware (in which case delivery shall be by hand or by certified or registered mail, return receipt requested), its principal place of business or an officer or agent of the Corporation having custody of the book in which proceedings of meetings of stockholders are recorded within sixty (60) days of the earliest date on which a consent delivered to the Corporation as required above was signed. Prompt notice of the taking of the corporate action without a meeting by less than unanimous written consent shall be given to those stockholders who have not consented in writing. Such consent shall be filed in the corporate minute book and shall have the same effect as a unanimous vote at a stockholders’ meeting.

ARTICLE III

Directors

Section 1. General Powers . The business, property and affairs of the Corporation shall be managed by the Board, which may exercise all the powers of the Corporation except such as are by the DGCL, the Certificate of Incorporation, these Bylaws or a written agreement among the stockholders (a Stockholders’ Agreement ”) expressly conferred on or reserved to the stockholders.

Section 2. Number, Election, Tenure and Qualification . Except as otherwise specified in the Certificate of Incorporation or a Stockholders’ Agreement, the number of Directors which shall constitute the whole Board shall be up to eleven (11) members, who shall be determined by resolution of the Board or by the stockholders at the annual meeting or at any special meeting of stockholders. The Directors shall be elected at the annual meeting or at any special meeting of the stockholders, except as provided in Section 5 of this Article, and each Director elected shall hold office until his or her successor is elected and qualified, unless sooner displaced. Directors need not be stockholders.

Section 3. Resignation of Directors . If no time is specified, the resignation of a Director shall be effective immediately upon its receipt by the Corporation at its principal place of business or by the President, Chief Executive Officer or Secretary, or at such later time as may be specified in the resignation. In the case of a resignation to take effect at a date later than the receipt thereof by the Corporation, appropriate action to elect a successor to take office when the resignation becomes effective may be taken at any time after such receipt, but the new Director may not take office until the resignation is effective.

 

3


Section 4. Removal of Directors . Subject to any contrary provisions in the Certificate of Incorporation or a Stockholders’ Agreement, at any special meeting of stockholders called for that purpose any Director may be removed from office with or without cause at any time, regardless of the term for which he or she had been elected, by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the voting power of all shares then having the right to vote for the election of Directors.

Section 5. Vacancies . Subject to any contrary provisions in the Certificate of Incorporation or a Stockholders’ Agreement, in case of any vacancy in the Board by reason of death, resignation, removal or failure of the stockholders to elect as many Directors as the number of directorships fixed by them, or otherwise, the remaining Directors, though less than a quorum, by the concurring vote of a majority of such remaining Directors may elect a successor to hold office until his or her successor has been elected.

Section 6. Regular and Special Meetings . Regular meetings of the Board may be held at such time and places within or without the State of Delaware as the Board may determine.

Special meetings of the Board may be called by the President or Chief Executive Officer, and shall be called upon the written request of any Director. Each special meeting shall be held at such time and place within or without the State of Delaware as shall be designated in the notice thereof.

Section 7. Notice of Meetings . Regular meetings of the Board may be held without notice of the date, time, place or purpose of the meeting. Notice of the date, time, place and purpose of each special meeting of the Board shall be given to each Director by whom it is not waived by mailing written notice not less than five (5) days before the meeting or orally, by telegraph, telex, cable, telecopy or other electronic transmission given not less than twenty-four (24) hours before the meeting. Unless otherwise indicated in the notice thereof, any and all business may be transacted at any such special meeting.

Section 8. Quorum . A majority of the Directors then elected shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business. If, and for as long as, the Certificate of Incorporation provides the holders of the Corporation’s Preferred Stock with the right, exclusively and as a separate class, to elect one Director (the Preferred Stock Director ”), then at all times when the Preferred Stock Director shall be serving as a Director of the Corporation, a quorum for the transaction of business shall only exist if the Preferred Stock Director is included among the Directors present at such meeting. Notwithstanding the foregoing, when a meeting of the Board is called but there is no quorum at such meeting because the Preferred Stock Director is not present, then, in each such case, the Preferred Stock Director’s presence shall not be required for a quorum at the meeting of the Board next succeeding the meeting at which the Preferred Stock Director was absent. The affirmative vote of a majority of the Directors present at any meeting at which a quorum is present shall be the act of the Board, unless the act of a greater number is required by the DGCL. In the absence of a quorum, a majority of the Directors present at any meeting may adjourn the meeting from time to time until a quorum shall be present.

 

4


Section 9. Action Without Meeting . Any action required or permitted by the DGCL to be taken by the Board or any committee thereof may be taken without a meeting if each Director or member of such committee consents thereto in writing or by electronic transmission. The Secretary shall file such consent or consents with the minutes of the meetings of the Board.

Section 10. Participation in Meetings By Conference Telephone . Members of the Board, or any committee thereof, may participate in a meeting of the Board or committee of the Board by means of conference telephone or similar communications equipment by means of which all persons participating in the meeting can hear each other and such participation shall constitute presence in person at such meeting.

Section 11. Conduct of Business . At any meeting of the Board or any committee thereof, business shall be transacted in such order and manner as the Board or such committee may from time to time determine.

Section 12. Compensation of Directors . Directors, as such, may receive, pursuant to a resolution of the Board, fixed fees and other compensation for their services as Directors, including, without limitation, their services as members of committees of the Board.

Section 13. Committees of the Board . Subject to any contrary provisions in a Stockholders’ Agreement, the Board may from time to time designate committees of the Board, with such lawfully delegable powers and duties as it thereby confers, to serve at the pleasure of the Board and shall, for those committees and any others provided for herein, elect a Director or Directors to serve as the member or members, designating, if it desires, other Directors as alternate members who may replace any absent or disqualified member at any meeting of the committee. Except as otherwise provided by the DGCL, any such committee, to the extent provided in the resolution of the Board, shall have and may exercise all the powers and authority of the Board in the management of the business and affairs of the Corporation, and may authorize any seal of the Corporation to be affixed to all papers which may require it. Subject to any contrary provisions in a Stockholders’ Agreement, in the absence or disqualification of any member of any committee and any alternate member in his or her place, the member or members of the committee present at the meeting and not disqualified from voting, whether or not he or she or they constitute a quorum, may by unanimous vote appoint another member of the Board to act at the meeting in the place of the absent or disqualified member. Adequate provision shall be made for notice to committee members of all meetings; a majority of the committee members shall constitute a quorum; and all matters shall be determined by a majority vote of the members present.

ARTICLE IV

Officers. Agents and Attorneys

Section 1. Officers . The officers of the Corporation shall be a Chief Executive Officer and Secretary, both of whom shall be elected by the Board, The Board may also elect or may authorize the appointment of such additional officers, including but not limited to a Chairman of the Board, a President, a Treasurer, one or more Vice Presidents, Assistant Secretaries and Assistant Treasurers as in its judgment may be necessary or advisable. Any two or more offices may be held by the same person. The election or appointment of an officer for

 

5


a given term shall not of itself create contract rights. Each officer elected or appointed by the Board shall hold office until his or her successor is elected or appointed and qualified, or until he or she dies, resigns, is removed or becomes disqualified, unless a shorter term is specified in the vote electing or appointing said officer.

Section 2. Powers and Duties of Officers . The officers of the Corporation shall have such powers and duties as provided by these Bylaws and as the stockholders or the Board may from time to time confer and designate.

Section 3. Resignation of Officers . If no time is specified, the resignation of an officer shall be effective immediately upon its receipt by the Corporation at its principal place of business, or at such later time as may be specified in the resignation. In the case of a resignation to take effect at a date later than the receipt thereof by the Corporation, appropriate action to elect a successor to take office when the resignation becomes effective may be taken at any time after such receipt, but the successor may not take office until the resignation is effective.

Section 4. Removal of Officers . Officers may be removed from office, with or without cause at any time, by the affirmative vote of the Board, but without prejudice to their contract rights, if any.

Section 5. Vacancies . All vacancies among the officers from whatsoever cause may be filled by the Board.

Section 6. Agents and Attorneys . The Board may appoint such agents and attorneys with such powers and to perform such acts and duties on behalf of the Corporation as the Board may determine.

ARTICLE V

Shares and Stockholders

Section 1. Certificates . Every stockholder shall be entitled to a certificate or certificates certifying the number and class of shares owned by him in the Corporation. Each such certificate may be under seal, or facsimile seal, of the Corporation and shall be signed, which signature may be by facsimile, in accordance with the DGCL.

Section 2. Transfers . Except as otherwise provided by law, the Certificate of Incorporation or in a Stockholders’ Agreement, shares shall be transferable on the records of the Corporation by the holder of record thereof, or by his attorney thereunto duly authorized, upon the surrender and cancellation of a certificate or certificates for a like number of shares of the same class with such proof of the authenticity of the signature of such holder or of such attorney and such proof of the authority of such attorney as the Corporation or its transfer agent, transfer clerk or registrar may reasonably require.

 

6


Section 3. Holders of Record . The Corporation shall be entitled to treat the holder of record of any share or shares as the owner and holder thereof in fact, and shall not be bound to recognize any equitable or other claim to or interest in such share or shares on the part of any other person, whether or not it has actual or other notice thereof, except as and to the extent otherwise provided by the DGCL.

Section 4. Record Date . The Board by resolution may fix a date as the record date for the purpose of determining the stockholders entitled to notice of and to vote at any meeting of stockholders or any adjournment thereof, or entitled to receive payment of any dividend or other distribution, or for any other purpose, such date in any case to be not less than ten (10) nor more than sixty (60) days before the meeting or action requiring a determination of stockholders. If no record date is so fixed, the date on which notice of a meeting is mailed shall be the record date for the determination of stockholders entitled to notice of and to vote at such meeting and the date on which the resolution of the Board declaring such dividend or other distribution is adopted shall be the record date for the determination of stockholders entitled to receive payment of such dividend or other distribution. Stockholders actually of record at a record date shall be the only stockholders entitled to receive notice of or to vote at the meeting, or receive the dividend or other distribution, or otherwise participate in respect of the event or transaction, to which such date relates, except as otherwise provided by law. A determination of stockholders of record entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall apply to any adjournment of the meeting; provided , however , that the Board may fix a new record date for the adjourned meeting.

Section 5. Lost Certificates . If a share certificate is lost or destroyed, another may be issued in its stead upon proof of such loss or destruction, upon the giving of a bond of indemnity satisfactory to the Corporation, unless these requirements are dispensed with by the Corporation, and upon compliance with such other conditions as the Corporation may reasonably require.

ARTICLE VI

Liability and Indemnification

Section 1. Liability . To the fullest extent permitted by law, no Director shall be personally liable to the Corporation or its stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a Director. If the DGCL or any other law of the State of Delaware is amended after approval by the stockholders of this Article to authorize corporate action further eliminating or limiting the personal liability of Directors, then the liability of a Director shall be eliminated or limited to the fullest extent permitted by the DGCL or any such other law of the State of Delaware as so amended. No amendment to or repeal of this Article shall adversely affect any right or protection of a Director existing at the time of, or increase the liability of any Director with respect to any acts or omissions of such Director occurring prior to, such amendment or repeal.

Section 2. Indemnification . The Corporation shall, to the fullest extent permitted by Section 145 of the DGCL, indemnity and advance expenses to (a) its Directors and officers and (b) any person who at the request of the Corporation is or was serving as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other

 

7


enterprise, from and against any and all of the expenses, liabilities or other matters referred to in or covered by said section as amended or supplemented (or any successor); provided , however , that, except with respect to proceedings to enforce rights to indemnification, the Corporation shall not indemnity any director, officer or such person in connection with a proceeding (or part thereof) initiated by such director, officer or such person unless such proceeding (or part thereof) was authorized by the Board. The Corporation, by action of the Board, may provide advance expenses to such persons only on such terms and conditions and to the extent determined by the Board in its sole and absolute discretion. The indemnification provided for herein shall not be deemed exclusive of any other rights to which those indemnified may be entitled under any bylaw, agreement, vote of stockholders or disinterested directors or otherwise, both as to action in their official capacity and as to action in another capacity while holding such office, and shall continue as to a person who has ceased to be a director, officer, employee or agent and shall inure to the benefit of the heirs, executors and administrators of such a person.

Section 3. Insurance . The Board may authorize, by a vote of the majority of the full Board, the Corporation to purchase and maintain insurance on behalf of any person who is or was a Director, officer, employee or agent of the Corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise against any liability asserted against him or her and incurred by him or her in any such capacity, or arising out of his or her status as such, whether or not the Corporation would have the power to indemnity him or her against such liability under the provisions of this Article.

ARTICLE VII

Transactions with Interested Parties

No contract or transaction between the Corporation and one or more of its Directors or officers, or between the Corporation and any other corporation, partnership, association or other organization in which one or more of its Directors or officers are directors or officers, or have a financial interest, shall be void or voidable solely for this reason, or solely because the Director or officer is present at or participates in the meeting of the Board or committee thereof which authorizes the contract or transaction, or solely because the votes of such Director or officer are counted for such purpose, if:

(a) The material facts as to his or her relationship or interest and as to the contract or transaction are disclosed or are known to the Board or the committee, and the Board or committee in good faith authorizes the contract or transaction by the affirmative votes of a majority of the disinterested directors, even though the disinterested directors be less than a quorum; or

(b) The material facts as to his or her relationship or interest and as to the contract or transaction are disclosed or are known to the stockholders entitled to vote thereon, and the contract or transaction is specifically approved in good faith by vote of the stockholders; or

(c) The contract or transaction is fair as to the Corporation as of the time it is authorized, approved or ratified, by the Board, a committee thereof, or the stockholders.

 

8


Common or interested Directors may be counted in determining the presence of a quorum at a meeting of the Board or of a committee which authorizes the contract or transaction.

ARTICLE VIII

Miscellaneous

Section 1. Fiscal Year . Except as otherwise determined by the Board from time to time, the fiscal year of the Corporation shall begin on January first and shall end on the last day of December in each year.

Section 2. Waiver of Notice . Whenever any notice of time, place, purpose or any other matter, including any special notice or form of notice, is required or permitted to be given to any person by the DGCL, the Certificate of Incorporation, these Bylaws or a resolution of stockholders or Directors, a written waiver of notice signed by the person or persons entitled to such notice, whether before or after the time stated therein, shall be equivalent to the giving of such notice. The Secretary shall cause any such waiver to be filed with or entered upon the records of the Corporation or, in the case of a waiver of notice of a meeting, the records of the meeting. The attendance of any person at a meeting without protesting, prior to or at the commencement of the meeting, the lack of proper notice shall be deemed to be a waiver by such person of notice of such.

ARTICLE IX

Amendments

The Board is expressly empowered to adopt, amend or repeal the Bylaws of the Corporation. The stockholders shall also have power to adopt, amend or repeal the Bylaws of the Corporation; provided , however, that, in addition to any vote of the holders of any class or series of stock of the Corporation required by the DGCL, any Stockholders’ Agreement or by the Certificate of Incorporation, such action by stockholders shall require the affirmative vote of the holders of at least a majority of the voting power of all of the then-outstanding shares of capital stock of the Corporation entitled to vote generally in the election of Directors, voting together as a single class.

 

9

EXHIBIT 10.1

The Rockefeller University

License Agreement

This Agreement (this “ Agreement ”) is between The Rockefeller University, a New York nonprofit corporation (“Rockefeller”), and ContraFect Corporation, a Delaware corporation (“ Company ”). This Agreement will become effective on July 12, 2011 (the “ Effective Date ”).

BACKGROUND

Rockefeller owns certain intellectual property developed by Dr. Vincent Fischetti relating to lysins and their use for prevention and treatment of human disease. Rockefeller also owns certain applications for United States letters patent relating to the intellectual property. Company desires to obtain an exclusive license under the patent rights to exploit the intellectual property. Rockefeller has determined that the exploitation of the intellectual property by Company is in the best interest of Rockefeller and is consistent with its educational and research missions and goal.

In consideration of the mutual obligations contained in this Agreement, and intending to be legally bound, the parties agree as follows:

 

1. LICENSE

1.1 License Grant . Rockefeller grants to Company, and Company accepts, subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, a world-wide license (i) under Rockefeller Patent Rights to discover, develop, make, have made, use, import, lease, sell and offer for sale Licensed Products and (ii) to use Rockefeller Technical Information and Rockefeller Materials to discover, develop, make, have made, use, import, lease, sell and offer for sale Licensed Products (the “ Licenses ”). The Licenses are granted solely in the Field of Use during the Term (as such terms may be defined in Sections 1.2 and 6.1), and include the right to sublicense under the conditions of Section 1.5. Rockefeller grants no other rights or licenses.

The License is exclusive for Rockefeller Patent Rights and is non-exclusive for Rockefeller Technical Information and Rockefeller Materials, subject to the conditions of Section 1.3.

1.2 Related Definitions . The term “ Rockefeller Patent Rights ” means all patent rights represented by or issuing from: (a) the United States patent applications listed in Exhibit A; (b) any continuation, continuation-in-part, divisional and re-issue applications whose claims are entitled to the benefit of the priority date of the applications in (a); and (c) any foreign counterparts and extensions of (a) or (b).

The term “ Licensed Products ” means Patent Products and/or Other Products.

The term “ Patent Products ” means any product, process or service that is discovered, developed, made, made for, used, imported, leased, sold or offered for sale by Company or its Affiliates or sublicensees that in the absence of this Agreement, would infringe at least one issued or pending claim of the Rockefeller Patent Rights.


The term “Other Products means any product, process or service that is discovered, developed, made, made for, used, imported, leased, sold or offered for sale by Company or its Affiliates or sublicensees that involves the use or incorporation of Rockefeller Technical Information or Rockefeller Materials.

The term “ Rockefeller Technical Information ” means know-how, technical information and data developed at Rockefeller in the laboratory of Dr. Fischetti prior to the Effective Date and provided to Company, including but not limited to information contained in the patents and the patent applications listed in Exhibit A and any other technical information disclosed or referenced in Exhibit A.

The term “ Rockefeller Materials ” means any tangible material delivered to Company, including but not limited to those materials listed on Exhibit A., and any progeny or derivatives thereof developed by Company, its Affiliates and sublicensees.

The term “ Affiliate ” means a legal entity that is controlling, controlled by or under common control with Company and that has executed either this Agreement or a written Joinder Agreement agreeing to be bound by all of the terms and conditions of this Agreement. For purposes of this Section 1.2, the word “ control ” means (x) the direct or indirect ownership of more than fifty percent (50%) of the outstanding voting securities of a legal entity, (y) the right to receive fifty percent (50%) or more of the profits or earnings of a legal entity, or (z) the right to determine the policy decisions of a legal entity.

The term “ Field of Use ” means prophylactic and therapeutic use of lysins in humans. Field of Use expressly excludes the use of lysins directly or indirectly for vaccines, small molecule antibiotics, laboratory reagents, or diagnostic purposes.

1.3 Reservation of Rights by Rockefeller . Rockefeller reserves the right to use Rockefeller Patent Rights, Rockefeller Technical Information and Rockefeller Materials for educational and academic research purposes only and Rockefeller retains the right to publish data from such research or present such research at scientific forums. Rockefeller reserves the rights to license to other commercial entities the Rockefeller Patent Rights, Rockefeller Technical Information and Rockefeller Materials outside the Field of Use. Rockefeller also reserves the right to permit other non-commercial academic entities (“Third Party Recipients”) to use Rockefeller Technical Information and Rockefeller Materials for educational and academic research purposes. Any such transfer of Rockefeller Materials to Third Party Recipients will be performed by Company in a timely manner following written request and require the Third Party Recipient to sign the material transfer agreement found in Exhibit B. Rockefeller retains the right to transfer Rockefeller Materials under an appropriate agreement to third parties for commercial evaluation in an area outside of Field of Use.

1.4 U.S. Government Rights . The parties acknowledge that the United States government retains rights in intellectual property funded under any grant or similar contract with a Federal agency. The Licenses are expressly subject to all applicable United States government rights, including, but not limited to, any applicable requirement that products, which result from such intellectual property and are sold in the United States, must be substantially manufactured in the United States.

 

2


1.5 Sublicense Conditions . The Company’s right to sublicense granted by Rockefeller under the License is subject to each of the following conditions:

(a) In each sublicense agreement, Company will prohibit the sublicensee from further sublicensing and require the sublicensee to comply with the terms and conditions of this Agreement.

(b) Within thirty (30) days after Company enters into a sublicense agreement, Company will deliver to Rockefeller a complete and accurate copy of the entire sublicense agreement written in the English language. Rockefeller’s receipt of the sublicense agreement, however, will constitute neither an approval of the sublicense nor a waiver of any right of Rockefeller or obligation of Company under this Agreement.

(c) Company’s execution of a sublicense agreement will not relieve Company of any of its obligations under this Agreement. Company is primarily liable to Rockefeller for any act or omission of an Affiliate or sublicensee of Company that would be a breach of this Agreement if performed or omitted by Company, and Company will be deemed to be in breach of this Agreement as a result of such act or omission.

 

2. DILIGENCE

2.1 Development Plan . Company will deliver to Rockefeller, within ninety (90) days after the Effective Date, a copy of an initial development plan for the Rockefeller Patent Rights (the “ Development Plan ”). The purpose of the Development Plan is (a) to demonstrate Company’s capability to bring the Rockefeller Patent Rights to commercialization, (b) to project the timeline for completing the necessary tasks, and (c) to measure Company’s progress against the projections. Thereafter, Company will deliver to Rockefeller an annual updated Development Plan no later than each anniversary of the Effective Date. The Development Plan will include, at a minimum, the information listed in Exhibit B.

2.2 Company’s Efforts . Company will use commercially reasonable efforts to develop, commercialize, market and sell Licensed Products in a manner consistent with the Development Plan. Repeated failure to achieve objectives in the Development Plan may be treated as a material breach of this Agreement and a cause for termination in accordance with Section 6.2.

2.3 Diligence Resources . Until the first commercial Sale (as defined in Section 3.4 of the first Licensed Product, Company, Affiliates and sublicensees will expend resources in the development and commercialization of the Licensed Products of amounts not less than the diligence minimums specified in the table below in each 12-month period following the Effective Date. Such diligence expenses include, but are not limited to, documented expenses for research and development, clinical trials, regulatory compliance, manufacturing design and administrative costs (directly related to the Licensed Products). If Company’s total expenditures for development and commercialization of Licensed Products in any 12-month period do not meet or exceed the applicable diligence minimum, then Company will pay to Rockefeller the amount of the shortfall. Company will make any payments of the shortfall to Rockefeller together with the next royalty report due to Rockefeller under Section 4.1.

 

12 MONTH PERIOD:

   Year 1    Year 2    Year 3 and thereafter

DILIGENCE MINIMUMS:

   $750,000    $1,000,000    $1,000,000

 

3


2.4 Third Party Offer . In the event that Rockefeller is given a written offer by an entity to license Rockefeller Patent Rights to develop and commercialize a Licensed Product that is not under active commercial development by Company, Company will, within one hundred eighty (180) days, either (i) offer a sublicense to such entity on reasonable commercial terms, (ii) present a credible development plan to Rockefeller to pursue development of such Licensed Product and begin to execute that plan, or (iii) return the rights to develop such Licensed Product to Rockefeller.

 

3. FEES AND ROYALTIES

3.1 License Initiation Fee . In partial consideration of the Licenses, Company will pay to Rockefeller on the Effective Date a non-refundable, non-creditable license initiation fee of $100,000.

3.2 Equity Issuance . In partial consideration for the License, Company will issue to Rockefeller, on the close of Series C funding, 30,303 shares of Preferred Stock of the Company. The issuance of equity to Rockefeller will be pursuant to a Stock Purchase Agreement and related Series C agreements between Company and Rockefeller, substantially similar to the forms attached as Exhibit D (collectively, the “ Equity Documents ”).

3.3 License Maintenance Fees . In partial consideration of the Licenses, Company will pay to Rockefeller, on each anniversary of the Effective Date, the applicable license maintenance fee listed in the table below. Each annual license maintenance fee is nonrefundable; however, the license maintenance fee shall be credited to milestones and royalties subsequently due on Net Sales earned during the following four Quarters, if any. License maintenance fees paid in excess of milestones and royalties due in such four Quarters shall not be creditable to amounts due for future Quarters.

The term “ Quarter ” means each three-month period beginning on January 1, April 1, July 1 and October 1.

 

ANNIVERSARY:

   2 nd  – 4 th      5 th  – 7 th      8 th  and thereafter

LICENSE MAINTENANCE FEE:

   $50,000      $70,000      $100,000

3.4 Milestone Payments . In partial consideration of the Licenses, Company will pay to Rockefeller the applicable milestone payment listed in the table below after achievement of each milestone event for each Licensed Product.

 

MILESTONE    PAYMENT  

Approval of IND for a Licensed Product

   $ 250,000   

Completion of Phase I clinical trial for a Licensed Product

   $ 250,000   

Completion of Phase II clinical trial for a Licensed Product

   $ 500,000   

Submission of NDA for a Licensed Product

   $ 1,500,000   

NDA approval for a Licensed Product

   $ 2,500,000   

3.5 Earned Royalties . In partial consideration of the Licenses, Company will pay to Rockefeller a 5% royalty on Net Sales of all PATENT PRODUCTS and 2.5% of Net Sales on OTHER PRODUCTS during the Quarter.

 

4


The term “ Net Sales ” means the total amount invoiced, or fair market value attributable to, for each Sale, less Qualifying Costs directly attributable to a Sale and actually identified on the invoice and borne by Company, or its Affiliates or sublicensees. For purposes of determining Net Sales, the words “fair market value” mean the cash consideration that Company, or its Affiliates or sublicensees would realize from an unrelated buyer in an arms length sale of an identical item sold in the same quantity and at the time and place of the transaction.

The term “ Sale ” means any bona fide transaction with an unaffiliated third party for which consideration is received for the sale, use, lease, transfer or other disposition of a Licensed Product, and a Sale is deemed completed at the time that Company, or its Affiliate or sublicensee receives payment for a Licensed Product.

The term “ Qualifying Costs ” means: (a) customary discounts in the trade for quantity purchased, prompt payment or wholesalers and distributors; (b) credits or refunds for claims or returns that do not exceed the original invoice amount; and (c) prepaid outbound transportation expenses and transportation insurance premiums. In no case will the Qualifying Costs exceed ten percent (10%) of the gross proceeds, attributable to Sales.

3.6 Stacking Protection . If (a) Company becomes obligated to pay royalties to third parties for technology necessary to develop or manufacture a Licensed Product and (b) the aggregate royalty rate owed by Company to all parties (including Rockefeller) to develop and manufacture a Licensed Product exceeds twelve percent (12%), then the royalty rate applicable to Rockefeller under Section 3.4 for such Licensed Product will be reduced. Company shall use its best commercial efforts to reduce all third party royalty rates, so as to reduce the maximum aggregate royalty rate to twelve percent (12%). In no event, however, will the royalty rate applicable to Rockefeller under Section 3.4 for a Licensed Product be reduced to less than two and one half percent (2.5%) on Patent Products and one and one quarter percent (1.25%) on Other Products. A reduction of the royalty rate in Section 3.4 for one Licensed Product will not affect the royalty rate for another Licensed Product. Furthermore, no royalty reduction for a Licensed Product will apply unless all third party licensors for the Licensed Product agree to royalty reductions.

3.7 Sublicense Fees . In partial consideration of the Licenses, Company will pay to Rockefeller a sublicense fee according to the following table of all payments and the fair market value of all other consideration of any kind received by Company from sublicensees during the Quarter (“Sublicense Consideration”).

 

TIME PERIOD    PERCENTAGE  

Prior to approval of IND

     30

Following approval of IND, but prior to completion of a phase II clinical trial

     20

Following completion of a phase II clinical trial

     15

Sublicense Consideration will not include: (a) royalties paid to Company by a sublicensee based upon Sales or Net Sales by the sublicensee; (b) equity investments in Company by a sublicensee up to the amount of the fair market value of equity purchased on the trading day prior to the public announcement of the investment; (c) loan proceeds paid to Company by a sublicensee in an arms length, full recourse debt financing; and (d) funding for future research paid to Company by a sublicensee in a bona fide transaction. If Company grants a sublicense that includes, in addition to the Rockefeller Patent Rights, Rockefeller Materials and Rockefeller Technical Information other

 

5


intellectual property licensed from third parties or owned by Company, the percentage of the Sublicense Consideration due to Rockefeller will be based on the value reasonably attributable to the Rockefeller Patent Rights, Rockefeller Materials and Rockefeller Technical Information relative to the value of the other intellectual property included in such sublicense. In no event, however, will the percentage of the Sublicense Consideration be lower than ten percent (10%).

 

4. REPORTS AND PAYMENTS

4.1 Royalty Reports . Within sixty (60) days after the end of each Quarter following first commercial Sale of a Licensed Product, Company will deliver to Rockefeller a report, certified by the chief financial officer of Company, detailing the calculation of all royalties and fees due to Rockefeller for such Quarter. The report will include, at a minimum: (a) the number of Licensed Products involved in Sales, listed by product, by country; (b) gross consideration invoiced, billed or received for Sales in the Quarter; (c) Qualifying Costs, listed by category of cost; (d) Net Sales, listed by product, by country; (e) sublicense fees and other consideration received by Company from sublicensees, listed by product, by country; (f) royalties and fees owed to Rockefeller, listed by category, by product, by country; and (g) any applicable credits resulting from minimum royalty payments.

4.2 Payments . All amounts due and paid by Company to Rockefeller under this Agreement shall be non-refundable. Company will pay all royalties and fees due to Rockefeller under Sections 3.3, 3.4, 3.5, and 3.6 within sixty (60) days after the end of the Quarter in which the royalties or fees accrue. All applicable taxes and other charges such as duties, customs, tariffs, imposts, and government imposed surcharges shall be borne by Company and will not be deducted from payments due Rockefeller.

4.3 Records . Company will maintain, and will cause its Affiliates and sublicensees to maintain, complete and accurate books and records to verify Sales, Net Sales, and all of the royalties, fees, and other payments payable under this Agreement. The records for each Quarter will be maintained for at least five (5) years after submission of the applicable report required under Section 4.1.

4.4 Audit Rights . Upon reasonable prior written notice to Company, Company and its Affiliates and sublicensees will provide Rockefeller and its accountants with access to all of the books and records required by Section 4.3 to conduct a review or audit of Sales, Net Sales, and all of the royalties, fees, and other payments payable under this Agreement. Access will be made available: (a) during normal business hours; (b) in a manner reasonably designed to facilitate Rockefeller’s review or audit without unreasonable disruption to Company’s business; and (c) no more than once each calendar year during the Term and for a period of five (5) years thereafter. Company will promptly pay to Rockefeller the amount of any underpayment determined by the review or audit plus accrued interest. If the review or audit determines that Company has underpaid any royalty payment by five percent (5%) or more, then Company will also promptly pay the costs and expenses of Rockefeller and its accountants in connection with the review or audit. In addition, once annual Sales of Licensed Products exceed Five Million Dollars ($5,000,000), Company will conduct, at least once every two (2) years at its own expense, an independent audit of Sales, Net Sales, and all of the royalties, fees, and other payments payable under this Agreement. Promptly after completion of the audit, Company will provide to Rockefeller a copy of the report of the independent auditors.

 

6


4.5 Currency . All dollar amounts referred to in this Agreement are expressed in United States dollars. All payments will be made in United States dollars. If Company receives payment from a third party in a currency other than United States dollars for which a royalty or fee is owed under this Agreement, then (a) the payment will be converted into United States dollars at the conversion rate for the foreign currency as published in the eastern edition of the Wall Street Journal as of the last business day of the Quarter in which the payment was received by Company, and (b) the conversion computation will be documented by Company in the applicable report delivered to Rockefeller under Section 4.1.

4.6 Place of Payment . All payments by Company are payable to “The Rockefeller University” and will be made to the following addresses:

 

By Electronic Transfer:

  

By Check:

JP Morgan Chase Bank

   The Rockefeller University

1166 Avenue of the Americas, 16 th Floor

   Office of Technology Transfer

New York, NY 10036

   502 Founders Hall

Swift code: CHASUS33

   1230 York Avenue

Account #134-756355

   New York, NY 10065
Routing #: 021000021   
Account Name: The Rockefeller University   
Reference: Technology Transfer/212-327-7116   

4.7 Interest . All amounts that are not paid by Company when due will accrue interest from the date due until paid at a rate equal to one percent (1%) per month (or the maximum allowed by law, if less).

 

5. CONFIDENTIALITY AND USE OF ROCKEFELLER’S NAME

5.1 Rockefeller’s Confidential Information . The term “ Confidential Information ” includes all technical information, inventions, developments, discoveries, software, know-how, methods, techniques, formulae, data, processes, and other proprietary ideas, whether or not patentable, that Rockefeller identifies as confidential or proprietary at the time it is delivered or communicated to Company or its Affiliates or sublicensees.

5.2 Company’s Obligation . Company and its Affiliates and sublicensees will maintain in confidence and not disclose to any third party any Confidential Information. Company will use the Confidential Information only for the purposes of this Agreement. Company will ensure that Company’s employees and its Affiliates and sublicensees have access to Confidential Information only on a need to know basis and are obligated in writing to abide by Company’s obligations under this Agreement. The obligations under this Section 5.2 will not apply to: (a) information that is known to Company or independently developed by Company prior to the time of disclosure, in each case, to the extent evidenced by written records promptly disclosed to Rockefeller upon receipt of the Confidential Information; (b) information that is disclosed to Company by a third party that has the right to make such disclosure; (c) information that becomes patented, published or otherwise part of the public domain as a result of acts by Rockefeller or a third party obtaining such information as a matter of right; or (d) information that is required to be disclosed by order of United States governmental authority or a court of competent jurisdiction, provided that Company must use its best efforts to obtain confidential treatment of such information by such agency or court.

 

7


5.3 Disclaimer . Rockefeller is not obligated to accept any confidential information from Company, except for the information required by Sections 2.1, 4.1, 6.5 and 12.5. Rockefeller, acting through its Office of Technology Transfer and finance offices, will use its best efforts not to disclose to any third party outside of Rockefeller any confidential information of Company contained in those reports, subject to exceptions analogous to those contained in Section 5.2(a) – (d) above. Rockefeller bears no institutional responsibility for maintaining the confidentiality of any other information of Company. Company may elect to enter into confidentiality agreements with individual investigators at Rockefeller that comply with Rockefeller’s internal policies.

5.4 Use of Rockefeller’s Name . Company and its Affiliates, sublicensees, employees, and agents may not use the name, logo, seal, trademark, or service mark (including any adaptation of them) of Rockefeller or any Rockefeller school, organization, employee, student or representative, without the prior written consent of Rockefeller which consent shall not be unreasonable withheld or delayed. Company reserves the right to identify Rockefeller as required by the government, prescribed by law, underwriting for the sale of securities, identification of consultant and origin of Licensed Products in Company literature.

 

6. TERM AND TERMINATION

6.1 Term . This Agreement will commence on Effective Date and terminate upon the later of: (a) the expiration or abandonment of the last patent to expire or become abandoned of the Rockefeller Patent Rights; or (b) if no patent ever issues from the Rockefeller Patent Rights, ten (10) years after the first commercial sale of the first Licensed Product (as the case may be, the “ Term ”).

6.2 Early Termination by Rockefeller . Rockefeller may terminate this Agreement if: (a) Company is more than sixty (60) days late in paying to Rockefeller any amounts owed under this Agreement and does not pay Rockefeller in full within ten (10) days following written notice thereof; (b) Company or its Affiliates or sublicensees breaches this Agreement and does not cure the breach within forty five (45) days after written notice of the breach; or (c) Company or its Affiliates or sublicensees challenges the validity or enforceability of the Rockefeller Patent Rights, or assists or encourages third parties to do so.

6.3 Early Termination by Company . Company may terminate this Agreement at any time upon sixty (60) days written notice to Rockefeller and will comply with Sections 6.4(b) through 6.4(d) prior to the date of termination.

6.4 Effect of Termination . Upon the termination of this Agreement for any reason: (a) the Licenses terminate; (b) Company and all its Affiliates and sublicensees will cease all making, having made, using, importing, selling and offering for sale all Licensed Products, except to extent permitted by Section 6.5; (c) Company will pay to Rockefeller all amounts owed to Rockefeller through the date of termination under this Agreement (and subject to Section 6.5, thereafter, no additional monies shall be owed by Company); (d) Company will, at Rockefeller’s request, return to Rockefeller all Rockefeller Materials and Confidential Information and provide to Rockefeller copies of all data generated by Company during the Term that will facilitate the further development of the technology licensed under this Agreement; and (e) in the case of termination under Section 6.2, all duties of Rockefeller and all rights (but not duties) of Company under this Agreement immediately terminate without further action required by either Rockefeller or Company.

 

8


6.5 Inventory and Sell Off . Upon the termination of this Agreement for any reason, Company will cause physical inventories to be taken immediately of: (a) all completed Licensed Products on hand under the control of Company or its Affiliates or sublicensees; and (b) such Licensed Products as are in the process of manufacture and any component parts on the date of termination of this Agreement. Company will deliver promptly to Rockefeller a copy of the written inventory, certified by an officer of the Company. Rockefeller will have forty-five (45) days after receipt of the report to challenge the report and request an audit under Section 4.4. Upon termination of this Agreement for any reason, Company will promptly remove, efface or destroy all references to Rockefeller from any advertising or other materials used in the promotion of the business of Company or its Affiliates or sublicensees in Company’s possession, and Company and its Affiliates and sublicensees will not represent in any manner that it has rights in or to the Rockefeller Patent Rights or the Licensed Products. Notwithstanding the foregoing; upon the termination of this Agreement, Company may sell off its inventory of Licensed Products existing on the termination date for a period of six (6) months and pay Rockefeller royalties on Sales of such inventory within thirty (30) days following the expiration of such six (6) month period.

6.6 Survival . Company’s obligation to pay all amounts owed to Rockefeller under this Agreement will survive the termination of this Agreement for any reason. Articles 4, 5, 6, 9, 10, and 11, and Section 12.10 and 12.11 will survive the termination of this Agreement for any reason in accordance with their respective terms.

 

7. PATENT MAINTENANCE AND REIMBURSEMENT

7.1 Patent Maintenance . Rockefeller has controlled the preparation, prosecution and maintenance of the Rockefeller Patent Rights and the selection of patent counsel. Company shall reimburse Rockefeller for all such costs incurred to date. From the Effective Date of this Agreement, Company desires to manage the preparation, prosecution and maintenance of the Rockefeller Patent Rights with input from Rockefeller. Company and Rockefeller will enter into a Client and Billing Agreement with patent counsel in the form attached as Exhibit E.

7.2 Patent Reimbursement . Within thirty (30) days after the Effective Date, Company shall initiate reimbursement to Rockefeller for all historically accrued, un-reimbursed attorney’s fees, expenses, official fees and all other charges accumulated prior to the Effective Date incident to the preparation, prosecution and maintenance of the Rockefeller Patent Rights.

 

8. INFRINGEMENT

8.1 Notice . Company and Rockefeller will notify each other promptly of any infringement of the Rockefeller Patent Rights that may come to their attention. Company and Rockefeller will consult each other in a timely manner concerning any appropriate response to the infringement.

8.2 Prosecution . Company or Rockefeller may prosecute an action against a third party to protect the Rockefeller Patent Rights, including an infringement action by mutual agreement. The expenses of such action, including attorney’s fees, expert fees and all other costs and expenses of the litigation, including appeals and settlement processes including alternative dispute mechanisms, shall be borne by the party instituting the action. The parties shall enter into a joint litigation and defense agreement on mutually agreeable terms. Each party shall execute all necessary and proper documents and take all other appropriate actions to allow the other party to institute and prosecute

 

9


the action. Any award paid by a third party as a result of such action (whether by way of settlement or otherwise) shall first be applied toward reimbursement of attorney’s fees, expert fees and all other costs and expenses of the litigation, including appeals and settlement processes including alternative dispute mechanisms; and the excess, if any, shall be allocated between the Parties according to the following ratio: seventy (70%) percent to the initiating party, thirty (30%) percent to the joining party.

8.3 Cooperation . In any litigation under this Article 8, either party, at the request and expense of the other party, will cooperate to the fullest extent reasonably possible. This Section 8.3 will not be construed to require either party to undertake any activities, including legal discovery, at the request of any third party, except as may be required by lawful process of a court of competent jurisdiction.

 

9. DISCLAIMER OF WARRANTIES; LIMITATION OF LIABILITIES

THE ROCKEFELLER PATENT RIGHTS, ROCKEFELLER MATERIALS, ROCKEFELLER TECHNICAL INFORMATION, LICENSED PRODUCTS, AND ANY OTHER TECHNOLOGY LICENSED UNDER THIS AGREEMENT ARE PROVIDED ON AN “AS IS” BASIS. TO THE KNOWLEDGE OF THE OFFICE OF TECHNOLOGY TRANSFER AT ROCKEFELLER, THERE ARE NO OUTSTANDING CLAIMS ASSERTED BY OR AGAINST ROCKEFELLER ALLEGING INFRINGEMENT IN CONNECTION WITH THE ROCKEFELLER PATENT RIGHTS, ROCKEFELLER MATERIALS AND ROCKEFELLER TECHNICAL INFORMATION. ROCKEFELLER MAKES NO REPRESENTATIONS OR WARRANTIES, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO ANY WARRANTY OF ACCURACY, COMPLETENESS, PERFORMANCE, MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, COMMERCIAL UTILITY, NON-INFRINGEMENT OR TITLE. ROCKEFELLER WILL NOT BE LIABLE TO COMPANY, ITS SUCCESSORS OR ASSIGNS, OR ANY THIRD PARTY WITH RESPECT TO ANY CLAIM: ARISING FROM COMPANY’S USE OF THE ROCKEFELLER PATENT RIGHTS, ROCKEFELLER MATERIALS, ROCKEFELLER TECHNICAL INFORMATION, LICENSED PRODUCTS OR ANY OTHER TECHNOLOGY LICENSED UNDER THIS AGREEMENT; ARISING FROM THE DEVELOPMENT, TESTING, MANUFACTURE, USE OR SALE OF LICENSED PRODUCTS; OR FOR LOST PROFITS, BUSINESS INTERRUPTION, OR INDIRECT, SPECIAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OF ANY KIND.

 

10. INDEMNIFICATION

10.1 Indemnification by Company . Company will defend, indemnify, and hold harmless Rockefeller, and its trustees, officers, faculty, agents, employees and students (each, a “ Rockefeller Indemnified Party ”) from and against any and all liability, loss, damage, action, claim, or expense suffered or incurred by the Indemnified Parties, including reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses (collectively, “ Liabilities ”), arising out of or resulting from: (a) the development, testing, use, manufacture, promotion, sale or other disposition of any Rockefeller Patent Rights, Rockefeller Materials or Licensed Products by Company, its Affiliates, sublicensees, assignees or vendors or associated third parties; (b) any material breach of this Agreement by Company or its Affiliates or sublicensees; and (c) the enforcement of this Article 10 by any Rockefeller Indemnified Party. Liabilities include, but are not limited to: (x) any product liability or other claim of any kind related to use by a third party of a Licensed Product that was manufactured, sold or otherwise disposed of by Company, its Affiliates, sublicensees, assignees or vendors or third parties; (y) a claim by a third

 

10


party that the Rockefeller Patent Rights, Rockefeller Materials or the design, composition, manufacture, use, sale or other disposition of any Licensed Product infringes or violates any patent, copyright, trade secret, trademark or other intellectual property right of such third party; and (z) clinical trials or studies conducted by or on behalf of Company, its Affiliates, sublicensees, assignees or vendors or associated third parties relating to the Rockefeller Patent Rights, Rockefeller Materials or the Licensed Products, such as claims by or on behalf of a human subject of any such trial or study.

10.2 Other Provisions . Company will not settle or compromise any claim or action giving rise to Liabilities in any manner that imposes any restrictions on obligations on Rockefeller or grants any rights to the Rockefeller Patent Rights or the Licensed Products without Rockefeller’s prior written consent. If Company fails or declines to assume the defense of any claim or action within thirty (30) days after notice of the claim or action, then Rockefeller may assume the defense of such claim or action for the account and at the risk of Company, and any Liabilities related to such claim or action will be conclusively deemed a liability of Company. The indemnification rights of the Rockefeller Indemnified Parties under this Article 10 are in addition to all other rights that such indemnified party may have at law, in equity or otherwise.

 

11. INSURANCE

11.1 Coverages . Company will procure and maintain insurance policies for the following coverages with respect to personal injury, bodily injury and property damage arising out of Company’s performance under this Agreement: (a) during the Term, comprehensive general liability, including broad form and contractual liability, in a minimum amount of $2,000,000 combined single limit per occurrence and in the aggregate; (b) prior to the commencement of clinical trials involving Licensed Products, clinical trials coverage in a minimum amount of $5,000,000 combined single limit per occurrence and in the aggregate; and (c) prior to the sale of the first Licensed Product, product liability coverage, in a minimum amount of $10,000,000 combined single limit per occurrence and in the aggregate. Rockefeller may review periodically the adequacy of the minimum amounts of insurance for each coverage required by this Section 11.1, and Rockefeller reserves the right to reasonably require Company to adjust the limits accordingly. The required minimum amounts of insurance do not constitute a limitation on Company’s liability or indemnification obligations to Rockefeller under this Agreement.

11.2 Other Requirements . The policies of insurance required by Section 11.1 will be issued by an insurance carrier with an A.M. Best rating of “A” or better and will name Rockefeller as an additional insured with respect to Company’s performance under this Agreement. Company will provide Rockefeller with insurance certificates evidencing the required coverage within thirty (30) days after the commencement of each policy period and any renewal periods. Each certificate will provide that the insurance carrier will notify Rockefeller in writing at least thirty (30) days prior to the cancellation or material change in coverage.

 

12. ADDITIONAL PROVISIONS

12.1 Independent Contractors . The parties are independent contractors. Nothing contained in this Agreement is intended to create an agency, partnership or joint venture between the parties. At no time will either party make commitments or incur any charges or expenses for or on behalf of the other party.

 

11


12.2 No Discrimination . Neither Rockefeller nor Company will discriminate against any employee or applicant for employment because of race, color, sex, sexual or affectional preference, age, religion, national or ethnic origin, handicap, or veteran status.

12.3 Compliance with Laws . Company must comply with all prevailing laws, rules and regulations that apply to its activities or obligations under this Agreement. For example, Company will comply with applicable United States export laws and regulations. The transfer of certain technical data and commodities may require a license from the applicable agency of the United States government and/or written assurances by Company that Company will not export data or commodities to certain foreign countries without prior approval of the agency. Rockefeller does not represent that no license is required, or that, if required, the license will issue.

12.4 Modification, Waiver and Remedies . This Agreement may only be modified by a written amendment that is executed by an authorized representative of each party. Any waiver must be express and in writing. No waiver by either party of a breach by the other party will constitute a waiver of any different or succeeding breach. Unless otherwise specified, all remedies are cumulative.

12.5 Inventor Consulting . During the term of this Agreement, Company shall disclose to Rockefeller’s Office of Technology Transfer (“OTT”) at least 30 days prior to execution any proposed and/or draft amended consulting agreements between the Company and the inventor(s) of Licensed Products. Company represents that prior to the Effective Date of this Agreement, Company disclosed to OTT all existing and/or draft consulting agreements between the Company and the inventor(s) of Licensed Products.

12.6 Assignment . Company may not assign this Agreement or any part of it, either directly or by merger or operation of law, without the prior written consent of Rockefeller. Rockefeller will not unreasonably withhold or delay its consent, provided that: (a) at least thirty (30) days before the proposed transaction, Company gives Rockefeller written notice and such background information as may be reasonably necessary to enable Rockefeller to give an informed consent; (b) the assignee agrees in writing to be legally bound by this Agreement; and (c) the assignee agrees to deliver to Rockefeller an updated Development Plan within forty-five (45) days after the closing of the proposed transaction. Any permitted assignment will not relieve Company of responsibility for performance of any obligation of Company that has accrued at the time of the assignment. Any prohibited assignment will be null and void.

12.7 Notices . Any notice or other required communication (each, a “ Notice ”) must be in writing, addressed to the party’s respective Notice Address listed on the signature page, and delivered: (a) personally; (b) by certified mail, postage prepaid, return receipt requested; (c) by recognized overnight courier service, charges prepaid; or (d) by facsimile. A Notice will be deemed received: if delivered personally, on the date of delivery; if mailed, five (5) days after deposit in the United States mail; if sent via courier, one (1) business day after deposit with the courier service; or if sent via facsimile, upon receipt of confirmation of transmission provided that a confirming copy of such Notice is sent by certified mail, postage prepaid, return receipt requested.

12.8 Severability and Reformation . If any provision of this Agreement is held to be invalid or unenforceable by a court of competent jurisdiction, then the remaining provisions of this Agreement will remain in full force and effect. Such invalid or unenforceable provision will be automatically revised to be a valid or enforceable provision that comes as close as permitted by law to the parties’ original intent.

 

12


12.9 Headings and Counterparts . The headings of the articles and sections included in this Agreement are inserted for convenience only and are not intended to affect the meaning or interpretation of this Agreement. This Agreement may be executed in several counterparts, all of which taken together will constitute the same instrument.

12.10 Governing Law . This Agreement will be governed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York, without giving effect to the conflict of law provisions of any jurisdiction.

12.11 Dispute Resolution . If a dispute arises between the parties concerning any right or duty under this Agreement, then the parties will confer, as soon as practicable, in an attempt to resolve the dispute. If the parties are unable to resolve the dispute amicably, then the parties will submit to the exclusive jurisdiction of, and venue in, the state and Federal courts located in the State of New York with respect to all disputes arising under this Agreement.

12.12 Integration . This Agreement, together with all attached Exhibits, contain the entire agreement between the parties with respect to the Rockefeller Patent Rights and the License and supersede all other oral or written representations, statements, or agreements with respect to such subject matter.

Each party has caused this Agreement to be executed by its duly authorized representative.

 

THE ROCKEFELLER UNIVERSITY     CONTRAFECT CORPORATION
By:   /s/ John Tooze     By:   /s/ Barry Kappel
Name:   John Tooze     Name:   Barry Kappel
Title:  

Vice President

Scientific and Facilities Operations

    Title:  

Vice President

Business Development

Address:   Address:  
  The Rockefeller University     ContraFect Corporation
  Office of Technology Transfer     28 Wells Avenue
  1230 York Avenue, Box 138     Third Floor
  New York, NY 10065     Yonkers, NY 10701
Required copy to:      
  The Rockefeller University      
  Office of General Counsel      
  1230 York Avenue, Box 81      
  New York, NY 10065      

 

13


EXHIBIT A

Rockefeller Patent Rights

 

RU File Number

  

Lysin Name

  

Patent/Publication

1025    Ply SS    61/477,836

Rockefeller Materials

1. DNA clones of PlySS1 and PlySS2

2. Small quantities of these respective lysin proteins (1-5 mg) if available

3. Polyclonal rabbit antiserum (1-5 ml) to each lysin when available

4. Bacterial strain for each lysin that is sensitive to the respective lysin

 

14


EXHIBIT B

Material Transfer Agreement Form

MATERIAL TRANSFER AGREEMENT

ContraFect Corporation (“Provider”) agrees to provide                                  (“Recipient”) with certain research material requested by Recipient for use by its scientist,                                  (“Scientist”), subject to the terms and conditions set forth in this Material Transfer Agreement (the “Agreement”).

Background

1. This Agreement applies to the transfer of                                  proprietary to The Rockefeller University and licensed to Provider, and to any progeny and unmodified derivatives thereof (the “Material”), for use in Scientist’s research relating to the study of                                  (the “Research”).

2. The transfer of Material constitutes a non-exclusive license to use the Material solely for the non-commercial internal scientific research of Recipient. The Material will be used in Scientist’s laboratory by Scientist and laboratory personnel under Scientist’s immediate and direct control and shall not be transferred to any third party.

3. Prior to transfer of Material, Recipient will provide Provider a Research Plan (“Research Plan”) and agree not to conduct research outside of the Research Plan.

4. The Material will not be used in research that is subject to consulting, licensing, sponsored research or similar obligations to another commercial entity, unless written permission is first obtained from Provider.

Inventions

5. Legal title to the Material shall be unaffected by this Agreement or the transfer made hereunder. Inventorship on new inventions will be determined according to US patent law. Any inventions or discoveries made in the course of the Study that incorporate Materials (“Inventions”) made solely by Recipient employees or agents (“Recipient Sole Inventions”) shall belong to Recipient. Recipient shall promptly disclose potentially patentable Inventions to Provider. At Provider’s request and expense, Recipient shall promptly prepare, file and/or maintain patent applications or issued patents in the United States and foreign countries for any such Inventions. Any Inventions made in the course of the Study jointly by Recipient employees or agents and by Provider’s employees or agents (“Joint Inventions”) shall be jointly owned by Recipient and Provider. Provider shall have the rights to obtain patent protection in the United States and foreign countries for Joint Inventions, at its expense, unless otherwise agreed upon by the parties.

License and Option

6. Recipient hereby grants to Provider a non-exclusive, royalty-free, worldwide license, to each Recipient Sole Invention. Recipient hereby grants to Provider an option to obtain an exclusive worldwide license, to each Recipient Sole Invention and to Recipient’s interest in any Joint Inventions, on commercially reasonable terms. The option shall extend for a period of nine (9) months following disclosure of the Invention to Provider. License terms will be negotiated in good faith. In the event the parties fail to reach a mutually acceptable agreement within twelve (12) months after commencing negotiations, Recipient shall be entitled to negotiate a license with a third party for such Invention.

 

15


Publication

7. If Scientist and Recipient wish to publish results of the Research utilizing Materials, Scientist will furnish Provider with a copy of the manuscript or abstract disclosing such results not less than sixty (60) days prior to publication to allow Provider an opportunity to protect proprietary or intellectual property relating to the Material that might be contained in such disclosure. If Provider notifies Recipient during sixty day period that Provider proposes to file, or to request Recipient to file, patent applications relating to Inventions contained in any such publication or presentation, disclosure will be delayed whereby such delay shall not exceed an additional thirty (30) days. Scientist and Recipient shall acknowledge Provider as the source of the Material in any publication of Research results.

Confidentiality

8. Provider will hold as confidential any disclosures made under Paragraphs 4 and 6.

Indemnification

9. Scientist and Recipient will bear all risk resulting from use, directly or indirectly, of the Material and shall indemnify and hold harmless Provider and its affiliates, officers, directors, and employees against all liabilities and claims arising out of or in connection with the use of the Material, excepting those arising from any defects in the Material caused by the negligence or willful misconduct of Provider.

No Warranty

10. The Material is experimental in nature and shall be used with prudence and appropriate caution, since not all of its characteristics are known. THE MATERIAL IS PROVIDED WITHOUT WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE OR ANY OTHER WARRANTY, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED. Provider makes no representation or warranty that the use of the Material will not infringe any patent or other proprietary right.

Termination

11. This Agreement will terminate upon completion of Research. Upon termination, Scientist shall return to Provider any unused samples of the Material following written request from Provider.

Research Plan and Transfer to Third Parties

12. It is agreed that should the Recipient conduct research outside of the Research Plan, any Inventions resulting from such research in breach of this Agreement would be assigned to the Provider.

13. A transfer of Material by Recipient to a third party shall be considered a breach of this Agreement. Recipient acknowledges and agrees that irreparable injury and damage could result from the breach of its obligation hereunder with respect to transfer of Materials to third parties, and that monetary damages might not be a sufficient remedy for any breach of this Agreement by Recipient and that the Provider shall be entitled to injunctive relief as a remedy for any such breach.

Miscellaneous

14. The Material is provided to Recipient for use in animals or in vitro. The Material will not be used in humans, including for purposes of diagnostic testing. Scientist and Recipient will use the Material in compliance with all laws, governmental regulations and guidelines, including without limitation current NIH guidelines and any regulations or guidelines pertaining to research with recombinant DNA, which may be applicable to the Material.

 

16


15. This Agreement is not assignable. This Agreement is governed by the laws of the State of New York.

 

ContraFect Corporation     Recipient
By:         By:    
Name:         Name:    
Title:         Title:    
Date:         Date:    
      Scientist:    
      Date:    

 

17


EXHIBIT C

Development Plan Report Requirements

 

    Date of Development Plan Progress Report and time covered by such report.

 

    Major research and commercialization activities completed by Company and/or third parties since the most recent Development Plan Progress Report.

 

    Significant research and development projects currently being performed by COMPANY and/or third parties at the time Development Plan Progress Report is submitted, and projected date of completion.

 

    Significant development activities to be undertaken by Company and/or third parties during the next calendar year.

 

    Significant changes to the Development Plan and previous Development Plan Progress Reports submitted to Rockefeller, including the reasons for the changes and future variables that may cause additional changes.

 

    Dates of all reports made available to shareholders during the reporting period, including 10-K and 10-Q filings made to the United States Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

18


EXHIBIT D

Equity Documents

 

19


EXHIBIT E

Client And Billing Agreement Form

The Rockefeller University (“Rockefeller”), a New York non-profit education corporation doing business at 1230 York Avenue, New York, NY 10021; and ContraFect Corporation (“Company”), a corporation doing business at 28 Wells Avenue, 3 rd Floor, Yonkers, NY 10701, have entered into a License Agreement with respect to certain inventions which are the subject of the patent applications and patents listed in Appendix A hereto, including any continuations, divisions, extensions thereof, and any foreign counterpart patents, applications, or registrations (“Patent Rights”);

Rockefeller has retained the services of Klauber & Jackson (“Law Firm”), with offices at 411 Hackensack Avenue, Hackensack, NJ 07601 , to prepare, file and prosecute the pending patent applications constituting the Patent Rights and to maintain the patents that issue thereon;

Rockefeller, Company and Law Firm, intending to formalize their business relationships, agree as follows:

 

1. Rockefeller is the owner of the Patent Rights

 

2. Company is the licensee of Rockefeller’s interest in the Patent Rights.

 

3. Rockefeller shall maintain its existing attorney-client relationship with Law Firm in furtherance of efforts to secure and maintain the Patent Rights.

 

4. Law Firm will interact directly with Company on all patent prosecution and patent maintenance matters related to the Patent Rights and will copy Rockefeller on all correspondence related thereto. Company and Law Firm agree to use all reasonable efforts to notify Rockefeller in writing at least thirty (30) days prior to the due date or deadline for any action which could adversely affect the pending status of any patent application within the Patent Rights, the maintenance of any granted patent within the Patent Rights, Rockefeller’s right to file any continuing application or foreign counterpart application based on the Patent Rights, or the breadth of any claim within the Patent Rights. In any case, Company shall give Rockefeller written notice of any final decision regarding the action to be taken or not to be taken on such matters prior to instructing Law Firm to implement the decision. Rockefeller reserves the right to countermand any instruction given by Company to Law Firm.

 

5. Law Firm’s legal services relating to the Patent Rights will be performed on behalf of Rockefeller. Law Firm shall invoice Company directly for all work relating to the filing, prosecution and maintenance of the Patent Rights and shall provide copies of all invoices to Rockefeller. Company is responsible for the payment of all charges and fees so invoiced by Law Firm. Company will pay invoices directly to Law Firm and copy Rockefeller on each payment.

 

6. To clarify each party’s position with regard to prosecution and maintenance of the Patent Rights, either Rockefeller or Company will notify Law Firm in writing of all decisions to authorize the performance of any desired service(s), which shall be subject to Rockefeller’s right to countermand, as provided in paragraph 4, above. In the event Rockefeller countermands any decision or instruction of Company, such countermand shall be promptly communicated in writing to Law Firm and Company.

 

7.

This agreement represents the complete understanding of each of the undersigned parties as to the client and billing arrangements defined herein. Additions or deletions of dockets identified in Appendix A will become effective only by written addendum to Appendix A. All such additions or deletions of individual patents or applications filed in the US, or as foreign counterparts thereof are considered to be within the terms of this client and billing agreement.


8. Notices and copies of all correspondence relating to the Patent Rights should be sent to the following:

 

T O ROCKEFELLER:   T O COMPANY:
Office for Technology Transfer  
The Rockefeller University  
1230 York Ave. Box 81  
New York, NY 10021  
Attn: Director   Attn:
To Law Firm:  

ACCEPTED AND AGREED TO:

THE ROCKEFELLER UNIVERSITY     COMPANY
By:         By:    
Name:         Name:    
Title:         Title:    
Date:         Date:    
LAW FIRM      
By:          
Name:          
Title:          
Date:          

 

21


Appendix A

COMPANY LICENSED TECHNOLOGIES

 

ROCKEFELLER
Docket Number
   Law Firm Docket
Number
   13    Title    14   

Patent

Number

 

22

EXHIBIT 10.2

LEASE AGREEMENT

THIS LEASE AGREEMENT (“Lease”) made as of the date and year set forth below, by Hudson View Building #3 LLC (“Landlord”), having an address at 485 West Putnam Avenue, Greenwich, Connecticut, 06830 and ContraFect Corporation, a Delaware corporation (“Tenant”), having an address at 469 7 th Avenue, New York, New York 10018.

WITNESSETH:

1. BASIC LEASE PROVISIONS AND ENUMERATION OF EXHIBITS

 

  1.1. Basic Lease Provisions .

 

  a. ADDRESS OF LANDLORD: 485 West Putnam Avenue, Greenwich, Connecticut 06830.

 

  b. COMMON AREA: That area more particularly described on Exhibit A attached hereto.

 

  c. BUILDING: The improvements at 28 Wells Avenue, Yonkers, New York known as i.park Hudson, Building #3 and more particularly described on Exhibit A-1.

 

  d. DATE OF LEASE: December 1, 2010

 

  e. EFFECTIVE DATE: The date on which this Lease is fully executed and delivered by Landlord and Tenant, and when Tenant delivered to Landlord, simultaneously with Tenant’s delivery of the Tenant-executed lease.

 

  f. EXPIRATION DATE: The fifteen (15) year anniversary of the Rent Commencement Date, subject to the applicable option periods.

 

  g. I.PARK. That parcel of land and the improvements thereon known as i.park Hudson, Yonkers, NY and shown on Exhibit A attached hereto.

 

  h. Intentionally omitted.

 

1


  i. LANDLORD’S LABORATORY SPACE WORK: Certain interior leasehold improvements to be performed by Landlord to the Laboratory Space at the Tenant’s sole cost and expense in the amount of $ 1,409,414.00, except for the Landlord Allowance as provided in this paragraph. The Laboratory Space Work is referenced in Section 15.2 and is more particularly described in Exhibit D attached hereto and made a part hereof. Tenant shall pay Landlord every three weeks for work performed based on the AIA Construction Schedule attached hereto as Exhibit F. Tenant shall have their own representative to approve such work. Provided Tenant has paid for all of the Laboratory Space Work to Landlord’s satisfaction and provided Tenant is not in default under any of the terms and conditions of this Lease beyond applicable notice and cure periods, Landlord shall give Tenant a construction allowance (“Landlord Allowance”) in the amount of $56.00 per square foot for Tenant’s Work to construct the Laboratory Space (at 6,565 square feet, the Landlord Allowance would total $367,640.00). This construction allowance will be paid by Landlord directly to the applicable contractor(s) on Tenant’s behalf. Landlord’s Laboratory Space work must be completed and a temporary and/or permanent Certificate of Occupancy issued for the Laboratory Space by June 30, 2011 TIME BEING OF THE ESSENCE.

 

  j. LANDLORD’S OFFICE SPACE WORK: Landlord to provide turnkey build-out of Office Space at Landlord’s sole cost and expense as more particularly described in Exhibit C attached hereto and made a part hereof. Tenant to reimburse Landlord an amount not to exceed $230,000 for Tenant upgrades as shown on Exhibit C. Landlord’s Office Space work must be completed and a temporary and/or permanent Certificate of Occupancy issued for the Office Space by June 30, 2011 TIME BEING OF THE ESSENCE.

 

  k. LEASE COMMENCEMENT DATE: The date on which the Office and Laboratory Space are delivered to Tenant for occupancy in accordance with New York State, Westchester County and Yonkers Building Codes and with a temporary and/or final Certificate of Occupancy. Furthermore, this is the date that Tenant shall start to first pay rent. However, if Landlord obtains a Temporary Certificate of Occupancy it must continue to extend it throughout the lease terms and ultimately obtain a Final Certificate of Occupancy.

 

  l. LEASED PREMISES: Approximately 15,040 rentable square feet located on the western side of the 3 rd floor of the Building, as more particularly shown on Exhibit B attached hereto.

 

2


  m. MINIMUM ANNUAL RENT

Initial Term:

 

Year

 

Per Year

    

Per Month

1.

  $329,192.00      $27,981.32

2.

  $335,775.84      $27,432.67

3.

  $342,491.36      $28,540.95

4.

  $349,341.18      $29,111.77

5.

  $356,328.01      $29,694.00

6.

  $363,454.57      $30,287.88

7.

  $370,723.66      $30,893.64

8.

  $378,138.13      $31,511.51

9.

  $385,700.89      $32,141.74

10.

  $393,414.91      $32,784.58

11.

  $401,283.21      $33,440.27

12.

  $409,308.88      $34,109.07

13.

  $417,495.05      $34,791.25

14.

  $425,844.95      $35,487.08

15.

  $434,361.85      $36,196.82

The foregoing schedule of Minimum Annual Rent is based on $24.00 per rentable square foot for the Office Space (to consist of 8,475 rentable square feet of the Leased Premises) and $19.19 per rentable square foot for Laboratory Space (to consist of 6,565 rentable square feet of the Leased Premises) for the first year of the Term (collectively the base rent for the Office Space and the base rent for the Laboratory Space shall be the “Minimum Annual Rent”).

First Renewal Term:

 

Year

 

Per Year

    

Per Month

1.

  $443,049.09      $36,920.76

2.

  $451,910.07      $37,659.17

3.

  $460,948.27      $38,412.36

4.

  $470,167.24      $39,180.60

5.

  $479,570.58      $39,964.22

Second Renewal Term:

 

Year

 

Per Year

    

Per Month

1.

  $489,162.00      $40,763.50

2.

  $498,945.24      $41,578.77

3.

  $508,924.14      $42,410.34

4.

  $519,102.62      $43,258.55

5.

  $529,484.68      $44,123.72

 

3


  n. PARKING SPACES. Tenant shall have the exclusive right to use seven (7) specifically designated parking spaces and thirty (30) other parking spaces in the portion of the Common Area delineated on Exhibit A-2 attached hereto (the “Parking Area”). Tenant’s parking space allotment shall proportionally increase in the exact same manner as is set forth herein with any additional square footage that it leases from Landlord.

 

  o. PERMITTED USE. Subject to the provisions of this Lease, the provisions of all applicable permits and licenses and the provisions of all applicable local, state and federal law, Tenant shall use and occupy the Leased Premises as follows, and for no other purpose whatsoever: for general office use and for purposes incidental thereto and as a medical research and/or process development Laboratory as more fully described on Exhibit E attached hereto. In the event Tenant assigns this interest in the Lease or sublets the Leased Premises pursuant to the provisions of Article 11 hereof, the Leased Premises may be used for another lawful use, subject to the Landlord’s consent, which shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed. Tenant will not use or occupy or permit the use or occupancy of the Leased Premises for any purpose which is forbidden by law, ordinance or governmental or municipal regulation or order; or permit the maintenance of any public or private nuisance; or do or permit any other thing which may disturb the quiet enjoyment of any other tenant of the Building; or keep any substance or carry on or permit any operation which might emit offensive odors or conditions into other portions of the Building or use any apparatus which might make undue noise or create vibrations in the Building; or permit anything to be done which would increase the fire and extended coverage insurance rate on the Building or contents, provided that if there is any increase in such rate by reason of acts of Tenant, then Tenant agrees to pay such increase promptly upon demand therefor by Landlord. Payment by Tenant of any such rate increase shall not be a waiver of Tenant’s duty to comply herewith. However, Landlord represents that its insurance rate coverage premiums already take into consideration a Tenant that will operate a biotechnology laboratory in the Leased Premises and expects no increase in premiums based on Tenant’s ordinary use of the Leased Premises. Landlord represents that the Building is located in a building zone that allows Tenant’s permitted uses of the Leased Premises.

 

  p. PROPERTY: The Building together with the land upon which it is situated.

 

4


  q. REGULAR BUSINESS HOURS: 24 hours a day – everyday.

 

  r. RENEWAL TERMS: Those two five (5) year terms commencing on the Expiration Date and the Expiration Date of the First Renewal Term respectively.

 

  s. RENT: The Minimum Annual Rent, together with all additional rent (if any) for which shall be due and payable hereunder.

 

  t. RENT COMMENCEMENT DATE: See Lease Commencement Date.

 

  u. TENANT’S SHARE OF BUILDING: 9.12%

 

  v. TERM. The term of the Lease shall run from the Lease Commencement Date to the Expiration Date unless such term is extended pursuant to the provisions of Section 2.4 of this Lease.

 

  w. UNAVOIDABLE DELAYS: Delays resulting from acts of God, governmental restrictions or guidelines (not including those imposed by the City of Yonkers Building Department), strikes, disturbances, national shortages of materials and supplies and from any other causes or events whatsoever beyond Landlord’s reasonable control.

 

  1.2. Significance of a Basic Lease Provision . Each reference in this Lease to any of the Basic Lease Provisions contained in Section 1.1 shall be deemed and construed to incorporate all of the terms provided under each of such Basic Lease Provisions and such provisions shall be read in conjunction with all other provisions of this Lease applicable thereto. References to other sections appearing in Section 1.1 of this Lease are intended to designate some of the other places in this Lease where additional provisions applicable to the particular Lease provision appear. These references are for convenience only and shall not be deemed exhaustive.

 

  1.3. Enumeration of Exhibits . The Exhibits enumerated in this section and attached to this Lease are incorporated herein by this reference and are to be construed as part of this Lease.

Exhibit A-1. Site Plan showing the layout of i.park, the Building and Common Area.

Exhibit A-2. Parking Layout Plan.

Exhibit B-1. Plan of the Leased Premises.

Exhibit B-2. Plan of Expansion Premises.

Exhibit C. Landlord’s Work for Office Space

Exhibit D. Laboratory Space Work/Performance Budget

Exhibit E. Tenant’s Laboratory Use

 

5


Exhibit F. AIA Construction Schedule

Exhibit G. Form of Non-Disturbance Agreement

 

2. LEASED PREMISES AND TERM

 

  2.1. Grant of Lease . Landlord hereby leases and demises to Tenant, and Tenant hereby leases from Landlord, subject to and with the benefit of the terms of this Lease, the Leased Premises.

 

  2.2. Property . Landlord reserves the right to change the Common Areas, and the tenancies in the Common Areas. However, the new name and Tenant’s parking spaces around the Building shall not be changed without Tenant’s consent. The Leased Premises as now configured is shown on the Plan attached as Exhibit B to this Lease. Landlord agrees that the Building name and address will be 28 Wells Avenue, Yonkers, New York and not i.Park Hudson. Landlord, at its sole cost and expense, shall remove all i.Park Hudson signage from the subject Building prior to the Lease Commencement Date and replace it with new high-end signage reflecting the building name as 28 Wells Avenue that is mutually agreeable between Landlord and Tenant.

 

  2.3. Square Footage of Building . The rentable area of the Building may at any time during the Term be measured by authorized representatives of Landlord or Tenant. If that measurement discloses a different rentable or usable area for the Building than is shown in subparagraph 1.1 (c) above, then “Minimum Annual Rent” and “Tenant’s Share,” both defined in Section 1.1 , shall be adjusted accordingly.

 

  2.4. Term of Lease .

 

  a. Initial Term. Subject to any provisions herein to the contrary, the term of this Lease and all obligations of Tenant hereunder (other than the obligation to Minimum Annual Rent herein) shall commence on the Lease Commencement Date and shall expire on the Expiration Date, or extended as provided in this Lease. The obligation to pay Minimum Annual Rent shall commence on the Lease Commencement Date and continue throughout the Term and the Renewal Term, if applicable.

 

  b. Renewal Term :

 

  i. Provided that no event of default has occurred or is occurring under this Lease, and further provided that Tenant delivers written notice to Landlord that it wishes to extend the term of this Lease at least six (6) months prior to the Expiration Date, the Tenant shall have the option to renew this Lease with respect to all of the Leased Premises throughout the Renewal Term.

 

6


During the Renewal Term, the Minimum Annual Rent shall be in the amount set forth in Section 1.1 above and all other terms and conditions set forth in this Lease shall remain in full force and effect.

 

  2.5. Quiet Enjoyment . Landlord covenants that Tenant, on paying the rents, the Tenant’s contribution and performing all of Tenant’s obligations pursuant to this Lease, shall peacefully and quietly have, hold and enjoy the Leased Premises throughout the Term without hindrance or molestation by anyone claiming by or through Landlord, subject, however, to the exceptions, reservations and conditions of this Lease.

 

3. TENANT’S WORK

 

  3.1. Tenant Approvals . Landlord is performing all Laboratory Space and Office Space buildout work. Therefore, Tenant shall cooperate with Landlord to obtain all necessary permits, licenses and approvals to build out and operate the Leased Premises in the manner described hereunder. Landlord promptly shall provide, upon receipt of any such permits, licenses and approvals, Tenant with a copy of the same.

 

  3.2. Fixtures . All readily movable furnishings, fixtures and equipment (including but not limited to lab casework, lab equipment and vivarium) owned and used by Tenant, exclusive of readily movable furnishings, fixtures and equipment owned by Landlord, in the Leased Premises shall at all times during the Term be and remain the property of Tenant without regard to the means by which they are installed in or attached to the Leased Premises. Upon expiration of this Lease and provided that Tenant is not in default hereunder, Tenant, on its own or at Landlord’s request, shall remove any or all its furnishings, fixtures and equipment as it wants to or that Landlord shall require (excluding Landlord’s furnishings, fixtures and equipment) and restore the Leased Premises and any furnishings, fixtures and equipment not removed by Tenant as provided above shall become the property of Landlord upon the expiration of the Term or termination of Tenant’s right to possession of the Leased Premises. Landlord may charge as additional rent hereunder any costs expended in the removal of fixtures, equipment and furnishings which despite Landlord’s request are not removed upon the expiration or sooner termination of the Term. Tenant shall be required to remit payment for such costs within fifteen (15) days of Landlord’s demand for same. The provisions of this section shall survive the termination of this Lease.

 

4. RENT

 

  4.1. Minimum Annual Rent . Effective as of the Lease Commencement Date, Tenant agrees to pay to Landlord, Minimum Annual Rent, in the amounts provided in Section 1.1(k) hereof, payable in advance in equal successive monthly installments on the first day of each and every calendar month during the Term and the Renewal Term, if any; provided, however, Minimum Annual Rent shall

 

7


be prorated for the applicable portion of the first and last month in which the same is due and payable.

 

  4.2. Payment of Rent . Rent shall be payable without demand, notice, offset or deduction. All Rent due under this Lease shall be paid by checks payable to the order of “ Hudson View Building #3 LLC ” which checks shall be mailed or delivered to 485 West Putnam Avenue, Greenwich, CT 06830, or in such other manner or at such other place as Landlord may from time to time designate to Tenant. Rent will be prorated for partial months or years within the Term and for partial months for which Rent is payable. Tenant’s covenant to pay Rent shall be independent of every other covenant in this Lease.

 

  4.3. Late Payment . If Tenant shall fail to pay, within fifteen (15) days of when the same is due and payable, any Rent required to be paid by Tenant under this Lease, such unpaid amounts shall bear interest from the due date thereof to the date of payment at the rate of nine (9%) percent per annum, but in no event at a rate which is higher than the legal limit. If any installment of Rent is delinquent by more than fifteen (15) days, Tenant shall also pay to Landlord a late charge in an amount equal to two (2%) percent of the amount of such delinquent installment, which late charge shall be immediately due and payable without notice or demand from Landlord and which itself shall bear interest at the rate provided above from the date due until paid.

 

5. TAXES. Tenant shall pay to Owner as additional rent, 9.12% of all increases in real estate taxes and assessments and also any occupancy tax and “tax on rents” and other governmental levies against the Property (all of which are herein called “Taxes”) over and above those Taxes levied and assessed against the Building for 2011/2012 (hereinafter referred to as the “Base Year”). The phrase “tax on rents” shall mean any tax levied, assessed, or imposed in connection with the receipt of rent under this lease for the use and occupancy of the Building, in lieu of, in whole or in part, any real estate tax upon the Building. Prior to the commencement of each year during the term of this Lease, Owner shall furnish Tenant with a written estimate of the Tenant’s pro rata share of the Taxes for said year. Said amount shall be payable in monthly installments equal to 12th of the annual amount. Said payments will be subject to adjustment upon Landlord’s receipt of actual tax bills. Tenant reserves any and all rights which Tenant may have (whether at law, equity, or otherwise) to commence or participate in any action relating to reduction or refund of Taxes.

 

6. INTENTIONALLY OMITTED.

 

7.

COMMON AREAS. For purposes of this Lease, the term “Common Areas”, as such areas and facilities are herein collectively referred to, shall mean those areas of i.park which are used in common with the Landlord, or other tenants of i.park and their respective employees, agents, guests, invitees, contractors, vendors and customers including only, sidewalks and walkways; all entrances and exits to the foregoing; retaining walls; delivery passages; paved surfaces; driveways; parking areas; dumpsters; storage areas; identification signs; water, sanitary sewer, storm sewer, plumbing, gas,

 

8


electric and other utility lines and services (which serve areas other than the Leased Premises); boilers, generators, truck service-ways; loading docks; sanitary and sump facilities; and those other facilities and service areas for common use within i.park which are used by the other tenants of i.park. Tenant is not responsible for any expenses, fees, CAM charges and/or other costs associated with the Common Areas.

 

8. LANDLORD SERVICES.

 

  8.1. Utilities and Services Furnished by Landlord . Provided there exists no event of default by Tenant hereunder, and subject to the conditions and in accordance with the standards set forth in this Section 8 , Landlord agrees:

 

  a. To operate, repair and maintain the Common Areas.

 

  b. To furnish hot and cold water for normal lavatory, laboratory, drinking and office cleaning purposes. If Tenant requires, uses or consumes water for any other purpose, Tenant agrees that Landlord may install, at Tenant’s expense, a meter or meters or other means to measure Tenant’s water consumption and that Tenant shall reimburse Landlord for the cost of all water consumed as measured by said meter or meters or as otherwise measured.

 

  c. To provide electricity, Electricity usage charges will be paid for by Tenant. All electricity usage at the Leased Premises shall be measured by sub-meter or if not available by an independent utility consultant selected by the Landlord for the purpose of establishing the cost and amount of Tenant’s electricity usage. All costs associated with the usage and determination of Tenant’s electricity consumption including the fees of such independent utility consultant shall be paid by the Tenant to Landlord as additional rent on the first day of each month or within ten (10) days of receipt of a statement from Landlord regarding the same. The findings of such utility consultant shall be conclusively binding upon Landlord and Tenant. Notwithstanding the foregoing in the event that, following the Lease Commencement Date, Landlord shall, in its sole discretion, arrange to have Tenant’s electricity usage measured by a direct meter or meters, then upon the installation and operation of such meters, Tenant shall pay all the costs of electricity associated with the Leased Premises directly to the utility company supplier.

 

  d. To provide steam heat as follows:

Landlord or, if applicable, a utility company will furnish steam when the outside temperature falls below 55 degrees Fahrenheit during Regular Business Hours on business days during the period from October 1 to May 1. Landlord or, if applicable, a utility company will also furnish steam during the period October 1 to May 1 at other than the times and days specified in the preceding sentence when the outside temperature falls below 32 degrees Fahrenheit.

 

9


  i. It is understood that the Tenant from time to time may request from the Landlord the amount that the Landlord would charge the Tenant for furnishing steam for heating purposes to the Leased Premises on non-business days or on business days other than during Regular Business Hours. The Landlord thereafter will so advise the Tenant of the amount it would charge for steam during said time periods, such amounts to be based upon the Landlord’s costs for furnishing steam to the Leased Premises. The Tenant will not be obligated to accept, and the Landlord will not be obligated to provide steam during the time periods referred to in this Section unless the Tenant and the Landlord agree in writing to all the terms and conditions upon which such steam is to be provided, including the cost thereof.

 

  e. If any federal, state, municipal or other governmental body, authority or agency, or any public utility, assesses, levies, imposes, makes or increases any charge, fee, rent or assessment on the Landlord, for any service, system or utility now or in the future supplied to the Leased Premises or to any tenant, lessee, occupancy or user thereof, or to the structures or buildings which, or a portion or portions of which, are included in the Leased Premises, (including but not limited to any sewer rent or other charge for the use of a sewer system or systems), the Tenant shall, at the option of the Landlord exercised at any time and from time to time by notice to the Tenant, pay, in accordance with such notice, such charge, fee, rent or assessment or such increase thereof (or the portion thereof allocated by the Landlord to the Leased Premises or to the operations of the Tenant under this Agreement) either directly to the governmental body, authority or agency, or to the public utility, or directly to the Landlord, as such notice may direct. All payment to be made by the Tenant hereunder shall constitute items of additional rent.

 

  f. The Landlord shall be under no obligation to supply any service or services if and to the extent and during any period that the supplying of any such service or services or the use of any component necessary therefor shall be prohibited or rationed by any federal, state or municipal law, rule, regulation, requirement, order or direction.

 

  g. The Landlord shall have no obligation or responsibility with respect to the performance of any services or providing, supplying or furnishing to the Tenant of any utilities or services whatsoever except as expressly provided in this Lease.

 

  h. Landlord shall not be responsible for the cleaning of Tenant’s premises.

 

10


  i. Landlord represents that any heating, air conditioning and ventilation system, plumbing, mechanical and/or other systems shall be in working order on the Lease Commencement Date.

 

  8.2. Cooperation; Payment of Charges; Approval of Special Equipment Usage . Tenant agrees to cooperate fully at all times with Landlord and to abide by all regulations and requirements which Landlord from time to time reasonably may prescribe for the use of the above utilities and services. Tenant agrees to pay any charge imposed by Landlord pursuant to Section 8 and any failure to pay any excess costs as described above shall constitute a breach of the obligation to pay Rent under this Lease and shall entitle Landlord to the rights herein granted for such breach. Tenant’s use of electricity and/or steam shall at no time exceed the capacity of the service to the Leased Premises.

 

  8.3. Failure, Stoppage or Interruption of Service; No Release from Obligations . Landlord shall not be liable for, and Tenant shall not be entitled to any abatement or reduction of Rent by reason of, Landlord’s failure to furnish any of the foregoing services when such failure is caused by repairs, riots, strikes, lockouts or other major disturbance or dispute of any character, governmental regulation, moratorium or other governmental action, inability by exercise of reasonable diligence to obtain electricity, water or fuel, or by any other cause beyond Landlord’s immediate control or for stoppages or interruptions of any such services for the purpose of making necessary repairs or improvements. Failure, stoppage or interruption of any such service shall not be construed as an actual or constructive eviction or as a partial eviction against Tenant, or release Tenant from the prompt and punctual performance by Tenant of the covenants contained herein. Notwithstanding anything hereinabove to the contrary, Landlord reserves the right from time to time to make reasonable modifications to the provision of utilities and services. Landlord shall use reasonable efforts to cure the failure, stoppage or interruption of any such service.

 

  8.4. Limitation and Unavailability of Service . Anything hereinabove to the contrary notwithstanding, Landlord and Tenant agree that Landlord’s obligation to furnish electricity, water and steam to the Building shall be subject to and limited by all laws, rules, and regulations of any governmental authority affecting the supply, distribution, availability, conservation or consumption of energy, including, but not limited to, electricity, gas, oil and/or water. Landlord shall abide by all such governmental laws, rules, regulations and, in so doing, Landlord shall not be in default in any manner whatsoever under the terms of this Lease, and Landlord’s compliance therewith shall not affect in any manner whatsoever Tenant’s obligation to pay the full Rent set forth in this Lease.

 

  8.5. Load Bearing Capacity . Tenant shall not overload any floor, roof, land surface, bulkhead, pavement, landing, pier or wharf at i.park and shall repair, replace or rebuild any damage caused by overloads. Landlord reserves the right to prescribe from time to time in a reasonable manner the weight and the method of transporting such load to the designated location and position of all heavy installations which Tenant wishes to place in the Leased Premises so as to properly distribute the weight thereof. Any reasonable cost of structural analysis shall be borne by Tenant.

 

11


  8.6. Unreasonable Noise or Vibration . Tenant shall take all reasonable measures not to cause unreasonable noise or vibration that may be transmitted to the structure of the Building or to any part of i.park to such a degree as to be objectionable to Landlord, its employees or to any other tenants in i.park. Vibration eliminators or other devices sufficient to eliminate such unreasonable noise or vibration shall be placed and maintained by Tenant, at Tenant’s expense if Landlord deems such measures to be required.

 

  8.7. Interference . Tenant shall not do or permit to be done anything which may interfere with the effectiveness or accessibility of any utility, mechanical, electrical and other systems installed or located anywhere at i.park, including without limitation the installation of any Tenant Improvements.

 

9. REPAIRS.

 

  9.1. Repairs by Landlord . Landlord shall, subject to Unavoidable Delays, make all necessary repairs and replacements to the foundation, roof and exterior walls of the Building, as well as to the Common Areas, including any repairs or replacements required in order to comply with any laws, ordinances or regulations, unless any such work is required because of damage caused by any act or wrongful omission of Tenant, any subtenant, customer or concessionaire of Tenant or their respective employees, agents, invitees, licensees or contractors in which case such work shall be performed by Tenant at Tenant’s sole cost and expense within 15 days of the occurrence of such act or wrongful omission.

 

     Landlord shall not be required to commence any such repair until 15 days after written notice from Tenant that the same is necessary. The provision of this Section 9.1 shall not apply in the case of damage or destruction by fire or other casualty or a taking under the power of eminent domain, in which events the obligations of Landlord shall be controlled by Section 9.14 .

 

  9.2. Repairs by Tenant . Except as provided in Section 9.1, all repairs and replacements to the Leased Premises, including, without limitation, repairs and replacements to the doors, door frames, windows, window frames, plate glass, storefront, fixtures, operating systems servicing only the Leased Premises (including any heating, air conditioning and ventilation system, plumbing, mechanical or other systems) interior walls and columns, shall be performed by Tenant, at its expense. If Tenant refuses or neglects to repair or replace any portion of the Leased Premises to the reasonable satisfaction of Landlord after fifteen (15) days notice from Landlord, or immediately (and without notice) in case of emergency, Landlord may, but shall not be obligated to make such repairs or replacements without liability to Tenant for any loss or damage which may accrue to Tenant, its merchandise, fixtures or other property or to its business, by reason thereof, and upon completion thereof, Tenant shall promptly pay Landlord in accordance with Section 16.7 hereof.

 

12


10. SUBORDINATION

 

  10.1. This Lease, and all rights of Tenant hereunder, are and shall be (a) subject and subordinate in all respects to all present and future mortgages, which may now or hereafter affect i.park and/or the Leased Premises. The foregoing shall extend to each and every advance made or hereafter to be made under such mortgages, and to all renewals, modifications, replacements and extensions of such mortgages. This Section shall be self­operative and no further instrument of subordination shall be required. In confirmation of such subordination, Tenant shall promptly execute and deliver any instrument, in recordable form if required, that Landlord, or the holder of any superior mortgage or any of their respective successors in interest may request to evidence such subordination. If Tenant fails to execute any instrument required to be executed by Tenant under this Section 10 within ten (10) days after request, Tenant irrevocably appoints Landlord as its attorney-in-fact, in Tenant’s name, to execute such instrument.

 

11. ASSIGNMENT AND SUBLETTING.

 

  11.1. Prohibitions . Tenant for itself, its successors and assigns, expressly covenants that it shall not by operation of law or otherwise assign, sublet, hypothecate, encumber or mortgage this Lease, or any part therefore permit the Leased Premises, to be used by others (pursuant to any employment, management, franchise, license or concessionaire agreement, or otherwise) without the prior written consent of Landlord in each instance which consent shall not be unreasonably denied by Landlord. For purposes of this Section 11 , “assignment” shall not include any change in the control of Tenant, merger or sale of stock in the Tenant Corporation or sale of the Tenant’s assets which may be freely done by Tenant and will not constitute an assignment of this Lease. Without Landlord’s prior written consent, any attempt by Tenant to assign, sublet, encumber or mortgage this Lease shall be null and void. The consent by Landlord to any assignment, mortgage, hypothecation, encumbrance, subletting or use of the Leased Premises by others, shall not constitute a waiver of Landlord’s right to withhold its consent to any other or further assignment, subletting, mortgage, encumbrance or use of the Leased Premises by others. Without the prior written consent of Landlord, this Lease and the interest therein of any assignee of Tenant herein, shall not pass by operation of law, merger, consolidation, reorganization or otherwise, and shall not be subject to garnishment or sale under execution in any suit or proceeding which may be brought against or by Tenant or any assignee of Tenant. The absolute and unconditional prohibitions contained in this Section 11 and Tenant’s agreement thereto are material inducements to Landlord to enter into this Lease with Tenant and any breach thereof shall constitute a material default hereunder permitting Landlord to exercise all remedies provided for herein or by law or in equity on a default of Tenant.

 

13


  11.2. No Release . In no event shall any assignment or subletting to which Landlord may consent, release or relieve Tenant from its obligations to fully observe or perform all of the terms, covenants and conditions of this Lease on its part to be observed or performed.

 

  11.3. Costs . Tenant shall pay Landlord’s reasonable costs, charges and expenses, including attorney’s fees, incurred in connection with its review of any proposed assignment or proposed sublease, whether or not Landlord approves such transfer of interest, which costs, charges and expenses shall not exceed $1,500.00 in any one instance.

 

12. TENANT’S INSURANCE REQUIREMENTS.

 

  12.1. Coverage . Tenant hereby agrees to maintain m responsible companies approved by Landlord (which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld), at Tenant’s sole expense, comprehensive public liability and personal property damage insurance, including, without limitation, fire, legal liability and contractual liability insurance coverage’s, insuring Landlord, any property manager of Landlord, Landlord’s mortgagee and Tenant, their beneficiaries and agents, as their interests may appear, against all, claims, demands, or actions for injury, death or damage to property and protecting Landlord, any property manager of Landlord, and Tenant from all causes, including their own negligence, in an amount of not less than Three Million ($3,000,000) Dollars arising out of any one occurrence, made by or on behalf of any person, firm or corporation, arising from, related to, or connected with the conduct and operation of Tenant’s business in the Leased Premises, and anywhere upon the Leased Premises and, in addition, and in like amounts, covering Tenant’s contractual liability under all indemnification clauses included in this Lease (specifically including, without limitation, the hold harmless clause set forth in Section 13.1(b) below). Tenant shall maintain business interruption insurance respecting its operation of its business in the Leased Premises in an amount equal to all of Tenant’s fixed expenses, including, without limitation, all Rent due under the Lease. Tenant shall maintain plate glass insurance covering all exterior plate glass in the Leased Premises, and fire, extended coverage, vandalism, smoke, flood, earthquake, windstorm, tornado and malicious mischief insurance and such other insurance as Landlord may from time to time reasonably require. All of said insurance shall be in form and in responsible companies reasonably satisfactory to Landlord and shall provide that it will not be subject to cancellation, termination or change except after at least thirty (30) days’ prior written notice to Landlord and to any mortgagee named in an endorsement thereto. Such insurance may be provided under a blanket policy, provided that an endorsement naming Landlord (any property manager of Landlord or Landlord’s mortgagees) as additional insureds as required herein is attached thereto.

 

  12.2.

Binders . The policies or duly executed binders of the same (which binders shall evidence the insurance waiver of subrogation required at Section 20.1 hereof) together with satisfactory evidence of the payment of the premium thereon, shall

 

14


  be deposited with Landlord on the Lease Commencement Date, and upon renewals of such policies, not less than thirty (30) days prior to the expiration of the term of such coverage. If Tenant fails to comply with such requirements, Landlord may, but shall not be obligated to, obtain such insurance and keep the same in effect and Tenant shall pay Landlord the premium cost thereof with Interest upon demand. Each such payment shall constitute additional rent payable by Tenant under this Lease, and Landlord shall not be limited in the proof of any damages which Landlord may claim against Tenant arising out of or by reason of Tenant’s failure to provide and keep in force insurance as aforesaid, to the amount of insurance premium or premiums not paid or incurred by Tenant and which would have been payable upon such insurance, but Landlord, in addition to any and all other rights and remedies provided Landlord under the terms of this Lease, shall also be entitled to recover as damages for such breach the uninsured amounts of any loss, to the extent of any deficiency in the insurance required by provisions of this Lease.

 

  12.3. Minimum Amount . Tenant acknowledges and agrees that, notwithstanding any provision of this Lease to the contrary, the insurance coverage requirements set forth this Section 12 , in terms of both forms of insurance and amounts of coverage, represent the minimum protection required by Landlord and shall not constitute a representation or warranty by Landlord as to the adequacy and sufficiency of such forms of insurance and amounts of coverage. Tenant agrees to make and rely upon an independent determination regarding which additional forms of insurance or higher levels of coverage, if any, may be necessary or desirable in order to furnish Landlord and Tenant adequate protection.

 

13. TENANT’S ADDITIONAL COVENANTS

 

  13.1. Affirmative Covenants . Except as already provided for in this Lease, Tenant covenants at its expense at all times during the Term and such further time as Tenant occupies the Leased Premises or any part thereof:

 

  a. To pay promptly when due the entire cost of any work in the Leased Premises undertaken by Tenant so that the Leased Premises and the Property shall at all times be free of liens for Labor and materials; to procure all necessary permits before undertaking such work; to do all of such work in a good and workmanlike manner, employing materials of good quality; to perform such work only with contractors and plans previously approved in writing by Landlord, if required by this Lease (which approval will not be unreasonably withheld); to comply with all governmental requirements; and to defend and save Landlord and Landlord’s employees, beneficiaries and agents harmless and indemnified from all injury, loss, claims or damage to any person or property (including the cost for defending against the foregoing) occasioned by or growing out of such work.

 

15


  b. Tenant shall in all cases indemnify, defend and save Landlord, Landlord’s property manager, Landlord’s beneficiaries, employees, members and agents and their respective successors and assigns harmless and indemnified from all injury, loss, claims or damage to any person or property while on the Leased Premises or any other part of the Leased Premises from anyone claiming by, through or under Tenant.

 

  c. To permit Landlord, Landlord’s property manager, Landlord’s mortgagees and their agents to enter the Leased Premises at reasonable times for the purpose of inspecting the same, of making repairs, additions or alterations thereto or to the Common Areas in which the same are located and of showing the Leased Premises to prospective purchasers, lenders and tenants.

 

  d. To promptly comply with all present and future laws, ordinances, orders, rules, regulations and requirements of all federal, state, municipal and local governments, departments, commissions, boards and officers, and all orders, rules and regulations of the National Board of Fire Underwriters, the local Board of Fire Underwriters, or any other body or bodies exercising similar functions, foreseen or unforeseen, ordinary as well as extraordinary, which may be applicable to the Leased Premises and to all or any part thereof and/or any and all facilities used in connection therewith and the sidewalks, areaways, passageways curbs and vaults, if any, adjoining the Leased Premises, which are not part of the Common Areas or to the use or manner of use of the Leased Premises, or the owners, tenants or occupants thereof, whether or not any such law, ordinance, order, rule, regulation or requirement shall interfere with the use and enjoyment of the Leased Premises.

 

  e. To pay all costs, expenses, claims, fines, penalties and damages that may in any manner arise out of or be imposed because of the failure of Tenant to comply with the provisions of this Section 13 , and in any event to defend and indemnify Landlord against all liability arising out of such failure. Tenant shall promptly give notice to Landlord of any notice of violation received by Tenant. Without diminishing the obligation of Tenant, if Tenant shall at any time after five (5) days notice by Landlord fail or neglect to comply, or to commence to comply as expeditiously as is reasonably feasible, with any of said laws, rules, requirements, orders, directions, ordinances or regulations concerning or affecting the Leased Premises, or the use and occupancy thereof, as hereinbefore provided, and, if a stay is necessary, shall have failed to obtain a stay or continuance thereof, Landlord shall be at liberty to comply therewith, and all expenses consequent thereon shall be borne and paid by Tenant in accordance with Section 16.7 hereof.

 

  f.

To execute and deliver at any time and from time to time at reasonable intervals, within ten (10) days after written request by Landlord, to

 

16


Landlord, Landlord’s mortgagee or others designated by Landlord, a certificate in a form as may from time to time be provided, ratifying this Lease and certifying: (i) that Tenant has entered into occupancy of the Leased Premises and the date of such entry, if such is the case; (ii) that this Lease is in full force and effect, and has not been assigned, modified, supplemented or amended in any way (or if there has been any assignment, modification, supplement or amendment, identifying the same); (iii) that this Lease represents the entire agreement between Landlord and Tenant as to the subject matter hereof; (iv) the Lease Commencement Date and the Expiration Date of the Term; (v) that all conditions under this Lease to be performed by Landlord have been satisfied (and if not, what conditions remain unperformed); (vi) that, to the best of Tenant’s knowledge, no default by either party exists in the performance or observance of any covenant or condition in this Lease and there are no defenses or offsets against the enforcement of this Lease by Landlord or specifying each default, defense or offset of which Tenant may have knowledge; (vii) the amount of Minimum Annual Rent or other rental, if any, that has been paid in advance and the amount of any security deposit that has been deposited with Landlord; and (viii) the date to which Minimum Annual Rent and all other rentals and charges have been paid under this Lease. Tenant hereby irrevocably appoints Landlord its attorney-in-fact to execute such a certificate in the event Tenant shall fail to do so within ten (10) days of receipt of Landlord’s request.

 

  g. To keep and maintain the Leased Premises in a neat, safe and orderly condition. Tenant’s maintenance of the Leased Premises shall include, without limitation, the following: (i) cleaning the Leased Premises nightly either prior to or after closing (i.e., vacuuming all carpeted areas, collecting and dumping all refuse in accordance with the provisions hereof, mopping all hard-surfaced floors); (ii) periodically upgrading and replacing fixtures and other personal property. In the event Tenant fails to maintain the Leased Premises in a first-class manner as is required hereunder, and does not cure such failure within fifteen (15) days after notice from Landlord, then Landlord may, but shall not be obligated to, perform whatever maintenance Tenant fails to do at Tenant’s expense without liability to Tenant for any loss or damage which may accrue to Tenant, its merchandise, fixtures or other property or its business. If Landlord undertakes such maintenance, Tenant shall promptly pay Landlord for the cost of such maintenance as additional rent in accordance with Section 16.7 hereof.

 

  h. To protect the Leased Premises from theft and vandalism and to take all necessary security measures at the closing of Tenant’s business (including securing all doors and windows) to protect against unauthorized entry into the Leased Premises and the Common Areas.

 

17


14. DAMAGE OR TAKING AND RESTORATION

 

  14.1. Fire, Explosion or Other Casualty . If the Leased Premises, or any part thereof, shall be damaged by fire or other cause, this Lease shall continue in full force and effect unless Landlord or Tenant elects within sixty (60) days of such casualty to terminate this Lease. Unless Landlord or Tenant elects to terminate this Lease Landlord shall, subject to compliance with the provisions of any applicable mortgage a, repair the damage and restore and rebuild the Leased Premises) with reasonable diligence subject to Unavoidable Delays. If because of the casualty, repairing, or rebuilding the Building is rendered untenantable, in whole or in part, the Rent and additional rent shall be abated. Unless tenant elected to terminate this Lease, Tenant shall promptly reopen for business after Landlord’s repairs are completed.

 

  14.2. Eminent Domain . In the event that the whole or substantially all of the Leased Premises shall be condemned or taken in any manner (including agreement between Landlord and any governmental authority authorized to exercise such right) for any public or quasi-public use, this Lease shall forthwith cease and terminate as of the date of vesting of title and the Rent due from Tenant hereunder shall be apportioned and paid to such date of vesting. In the event that only a part of the Leased Premises consisting of less than substantially all thereof shall be so condemned or taken, then effective as of the date of vesting of title, the Rent reserved hereunder for such part shall be equitably abated and this Lease shall continue as to such part not so taken.

 

     If a substantial part or the whole of the Leased Premises is taken for a term of less than twelve (12) months, the Lease shall remain in full force and effect, except that Rent shall abate during the term of such temporary taking as to the portion of the Leased Premises so taken.

 

     In the event of any condemnation or taking, Landlord shall be entitled to receive the entire award in the condemnation proceeding, including any award made for the value of the estate vested by this Lease in Tenant, and Tenant hereby expressly assigns to Landlord any and all right, title and interest of Tenant now or hereafter arising in or to any such award or any part thereof, and Tenant shall be entitled to receive no part of such award. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Tenant shall have the right to a separate award for its trade fixtures, equipment and relocation costs.

 

15. INTENTIONALLY DELETED

 

16. DEFAULTS BY TENANT AND REMEDIES

 

  16.1.

Defaults . It shall be an event of default: (a) if Tenant does not pay in full any and all installments of Minimum Annual Rent, additional rent, Tenant’s Construction Deposit or any other charges or payments due under this Lease when the same are due hereunder and such non-payment continues for ten (10) days after the due

 

18


  date for such payment; or (b) if Tenant violates or fails to perform or otherwise breaches any agreement, term, covenant or condition herein contained and such violation, failure or breach continues for thirty (30) days after notice from Landlord; provided that such thirty (30) day period shall be extended for up to an additional ninety (90) days if such violation, failure or breach is reasonably susceptible of cure but cannot reasonably be cured within such thirty (30) day period, and Tenant is diligently proceeding with such cure; or (c) if Tenant vacates or abandons the Leased Premises, or fails to carry on its business at the Leased Premises for a period of thirty (30) consecutive days unless due to casualty, or strike; or (d) if Tenant removes or attempts to remove Tenant’s furniture, fixtures or equipment from the Leased Premises without replacing them; or (e) if Tenant becomes insolvent or bankrupt or makes an assignment for the benefit of creditors or offers a composition or settlement to creditors, under any federal or state law, or if a petition in bankruptcy or for reorganization or for an arrangement with creditors under any federal or state law is filed by or against Tenant, or Tenant is adjudicated insolvent pursuant to the provisions of any present or future insolvency law of any state having jurisdiction, or a bill in equity or other proceeding for the appointment of a receiver, trustee, liquidator, custodian, conservator or similar official for any of Tenant’s assets is commenced, under any federal or state law by reason of Tenant’s inability to pay its debts as they become due or otherwise, or if Tenant’s estate by this Lease or any real or personal property of Tenant shall be levied or executed upon by any sheriff or marshal: or by other process of law; provided, however, that any proceeding brought by anyone other than the parties to this Lease under any bankruptcy, reorganization, arrangement, insolvency, readjustment, receivership or similar law shall not constitute an event of default until such proceeding, decree, judgment or order has continued unstayed for more than thirty (30) consecutive days.

 

  16.2. Bankruptcy . If this Lease is assigned to any person or entity pursuant to the provisions of the Bankruptcy Code, or any similar provisions of any future federal bankruptcy Jaw (the “Bankruptcy Code”), any and all monies or other considerations payable or otherwise to be delivered in connection with such assignment shall be paid or delivered to Landlord, shall be and remain the exclusive property of Landlord and shall not constitute property of Tenant or of the estate of Tenant within the meaning of the Bankruptcy Code. Any and all monies or other considerations constituting Landlord’s property under the preceding sentence not paid or delivered to Landlord shall be held in trust for the benefit of Landlord and be promptly paid to or turned over to Landlord.

 

  16.3.

Remedies . Upon the occurrence of an event of default, Landlord shall have the following rights: (a) To accelerate the whole or any part of the Rent and all other amounts due and payable under this Lease for the entire unexpired balance of the Term, and any Rent if so accelerated shall, in addition to any and all installments of Rent already due and payable and in arrears, be deemed due and payable as if, by the terms and provisions of this Lease, such accelerated Rent was on that date payable in advance. (For such purposes, all items of Rent due hereunder, which

 

19


  are not then capable of precise determination, shall be estimated by Landlord, in Landlord’s reasonable judgment, for the balance of the then current Term); (b) To enter the Leased Premises by summary process or by any suitable action or proceeding at law or by force or otherwise, without being liable for prosecution or damages therefor, and without further demand or notice proceed to sale of the goods, chattels and personal property there found, to levy the Rent, and Tenant shall pay all costs and commissions which are permitted by Jaw, including wages and sums chargeable to Landlord, and further including commission(s) to the officer or other person making the levy, and in such case all costs, commissions and other charges shall immediately attach and become part of the claim of Landlord for Rent, and any tender of Rent without said costs, commissions and charges made after the issuance of a warrant of distress, shall not be sufficient to satisfy the claim of Landlord; or (c) To terminate the Lease and remove all persons and all or any property therefrom, either by summary process or by any suitable action or proceeding at Jaw or by force or otherwise, without being liable for prosecution or damages therefor, and repossess and enjoy the Leased Premises.

 

     Upon recovering possession of the Leased Premises by reason of or based upon or arising out of an event of default on the part of Tenant, Landlord may, at Landlord’s option, make such alterations and repairs as may be necessary in order to relet the Leased Premises and thereafter relet the Leased Premises or any part or parts thereof either in Landlord’s name or otherwise, for a term or terms which may, at Landlord’s option, be less than or exceed the period which would otherwise have constituted the balance of the Term and at such rent or rents and upon such other terms and conditions as in Landlord’s sole discretion it may deem advisable and to such person or persons as may in Landlord’s discretion deems best, Upon each such reletting all rents received by Landlord from such reletting shall be applied: first, to the payment of any cost and expenses of such reletting, including brokerage fees and attorneys’ fees and all costs of such alterations and repairs; second, to the payment of any indebtedness other than Rent due hereunder from Tenant to Landlord; third, to the payment of Rent due and unpaid hereunder; and the residue, if any, shall be held by Landlord and applied in payment of future Rent as it may become due and payable hereunder. If such rentals received from such reletting during any month shall be less than that to be paid during that month by Tenant, Tenant shall pay any such deficiency to Landlord, Such deficiency shall be calculated and paid monthly, Notwithstanding anything set forth herein to the contrary, in no event shall Tenant be entitled to any surplus rents obtained by Landlord in connection with a reletting.

 

     No such re-entry or taking possession of the Premises or the making of alterations or improvements thereto or the reletting thereof shall be construed as an election on the part of Landlord to terminate this Lease unless written notice of such intention be given to Tenant, Landlord shall in no event be liable in any way whatsoever for failure to relet the Leased Premises or, in the event that the Premises or any part or parts thereof are relet, for failure to collect the Rent thereof under such reletting.

 

20


     Tenant, for Tenant and Tenant’s successors and assigns, hereby irrevocably constitutes and appoints Landlord, Tenant’s and their agent to collect the rents due and to become due under all subleases of the Leased Premises or any parts thereof without in any way affecting Tenant’s obligation to pay any unpaid balance of Rent due or to become due hereunder.

 

     Notwithstanding any expiration or termination prior to the Expiration Date or the last day of the Renewal Term, as applicable, Tenant’s obligation to pay any and all Rent and additional rent under this Lease shall continue to cover all periods up to the Expiration Date or the last day of the Renewal Term, as applicable, and Landlord shall be entitled to recover, in addition to any and all sums and damage for violation of Tenant’s obligations hereunder in existence at the time of such termination, damages for Tenant’s default in an amount equal to the amount of the Rent reserved for the balance of the Term or the Renewal Term, as applicable, plus the cost of making standard improvements and a standard commission for releasing the Leased Premises, all, of which amount shall be immediately due and payable from Tenant to Landlord.

 

  16.4. Non-Waiver . No waiver by Landlord of any breach by Tenant or any of Tenant’s obligations, agreements or covenants herein shall be a waiver of any subsequent breach or of any obligation, agreement or covenant, nor shall any forbearance by Landlord to seek a remedy for any breach by Tenant be a waiver by Landlord of any rights and remedies with respect to such or any subsequent breach.

 

  16.5. Rights and Remedies Cumulative . No right or remedy herein conferred upon or reserved to Landlord is intended to be exclusive of any other right or remedy provided herein or by law but each shall be cumulative and in addition to every other right or remedy given herein or now or hereafter existing at law or in equity or by statute and may be pursued successively or collectively as Landlord may elect. The exercise of any remedy by Landlord shall not be deemed an election of remedies or preclude Landlord from exercising any other remedies in the future.

 

  16.6. Intentionally Omitted.

 

  16.7. Curing Tenant’s Defaults . If Tenant shall be in default in the performance of any of its obligations hereunder, Landlord, without any obligation to do so, in addition to any other rights it may have in law or equity, may elect (but shall not be obligated) to cure such default on behalf of Tenant after fifteen (15) days prior written notice (except in the case of emergency or in connection with insurance obligations, in which case no notice shall be required) to Tenant. Tenant shall reimburse Landlord upon demand with Interest thereon from the respective dates of Landlord’s making the payments and incurring such costs, at the rate set forth in Section 1.1(g) , which sums and costs together with interest thereon shall be deemed additional rent payable promptly upon being billed therefor.

 

  16.8.

Attorneys’ Fees . Tenant shall pay to Landlord all costs and expenses, including reasonable attorneys, fees, incurred by Landlord in enforcing this Lease or

 

21


  incurred by Landlord as a result of any litigation to which Landlord becomes a party as a result of this Lease. Conversely, Landlord shall pay to Tenant all costs and expenses, including reasonable attorneys, fees, incurred by Tenant in enforcing this Lease or incurred by Tenant as a result of any litigation to which Tenant becomes a party as a result of Landlord’s actions. Tenant’s and Landlord’s obligations under this Section 16.8 shall expressly survive the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease.

 

  16.9. WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL . TENANT HEREBY EXPRESSLY WAIVES ANY RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY ACTION, PROCEEDING OR COUNTERCLAIM BROUGHT OR ANY MATTERS WHATSOEVER ARISING OUT OF OR IN ANY WAY CONNECTED WITH THIS LEASE, THE RELATIONSHIP OF LANDLORD AND TENANT, TENANT’S USE OR OCCUPANCY OF THE LEASED PREMISES AND/OR ANY CLAIM OF INJURY OR DAMAGE.

 

  16.10. COMMERCIAL WAIVER . THE TENANT (1) ACKNOWLEDGES THAT THIS IS A COMMERCIAL TRANSACTION AND (2) TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY ANY STATE OR FEDERAL LAW WAIVES THE RIGHT TO PRIOR NOTICE OF AND A HEARING ON THE RIGHT OF TENANT TO ANY REMEDY OR COMBINATION OF REMEDIES THAT ENABLES THE LANDLORD BY WAY OF ATTACHMENT, FOREIGN ATTACHMENT, GARNISHMENT OR REPLEVIN TO DEPRIVE TENANT OF ANY OF ITS PROPERTY AT ANY TIME, PRIOR TO FINAL JUDGMENT IN ANY LITIGATION INSTITUTED IN CONNECTION WITH THIS LEASE.

 

  16.11. Surrender/Holdover by Tenant . Upon the expiration or other termination of the Term of this Lease, Tenant shall quit and surrender the Leased Premises in good order and condition, ordinary wear and tear and damage by fire or other casualty, the elements and any cause beyond Tenant’s control excepted. Tenant acknowledges that possession of the Leased Premises must be surrendered upon the expiration or sooner termination of this Lease, TIME BEING OF THE ESSENCE. Tenant shall reimburse, indemnify and hold Landlord harmless from any loss, cost or expense, including reasonable attorneys’ fees, resulting from Tenant’s failure or refusal to vacate the Leased Premises in a timely fashion. In addition, Tenant agrees to pay for use and occupancy of the Leased Premises after the expiration or sooner termination of this lease at a rate equal to 150% of the Minimum Annual Rent, additional rent and adjustments to rent payable immediately prior to such termination or expiration. No such payment shall, however, serve to renew or extend the Term of this Lease. The obligations set forth in this section shall survive the termination of this Lease.

 

17. SECURITY DEPOSIT

Tenant shall deposit with Landlord, on the Rent Commencement Date, the sum of $ 53,566.66, equal to two (2) months of rent payments, in lawful United States currency,

 

22


for the faithful performance and observance by Tenant of the terms, provisions and conditions of this Lease. It is agreed that in the event Tenant defaults in respect of any of the terms, provisions and conditions of this Lease, including, but not limited to, the payment of Rent, Landlord may draw on such security deposit to the extent required for the payment of Rent or any other sum as to which Tenant is in default, or any sum which Landlord may expend or may be required to expend by reason of Tenant’s default in respect of any of the terms, covenants or conditions of this lease, including but not limited to, any damages or deficiency in the reletting of the Leased Premises, regardless of whether such damages or deficiency occurred before or after summary process or other re-entry by Landlord. In the event that Landlord does draw on the security deposit, Tenant shall within ten (10) days of receiving written notice from Landlord, replenish the security deposit by the amount Landlord withdrew therefrom and failure to do so within such ten (10) day period shall constitute a default under this Lease. In the event of a sale of the Leased Premises or any portion thereof, Landlord shall have the right to transfer said security deposit to the new landlord upon such transfer and Landlord shall have no further liability for the security deposit.

 

18. NOTICES

All notices and other communications hereunder (hereinafter collectively referred to as “notices”) required to be given or which may be given hereunder shall be in writing and shall be sent by (a) certified or registered mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid, or (b) national prepaid overnight delivery service or (c) telecopy or other facsimile transmissions (followed with “hard” copy sent by national prepaid overnight delivery service), or (d) personal delivery with receipt acknowledged in writing, directed as follows:

 

  Landlord: Hudson View Building #3 LLC
     485 West Putnam Avenue
     Greenwich, Connecticut 06830

 

  Tenant: ContraFect Corporation
     469 7th Avenue
     New York, NY 10018
     (prior to the Rent Commencement Date, thereafter, notices to
     Tenant shall be delivered to Tenant at the Leased Premises)

Any notice so sent by certified or registered mail shall be deemed given on the date of receipt or refusal as indicated on the return receipt. Any notice sent by telecopy or other facsimile transmission shall be deemed given when the “hard” copy sent by national prepaid overnight delivery service is received or refused. All other notices shall be deemed given when actually received or refused by the party to whom the same is directed. A notice may be given either by a party or by such party’s attorney or other authorized agent. Either party may designate by notice given to the other in accordance with the terms of this Section 18 , additional or substitute parties or addresses to whom notices should be sent hereunder.

 

23


19. ENVIRONMENTAL PROVISIONS.

 

  19.1. Hazardous Substances . The term “Hazardous Substances”, as used in this Section 19 , shall include, without limitation, flammables, explosives, radioactive materials, asbestos, polychlorinated biphanyls (PCBs), chemicals known to cause cancer or reproductive toxicity, pollutants, contaminants, hazardous wastes, toxic substances or related materials, petroleum and petroleum products, and substances declared to be hazardous or toxic under any law or regulation now or hereafter enacted or promulgated by any governmental authority.

 

  19.2. Environmental Prohibitions . Tenant shall not cause or permit to occur:

 

  a. Any violation of any federal, state, or local law, ordinance, or regulation now or hereafter enacted, related to environmental conditions on, under, or about the Leased Premises, or arising from Tenant’s use or occupancy of the Leased Premises, including, but not limited to, soil and ground water conditions; or

 

  b. The use, generation, release, manufacture, refining, production, processing storage, or disposal of any Hazardous Substances on, under, or about the Leased Premises, or the transportation to or from the Leased Premises of any Hazardous Substances in violation of law.

 

  19.3. Environmental Compliance .

 

  a. Tenant shall, at Tenant’s expense, comply with all laws regulating the use, generation, storage, transportation, or disposal of Hazardous Substances relating to the operation of the Leased Premises (the “Laws”).

 

  b. Tenant shall, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, make all submissions to, provide all information required by, and comply with all requirements of all governmental authorities (the “Authorities”) under the Laws in connection with the operation of the Leased Premises.

 

  c. If any Authority or any third party demands that a clean-up plan be prepared and that a clean-up be undertaken because of any deposit, spill, discharge, or other release of Hazardous Substances that occurs during the Term, at or from the Leased Premises, or which arises at any time from Tenant’s use or occupancy of the Leased Premises, then Tenant shall, at Tenant’s expense, prepare and submit the required plans and all related bonds and other financial assurances; and Tenant shall carry out all work required by such clean-up plans.

 

  d.

Tenant shall promptly provide all information regarding the use, generation, storage, transportation or disposal of Hazardous Substances that is reasonably requested by Landlord. Tenant shall promptly notify Landlord of any and all violations of the Laws; and, except in the case of an emergency, and subject to the next succeeding sentence, Tenant shall

 

24


  first make diligent efforts to obtain Landlord’s approval for any remedial action required in accordance with this Section 19 as a result of any violations of the Laws. Landlord may, at its sole discretion, take any and all such remedial action required under this Section 19 at Tenant’s sole cost and expense; and in such case, Tenant shall cooperate with Landlord in order to prepare all documents Landlord reasonably deems necessary or appropriate to determine the applicability of the Laws to the Leased Premises and Tenant’s use thereof, and for compliance therewith, and Tenant shall execute all such documents promptly upon Landlord’s request. No such action by Landlord and no attempt made by Landlord to mitigate damages under any Law shall constitute a waiver of any of Tenant’s obligations under this Section 19.3.

 

  e. Tenant’s obligations and liabilities under this Section  19.3 shall survive the expiration or termination of this Lease.

 

  19.4. Environmental Indemnity . Tenant shall indemnify, defend, and hold harmless Landlord and its employees, agents, members, managers, successors and assigns from all fines, suits, procedures, claims and actions of every kind and all costs, associated therewith (including reasonable attorneys’ and consultant’s fees) arising out of or in any way connected with any deposit, spill, discharge, release of Hazardous Substances or other violation of Law that occurs during the Term at or from the Leased Premises to the extent caused by Tenant or its employees, agents, contractors, Visitors, sublessors, assignees, invitees, guests or representatives, or which arises at any time, from Tenant’s failure to provide all information, make all submissions, and take all actions required by all Authorities under the Laws. Tenant’s obligations and liabilities under this Section 19.4 shall survive the expiration or termination of this Lease.

 

20. MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS

 

  20.1. Intentionally omitted.

 

  20.2. Passageways, etc . No permanent or temporary revocations or modifications of any license, permit or privilege to occupy or use or maintain any passageway, or structure in, over or under any street or sidewalk, nor any permanent or temporary deprivation of any existing right, privilege or easement appurtenant to the Leased Premises, including rights to use any part of the Common Area, shall operate as or be deemed an eviction of Tenant or in any way terminate, modify, diminish or abate the obligation of Tenant to pay all Rent and to perform each and every covenant required under this Lease provided that Tenant shall have reasonable access to the Leased Premises.

 

  20.3.

Tenant’s Conflicts . Tenant hereby covenants, warrants and represents that by executing this Lease and by the operation of the Leased Premises under this Lease, it is not violating, has not violated and will not be violating any restrictive covenant or agreement contained in any other lease or contract affecting Tenant or

 

25


  any subsidiary, affiliate, associate or any other person or entity with whom or with which Tenant is related or connected financially or otherwise. Tenant hereby covenants and agrees to defend, indemnify and save harmless Landlord, any future owner of the Leased Premises or any part thereof, and any mortgagee thereof against and from all liabilities, obligations, damages, penalties, claims, costs and expenses, including attorneys’ fees, paid, suffered or incurred by them or any of them an a result of any breach of the foregoing covenant. Tenant’s liability under this covenant extends to the acts and omissions of any subtenant, and any agent, servant, employee or licensee of Tenant or any subtenant of Tenant.

 

  20.4. Relationship of the Parties . Nothing contained herein shall be deemed or construed, by the parties hereto, nor by any third party, as creating the relationship of principal and agent, of partnership or of joint venture between the parties hereto, it being understood and agreed that neither the method of computation of rent nor any other provision contained herein, nor any acts of the parties hereto, shall be deemed to create any other relationship than that of Landlord and Tenant.

 

  20.5. Binding Effect . This Lease shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of Landlord and Landlord’s successors and assigns. This Lease shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of Tenant and Tenant’s successors and permitted assigns.

 

  20.6. Exhibits . All Exhibits attached to this Lease are made a part of this Lease and incorporated by this reference into this Lease.

 

  20.7. Entire Agreement . This Lease and the Exhibits attached to this Lease set forth all the covenants, promises, assurances, agreements, representations, conditions, warranties, statements and understandings (the “Representations” collectively) between Landlord and Tenant concerning the Leased Premises and the Building, and there are no representations, either oral or written, between them other than those in this Lease. This Lease supersedes and revokes all previous negotiations, arrangements, letters of intent, offers to lease, reservations of space, lease proposals, brochures, representations and information conveyed as to the Leased Premises, whether oral or in writing, between the parties or their respective representatives or any other person purporting to represent Landlord or Tenant. Tenant acknowledges that it has not been induced to enter into this Lease by any representations not set forth in this Lease, it has not relied on any such representations, no such representations shall be used in the interpretation or construction of this Lease and Landlord shall have no liability for any consequences arising as a result of any such representations. No subsequent alteration, amendment, change or addition to this Lease shall be binding upon Landlord or Tenant unless in writing signed by both parties.

 

  20.8.

Signing . The signing of this Lease by Tenant and delivery of this Lease to Landlord or its property manager does not constitute a reservation of or option for the Leased Premises or an agreement to enter into a Lease and this Lease shall

 

26


  become effective only if and when Landlord signs and delivers same to Tenant: Tenant shall deliver to Landlord concurrently with the delivery to Landlord of a signed Lease, certified resolutions of Tenant’s Board of Directors authorizing the signing and delivery of this Lease and the performance by Tenant of its obligations under this Lease.

 

  20.9. No Accord . No payment by Tenant or receipt by Landlord of a lesser amount than any installment or payment of Rent due shall be deemed to be other than on account of the amount due, and no endorsement or statement on any check or any letter accompanying any check or payment of Rent shall be considered an accord and satisfaction. Landlord may accept such check or payment without prejudice to Landlord’s right to recover the balance of such installment or payment of Rent or pursue any other remedies available to Landlord. No receipt of money by Landlord from Tenant after the termination of this Lease or Tenant’s right to possession of the Leased Premises shall reinstate, continue or extend the Term. Landlord may allocate payments received from Tenant to outstanding account balances of Tenant under this Lease in the manner determined by Landlord and Landlord shall not be bound by any allocations of such payments made by Tenant by notation or endorsement on checks or otherwise.

 

  20.10. Broker . Tenant represents to Landlord that Tenant has not dealt with any real estate broker, salesperson, or finder in connection with this Lease, and no such person initiated or participated in the negotiation of this Lease, or showed the Leased Premises to Tenant. Tenant agrees to indemnify, defend and hold harmless Landlord, and its agents, property manager, contractors and employees, from and against any and all claims, demands, liabilities, actions, damages, costs and expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees) for brokerage commissions or fees arising out of a breach of such representation.

 

  20.11. Force Majeure . Landlord shall not be considered in default of any of the terms, covenants and conditions of this Lease on Landlord’s part to be performed, if Landlord fails to timely perform same and such failure is due in whole or in part to any strike, lockout, union labor trouble (whether legal or illegal), civil disorder, inability to procure materials, failure of power, restrictive governmental laws and regulations, riots, insurrections, war, fuel shortages, accidents, casualties, Acts of God, acts caused directly or indirectly by Tenant (or Tenant’s agents, employees or invitees) or any other cause beyond the reasonable control of Landlord.

 

  20.12. No Waiver . The receipt by Landlord of any Rent with knowledge of the breach of any covenant of this Lease by Tenant shall not be deemed a waiver of such breach or any subsequent breach of this Lease by Tenant and no provision of this Lease and no breach of any provision of this Lease shall be deemed to have been waived by Landlord unless such waiver be in writing signed by Landlord. Notwithstanding any cancellation or termination of this Lease, nothing herein shall be consumed to release Tenant from any liability or responsibility (whether then or thereafter occurring) with respect to any acts, omissions or obligations of Tenant occurring prior to such cancellation or termination, all of which shall survive such cancellation or termination.

 

27


  20.13. Captions . Section and Section captions in this Lease are inserted only as a matter of convenience and in no way define, limit, consume or describe the scope or intent of such Section and Section captions.

 

  20.14. Applicable Law . This Lease shall be construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York.

 

  20.15. Notice of Lease . Tenant agrees not to record this Lease but each party hereto agrees, at the request of the other, to execute a Notice of Lease in recordable form complying with applicable law and reasonably satisfactory to Landlord’s attorneys. In no event shall such documents set forth the Rent or other charges paid by Tenant hereunder. Notwithstanding any provisions of this Section 20.15 , Tenant may submit a copy of this Lease to Tenant’s insurer with respect to the Leased Premises.

 

  20.16. Severability . If any clause, phrase, provision or portion of this Lease or the application of same to any person or circumstance shall be invalid or unenforceable under applicable law such event shall not affect, impair or render invalid or unenforceable the remainder of this Lease, nor any other clause phrase, provision or portion of this Lease, nor shall it affect the application of any clause, phrase, provision or portion of this Lease to other persons or circumstances.

 

  20.17. No Construction Against Preparer of Lease . This Lease has been prepared by Landlord and its professional advisors and reviewed by Tenant and its professional advisors. Landlord, Tenant and their separate advisors believe that this Lease is the product of all of their efforts, that it expresses their agreement and that it should not be interpreted in favor of either Landlord or Tenant or against either Landlord or Tenant merely because of their efforts in preparing it.

 

  20.18. Intentionally omitted.

 

  20.19. Usury . It is the intent of Landlord and Tenant to comply at all times with applicable usury laws. If at any time such laws would render usurious any amounts called for under this Lease, then it is Landlord’s and Tenant’s express intention that such excess amount be immediately credited toward Rent and the provisions hereof and thereof be immediately deemed to be reformed and the amounts thereafter collectible hereunder reduced to comply with the then applicable laws, without the necessity of the execution of any further documents.

 

  20.20. Definition of Landlord: Landlord’s Liability . The word “Landlord” is used herein to include Landlord named above as well as its successors and assigns, each of whom shall have the same rights, remedies, powers, authorities and privileges as it would have had if it originally signed this Lease as Landlord. Any such person, whether or not named herein, shall have no liability hereunder after it ceases to hold title to the Leased Premises. Neither Landlord nor any principal of Landlord nor the owner of the Leased Premises, whether disclosed or undisclosed, shall have any personal liability with respect to any of the provisions of this Lease or the Leased Premises.

 

28


  20.21. Expansion Option .

 

  a. Provided that this Lease is in full force and effect, Tenant shall have the exclusive option, to be exercised by notice (the “Election Notice”) as hereinafter provided, to include in this Lease for one (1) year as part of the Leased Premises, (i) that eastern portion of the third (3 rd ) f1oor of the Building which is presently vacant and does not include the Leased Premises, and contains approximately 15,000 rentable square feet as shown on Exhibit B-2 (the “Entire East Side”).Tenant shall have the exclusive option to lease the Expansion Space, as of a delivery date to be mutually agreed upon by the parties, but not greater than ninety (90) days from the date of the Election Notice.

 

  b. Any Election Notice shall be irrevocable upon delivery and time shall be of the essence in connection with the exercise of the Expansion Option hereunder. If Tenant does not elect to include the Expansion Space as part of the Leased Premises within one (1) year of the Lease Commencement Date, Tenant shall be deemed to have waived its expansion rights with respect to the Expansion Space.

 

  c. The Minimum Annual Rent for the Expansion Space shall be at the same per square foot rental rate as the entire Leased Premises and pursuant to all of the same Lease terms as set forth herein, including but not limited to, parking spaces, office space build out, laboratory buildout and/or rent.

 

  d. In the event Tenant duly and properly exercises the Expansion Option, the Expansion Space shall automatically become part of the Leased Premises covered by this Lease without execution of an amendment to this Lease. At the request of either party, the parties shall promptly execute and deliver a written amendment to this Lease reflecting the addition of the expansion Space as part of the Leased Premises for the remainder of the Term, the increase of the Minimum Annual Rent and additional rental.

 

  20.22.

Right of First Offer . Provided Tenant is not in default under the terms and conditions of this Lease beyond the expiration of any applicable notice and grace period, if at any time during the Term, Landlord shall desire to lease the Second (2 nd ) Floor (or if Landlord receives an offer for same that Landlord desires to accept) (such applicable space, the “ Potential Offering Space ”), then before offering to lease the Potential Offering Space to such other party (or accepting any such unsolicited offer), Landlord shall deliver to Tenant a notice (the “ ROFO Offer ”) setting forth the rental rate and all other material terms and conditions upon which Landlord would be willing to lease the Potential Offering Space (or, if applicable, enclosing a copy of the other party offer). Tenant shall, by written

 

29


  notice to be delivered to Landlord before 5:00 p.m. on the twentieth (20 th ) Business Day following Tenant’s receipt of the ROFO Offer (such 20-Business Day period, the “ ROFO Offer Response Period ”), TIME BEING OF THE ESSENCE WITH RESPECT TO SUCH TIME AND DATE, either (i) accept the ROFO Offer or (ii) decline the ROFO Offer. If Tenant fails to give a notice by the expiration of the ROFO Offer Response Period, it will be deemed to have declined the ROFO Offer. If Tenant accepts the ROFO Offer, then it shall enter into a lease amendment agreement reasonably acceptable to both Tenant and Landlord to lease all the Potential Offering Space on the terms and conditions stated in the ROFO Offer. If Tenant fails to accept the ROFO Offer during the ROFO Offer Response Period, then, except as expressly provided below, Tenant’s right of first offer shall terminate, Tenant’s rights to the space shall no longer be effective and Landlord shall have the right to lease the Potential Offering Space to any person or entity on not materially less favorable economic terms set forth in the ROFO Offer without being subject to any rights of Tenant, and Tenant shall have no further rights. If Tenant fails to accept the ROFO Offer during the ROFO Offer Response Period and thereafter Landlord desires to accept an offer to lease the Potential Offering Space from any person or entity on terms that are on materially less favorable economic terms, Landlord shall be required to deliver another ROFO Offer to Tenant in accordance with the provisions of this Section. Further, if Landlord fails to lease the Potential Offering Space to another party within three (3) months after Tenant’s rejection or deemed rejection of such space, then Tenant shall once again have the option to lease the Additional Space pursuant to this Article. “Materially less favorable economic terms” shall mean a difference office (5%) percent.

 

  20.23. Delay Damages.

 

  a. Landlord’s Laboratory Space work set forth in Section 1.1(i) must be fully completed so that a temporary and/or final certificate of occupancy is issued for the laboratory space by May 31,2011 TIME BEING OF THE ESSENCE . For every month that Landlord has not obtained a temporary and/or final certificate of occupancy for the laboratory space beyond May 31, 2011 TIME BEING OF THE ESSENCE , Tenant shall be given two (2) free months of rent. For example, if Landlord has not obtained a temporary and/or final certificate of occupancy for the Laboratory Space by May 31, 2011 TIME BEING OF THE ESSENCE , then two months rent is waived by Landlord. If Landlord has not obtained a temporary and/or final certificate of occupancy for the Laboratory Space by June 30, 2011 TIME BEING OF THE ESSENCE , then an additional two months rents are also waived by Landlord.

 

  b.

Landlord’s Laboratory Space work set forth in Section 1.1(j) must be fully completed so that a temporary and/or final certificate of occupancy is issued for the office space by June 30, 2011 TIME BEING OF THE ESSENCE . For every month that Landlord has not obtained a temporary and/or final certificate of occupancy for the office space beyond June 30,

 

30


  2011 TIME BEING OF THE ESSENCE , Tenant shall also be given two (2) free months of rent. For example, if Landlord has not obtained a temporary and/or final certificate of occupancy for the Office Space by June 30, 2011 TIME BEING OF THE ESSENCE , then two months rent is waived by Landlord. If Landlord has not obtained a temporary and/or final certificate of occupancy for the Office Space by July 31, 2011 TIME BEING OF THE ESSENCE , then an additional two months rents are also waived by Landlord.

 

WITNESSES:    

LANDLORD: HUDSON VIEW BUILDING #3

LLC

          By:   /s/ Joseph Cotter
        Joseph Cotter
        As Its: Managing Member
        and/or Authorized Agent

 

   

TENANT:

CONTRAFECT CORPORATION

          By:   /s/ Robert Nowinski
        Robert Nowinski,
        As Its: Chief Executive Officer

 

31


Exhibit A-1

 

LOGO


Exhibit B-1

 

LOGO


Exhibit B-2

 

LOGO


Exhibit C

CONTRAFECT CORP

Upgrades as per plans dated 11-03-10

Revised 11-09-10

Carpentry

Standard carpentry:

    Sheetrock walls, solid birch doors with standard hardware, Armstrong Cortega 2x4 suspended ceiling tile in 15/16” grid

Upgraded carpentry:

    225’ of Extruded aluminum frames, 30” transom

Twenty one (21) 3’x7’ aluminum frames.

Three (3) 6’x7’ aluminum frames.

28’ of 10’ high glass walls at Conference Room 317.

 1 2 ” glass frameless door for entry area (6x7)

Upgraded Budget:    $43,557.64
Upgraded Budget Break out    $19,686.24 for 558 sf of framed glass transom. ($35.28 per sf)
   $5,953.50 for (21) 3’x7’ alum door frames. ($283.50 per frame)
   $1,039.50 for (3) 6’x7’ alum door frames. ($346.50 per frame)
   $9,878.40 for 28’ of 10’ high glass wall. ($35.28 per sf)
   $7,000.00 for 6’x7’ frameless glass door & hardware at entry.

 

    Curved Walls

Upgraded Budget:    $3,414.00

    Ceilings in Conference Room 317 & 329 to be Cirrus Boarders with Supra Fina 9/16” Grid

Upgraded Budget:    $2,010.00

    Ceilings for Offices & Hallways to be Dune with Supra Fina 9/16” Grid

Upgraded Budget:    $15,598.00

    Ceilings in Hallway on 45 degree angle

Upgraded Budget:    $2,244.00

    Construct soffits as per plan.

Upgraded Budget:    $7,710.00

    Ceilings in Boardroom Room 308 to be Woodworks Vector Ceiling with Supra Fine 9/16” Grid.

Upgraded Budget:    $17,500.00


Standard finishes:

    Carpet ($22.00 per SY)

Upgraded finishes:

Upgraded Budget:    $44,202.20

    Furnish & install Bentley broadloom carpet in lieu of specified carpet on drawing.(760 SY)

(Carpet to be Modern Foundation, Distinctive Ikat or Tall Story, color to be selected)

Upgraded Budget:    $13,885.20

    Furnish & Install Armstrong Static Dissipating Tile, color to be selected. (180 sq ft)

Upgraded Budget:    $2,948.00

    Furnish & install Forbo Marmoleum Sheet Vinyl Real series color to be selected. (54 sq ft)

Includes labor to heat weld seams in sheet vinyl

Upgraded Budget:    $4,261.00

    Ceramic floor tile. Furnish & Install standard grade 2 x 2 ceramic mosaic tile, color to be selected. (100 sq ft)

Upgraded Budget:    $1,323.00

    Ceramic wall tile. Furnish & install standard grade 6 x 6 ceramic wall tile, color to be selected. (200 sq ft)

Upgraded Budget:    $2,520.00

    Furnish & install standard grade ceramic base to match wall tile. (108 lf)

Upgraded Budget:    $353.00

    Furnish & install standard grade ceramic bullnose tile to match wall tile. (108 lf)

Upgraded Budget:    $245.00

    Furnish & install Dal 24 x 24 City View Color District Gold. (778 sq ft)

Upgraded Budget:    $17,155.00

    Furnish & install standard grade pre finished cherry wood.

Upgraded Budget:    $1,512.00

Plumbing

Standard plumbing:

    Plumbing of Kitchenette.

Upgraded plumbing:

    CEO Lav, President Lav, Boardroom sink/faucet & Water heaters

Upgraded Budget:    $24,800.00


Electrical

Standard lighting:

    2x4 parabolic lighting

upgraded lighting:

Total Upgraded Budget:    $60,202.25

    A – 2x2 Direct/Indirect Fluorescent (98)

Upgraded Budget:    $19,722.25 ($201.25 each)

    C – Louis Poulsen ‘AJ Cirkul’ 18.3 Semi Recessed, Brass (3)

Upgraded Budget:    $9,487.50 ($3,162.50 each)

    D – Lightolier 6” Recessed Directional (4)

Upgraded Budget:    $1,035.00 ($258.75 each)

    M – Tech Lighting Two Circuit Monorail Satin Nickel (1)

Upgraded Budget:    $4,025.00 each

    P – Solavanti ‘Tonga I’ (3)

Upgraded Budget:    $3,363.75 ($1,121.25 each)

    P2 – Louis Poulsen ‘Orbiter’ Pendant (4)

Upgraded Budget:    $8,740.00 ($2,185.00 each)

    R – Lightolier ‘DT’ Tiered Rings 6” Recessed Polished Alum. (9)

Upgraded Budget:    $3,363.75 ($373.75 each)

    S – Louis Poulsen ‘Orbiter’ Sconce (4)

Upgraded Budget:    $8,740.00 ($2,185 each)

    W – Wall/Mirror Linear Light (2)

Upgraded Budget:    $1,725.00 ($862.50 each)

Notes:

    Wall finish upgrades not included at this time.

Total Upgraded budget cost if all the above are selected:             $  221,238.09


Exhibit D

 

LOGO


Exhibit F

 

LOGO


LOGO

EXHIBIT 10.3

LEASE AGREEMENT

THIS LEASE AGREEMENT (this “Lease”) made as of the date and year set forth below, by Hudson View Building #3 LLC (“Landlord”), having an address at 485 West Putnam Avenue, Greenwich, Connecticut, 06830 and ContraFect Corporation, a Delaware corporation (“Tenant”), having an address at 28 Wells Avenue, 3 rd Floor, Yonkers, New York 10701.

WITNESSETH:

 

1. BASIC LEASE PROVISIONS AND ENUMERATION OF EXHIBITS

 

  1.1 Basic Lease Provisions .

 

  a. ADDRESS OF LANDLORD: 485 West Putnam Avenue, Greenwich, Connecticut 06830.

 

  b. COMMON AREA: That area more particularly described on Exhibit A-1 attached hereto.

 

  c. BUILDING: The improvements at 28 Wells Avenue, Yonkers, New York known as i.park Hudson, Building #3 and more particularly described on Exhibit A-1.

 

  d. DATE OF LEASE: January 1, 2012.

 

  e. EFFECTIVE DATE: The date on which this Lease is fully executed and delivered by Landlord and Tenant, and when Tenant delivered to Landlord, simultaneously with Tenant’s delivery of the Tenant-executed lease.

 

  f. EXPIRATION DATE: December 31, 2027.

 

  g. I.PARK: That parcel of land and the improvements thereon known as i.park Hudson, Yonkers, NY and shown on Exhibit A-1 attached hereto.

 

  h. Intentionally omitted.

 

  i.

LEASED PREMISES WORK AND LANDLORD ALLOWANCES: Certain interior leasehold improvements will be performed by Tenant at the Tenant’s sole cost and expense (collectively, the “Fourth Floor Space Work”) to the Fourth Floor Premises (as hereinafter defined). Provided Tenant is not in default under any of the terms and conditions of this Lease beyond applicable notice and cure periods, Landlord shall pay to or on behalf of Tenant, a construction allowance (“Landlord Allowance”) in the

 

1


  amount of Thirty-Five and 00/100 Dollars ($35.00) per square foot for the Fourth Floor Space Work related to (A) the 4 th Floor Office Space, (B) the 4 th Floor Open Office Space and (C) the 4 Floor Laboratory Space in order to construct said portions of the Leased Premises ( i.e. , at 22,560 square feet, the Landlord Allowance for the Fourth Floor Space Work associated with the Lease Premises totals $789,600.00 ( i.e. , 22,560 square feet x $ 35.00 per square foot)). Landlord’s allowance will be paid by Landlord either directly to Tenant or to the applicable contractor(s) on Tenant’s behalf and at Tenant’s direction. Landlord shall distribute the applicable portion of Landlord’s Allowance once every four weeks for work performed based on the AIA Construction Requisition attached hereto as Exhibit D within fifteen (15) calendar days of Landlord’s receipt of each such AIA Construction Requisition for the Fourth Floor Space Work. Landlord shall have its own representative approve such work. In the event that the Fourth Floor Space Work costs Tenant less than the Landlord Allowance then any unused portion of the Landlord Allowance shall be paid directly to Tenant by Landlord.

 

  j. Intentionally omitted.

 

  k. LEASE COMMENCEMENT DATE: January 1, 2012. Furthermore, this is the date that Tenant shall start to first pay rent, except as expressly set forth herein.

 

  l. LEASED PREMISES: Approximately 22,560 rentable square feet, comprised of (i) approximately 8,155 rentable square feet of office space located on the 4 th Floor of the Building and identified on Exhibit B-1 attached hereto as “Office Space” (the “4 th Floor Office Space”), (ii) approximately 7,000 rentable square feet of open office space located on the 4 th Floor of the Building and identified on Exhibit B-1 attached hereto as “Open Office Space” (the “4 th Floor Open Office Space”) and (iii) approximately 7,405 rentable square feet of laboratory space located on the 4 th Floor of the Building and identified on Exhibit B-1 attached hereto as “Laboratory Space” (the “4 th Floor Laboratory Space”; and, together with the 4 th Floor Office Space and the 4 th Floor Open Office Space, the “Fourth Floor Premises” and/or the “Leased Premises”).

 

  m. MINIMUM ANNUAL RENT. See Exhibit C attached hereto. Exact square footage of each portion of the Leased Premises to be confirmed and/or adjusted prior to July 1, 2012.

 

  n. PARKING SPACES. Tenant shall have the right to use up to sixty (60) parking spaces, as needed pursuant to a written notice from Tenant to Landlord, in a portion of the Common Area within reasonable proximity to the Building.

 

2


  o. PERMITTED USE. Subject to the provisions of this Lease, the provisions of all applicable permits and licenses and the provisions of all applicable local, state and federal law, Tenant shall use and occupy the Leased Premises as follows, and for no other purpose whatsoever: for general office use and for purposes incidental thereto and as a medical research and/or process development laboratory. In the event Tenant assigns this interest in the Lease or sublets the Leased Premises pursuant to the provisions of Article 11 hereof, the Leased Premises may be used for another lawful use, subject to the Landlord’s consent, which shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed. Tenant will not use or occupy or permit the use or occupancy of the Leased Premises for any purpose which is forbidden by law, ordinance or governmental or municipal regulation or order; or permit the maintenance of any public or private nuisance; or do or permit any other thing which may disturb the quiet enjoyment of any other tenant of the Building; or keep any substance or carry on or permit any operation which might emit offensive odors or conditions into other portions of the Building or use any apparatus which might make undue noise or create vibrations in the Building; or permit anything to be done which would increase the fire and extended coverage insurance rate on the Building or contents, provided that if there is any increase in such rate by reason of acts of Tenant, then Tenant agrees to pay such increase promptly upon demand therefor by Landlord. Payment by Tenant of any such rate increase shall not be a waiver of Tenant’s duty to comply herewith. However, Landlord represents that its insurance rate coverage premiums already take into consideration a Tenant that will operate a biotechnology laboratory in the Leased Premises and expects no increase in premiums based on Tenant’s ordinary use of the Leased Premises. Landlord represents that the Building is located in a building zone that allows Tenant’s permitted uses of the Leased Premises.

 

  p. PROPERTY: The Building together with the land upon which it is situated.

 

  q. REGULAR BUSINESS HOURS: 24 hours a day – everyday.

 

  r. RENEWAL TERMS: Those two five (5) year terms commencing on the Expiration Date and the Expiration Date of the First Renewal Term respectively.

 

  s. RENT: The Minimum Annual Rent, together with all additional rent (if any) for which shall be due and payable hereunder.

 

3


  t. RENT COMMENCEMENT DATE: The Rent Commencement Date for the Leased Premises shall be the Lease Commencement Date subject to the following terms:

 

  i) Tenant shall take possession of the 4 th Floor Office Space as of January 1, 2012, but shall not commence paying Minimum Annual Rent until July 1, 2012.

 

  ii) Tenant shall take possession of the 4 th Floor Laboratory Space as of January 1, 2012, but shall not commence paying Minimum Annual Rent until July 1, 2013.

 

  iii) Tenant shall take possession of the 4 th Floor Open Office Space as of January 1, 2012, and shall commence paying Minimum Annual Rent on January 1, 2014.

 

  u. TENANT’S SHARE OF BUILDING FOR THIS LEASE: 15.04%.

 

  v. TERM: The term of the Lease shall run from the date hereof to the Expiration Date unless such term is extended pursuant to the provisions of Section 2.4 of this Lease.

 

  w. UNAVOIDABLE DELAYS: Delays resulting from acts of God, governmental restrictions or guidelines (not including those imposed by the City of Yonkers Building Department), strikes, disturbances, national shortages of materials and supplies and from any other causes or events whatsoever beyond Landlord’s reasonable control.

 

  1.2 Significance of a Basic Lease Provision . Each reference in this Lease to any of the Basic Lease Provisions contained in Section 1.1 shall be deemed and construed to incorporate all of the terms provided under each of such Basic Lease Provisions and such provisions shall be read in conjunction with all other provisions of this Lease applicable thereto. References to other sections appearing in Section 1.1 of this Lease are intended to designate some of the other places in this Lease where additional provisions applicable to the particular Lease provision appear. These references are for convenience only and shall not be deemed exhaustive.

 

  1.3 Enumeration of Exhibits . The Exhibits enumerated in this section and attached to this Lease are incorporated herein by this reference and are to be construed as part of this Lease.

 

  Exhibit A-1. Site Plan showing the layout of i.park, the Building and Common Area.

 

  Exhibit B-1. Plan of the Leased Premises.

 

  Exhibit B-2. Plan of the 3rd Floor ROFR Space.

 

  Exhibit B-3. Plan of the 4th Floor ROFR Space.

 

  Exhibit C. Minimum Annual Rent Schedule.

 

  Exhibit D. Form of AIA Requisition.

 

4


2. LEASED PREMISES AND TERM

 

  2.1 Grant of Lease . Landlord hereby leases and demises to Tenant, and Tenant hereby leases from Landlord, subject to and with the benefit of the terms of this Lease, the Leased Premises.

 

  2.2 Property . Landlord reserves the right to change the Common Areas, and the tenancies in the Common Areas. However, the new name and Tenant’s parking spaces around the Building shall not be changed without Tenant’s consent. The Leased Premises as now configured is shown on the Plan attached as Exhibit B-1 to this Lease. Landlord agrees that the Building name and address will be 28 Wells Avenue, Yonkers, New York and not i.Park Hudson. Landlord, at its sole cost and expense, shall remove all i.Park Hudson signage from the subject Building prior to the Lease Commencement Date and replace it with new high-end signage reflecting the building name as 28 Wells Avenue that is mutually agreeable between Landlord and Tenant. Additionally , if Tenant occupies and is paying Rent for fifty thousand (50,000) or more square feet within the Building, Landlord shall, at its cost and expense, install signage provided and paid for by Tenant, and approved by Landlord in its reasonable discretion, to be affixed to the exterior of the Building in a location mutually agreeable by the Landlord and Tenant. Tenant shall obtain, at its sole cost and expense, all necessary permits, licenses and approvals for such signage.

 

  2.3 Square Footage of Building . The rentable area of the Building may at any time during the Term be measured by authorized representatives of Landlord or Tenant. If that measurement discloses a different rentable or usable area for the Building than is shown in subparagraph 1.1(c) above, then “Minimum Annual Rent” and “Tenant’s Share,” both defined in Section 1.1 , shall be adjusted accordingly.

 

  2.4 Term of Lease .

 

  a. Initial Term . Subject to any provisions herein to the contrary, the term of this Lease and all obligations of Tenant hereunder (other than the obligation to Minimum Annual Rent herein) shall commence on the Lease Commencement Date and shall expire on the Expiration Date, or extended as provided in this Lease. The obligation to pay Minimum Annual Rent shall commence on the Lease Commencement Date and continue throughout the Term and the Renewal Term, if applicable.

 

  b. Renewal Term :

 

  i) Provided that no event of default has occurred or is occurring under this Lease, and further provided that Tenant delivers written notice to Landlord that it wishes to extend the term of this Lease at least six (6) months prior to the Expiration Date, the Tenant shall have the option to renew this Lease with respect to all of the Leased Premises throughout the Renewal Term.

 

5


During the Renewal Term, the Minimum Annual Rent shall be in the amount set forth in Section 1.1 above and all other terms and conditions set forth in this Lease shall remain in full force and effect.

Tenant may only extend the term of this Lease pursuant to this Section 2.4(b) if Tenant shall extend the term of that certain Lease Agreement dated December 2010 between Landlord and Tenant for certain premises located on the third floor of the Building and totaling approximately 15,040 rentable square feet (the “Other Lease”).

 

  2.5 Quiet Enjoyment . Landlord covenants that Tenant, on paying the rents, the Tenant’s contribution and performing all of Tenant’s obligations pursuant to this Lease, shall peacefully and quietly have, hold and enjoy the Leased Premises throughout the Term without hindrance or molestation by anyone claiming by or through Landlord, subject, however, to the exceptions, reservations and conditions of this Lease.

 

3. TENANT’S WORK

 

  3.1 Tenant Approvals . Tenant is performing all of the Fourth Floor Space Work. Therefore, Landlord shall cooperate with Tenant in all reasonable respects to obtain all necessary permits, licenses and approvals to complete the Fourth Floor Space Work and operate the Leased Premises in the manner described hereunder. Tenant promptly shall provide, upon receipt of any such permits, licenses and approvals, Landlord with a copy of the same.

 

  3.2 Fixtures . All readily movable furnishings, fixtures and equipment (including but not limited to lab casework, lab equipment and vivarium) owned and used by Tenant, exclusive of readily movable furnishings, fixtures and equipment owned by Landlord (if any), in title Leased Premises shall at all times during the Term be and remain the property of Tenant without regard to the means by which they are installed in or attached to the Leased Premises. Upon expiration of this Lease and provided that Tenant is not in default hereunder, Tenant, on its own or at Landlord’s request, shall remove any or all its furnishings, fixtures and equipment as it wants to or that Landlord shall require (excluding Landlord’s furnishings, fixtures and equipment) and restore the Leased Premises and any furnishings, fixtures and equipment not removed by Tenant as provided above shall become the property of Landlord upon the expiration of the Term or termination of Tenant’s right to possession of the Leased Premises. Landlord may charge as additional rent hereunder any costs expended in the removal of fixtures, equipment and furnishings which despite Landlord’s request are not removed upon the expiration or sooner termination of the Term. Tenant shall be required to remit payment for such costs within fifteen (15) days of Landlord’s demand for same. The provisions of this section shall survive the termination of this Lease.

 

6


4. RENT

 

  4.1 Minimum Annual Rent . Effective as of the Lease Commencement Date, Tenant agrees to pay to Landlord, Minimum Annual Rent, in the amounts provided in Section 1.1(k) hereof, payable in advance in equal successive monthly installments on the first day of each and every calendar month during the Term and the Renewal Term, if any; provided, however, Minimum Annual Rent shall be prorated for the applicable portion of the first and last month in which the same is due and payable.

 

  4.2 Payment of Rent . Rent shall be payable without demand, notice, offset or deduction. All Rent due under this Lease shall be paid by checks payable to the order of “ Hudson View Building #3 LLC ” which checks shall be mailed or delivered to 485 West Putnam Avenue, Greenwich, CT 06830, or in such other manner or at such other place as Landlord may from time to time designate to Tenant. Rent will be prorated for partial months or years within the Term and for partial months for which Rent is payable. Tenant’s covenant to pay Rent shall be independent of every other covenant in this Lease.

 

  4.3 Late Payment . If Tenant shall fail to pay, within fifteen (15) days of when the same is due and payable, any Rent required to be paid by Tenant under this Lease, such paid amounts shall bear interest from the due date thereof to the date of payment at the rate of nine (9%) percent per annum, but in no event at a rate which is higher than the legal limit. If any installment of Rent is delinquent by more than fifteen (15) days, Tenant shall also pay to Landlord a late charge in an amount equal to two (2%) percent of the amount of such delinquent installment, which late charge shall be immediately due and payable without notice or demand from Landlord and which itself shall bear interest at the rate provided above from the date due until paid.

 

5. TAXES. Tenant shall pay to Owner as additional rent, 15.04% of all increases in real estate taxes and assessments and also any occupancy tax and “tax on rents” and other governmental levies against the Property (all of which are herein called “Taxes”) over and above those Taxes levied and assessed against the Building for 2012/2013 (hereinafter referred to as the “Base Year”). The phrase “tax on rents” shall mean any tax levied, assessed, or imposed in connection with the receipt of rent older this lease for the use and occupancy of the Building, in lieu of, in whole or in part, any real estate tax upon the Building. Prior to the commencement of each year during the term of this Lease, Owner shall furnish Tenant with a written estimate of the Tenant’s pro rata share of the Taxes for said year. Said amount shall be payable in monthly installments equal to 1112th of the annual amount. Said payments will be subject to adjustment upon Landlord’s receipt of actual tax bills. Tenant reserves any and all rights which Tenant may have (whether at law, equity, or otherwise) to commence or participate in any action relating to reduction or refund of Taxes.

 

7


6. INTENTIONALLY OMITTED.

 

7. COMMON AREAS. For purposes of this Lease, the term “Common Areas”, as such areas and facilities are herein collectively referred to, shall mean those areas of i.park which are used in common with the Landlord, or other tenants of i.park and their respective employees, agents, guests, invitees, contractors, vendors and customers including only, sidewalks and walkways; all entrances and exits to the foregoing; retaining walls; delivery passages; paved surfaces; driveways; parking areas; dumpsters; storage areas; identification signs; water, sanitary sewer, storm sewer, plumbing, gas, electric and other utility lines and services (which serve areas other than the Leased Premises); boilers, generators, truck service-ways; loading docks; sanitary and sump facilities; and those other facilities and service areas for common use within i.park which are used by the other tenants of i.park. Tenant is not responsible for any expenses, fees, CAM charges and/or other costs associated with the Common Areas.

 

8. LANDLORD SERVICES.

 

  8.1 Utilities and Services Furnished by Landlord . Provided there exists no event of default by Tenant hereunder, and subject to the conditions and in accordance with the standards set forth in this Section 8 , Landlord agrees:

 

  a. To operate, repair and maintain the Common Areas.

 

  b. To furnish hot and cold water for normal lavatory, laboratory, drinking and office cleaning purposes. If Tenant requires, uses or consumes water for any other purpose, Tenant agrees that Landlord may install, at Tenant’s expense, a meter or meters or other means to measure Tenant’s water consumption and that Tenant shall reimburse Landlord for the cost of all water consumed as measured by said meter or meters or as otherwise measured.

 

  c. To provide electricity. Electricity usage charges will be paid for by Tenant. All electricity usage at the Leased Premises shall be measured by sub-meter or if not available by an independent utility consultant selected by the Landlord for the purpose of establishing the cost and amount of Tenant’s electricity usage. All costs associated with the usage and determination of Tenant’s electricity consumption including the fees of such independent utility consultant shall be paid by the Tenant to Landlord as additional rent on the first day of each month or within ten (10) days of receipt of a statement from Landlord regarding the same. The findings of such utility consultant shall be conclusively binding upon Landlord and Tenant. Notwithstanding the foregoing in the event that, following the Lease Commencement Date, Landlord shall, in its sole discretion, arrange to have Tenant’s electricity usage measured by a direct meter or meters, then upon the installation and operation of such meters, Tenant shall pay all the costs of electricity associated with the Leased Premises directly to the utility company supplier.

 

8


  d. To provide steam heat as follows:

Landlord or, if applicable, a utility company will furnish steam when the outside temperature falls below 55 degrees Fahrenheit during Regular Business Hours on business days during the period from October 1 to May 1. Landlord or, if applicable, a utility company will also furnish steam during the period October 1 to May 1 at other than the times and days specified in the preceding sentence when the outside temperature falls below 32 degrees Fahrenheit.

 

  i) It is understood that the Tenant from time to time may request from the Landlord the amount that the Landlord would charge the Tenant for furnishing steam for heating purposes to the Leased Premises on non-business days or on business days other than during Regular Business Hours. The Landlord thereafter will so advise the Tenant of the amount it would charge for steam during said time periods, such amounts to be based upon the Landlord’s costs for furnishing steam to the Leased Premises. The Tenant will not be obligated to accept, and the Landlord will not be obligated to provide steam during the time periods referred to in this Section unless the Tenant and the Landlord agree in writing to all the terms and conditions upon which such steam is to be provided, including the cost thereof.

 

  e. If any federal, state, municipal or other governmental body, authority or agency, or any public utility, assesses, levies, imposes, makes or increases any charge, fee, rent or assessment on the Landlord, for any service, system or utility now or in the future supplied to the Leased Premises or to any tenant, lessee, occupancy or user thereof, or to the structures or buildings which, or a portion or portions of which, are included in the Leased Premises, (including but not limited to any sewer rent or other charge for the use of a sewer system or systems), the Tenant shall, at the option of the Landlord exercised at any time and from time to time by notice to the Tenant, pay, in accordance with such notice, such charge, fee, rent or assessment or such increase thereof (or the portion thereof allocated by the Landlord to the Leased Premises or to the operations of the Tenant under this Agreement) either directly to the governmental body, authority or agency, or to the public utility, or directly to the Landlord, as such notice may direct. All payment to be made by the Tenant hereunder shall constitute items of additional rent.

 

  f. The Landlord shall be under no obligation to supply any service or services if and to the extent and during any period that the supplying of any such service or services or the use of any component necessary therefor shall be prohibited or rationed by any federal, state or municipal law, rule, regulation, requirement, order or direction.

 

9


  g. The Landlord shall have no obligation or responsibility with respect to the performance of any services or providing, supplying or furnishing to the Tenant of any utilities or services whatsoever except as expressly provided in this Lease.

 

  h. Landlord shall not be responsible for the cleaning of Tenant’s premises.

 

  i. Landlord represents that any heating, air conditioning and ventilation system, plumbing, mechanical and/or other systems shall be in working order on the Lease Commencement Date.

 

  8.2 Cooperation; Payment of Charges; Approval of Special Equipment Usage . Tenant agrees to cooperate fully at all times with Landlord and to abide by all regulations and requirements which Landlord from time to time reasonably may prescribe for the use of the above utilities and services. Tenant agrees to pay any charge imposed by Landlord pursuant to Section 8 and any failure to pay any excess costs as described above shall constitute a breach of the obligation to pay Rent under this Lease and shall entitle Landlord to the rights herein granted for such breach. Tenant’s use of electricity and/or steam shall at no time exceed the capacity of the service to the Leased Premises.

 

  8.3 Failure, Stoppage or Interruption of Service; No Release from Obligations . Landlord shall not be liable for, and Tenant shall not be entitled to any abatement or reduction of Rent by reason of, Landlord’s failure to furnish any of the foregoing services when such failure is caused by repairs, riots, strikes, lockouts or other major disturbance or dispute of any character, governmental regulation, moratorium or other governmental action, inability by exercise of reasonable diligence to obtain electricity, water or fuel, or by any other cause beyond Landlord’s immediate control or for stoppages or interruptions of any such services for the purpose of making necessary repairs or improvements. Failure, stoppage or interruption of any such service shall not be construed as an actual or constructive eviction or as a partial eviction against Tenant, or release Tenant from the prompt and punctual performance by Tenant of the covenants contained herein. Notwithstanding anything hereinabove to the contrary, Landlord reserves the right from time to time to make reasonable modifications to the provision of utilities and services. Landlord shall use reasonable efforts to cure the failure, stoppage or interruption of any such service.

 

  8.4 Limitation and Unavailability of Service . Anything hereinabove to the contrary notwithstanding, Landlord and Tenant agree that Landlord’s obligation to furnish electricity, water and steam to the Building shall be subject to and limited by all laws, rules, and regulations of any governmental authority affecting the supply, distribution, availability, conservation or consumption of energy, including, but not limited to, electricity, gas, oil and/or water. Landlord shall abide by all such governmental laws, rules, and regulations and, in so doing, Landlord shall not be in default in any manner whatsoever under the terms of this Lease, and Landlord’s compliance therewith shall not affect in any manner whatsoever Tenant’s obligation to pay the full Rent set forth in this Lease.

 

10


  8.5 Load Bearing Capacity . Tenant shall not overload any floor, roof, land surface, bulkhead, pavement, landing, pier or wharf at i.park and shall repair, replace or rebuild any damage caused by overloads. Landlord reserves the right to prescribe from time to time in a reasonable manner the weight and the method of transporting such load to the designated location and position of all heavy installations which Tenant wishes to place in the Leased Premises so as to properly distribute the weight thereof. Any reasonable cost of structural analysis shall be borne by Tenant.

 

  8.6 Unreasonable Noise or Vibration . Tenant shall take all reasonable measures not to cause unreasonable noise or vibration that may be transmitted to the structure of the Building or to any part of i.park to such a degree as to be objectionable to Landlord, its employees or to any other tenants in i.park. Vibration eliminators or other devices sufficient to eliminate such unreasonable noise or vibration shall be placed and maintained by Tenant, at Tenant’s expense if Landlord deems such measures to be required.

 

  8.7 Interference . Tenant shall not do or permit to be done anything which may interfere with the effectiveness or accessibility of any utility, mechanical, electrical and other systems installed or located anywhere at i.park, including without limitation the installation of any Tenant Improvements.

 

9. REPAIRS.

 

  9.1 Repairs by Landlord . Landlord shall, subject to Unavoidable Delays, make all necessary repairs and replacements to the foundation, roof and exterior walls of the Building, as well as to the Common Areas, including any repairs or replacements required in order to comply with any laws, ordinances or regulations, unless any such work is required because of damage caused by any act or wrongful omission of Tenant, any subtenant, customer or concessionaire of Tenant or their respective employees, agents, invitees, licensees or contractors in which case such work shall be performed by Tenant at Tenant’s sole cost and expense within 15 days of the occurrence of such act or wrongful omission.

Landlord shall not be required to commence any such repair until 15 days after written notice from Tenant that the same is necessary. The provision of this Section 9.1 shall not apply in the case of damage or destruction by fire or other casualty or a taking under the power of eminent domain, in which events the obligations of Landlord shall be controlled by Section 14 .

 

  9.2 Repairs by Tenant . Except as provided in Section 9.1 , all repairs and replacements to the Leased Premises, including, without limitation, repairs and replacements to the doors, door frames, windows, window frames, plate glass, storefront, fixtures, operating systems servicing only the Leased Premises

 

11


  (including any heating, air conditioning and ventilation system, plumbing, mechanical or other systems) interior walls and columns, shall be performed by Tenant, at its expense. If Tenant refuses or neglects to repair or replace any portion of the Leased Premises to the reasonable satisfaction of Landlord after fifteen (15) days notice from Landlord, or immediately (and without notice) in case of emergency, Landlord may, but shall not be obligated to make such repairs or replacements without liability to Tenant for any loss or damage which may come to Tenant, its merchandise, fixtures or other property or to its business, by reason thereof, and upon completion thereof, Tenant shall promptly pay Landlord in accordance with Section 16.7 hereof.

 

10. SUBORDINATION

 

  10.1 This Lease, and all rights of Tenant hereunder, are and shall be (a) subject and subordinate in all respects to all present and future mortgages, which may now or hereafter affect i.park and/or the Leased Premises. The foregoing shall extend to each and every advance made or hereafter to be made under such mortgages, and to all renewals, modifications, replacements and extensions of such mortgages. This Section shall be self-operative and no further investment of subordination shall be required. In confirmation of such subordination, Tenant shall promptly execute and deliver any investment, in recordable form if required, that Landlord, or the holder of any superior mortgage or any of their respective successors in interest may request to evidence such subordination. If Tenant fails to execute any investment required to be executed by Tenant under this Section 10 within ten (10) days after request, Tenant irrevocably appoints Landlord as its attorney-in-fact, in Tenant’s name, to execute such instrument.

 

11. ASSIGNMENT AND SUBLETTING

 

  11.1 Prohibitions . Tenant for itself, its successors and assigns, expressly covenants that it shall not by operation of law or otherwise assign, sublet, hypothecate, encumber or mortgage this Lease, or any part thereof, or permit the Leased Premises, to be used by others (pursuant to any employment, management, franchise, license or concessionaire agreement, or otherwise) without the prior written consent of Landlord in each instance which consent shall not be unreasonably denied by Landlord. For purposes of this Section 11 , “assignment” shall not include any change in the control of Tenant, merger or sale of stock in the Tenant Corporation or sale of the Tenant’s assets which may be freely done by Tenant and will not constitute an assignment of this Lease. Without Landlord’s prior written consent, any attempt by Tenant to assign, sublet, encumber or mortgage this Lease shall be null and void. The consent by Landlord to any assignment, mortgage, hypothecation, encumbrance, subletting or use of the Leased Premises by others, shall not constitute a waiver of Landlord’s right to withhold its consent to any other or further assignment, subletting, mortgage, encumbrance or use of the Leased Premises by others. Without the prior written consent of Landlord, this Lease and the interest therein of any assignee of Tenant herein, shall not pass by operation of law, merger, consolidation, reorganization

 

12


  or otherwise, and shall not be subject to garnishment or sale under execution in any suit or proceeding which may be brought against or by Tenant or any assignee of Tenant. The absolute and unconditional prohibitions contained in this Section 11 and Tenant’s agreement thereto are material inducements to Landlord to enter into this Lease with Tenant and any breach thereof shall constitute a material default hereunder permitting Landlord to exercise all remedies provided for herein or by law or in equity on a default of Tenant.

 

  11.2 No Release . In no event shall any assignment or subletting to which Landlord may consent, release or relieve Tenant from its obligations to fully observe or perform all of the terms, covenants and conditions of this Lease on its part to be observed or performed.

 

  11.3 Costs . Tenant shall pay Landlord’s reasonable costs, charges and expenses, including attorney’s fees, incurred in connection with its review of any proposed assignment or proposed sublease, whether or not Landlord approves such transfer of interest, which costs, charges and expenses shall not exceed $1,500.00 in any one instance.

 

12. TENANT’S INSURANCE REQUIREMENTS

 

  12.1 Coverage . Ten ant hereby agrees to maintain m responsible companies approved by Landlord (which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld), at Tenant’s sole expense, comprehensive public liability and personal property damage insurance, including, without limitation, fire, legal liability and contractual liability insurance coverages, insuring Landlord, any property manager of Landlord, Landlord’s mortgagee and Tenant, their beneficiaries and agents, as their interests may appear, against all, claims, demands, or actions for injury, death or damage to property and protecting Landlord, any property manager of Landlord, and Tenant from all causes, including their own negligence, in an amount of not less than Three Million ($3,000,000) Dollars arising out of any one occurrence, made by or on behalf of any person, firm or corporation, arising from, related to, or connected with the conduct and operation of Tenant’s business in the Leased Premises, and anywhere upon the Leased Premises and, in addition, and in like amounts, covering Tenant’s contractual liability under all indemnification clauses included in this Lease (specifically including, without limitation, the hold harmless clause set forth in Section 13.1(b) below). Tenant shall maintain business interruption insurance respecting its operation of its business in the Leased Premises in an amount equal to all of Tenant’s fixed expenses, including, without limitation, all Rent due under the Lease. Tenant shall maintain plate glass insurance covering all exterior plate glass in the Leased Premises, and fire, extended coverage, vandalism, smoke, flood, earthquake, windstorm, tornado and malicious mischief insurance and such other insurance as Landlord may from time to time reasonably require. All of said insurance shall be in form and in responsible companies reasonably satisfactory to Landlord and shall provide that it will not be subject to cancellation, termination or change except after at least thirty (30) days’ prior written notice to Landlord and to any mortgagee named in an endorsement thereto. Such insurance may be provided under a blanket policy, provided that an endorsement naming Landlord (any property manager of Landlord or Landlord’s mortgagees) as additional insureds as required herein is attached thereto.

 

13


  12.2 Binders . The policies or duly executed binders of the same (which binders shall evidence the insurance waiver of subrogation required at Section 20.1 hereof) together with satisfactory evidence of the payment of the premium thereon, shall be deposited with Landlord on the Lease Commencement Date, and upon renewals of such policies, not less than thirty (30) days prior to the expiration of the term of such coverage. If Tenant fails to comply with such requirements, Landlord may, but shall not be obligated to, obtain such insurance and keep the same in effect and Tenant shall pay Landlord the premium cost thereof with Interest upon demand. Each such payment shall constitute additional rent payable by Tenant under this Lease, and Landlord shall not be limited in the proof of any damages which Landlord may claim against Tenant arising out of or by reason of Tenant’s failure to provide and keep in force insurance as aforesaid, to the amount of insurance premium or premiums not paid or incurred by Tenant and which would have been payable upon such insurance, but Landlord, in addition to any and all other rights and remedies provided Landlord under the terms of this Lease, shall also be entitled to recover as damages for such breach the uninsured amounts of any loss, to the extent of any deficiency in the insurance required by provisions of this Lease.

 

  12.3 Minimum Amount . Tenant acknowledges and agrees that, notwithstanding any provision of this Lease to the contrary, the insurance coverage requirements set forth this Section 12 , in terms of both forms of insurance and amounts of coverage, represent the minimum protection required by Landlord and shall not constitute a representation or warranty by Landlord as to the adequacy and sufficiency of such forms of insurance and amounts of coverage. Tenant agrees to make and rely upon an independent determination regarding which additional forms of insurance or higher levels of coverage, if any, may be necessary or desirable in order to furnish Landlord and Tenant adequate protection.

 

13. TENANT’S ADDITIONAL COVENANTS

 

  13.1 Affirmative Covenants . Except as already provided for in this Lease, Tenant covenants at its expense at all times during the Term and such further time as Tenant occupies the Leased Premises or any part thereof:

 

  a.

To pay promptly when due the entire cost of any work in the Leased Premises undertaken by Tenant so that the Leased Premises and the Property shall at all times be free of liens for Labor and materials; to procure all necessary permits before undertaking such work; to do all of such work in a good and workmanlike manner, employing materials of good quality; to perform such work only with contractors and plans previously approved in writing by Landlord, if required by this Lease

 

14


  (which approval will not be unreasonably withheld); to comply with all governmental requirements; and to defend and save Landlord and Landlord’s employees, beneficiaries and agents harmless and indemnified from all injury, loss, claims or damage to any person or property (including the cost for defending against the foregoing) occasioned by or growing out of such work.

 

  b. Tenant shall in all cases indemnify, defend and save Landlord, Landlord’s property manager, Landlord’s beneficiaries, employees, members and agents and their respective successors and assigns harmless and indemnified from all injury, loss, claims or damage to any person or property while on the Leased Premises or any other part of the Leased Premises from anyone claiming by, through or under Tenant.

 

  c. To permit Landlord, Landlord’s property manager, Landlord’s mortgagees and their agents to enter the Leased Premises at reasonable times for the purpose of inspecting the same, of making repairs, additions or alterations thereto or to the Common Areas in which the same are located and of showing the Leased Premises to prospective purchasers, lenders and tenants.

 

  d. To promptly comply with all present and future laws, ordinances, orders, rules, regulations and requirements of all federal, state, municipal and local governments, departments, commissions, boards and officers, and all orders, rules and regulations of the National Board of Fire Underwriters, the local Board of Fire Underwriters, or any other body or bodies exercising similar functions, foreseen or unforeseen, ordinary as well as extraordinary, which may be applicable to the Leased Premises and to all or any part thereof and/or any and all facilities used in connection therewith and the sidewalks, areaways, passageways curbs and vaults, if any, adjoining the Leased Premises, which are not part of the Common Areas or to the use or manner of use of the Leased Premises, or the owners, tenants or occupants thereof, whether or not any such law, ordinance, order, rule, regulation or requirement shall interfere with the use and enjoyment of the Leased Premises.

 

  e. To pay all costs, expenses, claims, fines, penalties and damages that may in any manner arise out of or be imposed because of the failure of Tenant to comply with the provisions of this Section 13 , and in any event to defend and indemnify Landlord against all liability arising out of such failure. Tenant shall promptly give notice to Landlord of any notice of violation received by Tenant. Without diminishing the obligation of Tenant, if Tenant shall at any time after five (5) days notice by Landlord fail or neglect to comply, or to commence to comply as expeditiously as is reasonably feasible, with any of said laws, rules, requirements, orders, directions, ordinances or regulations concerning or affecting the Leased Premises, or the use and occupancy thereof, as hereinbefore provided, and, if a stay is necessary, shall have failed to obtain a stay or continuance thereof, Landlord shall be at liberty to comply therewith, and all expenses consequent thereon shall be borne and paid by Tenant in accordance with Section 16.7 hereof.

 

15


  f. To execute and deliver at any time and from time to time at reasonable intervals, within ten (10) days after written request by Landlord, to Landlord, Landlord’s mortgagee or others designated by Landlord, a certificate in a form as may from time to time be provided, ratifying this Lease and certifying: (i) that Tenant has entered into occupancy of the Leased Premises and the date of such entry, if such is the case; (ii) that this Lease is in full force and effect, and has not been assigned, modified, supplemented or amended in any way (or if there has been any assignment, modification, supplement or amendment, identifying the same); (iii) that this Lease represents the entire agreement between Landlord and Tenant as to the subject matter hereof; (iv) the Lease Commencement Date and the Expiration Date of the Term; (v) that all conditions under this Lease to be performed by Landlord have been satisfied (and if not, what conditions remain unperformed); (vi) that, to the best of Tenant’s knowledge, no default by either party exists in the performance or observance of any covenant or condition in this Lease and there are no defenses or offsets against the enforcement of this Lease by Landlord or specifying each default, defense or offset of which Tenant may have knowledge; (vii) the amount of Minimum Annual Rent or other rental, if any, that has been paid in advance and the amount of any security deposit that has been deposited with Landlord; and (viii) the date to which Minimum Annual Rent and all other rentals and charges have been paid under this Lease. Tenant hereby irrevocably appoints Landlord its attorney-in-fact to execute such a certificate in the event Tenant shall fail to do so within ten (10) days of receipt of Landlord’s request.

 

  g. To keep and maintain the Leased Premises in a neat, safe and orderly condition. Tenant’s maintenance of the Leased Premises shall include, without limitation, the following: (i) cleaning the Leased Premises nightly either prior to or after closing (i.e., vacuuming all carpeted areas, collecting and dumping all refuse in accordance with the provisions hereof, mopping all hard-surfaced floors); (ii) periodically upgrading and replacing fixtures and other personal property. In the event Tenant fails to maintain the Leased Premises in a first-class manner as is required hereunder, and does not cure such failure within fifteen (15) days after notice from Landlord, then Landlord may, but shall not be obligated to, perform whatever maintenance Tenant fails to do at Tenant’s expense without liability to Tenant for any loss or damage which may accrue to Tenant, its merchandise, fixtures or other property or its business. If Landlord undertakes such maintenance, Tenant shall promptly pay Landlord for the cost of such maintenance as additional rent in accordance with Section 16.7 hereof.

 

16


  h. To protect the Leased Premises from theft and vandalism and to take all necessary security measures at the closing of Tenant’s business (including securing all doors and windows) to protect against unauthorized entry into the Leased Premises and the Common Areas.

 

14. DAMAGE OR TAKING AND RESTORATION

 

  14.1 Fire, Explosion or Other Casualty . If the Leased Premises, or any part thereof, shall be damaged by fire or other cause, this Lease shall continue in full force and effect unless Landlord or Tenant elects within sixty (60) days of such casualty to terminate this Lease. Unless Landlord or Tenant elects to terminate this Lease Landlord shall, subject to compliance with the provisions of any applicable mortgage a, repair the damage and restore and rebuild the Leased Premises) with reasonable diligence subject to Unavoidable Delays. If because of the casualty, repairing, or rebuilding the Building is rendered untenantable, in whole or in part, the Rent and additional rent shall be abated. Unless tenant elected to terminate this Lease, Tenant shall promptly reopen for business after Landlord’s repairs are completed.

 

  14.2 Eminent Domain . In the event that the whole or substantially all of the Leased Premises shall be condemned or taken in any manner (including agreement between Landlord and any governmental authority authorized to exercise such right) for any public or quasi-public use, this Lease shall forthwith cease and terminate as of the date of vesting of title and the Rent due from Tenant hereunder shall be apportioned and paid to such date of vesting. In the event that only a part of the Leased Premises consisting of less than substantially all thereof shall be so condemned or taken, then effective as of the date of vesting of title, the Rent reserved hereunder for such part shall be equitably abated and this Lease shall continue as to such part not so taken.

If a substantial part or the whole of the Leased Premises is taken for a term of less than twelve (12) months, the Lease shall remain in full force and effect, except that Rent shall abate during the term of such temporary taking as to the portion of the Leased Premises so taken.

In the event of any condemnation or taking, Landlord shall be entitled to receive the entire award in the condemnation proceeding, including any award made for the value of the estate vested by this Lease in Tenant, and Tenant hereby expressly assigns to Landlord any and all right, title and interest of Tenant now or hereafter arising in or to any such award or any part thereof, and Tenant shall be entitled to receive no part of such award. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Tenant shall have the right to a separate award for its trade fixtures, equipment and relocation costs.

 

15. INTENTIONALLY DELETED

 

17


16. DEFAULTS BY TENANT AND REMEDIES

 

  16.1 Defaults . It shall be an event of default: (a) if Tenant does not pay in full any and all installments of Minimum Annual Rent, additional rent, Tenant’s Construction Deposit or any other charges or payments due under this Lease when the same are due hereunder and such non-payment continues for ten (10) days after the due date for such payment; or (b) if Tenant violates or fails to perform or otherwise breaches any agreement, term, covenant or condition herein contained and such violation, failure or breach continues for thirty (30) days after notice from Landlord; provided that such thirty (30) day period shall be extended for up to an additional ninety (90) days if such violation, failure or breach is reasonably susceptible of cure but cannot reasonably be cured within such thirty (30) day period, and Tenant is diligently proceeding with such cure; or (c) if Tenant vacates or abandons the Leased Premises, or fails to carry on its business at the Leased Premises for a period of thirty (30) consecutive days unless due to casualty, or strike; or (d) if Tenant removes or attempts to remove Tenant’s furniture, fixtures or equipment from the Leased Premises without replacing them; or (e) if Tenant becomes insolvent or bankrupt or makes an assignment for the benefit of creditors or offers a composition or settlement to creditors, under any federal or state law, or if a petition in bankruptcy or for reorganization or for an arrangement with creditors under any federal or state law is filed by or against Tenant, or Tenant is adjudicated insolvent pursuant to the provisions of any present or future insolvency law of any state having jurisdiction, or a bill in equity or other proceeding for the appointment of a receiver, trustee, liquidator, custodian, conservator or similar official for any of Tenant’s assets is commenced, under any federal or state law by reason of Tenant’s inability to pay its debts as they become due or otherwise, or if Tenant’s estate by this Lease or any real or personal property of Tenant shall be levied or executed upon by any sheriff or marshal; or by other process of law; provided, however, that any proceeding brought by anyone other than the parties to this Lease under any bankruptcy, reorganization, arrangement, insolvency, readjustment, receivership or similar law shall not constitute an event of default until such proceeding, decree, judgment or order has continued unstayed for more than thirty (30) consecutive days; or (f) if Tenant defaults under the Other Lease.

 

  16.2 Bankruptcy . If this Lease is assigned to any person or entity pursuant to the provisions of the Bankruptcy Code, or any similar provisions of any future federal bankruptcy law (the “Bankruptcy Code”), any and all monies or other considerations payable or otherwise to be delivered in connection with such assignment shall be paid or delivered to Landlord, shall be and remain the exclusive property of Landlord and shall not constitute property of Tenant or of the estate of Tenant within the meaning of the Bankruptcy Code. Any and all monies or other considerations constituting Landlord’s property under the preceding sentence not paid or delivered to Landlord shall be held in trust for the benefit of Landlord and be promptly paid to or turned over to Landlord.

 

18


  16.3 Remedies . Upon the occurrence of an event of default, Landlord shall have the following rights: (a) To accelerate the whole or any part of the Rent and all other amounts due and payable under this Lease for the entire unexpired balance of the Term, and any Rent if so accelerated shall, in addition to any and all installments of Rent already due and payable and in arrears, be deemed due and payable as if, by the terms and provisions of this Lease, such accelerated Rent was on that date payable in advance. (For such purposes, all items of Rent due hereunder, which are not then capable of precise determination, shall be estimated by Landlord, in Landlord’s reasonable judgment, for the balance of the then current Term); (b) To enter the Leased Premises by summary process or by any suitable action or proceeding at law or by force or otherwise, without being liable for prosecution or damages therefor, and without further demand or notice proceed to sale of the goods, chattels and personal property there found, to levy the Rent, and Tenant shall pay all costs and commissions which are permitted by law, including wages and sums chargeable to Landlord, and further including commission(s) to the officer or other person making the levy, and in such case all costs, commissions and other charges shall immediately attach and become part of the claim of Landlord for Rent, and any tender of Rent without said costs, commissions and charges made after the issuance of a warrant of distress, shall not be sufficient to satisfy the claim of Landlord; or (c) To terminate the Lease and remove all persons and all or any property therefrom, either by summary process or by any suitable action or proceeding at law or by force or otherwise, without being liable for prosecution or damages therefor, and repossess and enjoy the Leased Premises.

Upon recovering possession of the Leased Premises by reason of or based upon or arising out of an event of default on the part of Tenant, Landlord may, at Landlord’s option, make such alterations and repairs as may be necessary in order to relet the Leased Premises and thereafter relet the Leased Premises or any part or parts thereof, either in Landlord’s name or otherwise, for a term or terms which may, at Landlord’s option, be less than or exceed the period which would otherwise have constituted the balance of the Term and at such rent or rents and upon such other terms and conditions as in Landlord’s sole discretion it may deem advisable and to such person or persons as may in Landlord’s discretion deems best. Upon each such reletting all rents received by Landlord from such reletting shall be applied: first, to the payment of any cost and expenses of such reletting, including brokerage fees and attorneys’ fees and all costs of such alterations and repairs; second, to the payment of any indebtedness other than Rent due hereunder from Tenant to Landlord; third, to the payment of Rent due and unpaid hereunder; and the residue, if any, shall be held by Landlord and applied in payment of future Rent as it may become due and payable hereunder. If such rentals received from such reletting during any month shall be less than that to be paid during that month by Tenant, Tenant shall pay any such deficiency to Landlord. Such deficiency shall be calculated and paid monthly. Notwithstanding anything set forth herein to the contrary, in no event shall Tenant be entitled to any surplus rents obtained by Landlord in connection with a reletting.

 

19


No such re-entry or taking possession of the Premises or the making of alterations or improvements thereto or the reletting thereof shall be construed as an election on the part of Landlord to terminate this Lease unless written notice of such intention be given to Tenant. Landlord shall in no event be liable in any way whatsoever for failure to relet the Leased Premises or, in the event that the Premises or any part or parts thereof are relet, for failure to collect the Rent thereof under such reletting.

Tenant, for Tenant and Tenant’s successors and assigns, hereby irrevocably constitutes and appoints Landlord, Tenant’s and their agent to collect the rents due and to become due under all subleases of the Leased Premises or any parts thereof without in any way affecting Tenant’s obligation to pay any unpaid balance of Rent due or to become due hereunder.

Notwithstanding any expiration or termination prior to the Expiration Date or the last day of the Renewal Term, as applicable, Tenant’s obligation to pay any and all Rent and additional rent under this Lease shall continue to cover all periods up to the Expiration Date or the last day of the Renewal Term, as applicable, and Landlord shall be entitled to recover, in addition to any and all sums and damage for violation of Tenant’s obligations hereunder in existence at the time of such termination, damages for Tenant’s default in an amount equal to the amount of the Rent reserved for the balance of the Term or the Renewal Term, as applicable, plus the cost of making standard improvements and a standard commission for releasing the Leased Premises, all, of which amount shall be immediately due and payable from Tenant to Landlord.

 

  16.4 Non-Waiver . No waiver by Landlord of any breach by Tenant or any of Tenant’s obligations, agreements or covenants herein shall be a waiver of any subsequent breach or of any obligation, agreement or covenant, nor shall any forbearance by Landlord to seek a remedy for any breach by Tenant be a waiver by Landlord of any rights and remedies with respect to such or any subsequent breach.

 

  16.5 Rights and Remedies Cumulative . No right or remedy herein conferred upon or reserved to Landlord is intended to be exclusive of any other right or remedy provided herein or by law but each shall be cumulative and in addition to every other right or remedy given herein or now or hereafter existing at law or in equity or by statute and may be pursued successively or collectively as Landlord may elect. The exercise of any remedy by Landlord shall not be deemed an election of remedies or preclude Landlord from exercising any other remedies in the future.

 

  16.6 Intentionally Omitted.

 

  16.7 Curing Tenant’s Defaults . If Tenant shall be in default in the performance of any of its obligations hereunder, Landlord, without any obligation to do so, in addition to any other rights it may have in law or equity, may elect (but shall not be obligated) to cure such default on behalf of Tenant after fifteen (15) days prior written notice (except in the case of emergency or in connection with insurance

 

20


  obligations, in which case no notice shall be required) to Tenant. Tenant shall reimburse Landlord upon demand with Interest thereon from the respective dates of Landlord’s making the payments and incurring such costs, at the rate set forth in Section 1.1(g) , which sums and costs together with interest thereon shall be deemed additional rent payable promptly upon being billed therefor.

 

  16.8 Attorneys’ Fees . Tenant shall pay to Landlord all costs and expenses, including reasonable attorneys, fees, incurred by Landlord in enforcing this Lease or incurred by Landlord as a result of any litigation to which Landlord becomes a party as a result of this Lease. Conversely, Landlord shall pay to Tenant all costs and expenses, including reasonable attorneys, fees, incurred by Tenant in enforcing this Lease or incurred by Tenant as a result of any litigation to which Tenant becomes a party as a result of Landlord’s actions. Tenant’s and Landlord’s obligations under this Section 16.8 shall expressly survive the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease.

 

  16.9 WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL . TENANT HEREBY EXPRESSLY WAIVES ANY RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY ACTION, PROCEEDING OR COUNTERCLAIM BROUGHT OR ANY MATTERS WHATSOEVER ARISING OUT OF OR IN ANY WAY CONNECTED WITH THIS LEASE, THE RELATIONSHIP OF LANDLORD AND TENANT, TENANT’S USE OR OCCUPANCY OF THE LEASED PREMISES AND/OR ANY CLAIM OF INJURY OR DAMAGE.

 

  16.11 COMMERCIAL WAIVER . THE TENANT (1) ACKNOWLEDGES THAT THIS IS A COMMERCIAL TRANSACTION AND (2) TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY ANY STATE OR FEDERAL LAW WAIVES THE RIGHT TO PRIOR NOTICE OF AND A HEARING ON THE RIGHT OF TENANT TO ANY REMEDY OR COMBINATION OF REMEDIES THAT ENABLES THE LANDLORD BY WAY OF ATTACHMENT, FOREIGN ATTACHMENT, GARNISHMENT OR REPLEVIN TO DEPRIVE TENANT OF ANY OF ITS PROPERTY AT ANY TIME, PRIOR TO FINAL JUDGMENT IN ANY LITIGATION INSTITUTED IN CONNECTION WITH THIS LEASE.

 

  16.12 Surrender/Holdover by Tenant . Upon the expiration or other termination of the Term of this Lease, Tenant shall quit and surrender the Leased Premises in good order and condition, ordinary wear and tear and damage by fire or other casualty, the elements and any cause beyond Tenant’s control excepted. Tenant acknowledges that possession of the Leased Premises must be surrendered upon the expiration or sooner termination of this Lease, TIME BEING OF THE ESSENCE. Tenant shall reimburse, indemnify and hold Landlord harmless from any loss, cost or expense, including reasonable attorneys’ fees, resulting from Tenant’s failure or refusal to vacate the Leased Premises in a timely fashion. In addition, Tenant agrees to pay for use and occupancy of the Leased Premises after the expiration or sooner termination of this lease at a rate equal to 150% of the Minimum Annual Rent, additional rent and adjustments to rent payable immediately prior to such termination or expiration. No such payment shall, however, serve to renew or extend the Term of this Lease. The obligations set forth in this section shall survive the termination of this Lease.

 

21


17. SECURITY DEPOSIT

Tenant shall deposit with Landlord, on or prior to the date hereof, the sum of $78,238.00 equal to two (2) months of rent payments, in lawful United States currency, for the faithful performance and observance by Tenant of the terms, provisions and conditions of this Lease. It is agreed that in the event Tenant defaults in respect of any of the terms, provisions and conditions of this Lease, including, but not limited to, the payment of Rent, Landlord may draw on such security deposit to the extent required for the payment of Rent or any other sum as to which Tenant is in default, or any sum which Landlord may expend or may be required to expend by reason of Tenant’s default in respect of any of the terms, covenants or conditions of this lease, including but not limited to, any damages or deficiency in the reletting of the Leased Premises, regardless of whether such damages or deficiency occurred before or after summary process or other re-entry by Landlord. In the event that Landlord does draw on the security deposit, Tenant shall within ten (10) days of receiving written notice from Landlord, replenish the security deposit by the amount Landlord withdrew therefrom and failure to do so within such ten (10) day period shall constitute a default under this Lease. In the event of a sale of the Leased Premises or any portion thereof, Landlord shall have the right to transfer said security deposit to the new landlord upon such transfer and Landlord shall have no further liability for the security deposit.

 

18. NOTICES

All notices and other communications hereunder (hereinafter collectively referred to as “notices”) required to be given or which may be given hereunder shall be in writing and shall be sent by (a) certified or registered mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid, or (b) national prepaid overnight delivery service or (c) telecopy or other facsimile transmissions (followed with “hard” copy sent by national prepaid overnight delivery service), or (d) personal delivery with receipt acknowledged in writing, directed as follows:

Landlord:      Hudson View Building #3 LLC

  485 West Putnam Avenue

  Greenwich, Connecticut 06830

Tenant:         ContraFect Corporation

  28 Wells Avenue, 3 rd Floor

  Yonkers, New York 10701

Any notice so sent by certified or registered mail shall be deemed given on the date of receipt or refusal as indicated on the return receipt. Any notice sent by telecopy or other facsimile transmission shall be deemed given when the “hard” copy sent by national prepaid overnight delivery service is received or refused. All other notices shall be

 

22


deemed given when actually received or refused by the party to whom the same is directed. A notice may be given either by a party or by such party’s attorney or other authorized agent. Either party may designate by notice given to the other in accordance with the terms of this Section 18 , additional or substitute parties or addresses to whom notices should be sent hereunder.

 

19. ENVIRONMENTAL PROVISIONS

 

  19.1 Hazardous Substances . The term “Hazardous Substances”, as used in this Section 19 , shall include, without limitation, flammables, explosives, radioactive materials, asbestos, polychlorinated biphanyls (PCBs), chemicals known to cause cancer or reproductive toxicity, pollutants, contaminants, hazardous wastes, toxic substances or related materials, petroleum and petroleum products, and substances declared to be hazardous or toxic under any law or regulation now or hereafter enacted or promulgated by any governmental authority.

 

  19.2 Environmental Prohibitions . Tenant shall not cause or permit to occur:

 

  a. Any violation of any federal, state, or local law, ordinance, or regulation now or hereafter enacted, related to environmental conditions on, under, or about the Leased Premises, or arising from Tenant’s use or occupancy of the Leased Premises, including, but not limited to, soil and ground water conditions; or

 

  b. The use, generation, release, manufacture, refining, production, processing storage, or disposal of any Hazardous Substances on, under, or about the Leased Premises, or the transportation to or from the Leased Premises of any Hazardous Substances in violation of law.

 

  19.3 Environmental Compliance .

 

  a. Tenant shall, at Tenant’s expense, comply with all laws regulating the use, generation, storage, transportation, or disposal of Hazardous Substances relating to the operation of the Leased Premises (the “Laws”).

 

  b. Tenant shall, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, make all submissions to, provide all information required by, and comply with all requirements of all governmental authorities (the “Authorities”) under the Laws in connection with the operation of the Leased Premises.

 

  c. If any Authority or any third party demands that a clean-up plan be prepared and that a clean-up be undertaken because of any deposit, spill, discharge, or other release of Hazardous Substances that occurs during the Term, at or from the Leased Premises, or which arises at any time from Tenant’s use or occupancy of the Leased Premises, then Tenant shall, at Tenant’s expense, prepare and submit the required plans and all related bonds and other financial assurances; and Tenant shall carry out all work required by such clean-up plans.

 

23


  d. Tenant shall promptly provide all information regarding the use, generation, storage, transportation or disposal of Hazardous Substances that is reasonably requested by Landlord. Tenant shall promptly notify Landlord of any and all violations of the Laws; and, except in the case of an emergency, and subject to the next succeeding sentence, Tenant shall first make diligent efforts to obtain Landlord’s approval for any remedial action required in accordance with this Section 19 as a result of any violations of the Laws. Landlord may, at its sole discretion, take any and all such remedial action required under this Section 19 at Tenant’s sole cost and expense; and in such case, Tenant shall cooperate with Landlord in order to prepare all documents Landlord reasonably deems necessary or appropriate to determine the applicability of the Laws to the Leased Premises and Tenant’s use thereof, and for compliance therewith, and Tenant shall execute all such documents promptly upon Landlord’s request. No such action by Landlord and no attempt made by Landlord to mitigate damages under any Law shall constitute a waiver of any of Tenant’s obligations under this Section 19.3 .

 

  e. Tenant’s obligations and liabilities under this Section 19.3 shall survive the expiration or termination of this Lease.

 

  19.4 Environmental Indemnity . Tenant shall indemnify, defend, and hold harmless Landlord and its employees, agents, members, managers, successors and assigns from all fines, suits, procedures, claims and actions of every kind and all costs, associated therewith (including reasonable attorneys’ and consultant’s fees) arising out of or in any way connected with any deposit, spill, discharge, release of Hazardous Substances or other violation of Law that occurs during the Term at or from the Leased Premises to the extent caused by Tenant or its employees, agents, contractors, Visitors, sublessors, assignees, invitees, guests or representatives, or which arises at any time, from Tenant’s failure to provide all information, make all submissions, and take all actions required by all Authorities under the Laws. Tenant’s obligations and liabilities under this Section 19.4 shall survive the expiration or termination of this Lease.

 

20. MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS

 

  20.1 Intentionally omitted.

 

  20.2 Passageways, etc . No permanent or temporary revocations or modifications of any license, permit or privilege to occupy or use or maintain any passageway, or structure in, over or under any street or sidewalk, nor any permanent or temporary deprivation of any existing right, privilege or easement appurtenant to the Leased Premises, including rights to use any part of the Common Area, shall operate as or be deemed an eviction of Tenant or in any way terminate, modify, diminish or abate the obligation of Tenant to pay all Rent and to perform each and every covenant required under this Lease provided that Tenant shall have reasonable access to the Leased Premises.

 

24


  20.3 Tenant’s Conflicts . Tenant hereby covenants, warrants and represents that by executing this Lease and by the operation of the Leased Premises under this Lease, it is not violating, has not violated and will not be violating any restrictive covenant or agreement contained in any other lease or contract affecting Tenant or any subsidiary, affiliate, associate or any other person or entity with whom or with which Tenant is related or connected financially or otherwise. Tenant hereby covenants and agrees to defend, indemnify and save harmless Landlord, any future owner of the Leased Premises or any part thereof, and any mortgagee thereof against and from all liabilities, obligations, damages, penalties, claims, costs and expenses, including attorneys’ fees, paid, suffered or incurred by them or any of them an a result of any breach of the foregoing covenant. Tenant’s liability under this covenant extends to the acts and omissions of any subtenant, and any agent, servant, employee or licensee of Tenant or any subtenant of Tenant.

 

  20.4 Relationship of the Parties . Nothing contained herein shall be deemed or construed, by the parties hereto, nor by any third party, as creating the relationship of principal and agent, of partnership or of joint venture between the parties hereto, it being understood and agreed that neither the method of computation of rent nor any other provision contained herein, nor any acts of the parties hereto, shall be deemed to create any other relationship than that of Landlord and Tenant.

 

  20.5 Binding Effect . This Lease shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of Landlord and Landlord’s successors and assigns. This Lease shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of Tenant and Tenant’s successors and permitted assigns.

 

  20.6 Exhibits . All Exhibits attached to this Lease are made a part of this Lease and incorporated by this reference into this Lease.

 

  20.7 Entire Agreement . This Lease and the Exhibits attached to this Lease set forth all the covenants, promises, assurances, agreements, representations, conditions, warranties, statements and understandings (the “Representations” collectively) between Landlord and Tenant concerning the Leased Premises and the Building, and there are no representations, either oral or written, between them other than those in this Lease. This Lease supersedes and revokes all previous negotiations, arrangements, letters of intent, offers to lease, reservations of space, lease proposals, brochures, representations and information conveyed as to the Leased Premises, whether oral or in writing, between the parties or their respective representatives or any other person purporting to represent Landlord or Tenant. Tenant acknowledges that it has not been induced to enter into this Lease by any representations not set forth in this Lease, it has not relied on any such representations, no such representations shall be used in the interpretation or construction of this Lease and Landlord shall have no liability for any consequences arising as a result of any such representations. No subsequent alteration, amendment, change or addition to this Lease shall be binding upon Landlord or Tenant unless in writing signed by both parties.

 

25


  20.8 Signing . The signing of this Lease by Tenant and delivery of this Lease to Landlord or its property manager does not constitute a reservation of or option for the Leased Premises or an agreement to enter into a Lease and this Lease shall become effective only if and when Landlord signs and delivers same to Tenant. Tenant shall deliver to Landlord concurrently with the delivery to Landlord of a signed Lease, certified resolutions of Tenant’s Board of Directors authorizing the signing and delivery of this Lease and the performance by Tenant of its obligations under this Lease.

 

  20.9 No Accord . No payment by Tenant or receipt by Landlord of a lesser amount than any installment or payment of Rent due shall be deemed to be other than on account of the amount due, and no endorsement or statement on any check or any letter accompanying any check or payment of Rent shall be considered an accord and satisfaction. Landlord may accept such check or payment without prejudice to Landlord’s right to recover the balance of such installment or payment of Rent or pursue any other remedies available to Landlord. No receipt of money by Landlord from Tenant after the termination of this Lease or Tenant’s right to possession of the Leased Premises shall reinstate, continue or extend the Term. Landlord may allocate payments received from Tenant to outstanding account balances of Tenant under this Lease in the manner determined by Landlord and Landlord shall not be bound by any allocations of such payments made by Tenant by notation or endorsement on checks or otherwise.

 

  20.10 Broker . Tenant represents to Landlord that Tenant has not dealt with any real estate broker, salesperson, or finder in connection with this Lease, and no such person initiated or participated in the negotiation of this Lease, or showed the Leased Premises to Tenant. Tenant agrees to indemnify, defend and hold harmless Landlord, and its agents, property manager, contractors and employees, from and against any and all claims, demands, liabilities, actions, damages, costs and expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees) for brokerage commissions or fees arising out of a breach of such representation.

 

  20.11 Force Majeure . Landlord shall not be considered in default of any of the terms, covenants and conditions of this Lease on Landlord’s part to be performed, if Landlord fails to timely perform same and such failure is due in whole or in part to any strike, lockout, union labor trouble (whether legal or illegal), civil disorder, inability to procure materials, failure of power, restrictive governmental laws and regulations, riots, insurrections, war, fuel shortages, accidents, casualties, Acts of God, acts caused directly or indirectly by Tenant (or Tenant’s agents, employees or invitees) or any other cause beyond the reasonable control of Landlord.

 

  20.12 No Waiver . The receipt by Landlord of any Rent with knowledge of the breach of any covenant of this Lease by Tenant shall not be deemed a waiver of such breach or any subsequent breach of this Lease by Tenant and no provision of this Lease and no breach of any provision of this Lease shall be deemed to have been waived by Landlord unless such waiver be in writing signed by Landlord. Notwithstanding any cancellation or termination of this Lease, nothing herein

 

26


  shall be construed to release Tenant from any liability or responsibility (whether then or thereafter occurring) with respect to any acts, omissions or obligations of Tenant occurring prior to such cancellation or termination, all of which shall survive such cancellation or termination.

 

  20.13 Captions . Section and Section captions in this Lease are inserted only as a matter of convenience and in no way define, limit, construe or describe the scope or intent of such Section and Section captions.

 

  20.14 Applicable Law . This Lease shall be construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York.

 

  20.15 Notice of Lease . Tenant agrees not to record this Lease but each party hereto agrees, at the request of the other, to execute a Notice of Lease in recordable form complying with applicable law and reasonably satisfactory to Landlord’s attorneys. In no event shall such documents set forth the Rent or other charges paid by Tenant hereunder. Notwithstanding any provisions of this Section 20.15 , Tenant may submit a copy of this Lease to Tenant’s insurer with respect to the Leased Premises.

 

  20.16 Severability . If any clause, phrase, provision or portion of this Lease or the application of same to any person or circumstance shall be invalid or unenforceable under applicable law. Such event shall not affect, impair or render invalid or unenforceable the remainder of this Lease, nor any other clause phrase, provision or portion of this Lease, nor shall it affect the application of any clause, phrase, provision or portion of this Lease to other persons or circumstances.

 

  20.17 No Construction Against Preparer of Lease . This Lease has been prepared by Landlord and its professional advisors and reviewed by Tenant and its professional advisors. Landlord, Tenant and their separate advisors believe that this Lease is the product of all of their efforts, that it expresses their agreement and that it should not be interpreted in favor of either Landlord or Tenant or against either Landlord or Tenant merely because of their efforts in preparing it.

 

  20.18 Intentionally omitted.

 

  20.19 Usury . It is the intent of Landlord and Tenant to comply at all times with applicable usury laws. If at any time such laws would render usurious any amounts called for under this Lease, then it is Landlord’s and Tenant’s express intention that such excess amount be immediately credited toward Rent and the provisions hereof and thereof be immediately deemed to be reformed and the amounts thereafter collectible hereunder reduced to comply with the then applicable laws, without the necessity of the execution of any further documents.

 

  20.20 Definition of Landlord: Landlord’s Liability . The word “Landlord” is used herein to include Landlord named above as well as its successors and assigns, each of whom shall have the same rights, remedies, powers, authorities and privileges as it would have had if it originally signed this Lease as Landlord. Any

 

27


  such person, whether or not named herein, shall have no liability hereunder after it ceases to hold title to the Leased Premises. Neither Landlord nor any principal of Landlord nor the owner of the Leased Premises, whether disclosed or undisclosed, shall have any personal liability with respect to any of the provisions of this Lease or the Leased Premises.

 

  20.21 Intentionally omitted.

 

21. RIGHT OF FIRST REFUSAL

 

  21.1 Landlord shall not lease (i) that eastern portion of the 3 rd Floor of the Building, comprised of approximately 15,040 rentable square feet, as more particularly shown on Exhibit B-2 attached hereto (the “3 rd Floor ROFR Space”) or (ii) that portion of the 4 th Floor of the Building, comprised of approximately 7,520 rentable square feet, as more particularly shown on Exhibit B-3 attached hereto (the “ 4 th Floor ROFR Space ”) (each such applicable space, a “Potential Offering Space”) without giving Tenant the right to first lease each such Potential Offering Space. At any time that Landlord determines to lease or extend any existing lease covering all or part of the Potential Offering Space, Landlord shall notify Tenant of the rent for which Landlord is willing to lease the subject portion of the Potential Offering Space. If Tenant, within ten (10) business days after receipt of Landlord’s written notice, indicates in writing its agreement to lease the such portion of the Potential Offering Space at the rent and on the terms Landlord for which Landlord is willing to lease such Potential Offering Space, said potion of the Potential Offering Space shall be included within the Leased Premises and leased to Tenant pursuant to the provisions of this Lease. However, the rent payable under this Lease shall be increased by the amount of rent attributable to the new portion of title Leased Premises. The parties shall immediately execute an amendment to this Lease addressing the addition of the portion of the Potential Offering Space and the terms thereof. If Tenant fails to respond to Landlord’s notice within ten (10) business days of Tenant’s receipt of same or if Tenant declines Landlord’s terms, Landlord may freely lease to any person or entity the portion of the Potential Offering Space that was the subject of Landlord’s notice and Tenant’s right of first refusal with respect to that particular space shall be terminated in all respects.

 

22. LANDLORDS ADDITIONAL OBLIGATIONS

 

  22.1 Landlord Demolition and Renovations . Landlord at its sole cost and expense shall: (i) renovate by July 1, 2012 the cross-hatched area on Exhibit B-1 attached hereto (the “Fourth Floor Common Area”), including but not limited to the bathrooms, hallway and lobby located in the Fourth Floor Common Area to similarly match the renovations performed in the cross-hatched area on Exhibit B-2 attached hereto (the “Third Floor Common Area”) in connection with the Other Lease; (ii) demolish the Leased Premises within thirty (30) calendar days after Landlord receives from the City of Yonkers the building permit in connection with the approved written demolition plan for the Leased Premises, but, in any event, not prior to January 15, 2012; and (iii) pour gypcrete floors in the Fourth Floor Open Office Space by February 28, 2012.

 

28


  22.2 Landlord Systems Warranty . Landlord represents that the present HVAC, electrical and plumbing located in the Leased Premises are in good working and order. Landlord, at its sole cost and expense shall be responsible for keeping, maintaining, repairing and/or replacing said systems through December 31, 2020. After December 31, 2020, Tenant, at its sole cost and expense shall be responsible for keeping, maintaining, repairing and/or replacing said systems.

[NO FURTHER TEXT ON THIS PAGE]

 

29


LANDLORD:

 

HUDSON VIEW BUILDING #3 LLC

By:    /s/ Joseph Cotter
Name: Joseph Cotter
Title: Managing Member and/or Authorized Agent

TENANT:

 

CONTRAFECT CORPORATION

By:    /s/ Robert Nowinski
Name: Robert Nowinski
Title: CEO

 

30


Exhibit A-1

Site Plan showing the layout of i.park, the Building and Common Area

 

31


 

LOGO

 

32


Exhibit B-1

Plan of the Leased Premises.

 

33


 

LOGO

 

34


Exhibit B-2

Plan of the 3 rd Floor ROFR Space

 

LOGO

 

35


Exhibit B-3

Plan of the 4 th Floor ROFR Space.

 

LOGO

 

36


Exhibit C

Minimum Annual Rent Schedule

 

LOGO

 

37


Exhibit D

Form of AIA Requisition

(see attached)

 

38


 

LOGO

 

39


 

LOGO

 

40

Exhibit 10.5

EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

by and between CONTRAFECT

CORPORATION and

DAVID HUANG, M.D.

THIS EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT (the “Agreement”) is entered into on the latest date set forth on the signature pages hereto, by and between ContraFect Corporation, a Delaware corporation (“Employer”) and David Huang, M.D., a resident of New York City (“Employee”).

WHEREAS, Employer is a biotech company engaged in the business of developing products for approval and sale;

WHEREAS, Employee is a research scientist with knowledge and experience in the area of developing products in the biotech field for approval and sale;

WHEREAS, Employer believes that the future services of Employee will be of substantial benefit to Employer and desires to assure itself of the continued availability of such services; and

WHEREAS, Employee desires to accept employment with Employer on the terms and subject to the conditions hereinafter stated.

NOW, THEREFORE, for and in consideration of the premises above and the mutual promises contained herein and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto agree as follows:

1. Employment and Duties of Employee.

(a) Employer hereby employs Employee to serve Employer in the capacity of Chief Medical Officer reporting to Employer’s Chief Executive Officer Employer shall have the power to determine the precise duties of Employee as they may change over time and as Employer’s needs shall warrant. Employee agrees to devote Employee’s full working time, attention, ability, skill and energies to the performance of


Employee’s duties hereunder. Employee shall provide professional services on behalf of Employer in a manner and to an extent consistent with that established by Employer. Employee shall work at all locations/offices of Employer as requested by Employer, and upon Employer’s request shall travel as needed to carry out his duties. Employee shall not provide like services for any other entity or person, whether for compensation or not, except as an employee of Employer.

(b) Employee shall comply with all bylaws, policies, procedures, standards and regulations of Employer now or hereafter promulgated. Employee shall participate in such continuing education as may be required under applicable ethical or licensing standards, laws, rules and regulations applying to Employee’s profession or as may otherwise be required by Employer. Employee shall obtain and maintain all required licenses, credentials, approvals or other certifications to perform Employee’s duties and services hereunder.

(c) Employee shall disclose in writing to Employer on the date hereof all financial interests or compensation arrangements of Employee (other than this Employment Agreement) in any Biotech Venture (Biotech Venture shall mean and include without limitation, any entity or person that develops or sells, researches, or licenses scientific information or products for the therapy of human diseases)(such financial interests and compensation arrangements hereinafter collectively referred to as “Arrangements”).

Employee shall not enter into any Arrangements with any Biotech Venture without the prior written consent of Employer.

2. Hours and Place of Employment . Employee is expected to maintain a regular work week as assigned by the Employer for employees at his level performing such duties. Employee shall be assigned to work at Employer’s headquarters location in Yonkers, New York.

3. Term of Employment . The initial term of employment (the “Initial Term”) of Employee’s employment by Employer under this Agreement shall commence on September 1, 2011 (the “Commencement Date”) and shall end four (4) years thereafter, unless earlier terminated as hereinafter provided. Unless either party elects to terminate this Agreement at the end of the Initial Term or any renewal term by giving the other party notice of such election at least ninety (90) days before the expiration of the Initial Term, this Agreement shall be deemed to have been renewed for an additional term of one (1) year commencing on the day after the expiration of the then current term and so on from year to year. Notwithstanding the foregoing, either party shall have the right to terminate this Agreement at any time for any reason or no reason upon thirty (30) days’

 

2


prior written notice. In the event that Employer or Employee gives notice to terminate pursuant to the foregoing sentence, Employer may elect to have Employee cease working immediately so long as Employer continues to pay Employee his base salary in accordance with the provisions of Section (4)(a) hereof for the entire thirty (30) day notice period. In the event Employer elects to have Employee immediately cease working during the thirty (30) days notice period as provided in the foregoing sentence and Employee finds alternative employment that is not in violation of any provision herein, Employee may accept and engage in the alternative employment and upon Employee’s first date of employment with the alternative employer, Employer shall terminate the payment of Employee’s base salary during the thirty (30) day notice period as provided in subsection 4(a). In the event that Employee is terminated by Employer without cause then in such event Employee shall be given a severance payment in the amount that is equal to twelve (12) months of his then base salary provided that Employee first signs a Severance and Release Agreement in a form prescribed by Employer. The aforesaid severance payment shall be paid over twelve (12) months and shall be subject to mitigation by Employee.

4. Compensation of Employee.

(a) As compensation for all services to be performed by Employee from and after the Commencement Date, Employer agrees to pay to Employee a base salary of Three Hundred Fifty Thousand Dollars ($350,000.00) per annum. All such payments shall be prorated for any partial month or year and shall be payable in accordance with Employer’s customary payroll practices for Employees. Federal income taxes, social security taxes and other customary employee payroll deductions shall be deducted from all amounts paid to Employee as compensation under this Employment Agreement. Employer will review Employee’s performance annually at which time Employee’s base salary may subsequently be changed.

(b) Effective as of the Commencement Date Employer shall give Employee stock options for Two Hundred Thousand (200,000) shares of common stock under its stock option plan which will provide, among other things, for vesting in annual increments, at a $1.29 per share strike price, over three years (66,666 shares at the end of the first year, 66,666 shares at the end of the second year, and 66,668 shares at the end of the third year. Such options shall have a duration of 10 years. The stock option plan provides, inter alia, that unvested options shall be forfeited in the event that Employee is no longer an employee as of the vesting date.

(c) The Employee will also qualify for an annual bonus based on the criteria to be determined by Employer in the first thirty (30) days of each employment year. The bonus shall be in the amount of 25% of the then base salary and shall be paid

 

3


50% in cash and 50% as options derived from Employer’s stock option plan. Such options shall have a duration of 10 years and vest over a period of 3 years as described in 4(b) with an exercise price at the fair market value on the date of approval by the Board of Directors. Employer shall review Employee’s performance annually with a view towards setting criteria for possible additional bonus arrangements.

(d) Employee shall be entitled to participate in such fringe benefit programs as Employer may offer to its senior employees generally. The Employer’s current health insurance plan is with Empire Blue Cross/Blue Shield and also includes optical and dental coverage. Employer reserves the right, subject to decisions of its Board of Directors, to amend, decrease or discontinue any benefit program at any time without advance notice to or consent of the Employee, consistent with the manner in which Employer changes the benefit programs for other similarly situated employees of Employer.

(e) Within thirty (30) days of commencing employment Employer will give Employee a signing bonus in the form of fully vested stock options for Fifty Eight Thousand One Hundred Forty (58,140) shares of common stock under its stock option plan which will provide, among other things, for the options to be forfeited in the event that Employee should voluntarily terminate his employment with Employer within the first year of his employment. Such options shall have a duration of 10 years and shall have the same criteria as that listed in Section 4(b). The stock option plan provides, inter alia , that unvested options shall be forfeited in the event that Employee is no longer an employee as of the vesting date.

(f) Within thirty (30) days of commencing employment Employer will give Pace Law School an educational stipend of Ten Thousand ($10,000.00) Dollars for Employee to use in pursuit of educational endeavors.

5. Absences and Vacation. In each calendar year of Employee’s employment Employee shall have off as paid vacation the Christmas/New Years break starting with December 23 as the first day off and ending on January 1 of the following year. In addition, in each calendar year of Employee’s employment Employee shall be entitled to take fourteen (14) days off as paid vacation during the summer. Employee shall be entitled to five (5) paid sick days and two personal days in each year of Employee’s employment. Except as to sick days, vacation time off shall be taken at a time reasonably convenient to Employer. In the event Employee’s employment terminates prior to the end of the term hereof, such entitlement shall be prorated. Any unused time off at the end of any annual term of this Agreement shall not entitle Employee to payment therefor and may not be carried forward into any subsequent period of employment. All vacation and sick time shall be prorated if Employee’s employment shall start or end during a calendar year.

 

4


6. Expenses.

(a) In addition to the compensation payable to Employee under Section 4, Employer agrees to reimburse Employee for approved expenses reasonably incurred during the course of Employee’s employment. Such reimbursement shall be made upon presentation of receipts satisfactory to Employer for expenses actually incurred in connection with the foregoing.

7. Termination Other Than For Cause.

(a) In the event of Employee’s death, Employee’s employment shall terminate immediately and Employee’s estate shall be paid Employee’s base salary and accrued bonus, if any, through the date on which such death occurred.

(b) If Employee after working for six (6) months for Employer becomes unable to perform the essential functions of Employee’s duties (with reasonable accommodation, if requested) due to partial or total disability or incapacity resulting from a mental or physical illness or injury or any similar cause, Employer will continue the payment of Employee’s base salary pursuant to Section 4(a) for a period of three (3) months, or until the Employee is able to return to work, whichever is shorter. The first days of said salary continuation shall be charged against any of Employee’s accrued and unused vacation time, sick time and personal days. Thereafter, Employer shall have no obligation for the payment of Employee’s base salary pursuant to Section 4(a) to Employee during the continuance of such disability or incapacity. Any disability payments that are paid to Employee from Employer provided disability insurance shall be applied as an offset against Employer’s salary continuation under this subsection 7(b). Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, Employee shall not be entitled to receive base salary pursuant to this subsection 7(b) for more than three (3) months in any consecutive twelve (12) month period. At such time as the Family and Medical Leave Act shall apply to Employer, if ever, Employee shall have such rights as are provided for thereunder.

8. Termination For Cause.

(a) Employee’s employment under this Agreement shall be deemed to be terminated upon the occurrence of any of the following, at Employer’s election, immediately upon Employer giving written notice of such termination to Employee:

(i) Employee’s conviction of any felony or a crime involving moral turpitude.

 

5


(ii) Employee’s failure or refusal to follow, in any material respect, the instructions of Employer or the bylaws, policies, standards or regulations of Employer, which from time to time may be established or changed, and such failure or refusal is not cured within fifteen (15) days of receiving written notice of such violation from Employer.

(iii) Employee’s continued failure or refusal to faithfully and diligently perform, in any material respect, the usual and customary duties of Employee’s employment hereunder, and such failure or refusal is not cured within fifteen (15) days of receiving written notice of such violation from Employer.

(iv) Employee’s conduct is unprofessional, unethical, immoral or fraudulent and such conduct is not cured within fifteen (15) days of receiving written notice to cure such conduct from Employer.

(v) Employee’s conduct is detrimental to the reputation, character or standing of Employer.

(vi) Unlawful use by Employee of narcotics or other controlled substances, or use of alcohol or other drugs in a manner Employer reasonably determines interferes with the performance of the essential functions of Employee’s duties hereunder.

(vii) Employee’s failure or refusal to behave in a reasonably courteous, respectful and helpful manner toward third parties or co-workers and such behavior is not cured within ten (10) days of receiving notice to cure such behavior from Employer.

(viii) Any written notice under this Section 9(a) shall specify the alleged violations in sufficient detail as to apprise Employee of the default or failure.

(b) In the event that Employer fails to pay Employee any installment of the base salary owed to Employee under Section 4(a) or (b) when it is due and such non-payment is not cured within fifteen (15) days after Employee shall have notified Employer in writing of such non-payment, then Employee, provided that. Employee is not in default with respect to any of Employee’s obligations under this Agreement, shall have the option to terminate Employee’s employment under this Agreement immediately upon Employee giving written notice of such termination to Employer.

 

6


9. Proprietary and Confidential Information.

a. Confidential Information. Employee acknowledges that, during the course of his service with Employer, he will have access to Confidential Information and materials not generally known outside Employer. For all purposes of this Agreement, “Confidential Information” means all information and materials (whether conceived or developed by Employee or others), marketing and other business plans, customers and customer information, data strategies, research, reports, copyrights and patents related to Employer. During the Term of this Agreement, Employee shall not, without the prior consent of Employer, communicate or divulge any Confidential Information or materials to anyone other than Employer and its partners, affiliates, employees, consultants and those designated by it except in the course of carrying out his duties or as required by law. Employee acknowledges that Confidential Information is and shall remain the property of Employer. The confidentiality obligations hereunder shall not apply to Confidential Information which: (i) is, or later becomes, public knowledge other than by breach of this Agreement; or (ii) is in the possession of Employee with the full right to disclose same prior to his receipt of it from Employer; or (iii) is independently received by Employee from a third party, with no restrictions of disclosure. Furthermore, Employee agrees not to use Confidential Information for any purposes other than to perform duties for Employer hereunder. Employee shall also execute Employer’s standard Confidentiality Agreement.

b. Ownership of Patents and Intellectual Property. Employee agrees that any work prepared for Employer from the date of this Agreement until the expiration of his employment with Employer, which is eligible for copyright and patent protection under the laws of the United States or any other country and any proprietary know-how developed by Employee while rendering services for Employer, will vest in Employer. Employee hereby grants, transfers and assigns all right, title and interest in such work and all copyrights and patents in such work and all renewals and extensions thereof to Employer, and agrees to provide all assistance reasonably requested by Employer in the establishment, preservation and enforcement of Employer’s copyright and patents in such work, such assistance to be provided at Employer’s expense but without any additional compensation to Employee if Employee is employed by Employer and for reasonable compensation and subject to his reasonable availability if he is not. If Employer cannot, after reasonable effort, secure Employee’s signature on any documents needed do apply for or prosecute any patent, copyright or other right or protection relating to an invention, whether because of his physical or mental incapacity or for any other reason whatsoever, Employee hereby irrevocably designates and appoints Employer and its duly authorized officers and agents as his agent and attorney-in-fact, to act for and on his behalf and in his name and stead for the purpose of executing and filing any such application or

 

7


applications and taking all other lawfully permitted actions to further the prosecution and issuance of patents, copyrights, or similar protections thereon, with the same legal force and effect as if executed by him.

c. Litigation. Employee agrees to render assistance and cooperation to Employer at its request regarding any matter, dispute or controversy with which Employer may become involved and of which Employee has useful knowledge, information or expertise. Such services will be without additional compensation if Employee is then employed by Employer and for reasonable compensation and subject to his reasonable availability if he is not. Following his employment, Employee shall not be required to cooperate other than as a fact witness. Employer agrees to pay all expenses reasonably incurred or to be incurred by Employee in connection with his cooperation.

10. Covenants not to Compete.

a. Non-competition. Employee acknowledges that his duties hereunder and the services he will provide to Employer are of a special, unique, unusual and extraordinary character, which gives this Agreement particular value to Employer, and that the knowledge he will learn while working for Employer is such that it will necessarily be valuable to a competitor and almost impossible to keep confidential if Employee were to work for a competitor. Therefore, during the Term and for a period of one year after termination of his service to Employer, Employee will not, directly or indirectly, enter into, organize, control, engage in, be employed by, serve as a consultant to, be an officer or director of, or have any direct investment of more than 5% of the outstanding shares in, any business, person, partnership, association, firm, corporation, or other entity engaged in any business activity (including, but not limited to, research, development, manufacturing, selling, leasing, licensing or providing services; excluding, but not limited to, clinical patient care) which is competitive with the business of Employer. For purposes of this Agreement, a business activity is competitive with the business of the Company if it is being done on behalf of, any business, person, partnership, association, firm, corporation, or other entity that owns, develops, sells, researches, or licenses scientific information, or products involving antibodies, lysins and other bacterial products, but does not include any other anti-microbial agents for the treatment of human pathogens.

b. Non-diversion. During the Term, and for a period of one year after the date of termination of Employee’s employment with Employer, Employee will not divert or attempt to divert or take advantage of or attempt to take advantage of any actual or potential business or opportunities of Employer.

 

8


c. Non-recruitment. Employee agrees that Employer has or will invest substantial time and effort in assembling its workforce. Accordingly, Employee agrees that during the Term and for a period of one year after the date of termination of Employee’s employment with Employer Employee will not directly or indirectly (a) hire away any individuals who were employed by, or providing independent contractor services to, Employer during the one-year period prior to the date of termination of Employee’s service with Employer, or (b) directly or indirectly, entice, solicit or seek to induce or influence any such employees, or independent contractors, to leave or curtail their service with Employer or to provide services to others. In addition, Employee agrees that for a period of one year after the date of termination of Employee’s employment with Employer Employee will not directly or indirectly solicit any customer of Employer for the benefit of Employee or any other business venture

11. Remedies.

a. Employee acknowledges that the restrictions contained in Sections 9 and 10, in view of the nature of the business of Employer, are reasonable and necessary in order to protect the legitimate interests of Employer. Employee acknowledges that any violation of such restrictions would likely result in irreparable injuries to Employer, and Employee therefore acknowledges that, in the event of Employee’s violation of any of these restrictions, Employer shall be entitled to seek from any court of competent jurisdiction preliminary and permanent injunctive relief without proving actual damage or immediate or irreparable harm and without posting any bond. In addition, Employer shall be entitled to seek damages and an equitable accounting of all earnings, profits and other benefits arising from such violation, which rights shall be cumulative and in addition to any other rights or remedies to which Employer may be entitled.

b. If the time, geographic, or other limitations specified in Sections 9 and 10 above should be adjudged to exceed limitations permitted by applicable law in any proceeding, then the affected provisions shall be deemed reformed in such jurisdiction to the maximum time, geographic, product or service or other limitations permitted by applicable law. If Employee violates any of the restrictions contained in the foregoing Sections 9 and 10, the restrictive period shall be tolled, and shall not run, during the time of any said breach.

c. In view of the difficulty of determining the amount of damages that may result to the parties hereto from the breach of the provision of Section 9 or 10, it is the intent of the parties hereto that, in addition to monetary damages, any non-breaching party shall have the right to prevent any such breach in equity or otherwise, including without limitation prevention by means of injunctive relief. The prevailing party in any such action shall be entitled to an award of its reasonable attorney’s fees and costs.

 

9


12. Non-disparagement. Employee and Employer mutually agree that, during the Term and for a period of five years thereafter, neither will directly or indirectly disparage the other.

13. Entire Agreement; Amendments. This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement and understanding between Employer and Employee relating to the subject matter hereof, and shall not be amended or changed except by written instrument signed by each of the undersigned parties. There are no prior or contemporaneous oral or written understandings or agreements between the parties regarding Employee’s employment by Employer or any other matter.

14. No Waiver . Neither Employee nor Employer shall by any act, delay, indulgence, omission or otherwise be deemed to have waived any right or remedy hereunder or to have acquiesced in any default in or breach of any of the terms and conditions hereof. No failure to exercise, nor any delay in exercising, on the part of Employee or Employer, any right, power or privilege hereunder shall operate as a waiver thereof. No single or partial exercise of any right, power or privilege hereunder shall preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right, power or privilege.

15. Waiver of jury trial. The parties hereto waive any and all rights to a trial by jury with respect to any action arising hereunder.

16. Governing Law, Venue, Interpretation of Language . The parties agree that this Agreement shall be governed by the laws of the State of New York and that venue for an action between the parties that arises out of this Agreement shall be in New York county, State of New York. In the event an ambiguity or question of intent or interpretation arises, this Agreement shall be construed as if drafted jointly by the parties and no presumption or burden of proof shall arise favoring or disfavoring any party by virtue of the authorship of any of the provisions of this Agreement.

17. Resignation as Officer and Director . In the event that Employee’s employment with Employer is terminated for any reason whatsoever, Employee agrees to immediately resign from any position Employee may hold as an officer or director of, or on behalf of, Employer.

18. Limitation on Authority . Without the express written consent of Employer, the Employee shall have no apparent or implied authority to:

(a) pledge the credit of Employer or any of its employees;

 

10


(b) bind the Employer under any contract, agreement, note, mortgage or otherwise; or

(c) sell, mortgage, transfer or otherwise dispose of any assets of Employer.

19. Notices . Any notices under this Agreement shall be given in writing in person or by registered or certified U.S. mail, postage prepaid, return receipt requested, or by facsimile with confirmation, to the parties at their respective addresses set forth below, and such notices shall be deemed given when received or three (3) days after placed in the mail in the manner provided above. Either party may change such party’s address for notice by giving notice as provided herein.

 

(a)    If to Employer:    With a copy to:   
   Robert Nowinski, Ph.D.      
   28 Wells Avenue      
   Yonkers, NY 10701      
(b)    If to Employee:      
   David Huang, M.D.      
   320 E 46th Street #23C      
   New York, NY 10017      

20. Prior Agreements . Employee represents to Employer that (a) there are no restrictions, agreements or understandings to which Employee is a party that would prevent or make unlawful Employee’s execution of this Agreement or Employee’s employment hereunder, (b) Employee’s execution of this Agreement and Employee’s employment hereunder shall not constitute a breach of any contract, agreement or understanding, oral or written, to which Employee is a party or by which Employee is bound, (c) Employee is free and able to execute this Agreement and to enter into employment by Employer, and (d) Employee shall not divulge to Employer any trade secrets or proprietary information that belongs to any other person or entity.

21. No Assignment . This Agreement and the rights and obligations of both parties hereunder are personal in nature, and shall not be assignable by either party hereto, except by operation of law. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Employer may assign some or all of its rights hereunder to a successor in interest.

22. Headings . Headings used in this Agreement are solely for the convenience of the parties and shall be given no effect in the construction or interpretation of this Agreement.

 

11


23 Miscellaneous.

(a) Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be deemed to be an original as against any party whose signature appears thereon, and all of which shall together constitute one and the same instrument. This Agreement shall become binding when one or more counterparts hereof, individually or taken together, shall bear the signatures of all of the parties reflected hereon as the signatories.

(b) Provisions Separable. The provisions of this Agreement are independent of and separable from each other, and no provision shall be affected or rendered invalid or unenforceable by virtue of the fact that for any reason any other or others of them may be invalid or unenforceable in whole or in part.

(c) Survival. Any provisions of this Agreement which, by their terms, are intended to survive the expiration or termination of this Agreement, including but not limited to the restrictive covenant and the provisions relating to non-solicitation, confidentiality, and both parties agree to forever waive any claim or defense, at law or in equity, asserting that such provision(s) terminated or otherwise became unenforceable as a result of the expiration or termination of this Agreement.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be signed and delivered as of the day and year set forth below.

 

CONTRAFECT CORPORATION
By:  

LOGO

  Robert Nowinski, CEO
Dated:   June 27, 2011
 

LOGO

  David Huang, M.D.
Dated:   June 30, 2011

 

12

Exhibit 10.7

EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

by and between

CONTRAFECT CORPORATION

and

Michael Wittekind, Ph.D.

THIS EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT (the “Agreement”) is entered into on the latest date set forth on the signature pages hereto, by and between ContraFect Corporation, a Delaware corporation (“Employer”) and Michael Wittekind, a resident of Washington State (“Employee”).

WHEREAS, Employer is a biotech company engaged in the business of developing products for approval and sale;

WHEREAS, Employee is a research scientist with knowledge and experience in the area of developing products in the biotech field for approval and sale;

WHEREAS, Employer believes that the future services of Employee will be of substantial benefit to Employer and desires to assure itself of the continued availability of such services; and

WHEREAS, Employee desires to accept employment with Employer on the terms and subject to the conditions hereinafter stated.

NOW, THEREFORE, for and in consideration of the premises above and the mutual promises contained herein and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto agree as follows:

1. Employment and Duties of Employee .

(a) Employer hereby employs Employee to serve Employer in the capacity of Senior Vice President of Research reporting to Employer’s Chief Executive Officer. Subject to the CEO’s direction, Employee shall direct the Research Program of the Company, prepare plans for the Company’s research activities and shall be a member of the Company’s Executive Committee. Employer shall have the power to determine the


precise duties of Employee as they may change over time and as Employer’s needs shall warrant. Employee agrees to devote Employee’s full working time, attention, ability, skill and energies to the performance of Employee’s duties hereunder. Employee shall provide professional services on behalf of Employer in a manner and to an extent consistent with that established by Employer. Employee shall work at all locations/offices of Employer as requested by Employer, and upon Employer’s request shall travel as needed to carry out his duties. Employee shall not provide like services for any other entity or person, whether for compensation or not, except as an employee of Employer. Six (6) months following the Employee’s Commencement Date (see below) and after consultation with the Board, the Company shall decide whether to give Employee the title of Chief Scientific Officer.

(b) Employee shall comply with all bylaws, policies, procedures, standards and regulations of Employer now or hereafter promulgated. Employee shall participate in such continuing education as may be required under applicable ethical or licensing standards, laws, rules and regulations applying to Employee’s profession or as may otherwise be required by Employer. Employee shall obtain and maintain all required licenses, credentials, approvals or other certifications to perform Employee’s duties and services hereunder.

(c) As of the commencement of his employment, Employee represents that he will not and does not have any financial interests or compensation arrangements of Employee (other than this Employment Agreement) in any Biotech Venture (Biotech Venture shall mean and include without limitation, any entity or person that develops or sells, researches, or licenses scientific information or products for the therapy of human diseases, such financial interests and compensation arrangements hereinafter collectively referred to as “Arrangements”).

Employee shall not enter into any Arrangements with any Biotech Venture without the prior written consent of Employer.

2. Hours and Place of Employment . Employee is expected to maintain a regular work week as assigned by the Employer for employees at his level performing such duties. Employee shall be assigned to work at Employer’s headquarters location in Yonkers, New York.

3. Term of Employment . The initial term of employment (the “Initial Term”) of Employee’s employment by Employer under this Agreement shall commence on March 12, 2012 (the “Commencement Date”) and shall end three (3) years thereafter, unless earlier terminated as hereinafter provided. Unless either party elects to terminate this Agreement at the end of the Initial Term or any renewal term by giving the other

 

2


party notice of such election at least ninety (90) days before the expiration of the Initial Term, this Agreement shall be deemed to have been renewed for an additional term of one (1) year commencing on the day after the expiration of the then current term and so on from year to year. Notwithstanding the foregoing, either party shall have the right to terminate this Agreement at any time for any reason or no reason upon thirty (30) days’ prior written notice. In the event that Employer or Employee gives notice to terminate pursuant to the foregoing sentence, Employer may elect to have Employee cease working immediately so long as Employer continues to pay Employee his base salary in accordance with the provisions of Section (4)(a) hereof for the entire thirty (30) day notice period. In the event Employer elects to have Employee immediately cease working during the thirty (30) days notice period as provided in the foregoing sentence and Employee finds alternative employment that is not in violation of any provision herein, Employee may accept and engage in the alternative employment and upon Employee’s first date of employment with the alternative employer, Employer shall terminate the payment of Employee’s base salary during the thirty (30) day notice period as provided in subsection 4(a). In the event that Employee is terminated by Employer without cause or Employee terminates the agreement for Good Reason (subsection 7d), then in such event Employee shall be given a severance payment in the amount that is equal to twelve (12) months of his then base salary provided that Employee first signs a Severance and Release Agreement in a form prescribed by Employer. The aforesaid severance payment shall be paid over twelve (12) months and shall be subject to mitigation by Employee.

4. Compensation of Employee .

(a) As compensation for all services to be performed by Employee from and after the Commencement Date, Employer agrees to pay to Employee a base salary of Two Hundred Forty Thousand Dollars ($240,000.00) per annum. All such payments shall be prorated for any partial month or year and shall be payable in accordance with Employer’s customary payroll practices for Employees. Federal income taxes, social security taxes and other customary employee payroll deductions shall be deducted from all amounts paid to Employee as compensation under this Employment Agreement. Employer will review Employee’s performance annually and discuss the review with Employee. Employee’s base salary may subsequently be increased as a result of such performance review.

(b) Effective as of the Commencement Date Employer shall give Employee stock options for One Hundred Forty Thousand (140,000) shares of common stock of the Company under its stock option plan (attached hereto as Exhibit 4(b) and incorporated herein by this reference) which will provide, among other things, for vesting in annual increments, at a $1.65 per share strike price, over three years (48,000 shares at

 

3


the end of the first year, 48,000 shares at the end of the second year, and 48,000 shares at the end of the third year. Such options shall have a duration of 10 years. The stock option plan provides, inter alia , that unvested options shall be forfeited in the event that Employee is no longer an employee as of the vesting date. Stock Options are controlled by the Employer’s Equity Incentive Plan, a copy of which is attached, hereto. Vesting upon a Change in Control is covered therein. The 2008 Equity Incentive Plan provides that “As of the effective time and date of any Change in Control, … any then outstanding Awards (whether or not vested) will accelerate and become fully exercisable and fully vested. The Plan’s terms may be amended or modified as provided therein.

(c) Employee shall be entitled to participate in such fringe benefit programs as Employer may offer to its senior employees generally , including payment of medical and dental premiums for Employee, Employee’s spouse and the children of Employee ages 26 and younger. The Employer’s current health insurance plan is with Oxford and also includes optical and dental coverage. Employer reserves the right, subject to decisions of its Board of Directors, to amend, decrease or discontinue any benefit program at any time without advance notice to or consent of the Employee, consistent with the manner in which Employer changes the benefit programs for other similarly situated employees of Employer.

(d) Within thirty (30) days of commencing employment Employer will give Employee a signing bonus of twenty thousand dollars ($20,000) less taxable withholdings. The signing bonus shall be repaid to Employer by Employee if Employee ceases to be an employee of Employer within six (6) months of the commencement of his employment.

(e) Employee shall be entitled to reimbursement of all reasonable expenses, not to exceed Fifty Thousand Dollars ($50,000), related to the relocation of Employee and his family to the New York City metropolitan area. Such reimbursement shall either be direct billed to the Company or the Employee may be reimbursed by the Company upon presentation of receipts satisfactory to Employer for expenses actually incurred in connection with the foregoing. The expenses paid by Employer shall be repaid to Employer by Employee if Employee ceases to be an employee of Employer within six (6) months of the commencement of his employment.

5. Absences and Vacation . In each calendar year of Employee’s employment Employee shall have off as paid vacation the Christmas/New Year’s break starting with December 24 as the first day off and ending on January 1 of the following year (the “Winter Vacation”). In addition, in each calendar year of Employee’s employment Employee shall be entitled to take fourteen (14) days off as paid vacation on dates that

 

4


are subject to the approval of Employer and are not within one (1) month of the Winter Vacation. Employee shall be entitled to five (5) paid sick days and two personal days in each year of Employee’s employment. Except as to sick days, vacation time off shall be taken at a time reasonably convenient to Employer. In the event Employee’s employment terminates prior to the end of the term hereof, such entitlement shall be prorated. Any unused time off at the end of any annual term of this Agreement shall not entitle Employee to payment therefor and may not be carried forward into any subsequent period of employment. All vacation and sick time shall be prorated if Employee’s employment shall start or end during a calendar year.

6. Expenses . In addition to the compensation payable to Employee under Section 4, Employer agrees to reimburse Employee for approved expenses reasonably incurred during the course of Employee’s employment. Such reimbursement shall be made upon presentation of receipts satisfactory to Employer for expenses actually incurred in connection with the foregoing.

7. Termination Other Than For Cause .

(a) In the event of Employee’s death, Employee’s employment shall terminate immediately and Employee’s estate shall be paid Employee’s base salary and accrued bonus, if any, through the date on which such death occurred.

(b) If Employee after working for six (6) months for Employer becomes unable to perform the essential functions of Employee’s duties (with reasonable accommodation, if requested) due to partial or total disability or incapacity resulting from a mental or physical illness or injury or any similar cause, Employer will continue the payment of Employee’s base salary pursuant to Section 4(a) for a period of three (3) months, or until the Employee is able to return to work, whichever is shorter. The first days of said salary continuation shall be charged against any of Employee’s accrued and unused vacation time, sick time and personal days. Thereafter, Employer shall have no obligation for the payment of Employee’s base salary pursuant to Section 4(a) to Employee during the continuance of such disability or incapacity. Any disability payments that are paid to Employee from Employer provided disability insurance shall be applied as an offset against Employer’s salary continuation under this subsection 7(b). Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, Employee shall not be entitled to receive base salary pursuant to this subsection 7(b) for more than three (3) months in any consecutive twelve (12) month period. At such time as the Family and Medical Leave Act shall apply to Employer, if ever, Employee shall have such rights as are provided for thereunder.

 

5


(c) In the event that Employer fails to pay Employee any installment of the base salary owed to Employee under Section 4(a) or (b) when it is due and such non-payment is not cured within fifteen (15) days after Employee shall have notified Employer in writing of such non-payment, then Employee, provided that Employee is not in default with respect to any of Employee’s obligations under this Agreement, shall have the option to terminate Employee’s employment under this Agreement immediately upon Employee giving written notice of such termination to Employer.

(d) Employee may terminate Employee’s employment, hereunder for Good Reason effective, upon written notice to the Employer. “ Good Reason ” shall mean:

(i) In the event that Employer institutes a significant and material adverse change in the duties, responsibilities, title, or compensation (reduction) of the Employee without his consent; or

(ii) a material breach by Company of this Agreement that adversely affects Employee, which is not cured by the Company within fifteen (15) days of receipt of written notice from the Employee fully describing the alleged breach.

8. Termination for Cause .

(a) Employee’s employment under this Agreement shall be deemed to be terminated upon the occurrence of any of the following, at Employer’s election, immediately upon Employer giving written notice of such termination to Employee:

(i) Employee’s conviction of any felony or a crime involving moral turpitude.

(ii) Employee’s failure or refusal to follow, in any material respect, the instructions of Employer or the bylaws, policies, standards or regulations of Employer, which from time to time may be established or changed.

(iii) Employee’s continued failure or refusal to faithfully and diligently perform, in any material respect, the usual and customary duties of Employee’s employment hereunder.

(iv) Employee’s conduct is unprofessional, unethical, immoral or fraudulent.

(v) Employee’s conduct is detrimental to the reputation, character or standing of Employer.

 

6


(vi) Unlawful use by Employee of narcotics or other controlled substances, or use of alcohol or other drugs in a manner Employer reasonably determines interferes with the performance of the essential functions of Employee’s duties hereunder.

(vii) Employee’s failure or refusal to behave in a reasonably courteous, respectful and helpful manner toward third parties or co-workers.

(viii) With respect to sections (ii) and (iii) of this Section 8(a) the written notice shall give Employee thirty (30) days to cure his performance deficiencies.

(ix) With respect to unprofessional conduct as referenced in section (iv), conduct that is detrimental to the reputation, character or standing of Employer as referenced in section (v), or Employee’s failure or refusal to behave in a reasonably courteous, respectful and helpful manner toward third parties or co-workers as referenced in section (vii), of this Section 8(a), Employer shall, if Employer reasonably determines that such infraction is subject to cure, give Employee a written notice of his infraction and shall give Employee fifteen (15) days to cure his performance deficiencies.

9. Proprietary and Confidential Information .

(a) Confidential Information. Employee acknowledges that, during the course of his service with Employer, he will have access to Confidential Information and materials not generally known outside Employer. For all purposes of this Agreement, “Confidential Information” means all information and materials (whether conceived or developed by Employee or others), marketing and other business plans, customers and customer information, data strategies, research, reports, copyrights and patents related to Employer. During the Term of this Agreement, Employee shall not, without the prior consent of Employer, communicate or divulge any Confidential Information or materials to anyone other than Employer and its partners, affiliates, employees, consultants and those designated by it except in the course of carrying out his duties or as required by law. Employee acknowledges that Confidential Information is and shall remain the property of Employer. The confidentiality obligations hereunder shall not apply to Confidential Information which: (i) is, or later becomes, public knowledge other than by breach of this Agreement; or (ii) is in the possession of Employee with the full right to disclose same prior to his receipt of it from Employer; or (iii) is independently received by Employee from a third party, with no restrictions of disclosure. Furthermore, Employee agrees not to use Confidential Information for any purposes other than to perform duties for Employer hereunder. Employee shall also execute Employer’s standard Confidentiality Agreement in the form set forth in Exhibit 9(a) and thereafter in such form as Employer may present to Employee.

 

7


(b) Ownership of Patents and Intellectual Property. Employee agrees that any work prepared for Employer from the date of this Agreement until the expiration of his employment with Employer, which is eligible for copyright and patent protection under the laws of the United States or any other country and any proprietary know-how developed by Employee while rendering services for Employer, will vest in Employer. Employee hereby grants, transfers and assigns all right, title and interest in such work and all copyrights and patents in such work and all renewals and extensions thereof to Employer, and agrees to provide all assistance reasonably requested by Employer in the establishment, preservation and enforcement of Employer’s copyright and patents in such work, such assistance to be provided at Employer’s expense but without any additional compensation to Employee if Employee is employed by Employer and for reasonable compensation and subject to his reasonable availability if he is not. If Employer cannot, after reasonable effort, secure Employee’s signature on any documents needed do apply for or prosecute any patent, copyright or other right or protection relating to an invention, whether because of his physical or mental incapacity or for any other reason whatsoever, Employee hereby irrevocably designates and appoints Employer and its duly authorized officers and agents as his agent and attorney-in-fact, to act for and on his behalf and in his name and stead for the purpose of executing and filing any such application or applications and taking all other lawfully permitted actions to further the prosecution and issuance of patents, copyrights, or similar protections thereon, with the same legal force and effect as if executed by him.

(c) Litigation. Employee agrees to render assistance and cooperation to Employer at its request regarding any matter, dispute or controversy with which Employer may become involved and of which Employee has useful knowledge, information or expertise. Such services will be without additional compensation if Employee is then employed by Employer and for reasonable compensation and subject to his reasonable availability if he is not. Following his employment, Employee shall not be required to cooperate other than as a fact witness. Employer agrees to pay all expenses reasonably incurred or to be incurred by Employee in connection with his cooperation.

10. Covenants not to Compete .

(a) Non-competition. Employee acknowledges that his duties hereunder and the services he will provide to Employer are of a special, unique, unusual and extraordinary character, which gives this Agreement particular value to Employer, and that the knowledge he will learn while working for Employer is such that it will necessarily be valuable to a competitor and almost impossible to keep confidential if Employee were to work for a competitor. Therefore, during the Term and for a period of

 

8


one year after termination of his service to Employer, Employee will not, directly or indirectly, enter into, organize, control, engage in, be employed by, serve as a consultant to, be an officer or director of, or have any direct investment of more than 5% of the outstanding shares in, any business, person, partnership, association, firm, corporation, or other entity engaged in any business activity (including, but not limited to, research, development, manufacturing, selling, leasing, licensing or providing services) which is competitive with the business of Employer. For purposes of this Agreement, a business activity is competitive with the business of the Company if it is being done on behalf of, any business, person, partnership, association, firm, corporation, or other entity that owns, develops, sells, researches, or licenses scientific information, or products involving antibodies, lysins and other bacterial products specifically for the treatment of human pathogens. This does not preclude the Employee working for a diversified Biotech company that discovers and develops therapies to address multiple therapeutic areas (such as oncology, inflammation, metabolic disease, neurology, etc…in addition to infectious disease), as long as employee does not directly or indirectly engage in work and projects aimed at addressing infectious disease in ways that would directly compete with the Company during the non-compete period.

(b) Non-diversion. During the Term, and for a period of one year after the date of termination of Employee’s employment with Employer, Employee will not divert or attempt to divert or take advantage of or attempt to take advantage of any actual or potential business or opportunities of Employer.

(c) Non-recruitment. Employee agrees that Employer has or will invest substantial time and effort in assembling its workforce. Accordingly, Employee agrees that during the Term and for a period of one year after the date of termination of Employee’s employment with Employer Employee will not directly or indirectly (a) hire away any individuals who were employed by, or providing independent contractor services to, Employer during the one-year period prior to the date of termination of Employee’s service with Employer, or (b) directly or indirectly, entice, solicit or seek to induce or influence any such employees, or independent contractors, to leave or curtail their service with Employer or to provide services to others. In addition, Employee agrees that for a period of one year after the date of termination of Employee’s employment with Employer Employee will not directly or indirectly solicit any customer of Employer for the benefit of Employee or any other business venture

11. Remedies .

(a) Employee acknowledges that the restrictions contained in Sections 9 and 10, in view of the nature of the business of Employer, are reasonable and necessary in order to protect the legitimate interests of Employer. Employee acknowledges that any

 

9


violation of such restrictions would likely result in irreparable injuries to Employer, and Employee therefore acknowledges that, in the event of Employee’s violation of any of these restrictions, Employer shall be entitled to seek from any court of competent jurisdiction preliminary and permanent injunctive relief without proving actual damage or immediate or irreparable harm and without posting any bond. In addition, Employer shall be entitled to seek damages and an equitable accounting of all earnings, profits and other benefits arising from such violation, which rights shall be cumulative and in addition to any other rights or remedies to which Employer may be entitled.

(b) If the time, geographic, or other limitations specified in Sections 9 and 10 above should be adjudged to exceed limitations permitted by applicable law in any proceeding, then the affected provisions shall be deemed reformed in such jurisdiction to the maximum time, geographic, product or service or other limitations permitted by applicable law. If Employee violates any of the restrictions contained in the foregoing Sections 9 and 10, the restrictive period shall be tolled, and shall not run, during the time of any said breach.

(c) In view of the difficulty of determining the amount of damages that may result to the parties hereto from the breach of the provision of Section 9 or 10, it is the intent of the parties hereto that, in addition to monetary damages, any non-breaching party shall have the right to prevent any such breach in equity or otherwise, including without limitation prevention by means of injunctive relief. The prevailing party in any such action shall be entitled to an award of its reasonable attorney’s fees and costs.

12. Non-disparagement . Employee and Employer mutually agree that, during the Term and for a period of five years thereafter, neither will directly or indirectly disparage the other.

13. Entire Agreement; Amendments . This Agreement and its attachments constitutes the entire agreement and understanding between Employer and Employee relating to the subject matter hereof, and shall not be amended or changed except by written instrument signed by each of the undersigned parties. There are no prior or contemporaneous oral or written understandings or agreements between the parties regarding Employee’s employment by Employer or any other matter.

14. No Waiver . Neither Employee nor Employer shall by any act, delay, indulgence, omission or otherwise be deemed to have waived any right or remedy hereunder or to have acquiesced in any default in or breach of any of the terms and conditions hereof. No failure to exercise, nor any delay in exercising, on the part of Employee or Employer, any right, power or privilege hereunder shall operate as a waiver thereof. No single or partial exercise of any right, power or privilege hereunder shall preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right, power or privilege.

 

10


15. Waiver of Jury Trial . The parties hereto waive any and all rights to a trial by jury with respect to any action arising hereunder.

16. Governing Law, Venue, Interpretation of Language . The parties agree that this Agreement shall be governed by the laws of the State of New York and that venue for an action between the parties that arises out of this Agreement shall be in New York county, State of New York. In the event an ambiguity or question of intent or interpretation arises, this Agreement shall be construed as if drafted jointly by the parties and no presumption or burden of proof shall arise favoring or disfavoring any party by virtue of the authorship of any of the provisions of this Agreement.

17. Resignation as Officer and Director . In the event that Employee’s employment with Employer is terminated for any reason whatsoever, Employee agrees to immediately resign from any position Employee may hold as an officer or director of, or on behalf of, Employer.

18. Limitation on Authority . Without the express written consent of Employer, the Employee shall have no apparent or implied authority to:

(a) pledge the credit of Employer or any of its employees;

(b) bind the Employer under any contract, agreement, note, mortgage or otherwise; or

(c) sell, mortgage, transfer or otherwise dispose of any assets of Employer.

19. Notices . Any notices under this Agreement shall be given in writing in person or by registered or certified U.S. mail, postage prepaid, return receipt requested, or by facsimile with confirmation, to the parties at their respective addresses set forth below, and such notices shall be deemed given when received or three (3) days after placed in the mail in the manner provided above. Either party may change such party’s address for notice by giving notice as provided herein.

 

(a)    If to Employer:    With a copy to:   
(b)    If to Employee:      

 

11


20. Prior Agreements . Employee represents to Employer that (a) there are no restrictions, agreements or understandings to which Employee is a party that would prevent or make unlawful Employee’s execution of this Agreement or Employee’s employment hereunder, (b) Employee’s execution of this Agreement and Employee’s employment hereunder shall not constitute a breach of any contract, agreement or understanding, oral or written, to which Employee is a party or by which Employee is bound, (c) Employee is free and able to execute this Agreement and to enter into employment by Employer, and (d) Employee shall not divulge to Employer any trade secrets or proprietary information that belongs to any other person or entity.

21. No Assignment . This Agreement and the rights and obligations of both parties hereunder are personal in nature, and shall not be assignable by either party hereto, except by operation of law. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Employer may assign some or all of its rights hereunder to a successor in interest.

22. Headings . Headings used in this Agreement are solely for the convenience of the parties and shall be given no effect in the construction or interpretation of this Agreement.

23. Miscellaneous .

(a) Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be deemed to be an original as against any party whose signature appears thereon, and all of which shall together constitute one and the same instrument. This Agreement shall become binding when one or more counterparts hereof, individually or taken together, shall bear the signatures of all of the parties reflected hereon as the signatories.

(b) Provisions Separable. The provisions of this Agreement are independent of and separable from each other, and no provision shall be affected or rendered invalid or unenforceable by virtue of the fact that for any reason any other or others of them may be invalid or unenforceable in whole or in part.

(c) Survival. Any provisions of this Agreement which, by their terms, are intended to survive the expiration or termination of this Agreement, including but not limited to the restrictive covenant and the provisions relating to non-solicitation, confidentiality, and both parties agree to forever waive any claim or defense, at law or in equity, asserting that such provision(s) terminated or otherwise became unenforceable as a result of the expiration or termination of this Agreement.

 

12


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be signed and delivered as of the day and year set forth below.

 

CONTRAFECT CORPORATION
By:  

/s/ Robert Nowinski

  Robert Nowinski, CEO
Dated:   March 6, 2012
 

/s/ Michael Wittekind

  Michael Wittekind, Ph.D.
Dated:   February 29, 2012

 

13

Exhibit 10.8

EXECUTION VERSION

CONTRAFECT CORPORATION

December 13, 2013

Robert Nowinski

350 Central Park West, 14J

New York, NY 10025

Separation Agreement

Dear Bob:

This letter agreement (this “ Agreement ”) sets forth our mutual understanding concerning your departure from services in all capacities as a director, officer and employee of ContraFect Corporation (the “ Company ”).

1. Resignation from Service . Effective as of November 20, 2013 (the “ Departure Date ”), you resigned and departed as Chief Executive Officer of the Company and from each position and office held by you as a director, officer or employee of the Company. In connection with your departure, the Company will pay you your accrued and unused vacation as well as any earned but unpaid base salary, therapist payments and anything else that may have been owed to you as of the Departure Date. The Company will reimburse your unreimbursed business expenses incurred prior to the Departure Date in accordance with Company’s business expense reimbursement policies; provided, that you submit proper documentation evidencing such expenses to the Company within 30 calendar days following the Effective Date as hereinafter defined. Upon your departure, you incurred a “separation from service” (within the meaning of Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code (the “ Code ”)) and your employment agreement, dated June 2010, (the “ Original Employment Agreement ”), as amended by the rider (the “ Rider ”) dated February 2011 (the Original Employment Agreement, as amended by the Rider, the “ Employment Agreement ”), terminated and, unless otherwise specifically provided herein, will be superseded in its entirety by this Agreement. The Original Employment Agreement and the Rider are attached as Exhibits A and B.

2. Departure Payments and Benefits . Subject to (i) your execution of this Agreement and (ii) your non-revocation of this Agreement within the Revocation Period (as defined in Section 13(j)) (the date on which the Revocation Period expires is hereinafter referred to as the “ Effective Date ”), the Company will provide you with the following departure payments and benefits:

(a) Salary Continuation . The Company will continue to pay you, as severance, your base salary at the current annual rate of $522,500 (the “ Base Salary ”) for a period of two years from the Departure Date (the “ Salary Continuation Period ”). The Base Salary will continue to be paid bi-weekly during this period pursuant to the Company’s normal


payroll practices, or as they may be amended from time to time with respect to its senior executives; provided , however , that the installment of Base Salary otherwise payable on December 15, 2013 shall not be paid to you on such date if the Effective Date has not occurred on or prior to such date, and, if the Revocation Period expires after December 15, 2013 without your having revoked this Agreement, such installment of Base Salary shall be paid to you on the first business day following the Effective Date.

(b) Bonuses . You will also receive an annual cash bonus for each of 2013 and 2014 in an amount equal to $261,250, and a pro rata portion for 2015 equal to $231,904. Such bonus amounts shall be paid to you in a lump sum at the normal time at which bonuses are paid to employees of the Company, but in any event not later than January 15 of the year following the end of each such year.

(c) Employee Benefits . The Company will provide you, at its cost, with a Company paid family medical, dental, and vision health care insurance plan (the “ Plans ”) that will allow you to select physicians of your choice. The current Plans that you have allow for that and the Company shall continue them (or shall replicate them if the coverage ends or if it is beyond the COBRA continuation period) for you on the same basis and with comparable coverage, limits and deductibles until the earlier of (i) the end of the Salary Continuation Period, or (ii) the date on which you become covered for medical and/or dental insurance, and/or vision insurance, whichever the case may be, by another employer you are then working for. You will not be reimbursed by the Company for any costs not covered by the said medical, vision and dental benefit plans. The Company will provide you with, and you agree to promptly complete, any forms (including COBRA documentation) required to facilitate the coverage contemplated in this Section 2(c).

(d) Treatment of Outstanding Equity . On the Effective Date, all unvested stock options that were held by you, as well as all stock options that are to be granted to you pursuant to Section 2(g) hereof, shall immediately be fully vested, unconditional, and exercisable. All such stock options will remain exercisable by you until the earlier of (x) the ten (10) year anniversary of the date of each respective grant in accordance with their terms or (y) four (4) years following the Company’s consummation of an IPO, upon which time, all unexercised stock options held by you shall terminate and cease to be outstanding.

(e) Fees and Costs . The Company will pay Pedowitz & Meister, LLP for its services as your attorneys in connection with the negotiation and entry into this Agreement the amount of $20,000. The Company will pay said fees within five (5) days after the Effective Date, subject only to Pedowitz and Meister LLP having submitted to the Company an invoice for such services as soon as practicable following the date hereof.

(f) Additional Cash Compensation . The Company agrees to pay you an additional cash payment of $100,000 which shall be paid out in quarterly installments of $12,500 as of the Departure Date, over two (2) years, with the first quarterly payment being made within five (5) days after the Effective Date.

(g) Additional Equity . On the Effective Date, you will be granted an additional 250,000 stock options under the Company’s Amended and Restated 2008 Equity Incentive Plan which shall be fully vested, unconditional, and exercisable as of the Effective

 

2


Date. The Effective Date shall be the date of grant for purposes of these options. The options will remain exercisable until the earlier of (x) the ten (10) year anniversary of the date of grant or (y) four (4) years following the Company’s consummation of an IPO, upon which time, all such unexercised stock options held by you shall terminate and cease to be outstanding. The exercise price for said options shall be $0.86 per share.

(h) Registration of Shares and Options . The Company, at no cost to you, will include the shares owned by you and the shares underlying your stock options and warrants in the initial registration statement it files under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, if and when it files, subject to approval by the underwriter and such lock-up period that the underwriter requires. You currently hold 50,000 shares of Series A Preferred Stock out of 2,200,000 shares of such series issued and outstanding. The conversion and other rights of your Series A Preferred Stock shall be the same as apply to any other holder of preferred shares in such series. A table showing all of the stock and options, as well as the options’ respective grant dates and exercise prices, and final date for exercise if there is no IPO, is Exhibit C. A copy of the Amended and Restated 2008 Equity Compensation Plan is attached hereto as Exhibit D. Copies of the options agreements evidencing the grants listed on Exhibit C are attached hereto as Exhibit E.

3. Cashless Exercise . You shall have the right, should you choose to do so, to pay for your stock options by cashless exercise to the extent permitted under the terms of the award agreement evidencing such grants of stock options.

4. Promissory Notes . You have executed and delivered two promissory notes, respectively dated February 2011 and December 15, 2011 evidencing loans made to you by the Company in the amounts of $500,000 and $100,000, respectively (the “ Promissory Notes ”). The Promissory Notes are hereby amended to extend the respective maturity dates thereof until the end of the Salary Continuation Period. The Company agrees that the principal and interest due under the Promissory Notes shall be forgiven by the Company ratably on a monthly basis over the course of the Salary Continuation Period.

5. No Other Compensation or Benefits; Payments on Death . Except as otherwise specifically provided in this Agreement, or as required by applicable law, you will not be entitled to any compensation or benefits or to participate in any past, present or future employee benefit programs or arrangements of the Company (including, without limitation, any compensation or benefits under any severance plan, program or arrangement) on or after the Departure Date. All payments and benefits provided to you under this Agreement shall be paid to your Executor (it is expected that Arnold Pedowitz or Charles Abercrombie will be your Executor), at the same times as provided herein for payments to you, in the event of your death prior to same having been paid.

6. Repayment of Advances . Provided that you do not timely revoke this Agreement you agree to repay to the Company any advances, payroll or otherwise, made to you prior to the Departure Date. Such advances total $11,059.84 and that amount shall be repaid to the Company by near equal deductions from your Salary Continuation payments, during the Salary Continuation Period. If this Agreement is not timely revoked, then in addition to any other remedies you may have, you shall have no obligation to repay so much of the aforesaid advances as is then remaining in the event that the Company should stop making your Salary Continuation payments to you.

 

3


7. Return of Property . As soon as practicable following the Departure Date, you will surrender to the Company all property of the Company in your possession. This includes, without limitation, any and all Company credit cards, keys, security access codes, records, manuals, customer lists, notebooks, computer programs and files, papers, electronically stored information and documents kept or made by you in connection with your duties during your employment; provided, however, that you may retain your personal personnel type and health related information. If you subsequently discover that you have Company property in your possession, you will promptly return it to the Company or destroy it.

8. No Public Comments . You agree to refrain from making, directly or indirectly, now or at any time in the future, whether in writing, orally or electronically: (i) any derogatory comment concerning any member of the Company or any of their current or former directors, officers, employees, shareholders, members or partners, or (ii) any other comment that could reasonably be expected to be detrimental to the business or financial prospects or reputation of the Company. Similarly, the Company, the members of its Board of Directors, and the officers of the Company, whom shall be instructed on this point, agree to refrain, from making, directly or indirectly, now or at any time in the future, whether in writing, orally or electronically: (x) any derogatory comment concerning you, or (y) any other comment that could reasonably be expected to be detrimental to your business or financial prospects or reputation. The only statement that the parties or the members of the Board of Directors of the Company may directly or indirectly make regarding your departure from the Company is that you did so for medical reasons. No other explanation or specificity shall be given by you or the Company.

9. Survival of Certain Provisions of Employment Agreement . The covenants contained in Sections 12 and 13 and 20 of your Employment Agreement will continue to apply in full force and effect following the Departure Date; provided , however, that with respect to Section 13(a) of your Employment Agreement, which runs for one year from the Departure Date, a business activity will be deemed to be competitive with the business of the Company only if it is being done on or on behalf of any business, person, partnership association, firm, corporation or other entity that owns, develops, sells, researches or licenses scientific information, or products involving, in any way, (a) antibodies for the treatment of influenza or (b) lysins. In addition, Sections 7 and 10 (to the extent they relate to indemnification) of the Employment Agreement shall remain in full force and effect and shall not be superseded by this Agreement.

10. Breach of Agreement . In the event of any material breach by you or by the Company of any provision of this Agreement, and except as required by applicable law, the non-breaching party shall give written notice of the breach to the breaching party and, if such breach is susceptible to cure, to the breaching party shall have the right to cure such breach to the reasonable satisfaction of the non-breaching party within fifteen (15) days of its/his receipt of such written notice.

 

4


11. Releases .

(a) General Release by You . In consideration of the release set forth in Section 11(e) below and of the payments and benefits provided to you under this Agreement, and after consultation with counsel, you and each of your respective heirs, executors, administrators, representatives, agents, successors and assigns, in their capacities as such (collectively, the “ Executive Parties ”) expressly waive and release any and all claims, actions, causes of action, rights, judgments, obligations, damages, demands, accountings or liabilities of whatever kind or character that you have or may have against the Company, including in their respective capacities as such, its officers, directors, employees or affiliates (collectively the “ Company Releasees ”), that may be waived and released by law with the exception of claims arising out of or attributable to (i) events, acts or omissions taking place after the execution of this Agreement; or (ii) the breach of any terms and conditions of this Agreement. Without limitation, you specifically release the Company Releasees from (1) any claims under Title VII of the Civil Rights Act of 1964 (as amended), the Americans with Disabilities Act of 1990, the Family and Medical Leave Act (as amended), the Fair Labor Standards Act, the Equal Pay Act (as amended), the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974 (as amended), the Civil Rights Act of 1991 (as amended), the Worker Adjustment and Retraining Notification Act (as amended), the Age Discrimination in Employment Act (as amended), Section 1981 of U.S.C. Title 42, the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (as amended), the Uniform Services Employment and Reemployment Rights Act (as amended), the New York Labor Law, Article 4 of the New York Civil Rights Law, the New York State Human Rights Law, the New York City Human Rights Law, the New York State Worker Adjustment and Retraining Notification Act and the New York Nondiscrimination for Legal Actions Law and any other federal, state, local or foreign law, rule or regulation, in each case that may legally be waived and released, and (2) any tort or contract claims, including, without limitation, wrongful discharge, breach of contract, defamation, slander, libel, emotional distress, tortious conduct, invasion of privacy, interference with contract, wrongful or retaliatory discharge, violation of public policy, implied covenant of good faith and fair dealing, negligence, fraud, personal injury or sickness or any other harm (collectively, the “ Release ”). You do not hereby release, discharge or waive (x) any rights to enforce the terms of this Agreement, including your eligibility for indemnification as provided in Section 9, or (y) any claims which cannot be waived by law. Notwithstanding anything contained herein to the contrary, you do not waive any right to, and the Company agrees not to oppose in any manner, a claim or filing by you for unemployment benefits.

(b) Specific Release of ADEA Claims . In further consideration of the payments and benefits provided to you under this Agreement, the Executive Parties hereby unconditionally release and forever discharge the Company Releasees from any and all claims arising under the Age Discrimination in Employment Act, as amended (“ ADEA ”) that the Executive Parties may have as of the date you sign this Agreement. By agreeing to this Release, you hereby acknowledge and confirm the following: (i) you were advised by the Company in connection with your departure to consult with an attorney of your choice prior to agreeing to this Release and to have such attorney explain to you the terms of this Release, including, without limitation, the terms relating to your release of claims arising under ADEA, and you have in fact consulted with an attorney; (ii) you were given a period of not fewer than 21 days to consider the terms of this Release and to consult with an attorney of his choosing with respect thereto; (iii) you knowingly and voluntarily accept the terms of this Release; and

 

5


(iv) you are providing this release and discharge only in exchange for consideration in addition to anything of value to which you are already entitled. You also understand that you have seven (7) days following the date on which you sign this Agreement within which to revoke the Release contained in this Section 11(b), by providing the Company with a written notice of your revocation.

(c) Representation . The parties hereby represent, each to the other, that neither has instituted, assisted or otherwise participated in connection with, any action, complaint, claim, charge, grievance, arbitration, lawsuit, or administrative agency proceeding, or action at law or otherwise against the other. The parties further represent and warrant that neither has assigned any of the claims being released hereunder. The Company may not assign this Agreement, including the Release, in whole or in part, except with your consent.

(d) Proceedings .

 

  (i) General Agreement Relating to Proceedings . Neither party has filed and, except as provided in Sections 11(d)(ii) and 11(d)(iii), the parties hereby agree not to initiate or cause to be initiated on their behalf, any complaint, charge, claim or proceeding against the other that is released by Section 11 of this Agreement . The parties respectively waive any right they may have to benefit in any manner from any relief (whether monetary or otherwise) arising out of any proceeding for a claim released herein.

 

  (ii) Proceedings Under ADEA . Section 11(d)(i) shall not preclude you from filing any complaint, charge, claim or proceeding challenging the validity of your waiver of claims arising under ADEA. However, both you and the Company confirm their belief that your waiver of claims under ADEA is valid and enforceable, and that their intention is that all claims under ADEA will be waived.

 

  (iii) Certain Administrative Proceedings . Section 11(d)(i) shall not preclude you from filing a charge with or participating in any administrative investigation or proceeding by the Equal Employment Opportunity Commission or another Fair Employment Practices agency. You are, however, waiving your right to recover money in connection with any such charge or investigation. You are also waiving your right to recover money in connection with a charge filed by any other entity or individual, or by any federal, state or local agency regarding something released herein.

(e) Release by the Company . The Company Releasees expressly waive and release any and all claims, actions, causes of action, rights, judgments, obligations, damages, demands, accountings or liabilities of whatever kind or character that they may have against the Executive Parties that may be waived and released by law with the exception of claims arising out of or attributable to (i) events, acts or omissions taking place after the execution of this Agreement and (ii) your breach of any terms and conditions of this Agreement. The Company is not aware of any facts that would give rise to a claim against you by it.

 

6


12. Miscellaneous .

(a) Entire Agreement . This Agreement sets forth the entire agreement and understanding of the parties hereto with respect to the matters covered hereby and supersedes and replaces any express or implied, written or oral, prior agreement, plan or arrangement with respect to the terms of your employment (including, without limitation, the Employment Agreement, except to the extent that the terms therein have been expressly incorporated herein by reference) and your resignation therefrom which you may have had with the Company. This Agreement may be amended only by a written document signed by both you and the Company.

(b) Section 409A . If any provision of this Agreement contravenes Section 409A of the Code, the regulations promulgated thereunder or any related guidance issued by the U.S. Treasury Department, the Company may reform this Agreement or any provision hereof to maintain to the maximum extent practicable the original intent of the provision without violating the provisions of Section 409A of the Code. Any payments that qualify for the “separation pay” or “short-term deferral” exception or another exception under Section 409A of the Code shall be paid under the applicable exception. For purposes of the limitations on nonqualified deferred compensation under Section 409A of the Code, each payment of compensation under this Agreement shall be treated as a separate payment of compensation. Despite any contrary provision of this Agreement, any references to your “departure”, “termination of employment” or the “date of termination” (or any similar term) shall mean and refer to the date of your “separation from service,” as that term is defined in Section 409A of the Code and Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-1(h). In no event may you directly or indirectly designate the calendar year of any payment under this Agreement. The Company represents that to the best of its understanding this Agreement does not contravene Section 409A of the Code.

(c) Withholding Taxes . Any payments made or benefits provided to you under this Agreement will be reduced by any applicable withholding taxes.

(d) Waiver . The failure of either party to this Agreement to enforce any of its terms, provisions or covenants will not be construed as a waiver of the same or of the right of such party to enforce the same. Waiver by either party hereto of any breach or default by the other party of any term or provision of this Agreement will not operate as a waiver of any other breach or default.

(e) Severability . In the event that any provision of this Agreement is held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, the validity, legality and enforceability of the remainder of the Agreement will not in any way be affected or impaired thereby. If any provision of this Agreement is held to be excessively broad as to duration, activity or subject, such provision will be construed by limiting and reducing it so as to be enforceable to the maximum extent allowed by applicable law.

 

7


(f) Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, which together will constitute one and the same agreement. Facsimile signatures and those transmitted by e-mail or other electronic means shall have the same effect as originals.

(g) Successors and Assigns . Except as otherwise provided herein, this Agreement will inure to the benefit of and be enforceable by you and the Company and your and their respective heirs, successors and assigns and shall be binding on any successors of the Company, including, without limitation, any successor by way of merger or, with your consent, the acquiror of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company.

(h) Notices . Any notices required or made pursuant to this Agreement will be in writing and will be deemed to have been given when delivered or mailed by United States certified mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid, as follows:

Robert Nowinski: at the last home address in the Company’s records; and

The Company:

ContraFect Corporation

28 Wells Avenue #300

Yonkers, New York 10701

Attention: Chief Executive Officer

or to such other address as either party may furnish to the other in writing in accordance with this Section 12(h). Notices of change of address will be effective only upon receipt.

(i) Governing Law . This Agreement will be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of New York.

(j) Revocation . This Agreement may be revoked by you within the seven (7) day period commencing on the date you sign this Agreement (the “ Revocation Period ”). In the event of any such revocation by you, all obligations of the Company and you under this Agreement will terminate and be of no further force and effect as of the date of such revocation, and each party shall be free to assert any claims or defenses it or he may have with respect to your employment with the Company and the termination thereof. In the event of timely revocation, this Agreement shall not be admissible in any future proceedings between the parties and the positions taken by the parties in this Agreement shall not be deemed to be an admission by a party that it agreed that the matter should have been resolved in the way it is in the Agreement. This Agreement, if revoked, shall constitute nothing more than an offer in compromise that was not accepted and shall not be evidence of anything. No such revocation by you will be effective unless it is in writing and signed by you and received by the Company prior to the expiration of the Revocation Period.

(k) Reorganization or Bankruptcy . The Company represents that it has not consulted with counsel regarding, and that it has no present plans to file for, a reorganization or other filing under the United States bankruptcy laws.

 

8


(l) Arbitration . Article 20 of the Original Employment Agreement shall be deemed to have survived the termination of it and shall apply to, and govern, the resolution of any and all disputes that may arise under this Agreement.

[Signature page follows]

 

9


CONTRAFECT CORPORATION
By:  

/s/ Sol Barer, Ph.D.

  Name:  
  Title:  

THE UNDERSIGNED HEREBY ACKNOWLEDGE THAT EACH HAS READ THIS AGREEMENT, THAT EACH FULLY KNOWS, UNDERSTANDS AND APPRECIATES ITS CONTENTS, AND THAT EACH HEREBY ENTER INTO THIS AGREEMENT VOLUNTARILY AND OF THE SIGNATORY’S OWN FREE WILL.

 

ACCEPTED AND AGREED:

/s/ Robert Nowinski

Robert Nowinski
Date:  

12/18/13

Exhibit 10.9

CONTRAFECT CORPORATION

RETENTION BONUS PLAN

 

1. Introduction and Purpose.

This plan document sets forth the terms of the ContraFect Corporation Retention Bonus Plan (the “ Retention Plan ”) established by ContraFect Corporation (the “ Company ”). The purpose of this Retention Plan is to reward key employees of the Company for their contributions to the Company and to provide them with a special incentive to remain with the Company as the Company pursues strategic alternatives.

Capitalized words not otherwise defined in the text of this Retention Plan have the meanings set forth in Section 2 below.

 

2. Definitions.

The following are definitions of some of the terms used in this Retention Plan:

(a) “ 2008 Plan ” means the Company’s Amended and Restated 2008 Equity Incentive Plan.

(b) “ 2014 Plan ” means the Company’s 2014 Omnibus Incentive Plan.

(c) “ Administrator ” means the Board of Directors of the Company or anyone to whom the Board of Directors has delegated any of its authority under this Plan.

(d) “ Award ” means, for any Participant, the retention bonus amount granted to the Participant by the Administrator pursuant to a Retention Award Agreement.

(e) “ Change of Control ” means, and shall be deemed to have occurred upon the first to occur of any of the following events:

(i) a reorganization, merger, consolidation or other corporate transaction involving the Company (a “ Business Combination ”), in each case with respect to which the stockholders of the Company immediately prior to such transaction do not, immediately after such transaction, own directly or indirectly more than 50% of the combined voting power of the Company or other corporation resulting from such Business Combination in substantially the same proportions as their ownership, immediately prior to such Business Combination, of the voting securities of the Company; or

(ii) the sale, transfer or other disposition of all or substantially all of the Company’s assets, or the consummation of a plan of complete liquidation or dissolution of the Company.


(f) “ Change of Control Agreement ” means a definitive agreement to consummate a Change of Control.

(g) “ Closing Date ” means the date of the consummation of a Change of Control pursuant to a Change of Control Agreement.

(h) “ Common Stock ” means the Company’s common stock.

(i) “ Disability ” means a Participant’s (i) inability to engage in any substantial gainful activity by reason of a medically determinable physical or mental impairment that can be expected to result in death or can be expected to last for a continuous period of not less than 12 months or (ii) receiving income replacement benefits for a period of not less than three months under one of the Company’s short or long term disability plans by reason of any medically determinable physical or mental impairment that can be expected to result in death or can be expected to last for a continuous period of not less than 12 months.

(j) “ Effective Date ” means the date upon which this Retention Plan is adopted by the Board of Directors of the Company.

(k) “ IPO ” means an initial public offering of the Company’s common stock pursuant to an effective registration statement being filed with the SEC.

(l) “ IPO Date ” means the date on which the Company’s filing of a Registration Statement on Form S-1 with the SEC becomes effective.

(m) “ Participant ” means an employee who participates in this Retention Plan.

(n) “ Payment Amount ” means the award amount specified in the Participant’s Retention Award Agreement.

(o) “ Payment Event ” means the earliest to occur of (i) a Change of Control, (ii) an IPO, (iii) May 31, 2015 or (iv) a Participant’s death or Disability.

(p) “ Retention Award Agreement ” means the written agreement required by the Company as a condition of participation in this Retention Plan.

(q) “ SEC ” means the United States Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

3. Eligibility.

The Company has the sole discretion to determine who shall be eligible to participate in the Retention Plan. Participation in the Retention Plan shall be evidenced by a Retention Award Agreement between the Company and the Participant.

 

4. Administration.

(a) In General . The Administrator has the exclusive right to interpret and administer this Retention Plan and to delegate its authority to do the same.

 

2


(b) Powers of the Administrator . Subject to the provisions of the Retention Plan and subject to applicable law, the Administrator shall have the authority, in its discretion:

(i) to select Participants to whom Awards may from time to time be granted hereunder;

(ii) to determine the amount to be paid pursuant to Awards granted hereunder;

(iii) to approve forms of Retention Award Agreements for use under the Retention Plan;

(iv) to determine the terms and conditions of any Award granted hereunder;

(v) to prescribe, amend and rescind rules and regulations relating to the Retention Plan; and

(vi) to construe and interpret the terms of the Retention Plan and any Retention Award Agreements that reflect Awards granted pursuant to the Retention Plan.

 

5. Vesting and Payment.

(a) Vesting Conditions . Awards shall be subject to vesting, payment and forfeiture on the terms set forth below, and shall be evidenced by a Retention Award Agreement in substantially the form attached hereto as Exhibit A. Unless otherwise determined by the Administrator, as to each Participant, subject to Section 5(b) below, a Participant shall vest in his or her Award only if the Participant has remained continuously employed with the Company through and including the applicable Payment Event, and upon a Participant’s termination of employment other than as provided for in Section 5(b) hereof, the Award shall be forfeited.

(b) Termination Due to Participant’s Death or Disability . Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event a Participant’s employment is terminated solely due to the Participant’s death or Disability, then such death or Disability shall be such Participant’s Payment Event hereunder. In the event of such death or Disability, the Participant’s Award shall immediately become vested and the Participant shall be entitled to receive a lump sum payment equal to such Participant’s Payment Amount, which shall be payable within 60 days of such Participant’s death or Disability, as the case may be.

(c) Payment . The Award shall be paid to the Participant no later than 60 days following the applicable Payment Event. In no event shall any payment be made after March 15 of the year following the year of the applicable Payment Event.

(i) For an IPO, a Participant shall, subject to satisfying the applicable vesting conditions in Section 5 hereof, be entitled to receive payment in the form of shares of Common Stock in an amount equal to 1.82 times the Payment Amount, which number of shares of Common Stock shall be based on the per share price of Common Stock on the IPO Date. Participants will receive a lump sum cash payment in respect of any fractional share of Common Stock. The Administrator shall determine the source of shares for Awards payable in respect of an IPO, which source may be the 2008 Plan, the 2014 Plan or such other source as the Administrator deems appropriate.

 

3


(ii) For a Change of Control, a Participant shall, subject to satisfying the applicable vesting conditions in Section 5 hereof, be entitled to receive payment in the same form as the holders of the Company’s common shares receive pursuant to the Change in Control Agreement, which amount shall be equal to 1.82 times the Payment Amount. In the event the Change in Control Agreement provides that the holders of the Company’s common stock will be receive payment in the form of shares, Participants shall receive a lump sum cash payment in respect of any fractional shares of stock. If the Change in Control Agreement provides for cash payments to the holders of the Company’s common stock, Participants shall receive a lump sum cash payment in accordance with the terms of the Change in Control Agreement. To the extent that an Award payable in respect of a Change of Control is paid in shares, the Administrator shall determine the source of such shares.

(iii) In the event of a Participant’s death or Disability prior to the IPO Date, the Closing Date or May 31, 2015, such Participant shall be eligible to receive a lump sum cash payment equal to the Payment Amount.

(iv) In the event that none of the IPO Date, the Closing Date or a Participant’s death or Disability occurs prior to May 31, 2015, each Participant shall be eligible to receive a lump sum cash payment equal to the Payment Amount.

 

6. Miscellaneous.

(a) Governing Law . The interpretation, construction and performance of this Retention Plan shall be governed by and construed and enforced in accordance with the laws of the State of New York. The invalidity or unenforceability of any provisions of this Retention Plan shall not affect the validity or enforceability of any other provisions of this Retention Plan, which shall remain in full force and effect.

(b) Waiver . No failure or delay on the part of the Company in the exercise of any power, right or privilege hereunder shall operate as a waiver, nor shall any single or partial exercise of any such power, right or privilege operate as a waiver. The waiver by the Company of any breach or requirement of any provision of the Retention Plan shall not operate as a waiver of any subsequent breach or requirement.

(c) Successors and Assigns . The Company shall assign this Retention Plan to any successor of the Company and shall cause such successor to expressly assume and agree to perform the Company’s obligations hereunder from the date of the assignment.

(d) Not an Employment Contract . The Retention Plan shall not be deemed to give any Participant the right to be retained in the employ of the Company, nor any right to interfere with the right of the Company to discharge Participants at any time and for any reason or no reason, which right is hereby reserved.

 

4


(e) Withholding . All Award payments are subject to applicable tax deductions and withholdings and other authorized deductions.

(f) No Funding of Plan . This Retention Plan shall at all times be entirely unfunded, and no provision shall at any time be made with respect to segregating assets of the Company for payment of any Awards hereunder. No Participant or other person shall have any interest in any particular assets of the Company by reason of the right to receive a benefit under this Retention Plan and any such Participant or other person shall have only the rights of a general unsecured creditor of the Company with respect to any rights under this Plan.

(g) Amendment and Modifications . The Company reserves the right to terminate, amend, modify or replace this Retention Plan. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company may not terminate, amend, modify or replace this Retention Plan or any provision herein to the extent that such action would reduce amounts that a Participant is or may become entitled to receive under any individual Retention Award Agreement.

(h) Compliance with Section 409A . This Retention Plan is intended to comply with, and shall be construed in a manner consistent with, the requirements of Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and the regulations thereunder, and the Administrator may amend the Retention Plan and/or any Retention Award Agreements to the extent necessary or appropriate to comply with those requirements. It is intended that the payment of Awards hereunder shall be treated as short-term deferrals and therefore excluded from coverage under Section 409A.

 

5

Exhibit 10.10

CONTRAFECT CORPORATION

RETENTION BONUS PLAN

AWARD AGREEMENT

Unless otherwise defined herein, the terms defined in the Retention Bonus Plan shall have the same defined meanings in this Retention Award Agreement.

 

I. NOTICE OF AWARD GRANT

The undersigned Participant has been granted an Award pursuant to the terms and conditions of the Retention Plan and this Retention Award Agreement, as follows:

 

Participant Name:                        
Date of Grant:                        

Award Amount: The total amount of the Award shall be equal to $        .

 

II. AGREEMENT

1. Grant of Award . The Administrator hereby grants the Participant an Award on the terms and conditions of this Retention Award Agreement and the Retention Plan, which is incorporated herein by reference. In the event of a conflict between the terms and conditions of the Retention Plan and this Retention Award Agreement, the terms and conditions of the Retention Plan shall prevail. The Participant shall not be entitled to the Award or any payment in respect thereof unless and until this Retention Award Agreement is executed by the Participant and returned to the Company.

2. Vesting and Payment .

(a) Vesting Conditions . Awards shall be subject to vesting, payment and forfeiture on the terms set forth below. Unless otherwise determined by the Administrator, the Participant shall vest in his or her Award only if the Participant has remained continuously employed with the Company through and including the applicable Payment Event, and upon the Participant’s termination of employment, the Award shall be forfeited.

(b) Termination Due to Participant’s Death or Disability . Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event a Participant’s employment is terminated solely due to the Participant’s death or Disability, such event shall be such Participant’s Payment Event and the Participant shall immediately become vested in his or her Award, which shall be payable pursuant to Section 2(c) below.

(c) Payment . The Award shall be paid to the Participant no later than 60 days following the applicable Payment Event. In no event shall any payment be made after March 15 of the year following the year of the applicable Payment Event. In the event that the Award is

 

-1-


calculated by reference to the price of one share of Common Stock or the stock of an entity other than the Company, the Participant will receive a lump sum cash payment in respect of any fractional share of Common Stock or such other entity’s stock, as the case may be. Any Award that is not calculated by reference to the price of one share of Common Stock shall be paid in cash in a lump sum in accordance with this Section 2(c).

3. Non-Transferability of Award . This Award may not be transferred in any manner otherwise than by will or by the laws of descent or distribution. The terms of this Retention Award Agreement shall be binding upon the executors, administrators, heirs, successors and assigns of the Participant.

4. Withholding. At the time of payment pursuant to the Award, the Participant hereby authorizes withholding from the payment, any sums required to satisfy the federal, state, local and foreign tax withholding obligations that arise in connection with the Award, as well as all other authorized deductions.

5. Entire Agreement; Governing Law; Severability . The Retention Plan is incorporated herein by reference. The Retention Plan and this Retention Award Agreement constitute the entire agreement of the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersede in their entirety all prior undertakings and agreements of the Company and the Participant with respect to the subject matter hereof, and may not be modified adversely to the Participant’s interest except by means of a writing signed by the Company and the Participant. This agreement is governed by the laws of the State of New York. The parties agree that should any of the provisions of this Award Agreement or the Retention Plan be determined to be invalid or unenforceable by a court, governmental agency, or arbitrator of competent jurisdiction, the provision shall be limited or revised to the greatest extent possible to preserve the intent of the parties hereto and any determination as to the validity of one provision shall not affect the enforceability of the other provisions.

6. No Guarantee of Continued Service . THE PARTICIPANT FURTHER ACKNOWLEDGES AND AGREES THAT THIS AGREEMENT DOES NOT CONSTITUTE AN EXPRESS OR IMPLIED PROMISE OF CONTINUED ENGAGEMENT AS AN EMPLOYEE FOR ANY PERIOD, OR AT ALL, AND SHALL NOT INTERFERE IN ANY WAY WITH THE PARTICIPANT’S RIGHT OR THE COMPANY’S RIGHT TO TERMINATE THE PARTICIPANT’S RELATIONSHIP AS AN EMPLOYER AT ANY TIME, AND FOR ANY REASON OR NO REASON.

[The remainder of this page has intentionally been left blank.]

 

-2-


Participant acknowledges receipt of a copy of the Retention Plan and represents that he or she is familiar with its terms and provisions, and hereby accepts this Award subject to all of its terms and provisions. Participant has reviewed the Retention Plan and this Retention Award Agreement in their entirety, has had an opportunity to obtain the advice of counsel prior to executing this Award and fully understands all provisions of the Award. Participant hereby agrees to accept as binding, conclusive and final all decisions or interpretations of the Administrator upon any questions arising under the Retention Plan or this Award. Participant further agrees to notify the Company upon any change in the residence address indicated below.

 

Participant:       ContraFect Corporation

 

    By:   

 

Signature                
      Name:   

 

Name:  

 

    Title:   

 

Address:  

 

      

Exhibit 10.11

CONTRAFECT CORPORATION

AMENDED AND RESTATED 2008 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN

ARTICLE I

PURPOSE OF PLAN

The Company has adopted this Plan to promote the interests of the Company and its stockholders by using investment interests in the Company to attract, retain and motivate its directors, management, employees and other persons, to encourage and reward their contributions to the performance of the Company, and to align their interests with the interests of the Company’s stockholders. Capitalized terms not otherwise defined herein have the meanings ascribed to them in Article VIII .

ARTICLE II

EFFECTIVE DATE AND TERM OF PLAN

2.1 Term of Plan . The Plan, prior to its amendment and restatement, became effective on the Original Effective Date. This Plan, as amended and restated, became effective as of the Effective Date and will continue in effect until the Expiration Date, at which time this Plan will automatically terminate.

2.2 Effect on Awards . Awards may be granted only during the Plan Term, but each Award granted during the Plan Term will remain in effect after the Expiration Date until such Award has been exercised, terminated or expired in accordance with its terms and the terms of this Plan.

ARTICLE III

SHARES SUBJECT TO PLAN

3.1 Number of Shares . The maximum number of shares of Common Stock that may be issued pursuant to Awards under this Plan is 11,000,000 subject to adjustment as set forth in Section 3.4, 4,700,000 of which may be issued as Incentive Stock Options, provided that the stockholders of the Company approve this Plan within one year of the Effective Date.

3.2 Source of Shares . The Common Stock to be issued under this Plan will be made available from authorized but unissued shares of Common Stock.

3.3 Availability of Unused Shares . Shares of Common Stock subject to unexercised portions of any Award that expire, terminate or are canceled, and shares of Common Stock issued pursuant to an Award that are reacquired by the Company pursuant to this Plan or the terms of the Award under which such shares were issued, will again become available for the grant of further Awards under this Plan as part of the shares available under Section 3.1.

3.4 Adjustment Provisions .

(a) Adjustments . If the Company consummates any Reorganization in which holders of shares of Common Stock are entitled to receive in respect of such shares any additional shares or new or different shares or securities, cash or other consideration (including, without limitation, a different number of shares of Common Stock), or if the outstanding shares of Common Stock are increased, decreased or exchanged for a different number or kind of shares or other securities through merger, consolidation, sale or exchange of assets of the Company, reorganization, recapitalization, reclassification, combination, stock dividend, stock split, reverse stock split, spin-off, or similar transaction then, subject to Article VII, an appropriate and proportionate adjustment shall be made, in the discretion of the Board, in: (i) the maximum number and kind of shares subject to this Plan as provided in Section 3.1; (ii) the number and kind of shares or other securities subject to then outstanding Awards; and/or (iii) the price for each share or other unit of any other securities subject to, or measurement criteria applicable to, then outstanding Awards.


(b) No Fractional Interests . No fractional interests will be issued under the Plan resulting from any adjustments.

(c) Limitations . No adjustment to the terms of an Incentive Stock Option may be made unless such adjustment either: (i) would not cause the Option to lose its status as an Incentive Stock Option; or (ii) is agreed to in writing by the Recipient.

3.5 Reservation of Shares . The Company will at all times reserve and keep available shares of Common Stock equaling at least the total number of shares of Common Stock issuable pursuant to all outstanding Awards.

ARTICLE IV

ADMINISTRATION OF PLAN

4.1 Administrator .

(a) Plan Administration . This Plan will be administered by the Board and may also be administered by a Committee of the Board appointed pursuant to Section 4.1(b).

(b) Administration by Committee . The Board in its sole discretion may from time to time appoint a Committee of not less than two (2) Board members with authority to administer this Plan in whole or part and, subject to applicable law, to exercise any or all of the powers, authority and discretion of the Board under this Plan. The Board may from time to time increase or decrease (but not below two (2)) the number of members of the Committee, remove from membership on the Committee all or any portion of its members, and/or appoint such person or persons as it desires to fill any vacancy existing on the Committee, whether caused by removal, resignation or otherwise. The Board may disband the Committee at any time.

4.2 Other Compensation Plans . This Plan will not preclude the Company from establishing any other forms of incentive or other compensation for employees, directors, advisors or consultants of the Company, whether or not approved by stockholders.

4.3 Plan Binding on Successors . This Plan will be binding upon the successors and assigns of the Company.

4.4 References to Successor Statutes, Regulations and Rules . Any reference in this Plan to a particular statute, regulation or rule will also refer to any successor provision of such statute, regulation or rule.

4.5 Invalid Provisions . In the event that any provision of this Plan is found to be invalid or otherwise unenforceable under any applicable law, such invalidity or unenforceability is not to be construed as rendering any other provisions contained herein invalid or unenforceable, and all such other provisions are to be given full force and effect to the same extent as though the invalid and unenforceable provision were not contained herein.

4.6 Governing Law . This Agreement will be governed by and interpreted in accordance with the internal laws of the State of Delaware, without giving effect to the principles of the conflicts of laws thereof.

4.7 Interpretation . Headings herein are for convenience of reference only, do not constitute a part of this Plan, and will not affect the meaning or interpretation of this Plan. References herein to Sections or Articles are references to the referenced Section or Article hereof, unless otherwise specified.

4.8 Amendment. The Administrator may, at any time and from time to time, amend, suspend, or terminate, in whole or in part, any or all of the provisions of this Plan and of any Award Document (including any amendment deemed necessary to ensure that the Company may comply with any regulatory requirement referred to herein), or suspend or terminate it entirely, retroactively or otherwise; provided , however , that if the Administrator, in its reasonable discretion and acting in good faith, determines that the rights of a Recipient with respect to an Award granted prior to such amendment, suspension or termination, may be adversely impaired, the consent of such Recipient shall be required or the terms of such Recipient’s Award shall continue to be governed by the Plan and Award Document without giving effect to any such amendment. An amendment to the Plan shall be contingent on approval of the Company’s stockholders entitled to vote thereon only to the extent required by applicable law, regulations or rules.

 

2


ARTICLE V

GENERAL AWARD PROVISIONS

5.1 Participation in Plan .

(a) Eligibility to Receive Awards . A person is eligible to receive grants of Awards if, at the time of the grant of the Award, such person is an Eligible Person or has received an offer of employment from the Company.

(b) Eligibility to Receive Incentive Stock Options . Incentive Stock Options may be granted only to Eligible Persons meeting the employment requirements of Section 422 of the IRC.

5.2 Award Documents . Each Award shall be evidenced by an Award Document that shall be in accordance with the provisions of this Plan setting forth such terms and conditions applicable to the Award. Award Documents may be (but need not be) identical and must comply with and be subject to the terms and conditions of this Plan, a copy of which will be provided to each Recipient and incorporated by reference into each Award Document. In case of any conflict between this Plan and any Award Document, this Plan shall control.

5.3 Payment For Awards .

(a) Payment of Exercise Price . The exercise price or other payment for an Award is payable upon the exercise of a Stock Option or upon other purchase of shares pursuant to an Award granted hereunder by delivery of legal tender of the United States or payment of such other consideration as the Award Document permits.

(b) Cashless Exercise . If set forth in the Award Document, the exercise price for Awards may be paid by capital stock of the Company delivered in transfer to the Company by or on behalf of the person exercising the Award and duly endorsed in blank or accompanied by stock powers duly endorsed in blank, with signatures guaranteed in accordance with the Exchange Act if required by the Company; or retained by the Company from the stock otherwise issuable upon exercise or surrender of vested and/or exercisable Awards or other equity awards previously granted to the Recipient and being exercised (if applicable) (in either case valued at Fair Market Value as of the exercise date).

5.4 No Employment Rights . Nothing contained in this Plan (or in Award Documents or in any other documents related to this Plan or to Awards) will confer upon any Eligible Person or Recipient any right to continue in the employ of or engagement by the Company or any Affiliated Entity or constitute any contract or agreement of employment or engagement, or interfere in any way with the right of the Company or any Affiliated Entity to reduce such person’s compensation or other benefits or to terminate the employment or engagement of such Eligible Person or Recipient, with or without cause.

5.5 Restrictions Under Applicable Laws and Regulations .

(a) Government Approvals . All Awards will be subject to all applicable registration, listing and qualification requirements. During the term of this Plan, the Company will use its reasonable efforts to seek to obtain from the appropriate governmental and regulatory agencies any requisite qualifications, consents, approvals or authorizations in order to issue and sell such number of shares of its Common Stock as is sufficient to satisfy the requirements of this Plan.

(b) Recipient Representations . Unless the issuance of Awards and underlying securities have been registered under the Securities Act and qualified or registered under applicable state securities laws, the Company shall issue the Awards pursuant to applicable exemptions from such registration or qualification requirements. In connection with any such exempt issuance, the Administrator may require the Recipient to provide a written representation and undertaking to the Company, satisfactory in form and scope to the Company, that such Recipient is acquiring such Awards and underlying securities for such Recipient’s own account as an investment and not with a view to, or for sale in connection with, the distribution of any such securities, and that such person will

 

3


make no transfer of the same except in compliance with any rules and regulations in force at the time of such transfer under the Securities Act and other applicable law, and that if securities are issued without registration, a legend to this effect may be endorsed upon the securities so issued, and to the effect of any additional representations that are appropriate in light of applicable securities laws and rules. The Company may also order its transfer agent to stop transfers of such shares.

5.6 No Rights or Privileges Regarding Stock Ownership or Specific Assets . Except as otherwise set forth herein, a Recipient or a permitted transferee of an Award will have no rights as a stockholder with respect to any shares issuable or issued in connection with the Award until the Recipient has delivered to the Company all amounts payable and performed all obligations required to be performed in connection with exercise of the Award and the Company has issued such shares.

5.7 Non-assignability . No Award is assignable or transferable except: (a) by will or by the laws of descent and distribution; or (b) upon dissolution of marriage pursuant to a qualified domestic relations order or, transfers for estate planning purposes or pursuant to a nominal transfer that does not result in a change in beneficial ownership. During the lifetime of a Recipient, an Award granted to such person will be exercisable only by the Recipient (or the Recipient’s permitted transferee) or such person’s guardian or legal representative.

5.8 Repurchase Rights . Common Stock issued or purchased pursuant to an Award made under the Plan may be subject to such right of repurchase upon termination of Service of the Recipient or other transfer restrictions as the Administrator may determine consistent with applicable law. Any additional restrictions shall be set forth in an Award Document.

5.9 Withholding Taxes . Whenever the granting, vesting or exercise of any Award, or the issuance of any Common Stock or other securities upon exercise of any Award or transfer thereof, gives rise to tax or tax withholding liabilities or obligations, the Company will have the right as a condition thereto to require the Recipient to remit to the Company an amount sufficient to satisfy any federal, state and local withholding tax requirements arising in connection therewith. The Company may allow satisfaction of tax withholding requirements by accepting delivery of stock of the Company or by withholding a portion of the stock otherwise issuable in connection with an Award, in each case valued at Fair Market Value as of the date of such delivery or withholding, as the case may be.

5.10 Legends on Awards and Stock Certificates . Each Award Document and each certificate representing securities acquired upon vesting or exercise of an Award must be endorsed with all legends, if any, required by applicable federal and state securities and other laws to be placed on the Award Document and/or the certificate.

5.11 Effect of Termination of Service on Awards . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein and except as otherwise provided in an Award Document, Awards will be exercisable by a Recipient (or the Recipient’s successor in interest) following such Recipient’s termination of Service only to the extent that installments thereof had become exercisable on or prior to the date of such termination.

ARTICLE VI

AWARDS

6.1 Stock Options .

(a) Nature of Stock Options . Stock Options may be Incentive Stock Options or Nonqualified Stock Options.

(b) Option Exercise Price . The exercise price for each Stock Option will be determined by the Company as of the date such Stock Option is granted. The exercise price may be equal to or greater than the Fair Market Value of the Common Stock subject to the Stock Option as of the date of grant.

(c) Exercise of Stock Options . The exercise price for Stock Options will be paid as set forth in Section 5.3. No Stock Option will be exercisable except in respect of whole shares, and fractional share interests shall be disregarded. Not fewer than 100 shares of Common Stock may be purchased at one time and Stock Options must be exercised in multiples of 100 unless the number purchased is the total number of shares for which the Stock

 

4


Option is exercisable at the time of exercise. A Stock Option will be deemed to be exercised when the Secretary or other designated official of the Company receives written notice of such exercise from the Recipient in the form of Exhibit A hereto or such other form as the Company may specify from time to time, together with payment of the exercise price in accordance with Section 5.3.

(d) Special Provisions Regarding Incentive Stock Options . Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary,

(i) The exercise price and vesting period of any Stock Option intended to be treated as an Incentive Stock Option must comply with the provisions of Section 422 of the IRC and the regulations thereunder. As of the Effective Date, such provisions require, among other matters, that: (A) the exercise price must not be less than the Fair Market Value of the underlying stock as of the date the Incentive Stock Option is granted, and not less than 110% of the Fair Market Value as of such date in the case of a grant to a Significant Stockholder; and (B) that the Incentive Stock Option not be exercisable after the expiration of ten (10) years from the date of grant or the expiration of five (5) years from the date of grant in the case of an Incentive Stock Option granted to a Significant Stockholder.

(ii) The aggregate Fair Market Value (determined as of the respective date or dates of grant) of the Common Stock for which one or more Stock Options granted to any Recipient under this Plan (or any other option plan of the Company or of any Parent Corporation or Subsidiary Corporation) may for the first time become exercisable as Incentive Stock Options under the federal tax laws during any one calendar year may not exceed $100,000.

(iii) Any Stock Options granted as Incentive Stock Options pursuant to this Plan that for any reason fail or cease to qualify as such will be treated as Nonqualified Stock Options. If the limit described in Section 6.1(d)(ii) is exceeded, the earliest granted Stock Options will be treated as Incentive Stock Options, up to such limit.

6.2 Performance Awards .

(a) Grant of Performance Award . The Company will determine the pre-established, objective performance goals (which need not be identical and may be established on an individual or group basis) governing Performance Awards, the terms thereof, and the form and time of payment of Performance Awards.

(b) Payment of Award . Upon satisfaction of the conditions applicable to a Performance Award, payment will be made to the Recipient in cash, in shares of Common Stock valued at Fair Market Value as of the date payment is due, or in a combination of Common Stock and cash, as set forth at the time of grant.

6.3 Restricted Stock .

(a) Award of Restricted Stock . The Company will determine the Purchase Price (if any), the terms of payment of the Purchase Price, the restrictions upon the Restricted Stock, and when such restrictions will lapse.

(b) Requirements of Restricted Stock . All shares of Restricted Stock granted or sold pursuant to this Plan will be subject to the following conditions:

(i) No Transfer. The shares may not be sold, assigned, transferred, pledged, hypothecated or otherwise disposed of, alienated or encumbered until the restrictions are removed or expire;

(ii) Certificates. The Company may require that the certificates representing Restricted Stock granted or sold to a Recipient remain in the physical custody of an escrow holder or the Company until all restrictions are removed or expire;

(iii) Restrictive Legends. Each certificate representing Restricted Stock granted or sold to a Recipient pursuant to this Plan will bear such legend or legends making reference to the restrictions imposed upon such Restricted Stock as is appropriate to enforce such restrictions; and

 

5


(c) Lapse of Restrictions . The restrictions imposed upon Restricted Stock will lapse in accordance with such terms or other conditions as are set forth at the time of grant.

(d) Rights of Recipient . Subject to the provisions of Section 6.3(b) and any restrictions imposed upon the Restricted Stock, the Recipient will have all rights of a stockholder with respect to the Restricted Stock granted or sold to such Recipient under this Plan, including, without limitation, the right to vote the shares and receive all dividends and other distributions paid or made with respect thereto. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Administrator may provide, in an Award Document or otherwise, that any dividends or distributions paid on Restricted Stock will be subject to the same restrictions applicable to the original Award.

6.4 Stock Appreciation Rights.

(a) Granting of Stock Appreciation Rights . The Company may at any time and from time to time approve the grant to Eligible Persons of Stock Appreciation Rights, related or unrelated to Stock Options.

(b) SARs Related to Options .

(i) A Stock Appreciation Right related to a Stock Option will entitle the holder of the related Stock Option, upon exercise of the Stock Appreciation Right, to surrender such Stock Option, or any portion thereof to the extent previously vested but unexercised, with respect to the number of shares as to which such Stock Appreciation Right is exercised, and to receive payment of an amount computed pursuant to Section 6.4(b)(iii). Such Stock Option will, to the extent surrendered, then cease to be exercisable.

(ii) A Stock Appreciation Right related to a Stock Option hereunder will be exercisable at such time or times, and only to the extent that, the related Stock Option is exercisable, and will not be transferable except to the extent that such related Stock Option may be transferable (and under the same conditions), will expire no later than the expiration of the related Stock Option, and may be exercised only when the market price of the Common Stock subject to the related Stock Option exceeds the exercise price of the Stock Option.

(iii) Upon the exercise of a Stock Appreciation Right related to a Stock Option, the Recipient will be entitled to receive payment of an amount determined by multiplying: (A) the difference obtained by subtracting the exercise price of a share of Common Stock specified in the related Stock Option from the Fair Market Value of a share of Common Stock on the date of exercise of such Stock Appreciation Right (or as of such other date or as of the occurrence of such event as may have been specified in the instrument evidencing the grant of the Stock Appreciation Right), by (B) the number of shares as to which such Stock Appreciation Right is exercised.

(c) SARs Unrelated to Options . The Company may grant Stock Appreciation Rights unrelated to Stock Options. Section 6.4(b)(iii) will govern the amount payable at exercise under such Stock Appreciation Right, except that in lieu of an option exercise price the initial base amount specified in the Award shall be used.

(d) Payments . Payment of the amount determined under the foregoing provisions may be made solely in whole shares of Common Stock valued at their Fair Market Value on the date of exercise of the Stock Appreciation Right or, as set forth in the Award Document in cash or in a combination of cash and shares of Common Stock.

6.5 Stock Bonuses . The Company may issue Stock Bonuses to Eligible Persons on such terms and conditions as the Administrator may determine.

6.6 Phantom Stock . The Company may grant Awards of Phantom Stock to Eligible Persons. Phantom Stock is a cash payment measured by the Fair Market Value of a specified number of shares of Common Stock on a specified date, or measured by the excess of such Fair Market Value over a specified minimum, which may, but need not, include a provision for crediting of dividends paid on the Common Stock.

6.7 Other Stock-Based Benefits . The Company may grant Other Stock-Based Benefits. Other Stock-Based Benefits are any arrangements granted under this Plan not otherwise described above that: (a) by their terms might involve the issuance or sale of Common Stock or other securities of the Company; or (b) involve a benefit that is measured, as a whole or in part, by the value, appreciation, dividend yield or other features attributable to a specified number of shares of Common Stock or other securities of the Company.

 

6


ARTICLE VII

7.1 Change in Control. As of the effective time and date of any merger or Change in Control, the Recipient will fully vest in and have the right to exercise all of his or her outstanding Options and Stock Appreciation Rights, including shares of Common Stock as to which such Awards would not otherwise be vested or exercisable, all restrictions on Restricted Stock, Phantom Stock and Other Stock-Based Benefits will lapse, and, with respect to Awards with performance-based vesting, all performance goals or other vesting criteria will be deemed achieved at one hundred percent (100%) of target levels and all other terms and conditions met. The Administrator will notify the Recipient in writing or electronically that the Option or Stock Appreciation Right will be exercisable for a period of time determined by the Board in its sole discretion, and the Option or Stock Appreciation Right will terminate upon the expiration of such period.

7.2 409A Compliance. Notwithstanding anything in this Article VII to the contrary, if a payment under an Award Document is subject to Section 409A of the IRC and if the change in control definition contained in the Award Document does not comply with the definition of “change of control” for purposes of a distribution under Section 409A of the IRC, then any payment of an amount that is otherwise accelerated under this Article will be delayed until the earliest time that such payment would be permissible under Section 409A of the IRC without triggering any penalties applicable under Section 409A of the IRC.

ARTICLE VIIA

7A.1 Registration of Plan . The Company agrees that whenever it files a registration statement under the Securities Act for an offering of its securities, it will register the Plan and the securities subject thereto.

ARTICLE VIII

DEFINITIONS

Capitalized terms used in this Plan and not otherwise defined have the meanings set forth below:

“Administrator” means the Board as long as no Committee has been appointed and is in effect and also means the Committee to the extent that the Board has delegated authority thereto.

“Affiliated Entity” means any Parent Corporation of the Company or Subsidiary Corporation of the Company or any other entity controlling, controlled by, or under common control with the Company.

“Award” means any Stock Option, Performance Award, Restricted Stock, Stock Appreciation Right, Stock Payment, Stock Bonus, Stock Sale, Phantom Stock, dividend equivalent, or Other Stock-Based Benefit granted or sold to an Eligible Person under this Plan.

“Award Document” means the agreement or confirming memorandum setting forth the terms and conditions of an Award.

“Board” means the Board of Directors of the Company.

“Cause” means as determined by the Administrator and unless otherwise provided in an applicable agreement with the Company or an Affiliated Entity, (a) a Recipient’s conviction of any crime (whether or not involving the Company) constituting a felony in the jurisdiction involved; (b) conduct of a Recipient related to the Recipient’s employment for which either criminal or civil penalties against the Recipient or the Company may be sought; (c) material violation of the Company’s policies, including the disclosure or misuse of confidential information, or those set forth in Company manuals or statements of policy; or (d) serious neglect or misconduct in the performance of a Recipient’s duties for the Company or willful or repeated failure or refusal to perform such duties. Any determination by the Administrator whether an event constituting Cause shall have occurred shall be final, binding and conclusive.

 

7


“Change in Control” means the following and shall be deemed to occur if any of the following events occurs:

 

  (i) Any Person becomes the beneficial owner (within the meaning of Rule 13d-3 promulgated under the Exchange Act) of 50% or more of either the then outstanding shares of Common Stock or the combined voting power of the Company’s then outstanding securities entitled to vote generally in the election of directors; or

 

  (ii) At any time that the Company is registered under the Exchange Act, individuals who, as of the Original Effective Date, constitute the Board (the “ Incumbent Board ”) cease for any reason to constitute at least a majority of the Board, provided that any individual who becomes a director after the Original Effective Date whose election, or nomination for election by the Company’s stockholders, is approved by a vote of at least a majority of the directors then comprising the Incumbent Board shall be considered to be a member of the Incumbent Board unless that individual was nominated or elected by any person, entity or group (as defined below) having the power to exercise, through beneficial ownership, voting agreement and/or proxy, twenty percent (20%) or more of either the outstanding shares of Common Stock or the combined voting power of the Company’s then outstanding voting securities entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, in which case that individual shall not be considered to be a member of the Incumbent Board unless such individual’s election or nomination for election by the Company’s stockholders is approved by a vote of at least two-thirds of the directors then comprising the Incumbent Board; or

 

  (iii) Consummation by the Company of the sale or other disposition by the Company of all or substantially all of the Company’s assets or a Reorganization of the Company with any other person, corporation or other entity, other than:

 

  (A) a Reorganization that would result in the voting securities of the Company outstanding immediately prior thereto (or, in the case of a Reorganization that is preceded or accomplished by an acquisition or series of related acquisitions by any Person, by tender or exchange offer or otherwise, of voting securities representing 5% or more of the combined voting power of all securities of the Company, immediately prior to such acquisition or the first acquisition in such series of acquisitions) continuing to represent, either by remaining outstanding or by being converted into voting securities of another entity, more than 50% of the combined voting power of the voting securities of the Company or such other entity outstanding immediately after such Reorganization (or series of related transactions involving such a Reorganization), or

 

  (B) a Reorganization effected to implement a recapitalization or reincorporation of the Company (or similar transaction) that does not result in a material change in beneficial ownership of the voting securities of the Company or its successor; or

 

  (iv) Approval by the stockholders of the Company or an order by a court of competent jurisdiction of a plan of liquidation of the Company.

“Committee” means any committee appointed by the Board to administer this Plan pursuant to Section 4.1.

“Common Stock” means the common stock of the Company, as constituted on the Original Effective Date, and as thereafter adjusted under Section 3.4.

“Company” means ContraFect Corporation, a Delaware corporation.

“Effective Date” means February 26, 2013.

“Eligible Person” includes directors (including Non-Employee Directors), officers, employees, consultants and advisors of the Company or of any Affiliated Entity; provided, however, that such consultants and advisors render bona fide services to the Company or any Affiliated Entity that are not in connection with capital-raising.

 

8


“Exchange Act” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

“Expiration Date” means the tenth (10th) anniversary of the Original Effective Date.

“Fair Market Value” of a share of Common Stock shall be determined as follows: if on the date of grant or other determination date the Common Stock is listed on an established national or regional stock exchange, or is publicly traded on an established securities market, the Fair Market Value of a share of Common Stock shall be the closing price of the Common Stock on such exchange or in such market (if there is more than one such exchange or market the Administrator shall determine the appropriate exchange or market) on the date of grant or such other determination date or, if no sale of Common Stock is reported for such trading day, on the next preceding day on which any sale shall have been reported. If the Common Stock is not listed on such an exchange, quoted on such system or traded on such a market, Fair Market Value shall be the value of the Common Stock as determined by the Administrator in good faith in a manner consistent with Section 409A of the IRC.

“Incentive Stock Option” means a Stock Option that qualifies as an incentive stock option under Section 422 of the IRC.

“IRC” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

“Non-Employee Director” means any director of the Company who qualifies as a “Non-Employee Director” under Rule 16b-3 of the Exchange Act.

“Nonqualified Stock Option” means a Stock Option that is not an Incentive Stock Option.

“Original Effective Date” means May 30, 2008.

“Other Stock-Based Benefits” means an Award granted under Section 6.7.

“Outside Director” means an “outside director” as defined in the regulations adopted under Section 162(m) of the IRC.

“Parent Corporation” means any Parent Corporation as defined in Section 424(e) of the IRC.

“Performance Award” means an Award under Section 6.2, payable in cash, Common Stock or a combination thereof, that vests and becomes payable over a period of time upon attainment of pre-established, objective performance goals established in connection with the grant of the Award. For this purpose a pre-established, objective performance goal may include one or more of the following performance criteria: (a) cash flow, (b) earnings per share (including earnings before interest, taxes, and amortization), (c) return on equity, (d) total stockholder return, (e) return on capital, (f) return on assets or net assets, (g) income or net income, (h) operating income or net operating income, (i) operating margin, (j) return on operating revenue, and (k) any other similar performance criteria.

“Performance-Based Compensation” means performance-based compensation as described in Section 162(m) of the IRC and the regulations issued thereunder. If the amount of compensation an Eligible Person will receive under an Award is not based solely on an increase in the value of shares of Common Stock after the date of grant or award, the Administrator, in order to qualify an Award as performance-based compensation under Section 162(m) of the IRC, can condition the grant, award, vesting, or exercisability of such an Award on the attainment of pre-established, objective performance goals established in connection with the grant of the Award, including, but not limited to, those pre-established, objective performance goals described in the definition of “Performance Award” above.

“Permanent Disability” means that the Recipient becomes physically or mentally incapacitated or disabled so that the Recipient is unable to perform substantially the same services as the Recipient performed prior to incurring such incapacity or disability (the Company, at its option and expense, being entitled to retain a physician to confirm the existence of such incapacity or disability, and the determination of such physician to be binding upon the Company and the Recipient), and such incapacity or disability continues for a period of six (6) consecutive months.

 

9


“Person” means any person, entity or group, within the meaning of Section 13(d) or 14(d) of the Exchange Act, but excluding (i) the Company and its subsidiaries, (ii) any employee stock ownership or other employee benefit plan maintained by the Company and (iii) an underwriter or underwriting syndicate that has acquired the Company’s securities solely in connection with a public offering thereof.

“Phantom Stock” means an Award granted under Section 6.6.

“Plan” means this Amended and Restated 2008 Equity Incentive Plan of the Company.

“Plan Term” means the period during which this Plan remains in effect (commencing on the Original Effective Date and ending on the Expiration Date).

“Purchase Price” means the purchase price (if any) to be paid by a Recipient for Restricted Stock as determined in the Award Document.

“Recipient” means a person who has received an Award.

“Reorganization” means any merger, consolidation or other reorganization.

“Restricted Stock” means Common Stock that is the subject of an Award made under Section 6.3 and that is nontransferable and subject to a substantial risk of forfeiture until specific conditions are met, as set forth in this Plan and in any statement evidencing the grant of such Award.

“Retirement” of a Recipient means the Recipient’s resignation from the Company or any Affiliated Entity after reaching age 65 and at least five years of full-time employment by the Company or any Affiliated Entity.

“Securities Act” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

“Service” means service as an employee, officer, director or other Eligible Person of the Company or an Affiliated Entity. Unless otherwise stated in the applicable Award Document, a Recipient’s change in position or duties shall not result in interrupted or terminated Service, so long as such Recipient continues to be an employee, officer, director or other Eligible Person of the Company or an Affiliated Entity thereof. Subject to the preceding sentence, whether a termination of Service shall have occurred for purposes of the Plan shall be determined by the Administrator, which determination shall be final, binding and conclusive.

“Significant Stockholder” is an individual who, at the time a Stock Option or other Award is granted to such individual under this Plan, owns stock possessing more than ten percent (10%) of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock of the Company or of any Parent Corporation or Subsidiary Corporation (after application of the attribution rules set forth in Section 424(d) of the IRC).

Stock Appreciation Right” or “SAR” means a right granted under Section 6.4 to receive a payment that is measured with reference to the amount by which the Fair Market Value of a specified number of shares of Common Stock appreciates from a specified date, such as the date of grant of the SAR, to the date of exercise.

“Stock Bonus” means an issuance or delivery of unrestricted or restricted shares of Common Stock under Section 6.5 as a bonus for services rendered or for any other valid consideration under applicable law.

“Stock Option” means a right to purchase stock of the Company granted under Section 6.1 of this Plan.

“Subsidiary Corporation” means any Subsidiary Corporation as defined in Section 424(f) of the IRC.

 

10

Exhibit 10.12

STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT

THIS STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT (the “Agreement”) is made and entered into as of             , 2013 (the “Grant Date”), by and between ContraFect Corporation, a Delaware corporation (the “Corporation”), and                      (the “Optionee”), with an address at                     .

WHEREAS, the Optionee is a valued [ employee][director] of the Corporation;

WHEREAS, the Corporation considers it desirable and in its best interests that Optionee be given an opportunity to acquire a proprietary option to purchase shares of Common Stock of the Corporation, par value $0.0001 per share (the “Shares”) pursuant to the terms and conditions of the Corporation’s Amended and Restated 2008 Equity Incentive Plan.

NOW, THEREFORE, for good and valuable consideration, the adequacy of which is hereby acknowledged, and the mutual covenants hereinafter set forth, the parties agree as follows:

1. Grant of Option . The Corporation hereby grants to the Optionee the right and option (hereinafter the “Option”) to purchase up to an aggregate of              (            ) Shares (subject to adjustment as provided in Paragraph 6 hereof), on the terms and conditions set forth herein. The Optionee acknowledges that the Option will not be an “incentive option” within the meaning of Section 422 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”).

2. Exercise of Options . The Option granted hereby shall become exercisable by the Optionee at a price per share of $         (subject to adjustment as provided for herein), as follows:

 

Number of Options

   Purchase Price per Share      Date First Exercisable
   $                   
   $                   
   $                   


3. Term of the Option . The Option shall be exercisable as provided in Paragraph 2 hereof and shall expire on the ten (10) year anniversary of the Grant Date, or upon its earlier termination as provided in this Agreement.

4. Method of Exercising Option . The Optionee may exercise the Option in whole or in part (to the extent that it is exercisable in accordance with its terms) by giving written notice to the Corporation in the form annexed hereto as Exhibit A, together with the tender of the full purchase price of the Shares covered by the Option. The purchase price may consist of (i) cash, (ii) certified or bank check payable to the order of the Corporation in the amount of the purchase price, (iii) a cashless exercise procedure, consisting of authorization from the Optionee to the Corporation to retain from the total number of Shares as to which the Option is exercised that number of Shares having a Fair Market Value on the date of the exercise equal to purchase price for the total number of Shares as to which the Option is exercised, (iv) other property or consideration if the Board determines beneficial to the Corporation or (v) any combination of the methods described in (i) through (iv) above.

As soon as practicable after receipt by the Corporation of such notice and of payment in full of the purchase price of all the Shares with respect to which the Option has been exercised, a certificate or certificates representing such Shares shall be issued in the name of the Optionee and shall be delivered to the Optionee. All Shares shall be issued only upon receipt by the Corporation of the Optionee’s representation that the Shares are purchased for investment and not with a view toward distribution thereof.

5. Availability of Shares . The Corporation, during the term of this Option, shall keep available at all times the number of Shares required to satisfy the Option. The Corporation shall utilize its best efforts to comply with the requirements of each regulatory commission or agency having jurisdiction in order to issue and sell the Shares to satisfy the Option.

 

2


6. Adjustments . If prior to the exercise of any portion of the Option granted hereunder the Corporation shall have effected one or more stock splits, stock dividends, or other increases or reductions of the number of its Shares outstanding without receiving compensation therefor in money, services or property, the number of Shares subject to the Option hereby granted shall (a) if a net increase shall have been effected in the number of outstanding shares of the Corporation’s Common Stock, be proportionately increased and the purchase price of the Shares issuable upon exercise of the Option shall be proportionately reduced; and (b) if a net reduction shall have been effected in the number of outstanding shares of the Corporation’s Common Stock, be proportionately reduced and the purchase price of the Shares issuable upon exercise of the Option shall be proportionately increased. In the event that the Corporation shall make any distribution of its assets upon or with respect to the Shares, as a liquidating dividend, the Optionee shall be entitled to receive an amount equal to the value thereof at the time of such distribution, less the aggregate purchase price for the Option.

7. Restrictions . The holder of this Option, by acceptance hereof, represents and warrants as follows:

(a) This Option and the right to purchase Shares hereunder is personal to the holder and shall not be transferred to any other person, other than (i) by will or the laws of descent and distribution, or (ii) pursuant to a qualified domestic relations order as defined by the Code, or Title I of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended (“ERISA”), or by the rules thereunder. This Option shall not be collaterally assigned, pledged or hypothecated in any way (whether by operation of law or otherwise) and shall not be subject to execution, attachment or similar process. Any attempted transfer, assignment, pledge, hypothecation or other disposition of the Option or of any rights granted hereunder contrary to the provisions of this Section 7, or the levy of any attachment or similar process upon the Option or such right, shall be null and void.

 

3


(b) The holder hereof has been advised and understands that the Option has been issued in reliance upon exemptions from registration under the Securities Act and applicable state statutes; the Shares have not been registered under the Securities Act or applicable state statutes and must be held and may not be sold, transferred, or otherwise disposed of for value unless they are subsequently registered under the Securities Act or an exemption from such registration is available, except as set forth herein; the Corporation is under no obligation to register the Option or the Shares under the Securities Act or the applicable state statutes; in the absence of such registration, the sale of the Shares may be practicably impossible; the Shares will bear on its face a legend in substantially the following form restricting the sale of the Shares:

THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “SECURITIES ACT”) AND ARE “RESTRICTED SECURITIES” WITHIN THE MEANING OF RULE 144 PROMULGATED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT. THE SECURITIES HAVE BEEN ACQUIRED FOR INVESTMENT AND MAY NOT BE SOLD OR TRANSFERRED WITHOUT COMPLYING WITH RULE 144 IN THE ABSENCE OF EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION OR OTHER COMPLIANCE UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT.

THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE ARE SUBJECT TO CERTAIN RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFERABILITY AS SET FORTH IN A STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT, A COPY OF WHICH IS ON FILE WITH THE RECORDS OF THE CORPORATION.

(c) Regardless of whether the offering and sale of Shares have been registered under the Securities Act or have been registered or qualified under the securities laws of any state, the Corporation at its discretion may impose restrictions upon the sale, pledge or other transfer of such Shares (including the placement of appropriate legends on stock certificates or the imposition of stop-transfer instructions) if, in the judgment of the Corporation, such restrictions are necessary or desirable in order to achieve compliance with the Securities Act, the securities laws of any state or any other law.

 

4


8. Shareholder’s Rights . This Option is non-transferable by the Optionee, except in the event of the Optionee’s death as provided in Paragraph 7 hereof and during the Optionee’s lifetime is exercisable only by the Optionee except as provided in Paragraph 7 hereof. The Optionee shall have no rights as a shareholder with respect to any Shares until payment of the purchase price and delivery to the Optionee of the Shares as provided herein.

9. Termination of the Option . Upon an Optionee’s termination of Service, any portion of the Option that has not become vested as of the date of such termination of Service shall immediately be forfeited. Upon an Optionee’s termination of Service for Cause, the entire Option, whether or not vested, shall immediately be forfeited. Upon an Optionee’s termination of Service for any reason other than Cause, the Optionee shall have two years following such termination of Service to exercise any portion of the Option that has become vested as of the date of such termination of Service; provided, however, that if the Grant Date of the Option and such termination of Service occurs subsequent to the effective date of the registration statement of the Company’s public offering, the Optionee shall have ninety (90) days to exercise any portion of any such Option that has become vested as of the date of termination of Service. Notwithstanding the foregoing, each Option to the extent not heretofore exercised shall terminate on the tenth anniversary of the Grant Date.

10. Right of Repurchase . Following an Optionee’s termination of Service for any reason, the Corporation shall have 60 days from the date of termination (or, if later, 60 days from the date of exercise of the Option) to exercise an option to purchase all of the Shares that the Optionee has acquired or will acquire under this Option. If the Corporation exercises its right to purchase the Shares, the Corporation will notify the Optionee of its intention to purchase such Shares, and will consummate the purchase within 60 days of the notice (or such lesser time to the extent required by applicable law). The purchase price shall be the Fair Market Value of the shares on the date of the Optionee’s termination of Service. The Corporation’s rights of repurchase shall terminate in the event that the Shares are listed on an established national or regional stock exchange or are publicly traded in an established securities market.

 

5


11. Lock-Up Agreements . Each Optionee agrees as a condition to receipt of an Option that the Optionee will not offer, pledge, sell, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, right or warrant to purchase, lend, or otherwise transfer or dispose of, directly or indirectly, any Common Stock (or other securities) of the Corporation or enter into any swap, hedging or other arrangement that transfers to another, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of any Common Stock (or other securities) of the Corporation held by the Optionee (other than those included in the registration) for a period specified by the representative of the underwriters of Common Stock (or other securities) of the Corporation not to exceed one hundred and eighty (180) days following the effective date of any registration statement of the Corporation filed under the Securities Act (or such other period as may be requested by the Corporation or the underwriters to accommodate regulatory restrictions on (i) the publication or other distribution of research reports and (ii) analyst recommendations and opinions, including, but not limited to, the restrictions contained in NASD Rule 2711(f)(4) or NYSE Rule 472(f)(4), or any successor provisions or amendments thereto).

The Optionee further agrees to execute and deliver such other agreements as may be reasonably requested by the Corporation or the underwriter which are consistent with the foregoing or which are necessary to give further effect thereto. In addition, if requested by the Corporation or the representative of the underwriters of Common Stock (or other securities) of the Corporation, the Optionee will provide, within ten (10) days of such request, such information as may be required by the Corporation or such representative in connection with the completion of any public offering of the Corporation’s securities pursuant to a registration statement filed under the Securities Act. The obligations described in this Section 11 will not apply to a registration relating solely to employee benefit plans on Form S-1 or Form S-8 or similar forms that may be promulgated in the future, or a

 

6


registration relating solely to a Commission Rule 145 transaction on Form S-4 or similar forms that may be promulgated in the future. The Corporation may impose stop-transfer instructions with respect to the shares of Common Stock (or other securities) subject to the foregoing restriction until the end of said one hundred and eighty (180) day (or other) period. The Optionee agrees that any transferee of an Option will be bound by this Section 11.

12. Control by Plan; Validity and Construction . It is understood and agreed that, notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, in the event of a conflict between the terms of the Plan and this Agreement, the Plan shall control. Capitalized terms used, but not defined herein, shall have the meaning given such terms in the Plan. The validity and construction of this Option shall be governed by the laws of the State of Delaware. Such construction is vested in the Board and its construction shall be final and conclusive.

13. No Guaranty . It is understood and agreed that nothing contained in this Agreement, nor any action taken by the Board, shall confer upon you any right with respect to the continuation of your services to the Corporation or any subsidiary, nor interfere in any way with the right of the Corporation or a subsidiary to terminate your services at any time.

14. Headings . The headings in this Option are for the purpose of reference only and shall not limit or otherwise affect the meaning of any provision of this Option.

15. Counterparts . This Option may be executed in any number of counterparts, and each such counterpart shall, for all purposes, be deemed to be an original and all of which together shall constitute one agreement. Facsimile signatures and those transmitted by e-mail or other electronic means shall have the same effect as originals.

[REMAINDER OF PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]

 

7


IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the parties have executed this Option as of the date first above written.

 

CONTRAFECT CORPORATION
By:  

 

Name:  

 

Title:  

 

 

OPTIONEE
By:  

 

Name:  

 

Title:  

 


EXHIBIT A

Exercise Form

 

To: ContraFect Corporation    Dated:  

 

The undersigned, pursuant to the provisions set forth in the Stock Option Agreement, dated as of                     , a copy of which is attached hereto, hereby irrevocably elects to purchase              shares of Common Stock covered by the Option. The undersigned herewith makes payment of $         representing the full purchase price for such shares at the price per share provided for in such Stock Option Agreement. Such payment takes the form of $         in lawful money of the United States or delivery of shares of the Corporation’s Common Stock in accordance with the terms of the attached Stock Option Agreement.

 

 

Signature

 

Print Name

 

 

Address

 

A-1

Exhibit 10.13

CONTRAFECT CORPORATION

2008 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN

ARTICLE I

PURPOSE OF PLAN

The Company has adopted this Plan to promote the interests of the Company and its stockholders by using investment interests in the Company to attract, retain and motivate its directors, management, employees and other persons, to encourage and reward their contributions to the performance of the Company, and to align their interests with the interests of the Company’s stockholders. Capitalized terms not otherwise defined herein have the meanings ascribed to them in Article VIII .

ARTICLE II

EFFECTIVE DATE AND TERM OF PLAN

2.1 Term of Plan . This Plan became effective as of the Effective Date and will continue in effect until the Expiration Date, at which time this Plan will automatically terminate.

2.2 Effect on Awards . Awards may be granted only during the Plan Term, but each Award granted during the Plan Term will remain in effect after the Expiration Date until such Award has been exercised, terminated or expired in accordance with its terms and the terms of this Plan.

ARTICLE III

SHARES SUBJECT TO PLAN

3.1 Number of Shares . The maximum number of shares of Common Stock that may be issued pursuant to Awards under this Plan is 1,500,000 subject to adjustment as set forth in Section 3.4.

3.2 Source of Shares . The Common Stock to be issued under this Plan will be made available from authorized but unissued shares of Common Stock.

3.3 Availability of Unused Shares . Shares of Common Stock subject to unexercised portions of any Award that expire, terminate or are canceled, and shares of Common Stock issued pursuant to an Award that are reacquired by the Company pursuant to this Plan or the terms of the Award under which such shares were issued, will again become available for the grant of further Awards under this Plan as part of the shares available under Section 3.1.

3.4 Adjustment Provisions .

(a) Adjustments . If the Company consummates any Reorganization in which holders of shares of Common Stock are entitled to receive in respect of such shares any additional shares or new or different shares or securities, cash or other consideration (including, without limitation, a different number of shares of Common Stock), or if the outstanding shares of Common Stock are increased, decreased or exchanged for a different number or kind of shares or other securities through merger, consolidation, sale or exchange of assets of the Company, reorganization, recapitalization, reclassification, combination, stock dividend, stock split, reverse stock split, spin-off, or similar transaction then, subject to Section 7.1, an appropriate and proportionate adjustment shall be made in its discretion in: (i) the maximum number and kind of shares subject to this Plan as provided in Section 3.1; (ii) the number and kind of shares or other securities subject to then outstanding Awards; and/or (iii) the price for each share or other unit of any other securities subject to, or measurement criteria applicable to, then outstanding Awards.

(b) No Fractional Interests . No fractional interests will be issued under the Plan resulting from any adjustments.


(c) Limitations . No adjustment to the terms of an Incentive Stock Option may be made unless such adjustment either: (i) would not cause the Option to lose its status as an Incentive Stock Option; or (ii) is agreed to in writing by the Recipient.

3.5 Reservation of Shares . The Company will at all times reserve and keep available shares of Common Stock equaling at least the total number of shares of Common Stock issuable pursuant to all outstanding Awards.

ARTICLE IV

ADMINISTRATION OF PLAN

4.1 Administrator .

(a) Plan Administration . This Plan will be administered by the Board and may also be administered by a Committee of the Board appointed pursuant to Section 4.1(b).

(b) Administration by Committee .

(i) The Board in its sole discretion may from time to time appoint a Committee of not less than two (2) Board members with authority to administer this Plan in whole or part and, subject to applicable law, to exercise any or all of the powers, authority and discretion of the Board under this Plan. The Board may from time to time increase or decrease (but not below two (2)) the number of members of the Committee, remove from membership on the Committee all or any portion of its members, and/or appoint such person or persons as it desires to fill any vacancy existing on the Committee, whether caused by removal, resignation or otherwise. The Board may disband the Committee at any time.

4.2 Other Compensation Plans . This Plan will not preclude the Company from establishing any other forms of incentive or other compensation for employees, directors, advisors or consultants of the Company, whether or not approved by stockholders.

4.3 Plan Binding on Successors . Subject to Section 7.1, this Plan will be binding upon the successors and assigns of the Company.

4.7 References to Successor Statutes, Regulations and Rules . Any reference in this Plan to a particular statute, regulation or rule will also refer to any successor provision of such statute, regulation or rule.

4.4 Invalid Provisions . In the event that any provision of this Plan is found to be invalid or otherwise unenforceable under any applicable law, such invalidity or unenforceability is not to be construed as rendering any other provisions contained herein invalid or unenforceable, and all such other provisions are to be given full force and effect to the same extent as though the invalid and unenforceable provision were not contained herein.

4.5 Governing Law . This Agreement will be governed by and interpreted in accordance with the internal laws of the State of Delaware, without giving effect to the principles of the conflicts of laws thereof.

4.6 Interpretation . Headings herein are for convenience of reference only, do not constitute a part of this Plan, and will not affect the meaning or interpretation of this Plan. References herein to Sections or Articles are references to the referenced Section or Article hereof, unless otherwise specified.

ARTICLE V

GENERAL AWARD PROVISIONS

5.1 Participation in Plan .

(a) Eligibility to Receive Awards . A person is eligible to receive grants of Awards if, at the time of the grant of the Award, such person is an Eligible Person or has received an offer of employment from the Company.

(b) Eligibility to Receive Incentive Stock Options . Incentive Stock Options may be granted only to Eligible Persons meeting the employment requirements of Section 422 of the IRC.

 

2


5.2 Award Documents . Each Award must be evidenced by an agreement duly executed on behalf of the Company and by the Recipient that shall be in accordance with the provisions of this Plan setting forth such terms and conditions applicable to the Award. Awards will not be deemed made or binding upon the Company, and Recipients will have no rights thereto, until such an agreement is entered into between the Company and the Recipient. Award Documents may be (but need not be) identical and must comply with and be subject to the terms and conditions of this Plan, a copy of which will be provided to each Recipient and incorporated by reference into each Award Document. In case of any conflict between this Plan and any Award Document, this Plan shall control.

5.3 Payment For Awards .

(a) Payment of Exercise Price . The exercise price or other payment for an Award is payable upon the exercise of a Stock Option or upon other purchase of shares pursuant to an Award granted hereunder by delivery of legal tender of the United States or payment of such other consideration as the Award Document permits.

(b) Company Assistance . The Company may assist any person to whom an Award is granted (including, without limitation, any officer or director of the Company) in the payment of the purchase price or other amounts payable in connection with the receipt or exercise of that Award, by lending such amounts to such person on such terms and at such rates of interest and upon such security (if any) as may be consistent with applicable law. In case of such a loan, the Company may require that the exercise be followed by a prompt sale of some or all of the underlying shares and that a portion of the sale proceeds be dedicated to full payment of the exercise price and amounts required pursuant to Section 5.8.

(c) Cashless Exercise . If set forth in the Award Document, the exercise price for Awards may be paid by capital stock of the Company delivered in transfer to the Company by or on behalf of the person exercising the Award and duly endorsed in blank or accompanied by stock powers duly endorsed in blank, with signatures guaranteed in accordance with the Exchange Act if required by the Company; or retained by the Company from the stock otherwise issuable upon exercise or surrender of vested and/or exercisable Awards or other equity awards previously granted to the Recipient and being exercised (if applicable) (in either case valued at Fair Market Value as of the exercise date).

5.4 No Employment Rights . Nothing contained in this Plan (or in Award Documents or in any other documents related to this Plan or to Awards) will confer upon any Eligible Person or Recipient any right to continue in the employ of or engagement by the Company or any Affiliated Entity or constitute any contract or agreement of employment or engagement, or interfere in any way with the right of the Company or any Affiliated Entity to reduce such person’s compensation or other benefits or to terminate the employment or engagement of such Eligible Person or Recipient, with or without cause.

5.5 Restrictions Under Applicable Laws and Regulations .

(a) Government Approvals . All Awards will be subject to all applicable registration, listing and qualification requirements. During the term of this Plan, the Company will use its reasonable efforts to seek to obtain from the appropriate governmental and regulatory agencies any requisite qualifications, consents, approvals or authorizations in order to issue and sell such number of shares of its Common Stock as is sufficient to satisfy the requirements of this Plan.

(b) Recipient Representations .Unless the issuance of Awards and underlying securities have been registered under the Securities Act and qualified or registered under applicable state securities laws, the Company issue the Awards pursuant to applicable exemptions from such registration or qualification requirements. In connection with any such exempt issuance, the Administrator may require the Recipient to provide a written representation and undertaking to the Company, satisfactory in form and scope to the Company, that such Recipient is acquiring such Awards and underlying securities for such Recipient’s own account as an investment and not with a view to, or for sale in connection with, the distribution of any such securities, and that such person will make no transfer of the same except in compliance with any rules and regulations in force at the time of such transfer under the Securities Act and other applicable law, and that if securities are issued without registration, a legend to this effect may be endorsed upon the securities so issued, and to the effect of any additional representations that are appropriate in light of applicable securities laws and rules. The Company may also order its transfer agent to stop transfers of such shares.

5.6 No Rights or Privileges Regarding Stock Ownership or Specific Assets . Except as otherwise set forth herein, a Recipient or a permitted transferee of an Award will have no rights as a stockholder with respect to any shares issuable or issued in connection with the Award until the Recipient has delivered to the Company all amounts payable and performed all obligations required to be performed in connection with exercise of the Award and the Company has issued such shares.

 

3


5.7 Nonassignability . No Award is assignable or transferable except: (a) by will or by the laws of descent and distribution; or (b) upon dissolution of marriage pursuant to a qualified domestic relations order or, transfers for estate planning purposes or pursuant to a nominal transfer that does not result in a change in beneficial ownership. During the lifetime of a Recipient, an Award granted to such person will be exercisable only by the Recipient (or the Recipient’s permitted transferee) or such person’s guardian or legal representative.

5.8 Withholding Taxes . Whenever the granting, vesting or exercise of any Award, or the issuance of any Common Stock or other securities upon exercise of any Award or transfer thereof, gives rise to tax or tax withholding liabilities or obligations, the Company will have the right as a condition thereto to require the Recipient to remit to the Company an amount sufficient to satisfy any federal, state and local withholding tax requirements arising in connection therewith. The Company may, allow satisfaction of tax withholding requirements by accepting delivery of stock of the Company or by withholding a portion of the stock otherwise issuable in connection with an Award, in each case valued at Fair Market Value as of the date of such delivery or withholding, as the case may be.

5.9 Legends on Awards and Stock Certificates . Each Award Document and each certificate representing securities acquired upon vesting or exercise of an Award must be endorsed with all legends, if any, required by applicable federal and state securities and other laws to be placed on the Award Document and/or the certificate.

5.10 Effect of Termination of Employment or Service on Awards .

(a) Termination of Vesting . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, Awards will be exercisable by a Recipient (or the Recipient’s successor in interest) following such Recipient’s termination of employment or service only to the extent that installments thereof had become exercisable on or prior to the date of such termination.

5.11 Lock-Up Agreements . Each Recipient agrees as a condition to receipt of an Award that, in connection with any public offering by the Company of its equity securities and upon the request of the Company and the principal underwriter (if any) in such public offering, any shares of Common Stock acquired or that may be acquired upon exercise or vesting of an Award may not be sold, offered for sale, encumbered, or otherwise disposed of or subjected to any transaction that will involve any sales of securities of the Company, without the prior written consent of the Company or such underwriter, as the case may be, for a period of not more than 60 days after the effective date of the registration statement for such public offering. Each Recipient will, if requested by the Company or the principal underwriter, enter into a separate agreement to the effect of this Section 5.11.

ARTICLE VI

AWARDS

6.1 Stock Options .

(a) Nature of Stock Options . Stock Options may be Incentive Stock Options or Nonqualified Stock Options.

(b)  Option Exercise Price . The exercise price for each Stock Option will be determined by the Company as of the date such Stock Option is granted. The exercise price may be greater than or less than the Fair Market Value of the Common Stock subject to the Stock Option as of the date of grant.

(c) Exercise of Stock Options . The exercise price for Stock Options will be paid as set forth in Section 5.3. No Stock Option will be exercisable except in respect of whole shares, and fractional share interests shall be disregarded. Not fewer than 100 shares of Common Stock may be purchased at one time and Stock Options must be exercised in multiples of 100 unless the number purchased is the total number of shares for which the Stock Option is exercisable at the time of exercise. A Stock Option will be deemed to be exercised when the Secretary or other designated official of the Company receives written notice of such exercise from the Recipient in the form of Exhibit A hereto or such other form as the Company may specify from time to time, together with payment of the exercise price in accordance with Section 5.3.

 

4


(d) Special Provisions Regarding Incentive Stock Options . Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary,

(i) The exercise price and vesting period of any Stock Option intended to be treated as an Incentive Stock Option must comply with the provisions of Section 422 of the IRC and the regulations thereunder. As of the Effective Date, such provisions require, among other matters, that: (A) the exercise price must not be less than the Fair Market Value of the underlying stock as of the date the Incentive Stock Option is granted, and not less than 110% of the Fair Market Value as of such date in the case of a grant to a Significant Stockholder; and (B) that the Incentive Stock Option not be exercisable after the expiration of ten (10) years from the date of grant or the expiration of five (5) years from the date of grant in the case of an Incentive Stock Option granted to a Significant Stockholder.

(ii) The aggregate Fair Market Value (determined as of the respective date or dates of grant) of the Common Stock for which one or more Stock Options granted to any Recipient under this Plan (or any other option plan of the Company or of any Parent Corporation or Subsidiary Corporation) may for the first time become exercisable as Incentive Stock Options under the federal tax laws during any one calendar year may not exceed $100,000.

(iii) Any Stock Options granted as Incentive Stock Options pursuant to this Plan that for any reason fail or cease to qualify as such will be treated as Nonqualified Stock Options. If the limit described in Section 6.1(d)(ii) is exceeded, the earliest granted Stock Options will be treated as Incentive Stock Options, up to such limit.

6.2 Performance Awards .

(a) Grant of Performance Award . The Company will determine the pre-established, objective performance goals (which need not be identical and may be established on an individual or group basis) governing Performance Awards, the terms thereof, and the form and time of payment of Performance Awards.

(b) Payment of Award . Upon satisfaction of the conditions applicable to a Performance Award, payment will be made to the Recipient in cash, in shares of Common Stock valued at Fair Market Value as of the date payment is due, or in a combination of Common Stock and cash, as set forth at the time of grant.

6.3 Restricted Stock .

(a) Award of Restricted Stock . The Company will determine the Purchase Price (if any), the terms of payment of the Purchase Price, the restrictions upon the Restricted Stock, and when such restrictions will lapse.

(b) Requirements of Restricted Stock . All shares of Restricted Stock granted or sold pursuant to this Plan will be subject to the following conditions:

(i) No Transfer. The shares may not be sold, assigned, transferred, pledged, hypothecated or otherwise disposed of, alienated or encumbered until the restrictions are removed or expire;

(ii) Certificates. The Company may require that the certificates representing Restricted Stock granted or sold to a Recipient remain in the physical custody of an escrow holder or the Company until all restrictions are removed or expire;

(iii) Restrictive Legends. Each certificate representing Restricted Stock granted or sold to a Recipient pursuant to this Plan will bear such legend or legends making reference to the restrictions imposed upon such Restricted Stock as is appropriate to enforce such restrictions; and

(c) Lapse of Restrictions . The restrictions imposed upon Restricted Stock will lapse in accordance with such terms or other conditions as are set forth at the time of grant.

(d) Rights of Recipient . Subject to the provisions of Section 6.3(b) and any restrictions imposed upon the Restricted Stock, the Recipient will have all rights of a stockholder with respect to the Restricted Stock granted or sold to such Recipient under this Plan, including, without limitation, the right to vote the shares and receive all dividends and other distributions paid or made with respect thereto.

 

5


6.4 Stock Appreciation Rights .

(a) Granting of Stock Appreciation Rights . The Company may at any time and from time to time approve the grant to Eligible Persons of Stock Appreciation Rights, related or unrelated to Stock Options.

(b) SARs Related to Options .

(i) A Stock Appreciation Right related to a Stock Option will entitle the holder of the related Stock Option, upon exercise of the Stock Appreciation Right, to surrender such Stock Option, or any portion thereof to the extent previously vested but unexercised, with respect to the number of shares as to which such Stock Appreciation Right is exercised, and to receive payment of an amount computed pursuant to Section 6.4(b)(iii). Such Stock Option will, to the extent surrendered, then cease to be exercisable.

(ii) A Stock Appreciation Right related to a Stock Option hereunder will be exercisable at such time or times, and only to the extent that, the related Stock Option is exercisable, and will not be transferable except to the extent that such related Stock Option may be transferable (and under the same conditions), will expire no later than the expiration of the related Stock Option, and may be exercised only when the market price of the Common Stock subject to the related Stock Option exceeds the exercise price of the Stock Option.

(iii) Upon the exercise of a Stock Appreciation Right related to a Stock Option, the Recipient will be entitled to receive payment of an amount determined by multiplying: (A) the difference obtained by subtracting the exercise price of a share of Common Stock specified in the related Stock Option from the Fair Market Value of a share of Common Stock on the date of exercise of such Stock Appreciation Right (or as of such other date or as of the occurrence of such event as may have been specified in the instrument evidencing the grant of the Stock Appreciation Right), by (B) the number of shares as to which such Stock Appreciation Right is exercised.

(c) SARs Unrelated to Options . The Company may grant Stock Appreciation Rights unrelated to Stock Options. Section 6.4(b)(iii) will govern the amount payable at exercise under such Stock Appreciation Right, except that in lieu of an option exercise price the initial base amount specified in the Award shall be used.

(e) Payments . Payment of the amount determined under the foregoing provisions may be made solely in whole shares of Common Stock valued at their Fair Market Value on the date of exercise of the Stock Appreciation Right or, as set forth in the Award Document in cash or in a combination of cash and shares of Common Stock.

6.5 Stock Bonuses . The Company may issue Stock Bonuses to Eligible Persons on such terms and conditions as the Administrator may determine.

6.6 Phantom Stock . The Company may grant Awards of Phantom Stock to Eligible Persons. Phantom Stock is a cash payment measured by the Fair Market Value of a specified number of shares of Common Stock on a specified date, or measured by the excess of such Fair Market Value over a specified minimum, which may but need not include a Dividend Equivalent.

6.7 Other Stock-Based Benefits . The Company may grant Other Stock-Based Benefits. Other Stock-Based Benefits are any arrangements granted under this Plan not otherwise described above that: (a) by their terms might involve the issuance or sale of Common Stock or other securities of the Company; or (b) involve a benefit that is measured, as a whole or in part, by the value, appreciation, dividend yield or other features attributable to a specified number of shares of Common Stock or other securities of the Company.

ARTICLE VII

CHANGE IN CONTROL

7.1 Provision for Awards Upon Change in Control . As of the effective time and date of any Change in Control, this Plan and any then outstanding Awards (whether or not vested) will accelerate and become fully exercisable and fully vested.

ARTICLE VII A.

7A.1 Registration of Plan. The Company agrees that whenever it files a registration statement under the Securities Act for an offering of its securities, it will register the Plan and the securities subject thereto.

 

6


ARTICLE VIII

DEFINITIONS

Capitalized terms used in this Plan and not otherwise defined have the meanings set forth below:

Administrator ” means the Board as long as no Committee has been appointed and is in effect and also means the Committee to the extent that the Board has delegated authority thereto.

“Affiliated Entity” means any Parent Corporation of the Company or Subsidiary Corporation of the Company or any other entity controlling, controlled by, or under common control with the Company.

Applicable Dividend Period means (i) the period between the date a Dividend Equivalent is granted and the date the related Stock Option, Stock Appreciation Right, or other Award is exercised, terminates, or is converted to Common Stock, or (ii) such other time as the Administrator may specify in the written instrument evidencing the grant of the Dividend Equivalent.

Award ” means any Stock Option, Performance Award, Restricted Stock, Stock Appreciation Right, Stock Payment, Stock Bonus, Stock Sale, Phantom Stock, Dividend Equivalent, or Other Stock-Based Benefit granted or sold to an Eligible Person under this Plan.

“Award Document” means the agreement or confirming memorandum setting forth the terms and conditions of an Award.

“Board” means the Board of Directors of the Company.

“Change in Control” means the following and shall be deemed to occur if any of the following events occurs:

 

  (i) Any Person becomes the beneficial owner (within the meaning of Rule 13d-3 promulgated under the Exchange Act) of 50% or more of either the then outstanding shares of Common Stock or the combined voting power of the Company’s then outstanding securities entitled to vote generally in the election of directors; or

 

  (ii) At any time that the Company is an Exchange Act Registered Company, Individuals who, as of the effective date hereof, constitute the Board (the “ Incumbent Board ”) cease for any reason to constitute at least a majority of the Board, provided that any individual who becomes a director after the effective date hereof whose election, or nomination for election by the Company’s stockholders, is approved by a vote of at least a majority of the directors then comprising the Incumbent Board shall be considered to be a member of the Incumbent Board unless that individual was nominated or elected by any person, entity or group (as defined above) having the power to exercise, through beneficial ownership, voting agreement and/or proxy, twenty percent (20%) or more of either the outstanding shares of Common Stock or the combined voting power of the Company’s then outstanding voting securities entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, in which case that individual shall not be considered to be a member of the Incumbent Board unless such individual’s election or nomination for election by the Company’s stockholders is approved by a vote of at least two-thirds of the directors then comprising the Incumbent Board; or

 

  (iii) Consummation by the Company of the sale or other disposition by the Company of all or substantially all of the Company’s assets or a Reorganization of the Company with any other person, corporation or other entity, other than:

 

  (A) a Reorganization that would result in the voting securities of the Company outstanding immediately prior thereto (or, in the case of a Reorganization that is preceded or accomplished by an acquisition or series of related acquisitions by any Person, by tender or exchange offer or otherwise, of voting securities representing 5% or more of the combined voting power of all securities of the Company, immediately prior to such acquisition or the first acquisition in such series of acquisitions) continuing to represent, either by remaining outstanding or by being converted into voting securities of another entity, more than 50% of the combined voting power of the voting securities of the Company or such other entity outstanding immediately after such Reorganization (or series of related transactions involving such a Reorganization), or

 

7


  (B) a Reorganization effected to implement a recapitalization or reincorporation of the Company (or similar transaction) that does not result in a material change in beneficial ownership of the voting securities of the Company or its successor; or

 

  (iv) Approval by the stockholders of the Company or an order by a court of competent jurisdiction of a plan of liquidation of the Company.

“Committee” means any committee appointed by the Board to administer this Plan pursuant to Section 4.1.

“Common Stock” means the common stock of the Company, as constituted on the Effective Date, and as thereafter adjusted under Section 3.4.

“Company” means Contrafect Corporation, a Delaware corporation.

“Effective Date” means May 30, 2008 which is the date this Plan was approved by the Company’s stockholders.

“Eligible Person” includes directors (including Non-Employee Directors), officers, employees, consultants and advisors of the Company or of any Affiliated Entity; provided, however , that such consultants and advisors render bona fide services to the Company or any Affiliated Entity that are not in connection with capital-raising.

“Exchange Act” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

Expiration Date ” means the tenth (10th) anniversary of the Effective Date.

“Fair Market Value” of a share of the Common Stock as of a particular date means: (i) if the stock is listed on an established stock exchange or exchanges (including for this purpose, the Nasdaq National Market), the arithmetic mean of the highest and lowest sale prices of the stock for such trading day on the primary exchange upon which the stock trades, as measured by volume, as published in The Wall Street Journal , or, if no sale price was quoted for such date, then as of the next preceding date on which such a sale price was quoted; or (ii) if the stock is not then listed on an exchange or the Nasdaq National Market, the average of the closing bid and asked prices per share for the stock in the over-the-counter market on such date (in the case of (i) or (ii), subject to adjustment as and if necessary and appropriate to set an exercise price not less than 100% of the fair market value of the stock on the date an Award is granted); or (iii) if the stock is not then listed on an exchange or quoted in the over-the-counter market, an amount determined in good faith by the Company.

“Incentive Stock Option” means a Stock Option that qualifies as an incentive stock option under Section 422 of the IRC.

“IRC” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

“Non-Employee Director” means any director of the Company who qualifies as a “Non-Employee Director” under Rule 16b-3 of the Exchange Act.

“Nonqualified Stock Option” means a Stock Option that is not an Incentive Stock Option.

“Other Stock-Based Benefits” means an Award granted under Section 6.7.

“Outside Director” means an “outside director” as defined in the regulations adopted under Section 162(m) of the IRC.

“Parent Corporation” means any Parent Corporation as defined in Section 424(e) of the IRC.

Performance Award means an Award under Section 6.2, payable in cash, Common Stock or a combination thereof, that vests and becomes payable over a period of time upon attainment of preestablished, objective performance goals established in connection with the grant of the Award. For this purpose a preestablished, objective performance goal may include one or more of the following performance criteria: (a) cash flow, (b) earnings per share (including earnings before interest, taxes, and amortization), (c) return on equity, (d) total stockholder return, (e) return on capital, (f) return on assets or net assets, (g) income or net income, (h) operating income or net operating income, (i) operating margin, (j) return on operating revenue, and (k) any other similar performance criteria.

 

8


“Performance-Based Compensation” means performance-based compensation as described in Section 162(m) of the IRC and the regulations issued thereunder. If the amount of compensation an Eligible Person will receive under an Award is not based solely on an increase in the value of shares of Common Stock after the date of grant or award, the Administrator, in order to qualify an Award as performance-based compensation under Section 162(m) of the IRC, can condition the grant, award, vesting, or exercisability of such an Award on the attainment of preestablished, objective performance goals established in connection with the grant of the Award, including, but not limited to, those preestablished, objective performance goals described in the definition of “Performance Award” above.

“Permanent Disability” means that the Recipient becomes physically or mentally incapacitated or disabled so that the Recipient is unable to perform substantially the same services as the Recipient performed prior to incurring such incapacity or disability (the Company, at its option and expense, being entitled to retain a physician to confirm the existence of such incapacity or disability, and the determination of such physician to be binding upon the Company and the Recipient), and such incapacity or disability continues for a period of six (6) consecutive months. “Person” means any person, entity or group, within the meaning of Section 13(d) or 14(d) of the Exchange Act, but excluding (i) the Company and its subsidiaries, (ii) any employee stock ownership or other employee benefit plan maintained by the Company and (iii) an underwriter or underwriting syndicate that has acquired the Company’s securities solely in connection with a public offering thereof.

“Phantom Stock” means an Award granted under Section 6.6.

“Plan” means this 2008 Equity Incentive Plan of the Company.

“Plan Term” means the period during which this Plan remains in effect (commencing the Effective Date and ending on the Expiration Date).

“Purchase Price” means the purchase price (if any) to be paid by a Recipient for Restricted Stock as determined in the Award Document.

“Recipient” means a person who has received an Award.

“Reorganization” means any merger, consolidation or other reorganization.

“Restricted Stock” means Common Stock that is the subject of an Award made under Section 6.3 and that is nontransferable and subject to a substantial risk of forfeiture until specific conditions are met, as set forth in this Plan and in any statement evidencing the grant of such Award.

“Retirement” of a Recipient means the Recipient’s resignation from the Company or any Affiliated Entity after reaching age 65 and at least five years of full-time employment by the Company or any Affiliated .

“Securities Act” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

“Significant Stockholder” is an individual who, at the time a Stock Option or other Award is granted to such individual under this Plan, owns stock possessing more than ten percent (10%) of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock of the Company or of any Parent Corporation or Subsidiary Corporation (after application of the attribution rules set forth in Section 424(d) of the IRC).

“Stock Appreciation Right” or “SAR” means a right granted under Section 6.4 to receive a payment that is measured with reference to the amount by which the Fair Market Value of a specified number of shares of Common Stock appreciates from a specified date, such as the date of grant of the SAR, to the date of exercise.

“Stock Bonus” means an issuance or delivery of unrestricted or restricted shares of Common Stock under Section 6.5 as a bonus for services rendered or for any other valid consideration under applicable law.

“Stock Option” means a right to purchase stock of the Company granted under Section 6.1 of this Plan.

“Subsidiary Corporation” means any Subsidiary Corporation as defined in Section 424(f) of the IRC.

 

9

Exhibit 16.1

April 17, 2014

U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission

Office of the Chief Accountant

100 F Street, NE

Washington, DC 20549

We have a received a copy of, and are in agreement with, the statements being made by ContraFect Corporation in Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations on its Form S-1 dated April 17, 2014, captioned “Changes in Accountants.”

We hereby consent to the filing of this letter as an exhibit to the Form S-1.

Sincerely,

/s/ EisnerAmper LLP

Exhibit 23.2

Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

We consent to the reference to our firm under the caption “Experts” and to the use of our report dated April 17, 2014, in the Registration Statement (Form S-1) and related Prospectus of ContraFect Corporation dated April 17, 2014.

 

/s/ Ernst & Young LLP
MetroPark, New Jersey
April 17, 2014

Exhibit 23.3

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

We consent to the inclusion in this Registration Statement of ContraFect Corporation (a development stage company) on Form S-1 to be filed on or about April 18, 2014 of our report dated October 11, 2013, on our audit of the statements of operations, changes in preferred stock and stockholders’ equity (deficit) and cash flows (not separately presented herein) for the cumulative period from March 17, 2008 (inception) to December 31, 2011. We also consent to the reference to our firm under the caption “Experts” in the Registration Statement on Form S-1.

/s/ EisnerAmper LLP

Iselin, NJ

April 18, 2014